Owner's Manual

2017 QS

Vorsprung durch Te ~~?~ (HO

 Foreword
Thank you for choosing an Audi - we value your trust in us.

Your new Audi will allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technolo-
gy and premium quality equipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that
you read your Owner's Manual thoroug hly so that you quickly become acquaint-
ed with your Audi and make use of all of its featu res.

In addition to expla ining how the different features work, we provide many use-
ful tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and
how to mainta in your vehicle's value. We also give you useful tips and informa-
tion on how to dr ive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environmentally
frie ndly manner .

We hope you enjoy driv ing your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motor-
ing.

AUDIAG

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00
Table of contents

About this Owner's Manual. ..... 5 Climatized cupholders . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 72

(upholders in the door pockets .. .. .. .. 73
Operation ........................ 6 Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 73
Cockpit ........................... 6 Cigarette lighter/socket . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 73
General ill ustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 74

Instruments and indicator lights 8 Warm and cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Dr1v1ng ... . . . . . . . . . . . .............. 81
Driver information system . .. .. . 17 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 81
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 17 Ign ition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 81
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 19 Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 84
Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 22 Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 85
On Board Diagnostic System (OBD) .. .. . 23 Electromechanical parking brake . .. .. .. 86
Electronic speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 23 Start/Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 88
Auto Check Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 24 Speed warning system . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 91
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 92
Opening and closing .......... .. . 33 Automatic transmission 94
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 33
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 35 Hybrid ............................ 100
Opening and closing rear lid . . . . . . . . .. . 40 Hybrid drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Automatic rear lid /trunk lid operation 41
Emergency unlock ing of the luggage Audi adaptive cruise control and
compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 42 braking guard ............ .. .. .. .. 109
Child safety lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 42 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 109
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 43 General information . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 109
Panorama roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 44 Audi adaptive cruise control . . . .. .. .. .. 111
Garage door opener (Home link) . .. .. .. . 45 Audi braking guard . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 115
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 116
Lights and Vision . . . . .... .... .. .. . 49
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 49 Audi side assist .................. 118
Interior lighti ng . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 52 Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
V1s1on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 53
Windshield wipers . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 54 Audi drive select ................. 122
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 56 Drive settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Digital compass . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 58
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Seats and storage . . .... . . . .... .. . 60 Parking system plus with rearview camera 125
General informa t ion .......... . ... .. . 60 Adjusting the display and warning tones 130
Front seats . . . . ... . .......... .... .. . 61 Trailer hitch .. . ... . . . .............. . 130
Memory function ... .......... ... . .. . 62 Error messages 130
Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 63
Head restraints . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 64 Safety ........................ .... 131
Center armrest . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 65 Driving safety ................ .... 131
Luggage compartment . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 66 Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 131
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 69 Correct passenger seating positions . .... 132
Beverage holders . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 71 Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 135

2
 Table of contents

Storing cargo correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Offroad driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Driving under difficult conditions and off-
road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Safety belts ...................... 14 0
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Why use safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Driving with a tra iler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Trailer towing information . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Operating instructions ..... .. .. .. 204
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Care and cleaning .......... .. .. .. 204
Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 General information . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 204
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S2 Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 204
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 158 Cleaning and care information . . . .. .. .. 205
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Placing your vehicle out of service .. .. .. 208
Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fuel and Refueling ............. . . 209
Child safety ................... .. . 168 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 209
Important info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 168 Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... .. . . . . . . 211
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 174 Selective catalyt ic reduct ion (AdBlue/
Securing child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 178 DEF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
LATCH system (lower anchorages and
tethers for chi ldr en) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 181 Checking and Filling ........... 2 17
..
Additional info rmation 185 Hood ..... . . . . . . . ................ ..
217
Engine compartm ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
219
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
219
Intelligent Technology . . . . . . . . . . 186 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
223
Electron ic Stabilization Control (ESC) . . . . 186 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Notice about data recorded by the Event Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Data Recorder and vehicle control Windshield/headlight washer container 229
modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Brak ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Wheels .. . ........................ 230
Elect romechanical power assist, Dynamic Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Tire pressure monitoring system 247
Driving w ith your quattro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Do It Yourself .............. . . . . . . 250
Emergency assistance ..... . . . . . . 250
Driving and the environment ... . 194 Vehicle j ack, vehicle tool kit and
Breaking in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 collapsible spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Tire mobility kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Economical and environmentally-friendly Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

CD
....
CD Emergency situations . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
N
,-... General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
N
..... Starting by pushing or tow ing . . . . . . . . . . 266
0
0
C<'.
00

3
Tabl e of content s

Starting with jumper cables . . .. .. .. .. . 266

Use of jumper cables . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 267
Towing w ith a tow tr uck . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 268
Raising the veh icle . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 270

Techni cal Data ...... ........ .. .. . 272

Te c hnical data . . . . . . . ........ .. .. . 272
Vehicle identification . . . . ........ .. .. . 272
We ights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. . 272
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. . 273
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. . 273
Gasoline engi nes . . . . . . . ........ .. .. . 274
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. . 275

Consumer information ... . ... . . . 276

Wa rranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Operating your veh icle outs ide the U.S.A.
or Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Accessories and technical changes . . . . . . 278
Declarat ion of Complia nce,
Telecommun ications and Electro nic
Syst ems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Index .............. . ............ . . 280

4
 About this Owner 's Manual

This Owner's Manual applies to a ll versions of

this model. It contains im portant information,
{!) Tips

tips, suggestions and warn ings for using your ve- Text with this symbol contains additional use-
hicle. ful information.

Keep this manua l in your vehicle at all times . This

is especially important if you loan your vehicle to
others or sell it.

This owner's manua l describes the equipment

range specified for th is mode l at the time of
printing. Individua l equipment options described
may on ly be available at a later date or may only
be offered in certain countries.

Some sect ions in this manua l do not apply to all

vehicles. In this case, the beginning of the sec-
tion indicates the validity, for example "Applies
to: vehicles w ith Audi side assist". Optional or ve-
hicle-specific equipment is also identified with an
aster isk"*".

The illustrations are designed as a general guide

and on your vehicle may look slightly different
than what is illustrated.

All directions, such as "left", "right", "front" and

"rear", are based on the vehicle's direction of
travel.

* Optional or vehicle -specific equipment

... The section continues on the next page.

.& Cross reference to a "WARNING" w ith in a

c::>
section. If a page number is indicated, the
WARNING is located outs ide of the section.

_& WARNING
-
Text with this symbol contains information
about safety and how to reduce the risk of se-
rious personal inj ury or death.

(D Note
Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion
about reducing the risk of damage to your ve-
hicle.

@ For the sake of the environment

CD
Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion on
....
CD
N
,-... protecting the enviro nm ent.
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

5
Cockpit

Cockpit
General illustration

Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section

Fig. 2 Cockpit: rig ht sect ion

6
 Cockpit

(!) Memory buttons (driver's seat) 62 @ Button/Indicator light for :

@ Door handle - Emergency flasher .......... . 51
@ Power locking switch ......... . 39 - PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
© Side assist button ............ . 118 @ Glove compartment (lockable) . . . 75
® Air outlets . . ... ........ . ... . . 78 @ Front passenger's airbag 152
@ Turn signal and high beam ... . . . 52 @ Depending on options:
(j) Multifunction steering wheel with: - Audi drive select button ...... . 122
- Horn - Start-Stop-System button or . . . 88
- Driver's airbag ........ . ... . . 152 - Id'! button (hybrid drive) ..... . 103
- Audio/video, telephone, naviga- - Parking system button ....... . 125
tion and voice recognition but - - Electronic Stabilization Control
tons (ESC) button . . ............. . 186
- Rocker switches for tiptronic op- - Hill descent assist button .... . 188
eration . . . . .......... . .... . 98 @ Climate control . . ............ . 77
@ ISETI button . .............. ... 9 @ Shift lever for automatic transmis-
® Instrument cluster ........... . 8 sion ....... . . . ............. . 94
@ Reset button for trip odometer 10 @ Ashtray with cigarette lighter 73, 73
@ Switches for: @ Coin storage
- Windshield wiper/washer 54 @ Depending on options:
- Trip computer ............ ... 19 - MMI control console or
@ Ignition lock ................ . 81 - Parking system button ....... . 125
@ Adjustable steering column 81 - Electronic Stabilization Control
(ESC) button . . . . ........... . 186
@ Control lever for:
- Hill descent assist button ..... 188
- Cruise control ............ ... 92
-Audi drive select button . . . . . . . 122
- Adaptive cruise control ...... . 109
- Start-Stop-System button ..... 88
@ Data Link Connector for On Board
@ I START ENGINE STOP ! button ... 84
Diagnostics (OBD II) .......... . 23
@) Release lever for the engine hood 217
@>Electromechanical parking brake 86

@ Instrument illumination ... . . . . . 53 (D Tips

@ Light switch . .............. ... 49
Some of the equipment or features shown in
@) Switch for unlocking the trunk lid 40
the general illustration may be standard
@ Adjuster control for outside equipment on your vehicle or may be optional
mirrors ..................... . 56 equipment depending on your model. Always
@ Power window switches .. . .... . 43 ask your authorized Audi dealer if you have a
@ Radio system or Audi multimedia question about your vehicle.
(see separate manual)
@ Radio or MMI display (see separate
manual)

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

7
Instruments and indicator lights

Instruments and indicator Lights

Instruments
Instrument cluster and controls

The instrument cluster is your central source of information .

Fig. 3 Overview of the instr ume nt cluste r

Hybrid drive*: the instrument cluster varies Engine coolant temperature gauge
c:;,page 101 .
The engine coolant gauge ¢ page 8, fig. 3 CD on ly
CDCoolant temperature gauge 8 works when the ign ition is on . To prevent dam-
@ Tachometer ....... . ...... . .. . 9 age to your engine, please note the following im-
® Warning/indicator lights ...... . 11 portant points:
© ISETI button . ... . . . . . .... ..... 9
Engine cold
® Display
If the needle is at or close to the bottom of the
- Driver information system .... . 17
gauge, the engine has not yet reached its operat-
- Time and date display ....... . 10
ing temperature. Avoid high engine speeds,
- Odometer . ... . ... . ...... ... 10
heavy engine loads, and heavy throttle applica-
® Reset button for trip odometer 10 tions .
(J) Speedometer
Normal temperature
® Fuel gauge 10
When the engine has reached its operating tem -
(D Tips perature, the needle will move to the middle of
The ill um inatio n for the instrument cluster the gauge and remain there . If the engine is
lights up whenever you switch on the ig nit ion working hard at high outside temperatures, the
w ith the vehicle headlights off. As the day- needle may move higher on the gauge . This is not
light fades, the instrument cluster illumina- a cause for concern as long as the . warning
tion lik ewise dims automatica lly and will go li ght in the inst rument cluste r display does not il-
out comp letely when the outside light is very luminate . ..,.
low . This feature is meant to remind you to
switch on the headlights when outside light
conditions become poor .

8
 Instruments and indicator lights

Warning light in the instrument cluster to posit ion D/S or ease your foot off the accelera-
display tor pedal.
If the . warning light in the instrument cluster
display flashes, this can mean one of two things: CDNote
either the coolant temperature is too high, or the The tachometer need le @ ~ page 8, fig. 3
coolant level is too low~ page 26 . shou ld only briefly be in the red zone: you
could damage your engine! The beginning of
If the needle is well in the upper area of the
the red zone varies depending on the engine.
gauge, the coolant temperature is too high. Stop
the vehicle, switch the engine off, and allow it
to cool. If the warning light comes on again after
@ For the sake of the environment

driving a short distance, contact an authorized Upshifting ear ly saves fuel and reduces en-
Audi dealer or other qualified workshop . gine noise.

_& WARNING ~ button

- Always observe the warning in~ page 217,
before opening the hood and checking the
engine coolant level.
- Never open the engine hood if you see or
hear steam, or if you see engine coolant
dr ipping from the engine compartment. You
cou ld burn yourself. Let the engine cool off
first so that you cannot hear or see any
steam or engine coo lant.

CDNote Fig. 4 SET button in the instrument cluster

- Mounting additional lights or accessories in The !SET

!button performs the following func-
front of the air inlets reduces the cooling ef- tions:
fect of the radiator. At high outside temper-
Switching on time, date, temperature
atures or high engine load, the engine could
display and odometer
overheat.
- The front spoiler has been designed to prop- The display appears for approximate ly 30 sec-
erly distribute the cooling air when the vehi- onds when you press the ISETI button ~ fig . 4
cle is moving. If the spoiler is damaged, this with the ignition off .
could reduce the cooling effect and the en-
Starting the Auto-Check sequence
gine could then overheat. Ask your author-
ized Audi dealer for assistance. The Auto-Check system ~ page 24 constantly
monitors certain indiv idua l functions and compo-
nents of the vehicle when the ignition is turned
Tachometer (engine rev counter)
on and when the vehicle is moving.
The tachometer indicates the engine RPM (revo-
With the ignit ion turned on, you can start the
lutions per minutes) .
"Auto-Check sequence" by press ing the !SE TIbut-
If engine RPM drops below 1,500, you should ton. You can pe rform an Auto-Check seq uence
downshift to the next lower gear. The red area at when the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is
a, the end of the scale indicates max imum permis- turned on or when the vehicle is moving slower
a,
..... sible engine RPM after the break-in period . Be- than 3 mph (5 km/h). IIJ,,,
N
r--
N
..... fore reaching this area, move the selector lever
0
0
0:
co

9
Instruments and indicator lights

The number of keys programmed to the vehicle is ment cluster display as well as the message
also displayed. The display L2 3/3 indicates that Please refuel. This message is meant to remind
three keys have been programmed. This all ows you to refuel.
you to make sure you have received all of the keys
The total tank capacity of your vehicl e is li sted in
when you purchase a used vehicle.
¢ page 273.
For examp le, if you on ly receive two keys, you
should take those keys to your authorized Audi (D Note
dealer to have the missing key deactivated so it Never run the tank completely dry! An ir regu-
cannot be used. You should also report the miss- lar supply of fuel can cause engine misfiring
ing key to your insurance company . and f uel could enter into the exhaust system.
The catalytic converter could then overheat
Calling up the driver information
and be damaged.
A yellow or red symbol appears in the instrument
cluster display, usually with a driver message.
Odometer
The driver message display disappears after
about 5 seconds. The dr iver message can be dis- The odometer indicates the distance driven.
played again by briefly pressing the ISETI button.

Setting the speed warning

By pressing the !SET !button briefly, you can set
thresho ld 1 of the speed warning while you are
driving c::;,page92. By maintaining pressure on
the !SET Ibutton, you delete the warning thresh-
old.

Digital clock with date display

Fig. 5 Instrument cluster: odometer

Depending on the vehicle equipment level, you

may choose between the quartz clock or the GPS
controlled clock* l!j in the radio or in the MMI* .
You can learn more about th is in the MM I manual
or in the radio user's manual.

(Di Tips
- When you swit ch off the ign ition or open
the driver door, the time, date, odometer
and temperature are displayed for an addi- Fig. 6 Instrument cluste r: reset button
tiona l 30 seconds.
- You can also call up the display with the The display of distance driven is shown in kilome -
ISET Ibutton c::;,page 9 while the ignition is ters "km" or in "m iles".
switched off.
- USA models - Miles
- Canada models - Kilometers
Fuel gauge
You can switch from kilometers to miles or vise
The fuel gauge works only when the ignition is versa in the radio or in the MMI*. You can learn
on. more about this in the MMI manual or in the ra-
dio user's man ual.
When the needle reaches the reserve mark, the
page 30 Ii') symbol appears in the instru-
c::;,

10
 Instruments and indicator lights

Odometer/t rip odometer ometer and will stay on. Contact your authorized
Audi dealer to have the problem corrected.
The odometer shows the to tal number of kilome-
ters or miles that have been driven on th e vehi-
cle.
(D Tips
- When you switch off the ign it ion or open
The trip odometer shows the distance driven
the driver door, the time, date, odometer
since it was last reset . It can be used to measu re
and temperature are displayed for an addi-
short distances. The last digit shows distances of
tional 30 seconds.
100 meters or 1/10 of a mile.
- You can also call up the display with the
The t rip odometer can be reset to zero by press- !SET !button¢ page 9 while the ignition is
ing the reset bu t ton IO.OI
¢ fig. 6. switched off.

Malfunction message
If there is a malfunct ion somewhere in the in-
strument cluster, dEF will appear in the tripod-

Indicator lights
Overview

The warning/indicator lights indicate different functions or a possible malfunction.

Fig. 7 Ins t rument cluster with warning/in dicator lights

Your vehicle is equipped with several important Glow plug system

warning and indicator lights to help you monitor (alternative to~
the continued reliable operation of your vehicle ¢ page 12
¢ .&,.
Electronic Stabilization Control
Electromechanical steering, Dy- (ESC)
namic steering* c:>page 13
c:>
page 191 Electronic Stabilization Control
Electronic power control (ESC)
a,
a,
.....
N
(alternative to &I) c:>
page 13
".....
('I ~ page 12 USA models: Safety systems
0
0 c:>
poge 13
0:
co

11
Instruments and indicator lights

Canada mode ls: Safety systems

c:>page 13 -
A WARNING
- Failure to heed warning lights and other im-
Tire pressure mon itor ing system* portant vehicle information may result in
c:>page 13 serious personal injury or vehicle damage .
Left turn signal - Whenever stalled or stopped for repair,
c:>page 14 move the vehicle a safe d istance off the
Tra iler turn s ignal assembly* road, st op the eng ine, and turn on the
c:>page 14 emergency flasher c:>page 51.
- The engine compartment of any motor veh i-
Safety be lt
cle is a potent ially hazardous area. Before
c:>page 14
you chec k anything in the engi ne compart-
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) men t, st op the eng ine and let it coo l down.
c:>page 14 Always exercise extreme caut ion when wor k-
High beam ing under the hood c:>page217
c:>page 14

Right turn signal

(D Tips
c:>page 14 Many func t ions are monito red by the Auto -
Check syst em c:>page 24. Malfunc t ions or
USA models: Cruise control acti-
faults wi ll be identified either wit h a red sym -
vated
bo l (pr io rity 1 - Danger!) or with a yellow
c:>page 14
symbol (priority 2 - Warning).
Canada mode ls: Cruise control ac-
tivated
EPC
Electronic power control
c:>page 14
Applies to: vehicles with gaso line e ngi ne
USA model s : Anti-lock brake sys-
tem (ABS) defective This warning/indicator light monitors the elec-
c:>page 14
tronic power control .

Canada mode ls : Anti- lock brake The Ila warning/indicato r ligh t (Elect ronic Power
system (ABS) defect ive Cont rol) illuminates when yo u t urn on the igni -
c:>page 14 tion as a function check .
USA mod e ls : Parking brake
c:>page 15 @ Tips
Canada mode ls: Parking brake If this warn ing/ indica t or ligh t illum inates
c:>page 15 while yo u are d riving, then there is a ma lfu nc-
tion in the engine electronics . Have the mal -
USA models: Brake malfunction
function corrected as soon as possible by your
c:>page 15
a uthorized Audi dea ler or q ualified workshop.
Canada mode ls: Brake malfunc-
tion
W Glow plug system
c:>page 15
Applies to : vehicles with diese l engin e
In vehicles with adaptive cruise control* addition - The control light illuminates when the glow plug
al indicator lights are displayed c:>page 111. system is active.

If t he II ind icator light illuminates, the g low

pl ug system is active . You shou ld start the engine
immediately after the indicator light switches .,.

12
 Instruments and ind icator lights

off . The indicator light only illuminates for ap- cle to swerve and increase the risk of sliding.
proximately 1 second if the engine is warm or if Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Audi
the outside temperature is above 46 QF (8 QC). dealer or other qualified workshop and have
the malfunction corrected.
(D Tips
- If the glow plug indicator light illuminates (D Tips
while driving, there is an engine control For additional information on ESCand ABS,
malfunction. The engine should be checked refer to ¢ page 186.
immediately.
- If the indicator light does not illuminate at
all when switching the ignition on, there
t!i/!{' Safety systems
may be a malfunction in the glow plug sys-
tem. The engine should be checked.
The II (USA models) a
(Canada models) indi-
cator light monitors the safety systems (e.g . air-
bags, pretensioners) and ill uminates for a few
;J,./fj Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) seconds each time you switc h the ignition on.

If theGlindicator light blinks wh ile driving, the If the II (USA models) 1m(Canada models) in-
ESCor ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) is active ly regu- dicator light does not go out, or if it illuminates
lating. whi le you are dr iving, or if it starts to blink, then
there is a malfunct ion somewhere in the system .
If theDJ indicator light turns on, the system has If the li ght does not illum inate when you switch
switched the ESCoff. In this case, you can switch the ignition on, this also means there is a mal-
the ignition off and then on to switch the ESCon function.
again. The indicator light turns off when the sys-
tem is functioning fully. A WARNING
-
If theII indicator light turns on, ESCwas re- If you have a malfunction in the safety sys-
stricted using the I" OFF ! button ¢ page 186 . tems, contact your authorized Audi dealer im-
mediately . Otherwise the safety systems may
Stabilization control (ESC/A BS): Fault! See
not work properly in an accident.
owner's manual
If theGI indicator light and the ABS indicator
(l) Tire pressure monitoring system ·
light ~ (USA models) 1iJ (Canada models) telltale indicator lamp
turn on and the message appears, the ABS or Appli es to: vehicles wi t h tire pressure mo nitor ing system
electronic differential lock is malfunctioning .
This also causes the ESCto malfunct ion. The
The warning/indicator light appears in the event
brakes still funct ion w ith their normal power , but
of a significant loss of tire pressure or if there is
ABS is not active.
a malfunction.

Drive to your authorized Audi dealer or qualified The indicator light [DJilluminates to check the
workshop immediately to have the malfunct ion function when you switch on the ignition.
corrected. If the [DJ symbol remains on or blinks after you
switch on the ignition, there is a loss of t ire pres-
A WARNING sure or a system malfunction. If there is a system
If the 1111 (USA models) JII (Canada mod- malfunction, see your authorized Audi dealer as
els) brake system indicato r light turns on to- soon as possible.
CD gether with the ABS and ESCindicator lights,
....
CD Detai led information on the tire pressure moni-
N
the ABS/ESCregulating function may have
,-... toring system can be found in ¢ page 247 .
N
..... fai led. Functions that stabilize the vehicle are
0
0
C<'.
no longer available. This could cause the vehi-
00

13
Instruments and indicator lights

¢ Q Turn signals o Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

The indicator light blinks when you use either The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is part of
turn signal . t he On-Board Diagnos t ic (OBDII) syst em . The
symbol ('4 lights up when the ignition is t urned
Whenever you use the left B
or the right .
on and will turn off after the engine has started
turn signal, the indicator light blinks. When you
and has settled at a constant idle speed. This in-
use the emergency flashers, both indicator lights
dicates that the MILis working properly.
flash.
The warning light illuminates when the re is a
If one of the turn signal light bulbs burn out, the
malfunction in the engine electronic system.
turn signal will blink twice as fast as normal.
Contact your authorized Audi dea ler and have the
This does not apply, however, in towing mode . malfunction corrected .
The indicator light does not flash if a turn signal
An improperly clo sed fuel filler cap may als o
is out on the tra iler or the towing vehicle. Addi-
cause the MILlight to illuminate (only vehicle s
tional informat ion on the turn signals
page 212.
with gasoline engine ) c::>
c::>
page52.
For more information c::>page 23 .
¢1.~Trailer turn signal assembly
Appl ies to: vehicles with towing hitch l[D High beam
The indicator light also blinks if the turn signal is The SI warn ing/ indicat or light illuminat es when
operated when towing a trailer . the high beams are on or when you use the head-
light flasher. For more information about using
The indicator light . blinks when the turn sig-
the high beams, see c::>
page 52.
nal is used, if a trailer has been properly connect-
ed to the vehicle.
CRUISE/"
(')Cruise control
If one of the turn signal bulbs on the trailer is
burned out or defective, the indicator light will The lij;\1)~14
(USAmode ls) 1B (Canada mode ls)
not blink when you use the turn signals. warning/indicator light illuminates when the
cruise contro l is activated .
@ Tips
For vehicles with a factory installed towing ABS/(8) Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
hitch or a tra iler hitch that was installed later
This warning/indicator light monitors the ABS
according to factory specif ications, the trailer
and the electronic differential lock (EDL).
turn signa l assembly is actuated.
The rJln (USAmodels) lri] (Canada models)
~ Safety belts warning/indicator light will come on for a few
seconds when the ignit ion is switched on . The
This warning/indicator light reminds you to put
light will go out after an automatic check se-
on your safety belt.
quence is comp leted.
The . warning/indicator light illuminates when There is a malfunction in the ABS when:
the ignition is switched on to remind the driver
and (on USAmodels only) any front passenger to - The warning/ indicator light does not illuminate
put on the safety belt. Additionally, an audible when you switch on the ignition.
warn ing tone will also sound . - The warning/ indicato r light does not go out af-
ter a few seconds .
For more Information c::>page 140, Safety belt
- The warning/ indicator light illuminates while
warning light.
driving. ..,.

14
 Instruments and ind icator lights

The brake system will still respond even with- author ized Audi dealer or ot her qualif ied
out the assistance of the ABS system. See your wo rkshop and have t he malf unct ion correct-
authorized Audi dealer as soon as possible to re- ed.
store full braking performance. For more infor-
mat ion regarding the ABS ¢ page 186.
::~/(®) Electromechanical parking brake
The ABS warning light and the brake warning
The warning/indicator light monitors the elec-
light come on together. The ABS w ill not work
tromechanical parking brake.
and you will not ice a change in braking re-
sponse and performance. Wi t h the parking brake appli ed and the ignit ion
tu rned on, the . (USA models)/ . (Cana-
Malfunction in the brake system
da models) warning/indicator li ght illum inates .
If the brake warning light ¢ page 15 and the After the ignition has been turned off, t he warn -
ABS warning ill uminate together there may be a ing/indicato r light continues to ill uminate for
malf unct ion in the ABS, and there may also be a about 30 seconds. If the parki ng brake is applied
malfunct ion in the brake system itself c::>.&.. with the igni ti on turned off, the warn ing/ indica-
In t he event of a malfunction in the brake sys- tor light ill uminates f or about 30 seconds.
tem the warning/indicator li ght 1111 (USA mod - The wa rning/i ndicator lig ht wi ll go out when the
els)/ . (Canada models) in the instrument clus- parking brake is released .
ter f lashes. By pressing the ISET I button, you can
bring up a drive r message w hich explains t he If the warning/ind icator light flashes continuous -
malfunct ion in more detail. Please not e ly after applying the parking brake, braking force
page
c::> 2 5. is not sufficient to prevent the vehicle from roll-
ing unintentionally . Please note the following :
Malfunctionin the electronicdifferential
lock (EDL) - If the slope of the grou nd is too steep to park
the vehicle, the addit ional drive message ap-
The EDLworks togethe r with the ABS. The ABS pears Caution: Vehicle parked too steep .
war ning light w ill come on if there is a ma lf unc- - In the event of a parking brake malf unction,
page 186 . See your au-
tion in the EDL syst em c::> the yellow liJsymbol appears in the instru -
t hor ized Audi dealer as soon as possible. ment cluste r display and the driver message
Parking brake malfunction! is displayed . Have
.8, WARNING - t he malfunction repaired as soon as possible by
- If t he 9 (USA models)/ KO'A
<Canada mo d- an aut hor ized Audi dealer or any ot her qualified
els) warn ing ligh t does not go out, or if it workshop.
comes on w hile dr iving, the ABS system is
not wo rking prope rly . The vehicle can then BRAKE
/(Q)
) Brake system
be stopped on ly with t he standard brakes
(without ABS). You w ill not have the protec- The warning/indicator light flashes if brake fluid
t ion ABS provides. Contact your aut horized level is low, if there is an ABS system malfunc-
Audi dealer as soon as possible . tion or a parking brake malfun ct ion.
- If the 1111 (USA models) . (Canada mod -
The 1111 (USA models) /. (Canada models)
els) brake system indicator light t ur ns on to-
li ght illu min at es when t he igni t ion is tur ned on.
get her wit h the ABS and ESC indicat or
It goes out aft er t he engine has been start ed.
ligh t s, t he ABS/ESC regula ti ng func t ion may
This ind icates t hat t he brake warni ng lig ht is
have failed. Funct ions that stab il ize t he ve-
CD
f unct ioning properly.
hicle are no longer available . This could
....
CD
N
,-... cause the vehicle to swe rve and increase t he If the brake warning light does not light up
N
..... risk of sliding . Drive carefully to t he nearest when the engine is cranking, there may be a
0
0
C<'.
00

15
Instruments and indicator lights

malfun ction in the electrical system. In this distances. The extra distance used up by
case , contact an autho rized Audi deale r. fading brakes co uld lead to an accident .
If t he brake system war ning/ indica t or light flash-
es, there is a brake system mal funct ion. By press-
ing the !SE T!button, you can bring up a driver
m essage which explains the malf unction in mor e
detai l ¢ pag e 25 .

If the ABS fails, the ABS warning/indicator light

~ (USA mode ls)/ (IJ (Canada models) flashes
together with the brake system warning/indica-
tor light ¢ & .

(USA models): If the warn ing light 1111and the

warn ing light Ii] illuminate together , immedi -
ately contact your authori zed Audi dea ler or
qualified workshop to have all brake pads in-
spec t ed ¢ page 29 .

When the light comes on, an audib le warning sig -

na l is also given .

A WARNING
- If the 1111 (USA models) . (Canada mod-
els) brake system indicator light t urns on to-
gether with the ABS and ESC indicator
lights, the ABS/ESC regulating function may
have failed . Functions that stab ilize the ve-
hicle a re no longe r available . This could
ca use the vehicle to swerve and increase the
risk of sliding. Drive ca refully to t he nearest
autho rized Aud i dealer or other quali fied
workshop and have the ma lfunction co rrect -
ed.
- If the bra ke warn ing/indicator light does
not go out after a few seconds and the park-
ing brake is released, or lights up while you
are driving, the flu id leve l in the brake fluid
reservoir is too low. If you believe that it is
safe to do so, proceed immediately at low
speed to t he nearest authorized Audi dealer
or qualified repair facility and have the
bra ke system inspected.
- Always keep in mind tha t afte r severa l brake
applications, you will need greate r pressure
on the brake pedal t o stop yo ur vehicle. Do
not rely on straine d brakes to respond w ith
maximum stopping power in criti cal situa -
tions . You must allow for increased braking

16
 Driver in fo rma t ion system

Driver information Auto Check system c:>page24

system Driver information c:>page 24
Speed warning c:>page 91
Introduction
Trip computer c:>page 19
General notes Tire pressure monitoring system* c:>page247
The driver information display inside the instru- Digital clock with date display c:>page 10
ment cluster provides you , the driver, with much Odometer and trip odometer c:>page 10
useful information.
Selector leve r position c:>page 94
Cruise control c:>page92
Adaptive cruise control* c:>page 109
Energy flow display* c:>page 106

(D Tips
In the event of a malfunction either a red or
yellow icon appears in the disp lay. Red sym-
bols indicate Danger c:>page 25. Yellow
symbols indicate a Warning c:>page 28.
Fig. 8 Instrument cluster : cent er display

Information from the driver information system Sound system display

is shown in the display in the center of the instr u-
l!3
....
ment clus ter . 0
er.
m
m
When you turn on the ignition and while you are
driving, some functions and vehicle components
are sca nned for their operat ing status. Malfunc-
tions or required service procedures are signaled
audibly and shown by red and yellow lighted
symbols and reminders to the driver in the dis-
play.

The driver is also shown information about rad io Fig. 9 Display: sou nd system

and CD operat ion and directions for the naviga-

tion system*. You can find addit ional information
If priority 1 or pr iority 2 faults are not shown by
the Auto Check Control, the name of the radio
on these subjects in the radio or MMI* manual.
station you are tuned to or the frequency and the
The illustrations in the instrument panel display reception range are shown in the up per area of
differ in some of the vehicles . the display .
The driver information system prov ides the fol- When the CD is in use , the tit le of the track being
lowing functions: played is shown. The CD changer disp lays the
number of the current CD (CDl to CD6).
Sound system disp lay c:>page 17
Outside air temperature c:>page 18
Digital speedometer c:>page 18
a,
a, Open door- and luggage com- c:>page 18
.....
N
r--
partment warning
N
..... Service interva l display c:>page 19
0
0
0:
co

17
Dr iv e r inf o rm a ti o n sy st e m

Outside temperature display Digital speedometer

Fig. 10 Display : ou tside tempe ratur e Fig. 11 Disp lay: Digital speedomete r

At temperatures below 39 °F (+4 °C), a snowflake Current speed appears in the display . Speed is
symbol appears in front of the temperature dis - shown in 1 mph increments (USA models) or 1
p lay. It is intended to remind the driver to pay km/h increments (Canada models) .
specia l attent ion t o ice on th e road.
You can switch the display from miles to kilome-
If the vehicle is stationary, or if you are driving at ters and vice versa via the radio or MM!*.
a very low speed, the temperature shown in the
d isplay might be slightly higher than the act ual Open door or trunk lid warning
outside temperature . This is caused by the heat
be ing rad iated from the engine. The pictogram alerts you when doors or the
trunk lid have been left open .
The unit of measurement for the temperature
L'>
can be set in either °For in °Con the MMI* or on 0
"'
0
ri::
the radio control un it. The outside temperatu re m
a,
d isp lay automatically shows the unit of measure-
ment that has been set. For add itional informa -
tion, see the MMI*or the rad io instruction man -
ual.

A WARNING
- Never use the outside temperature display
to determine if a road surface is icy or not. Fig. 12 Disp lay: Open door - and t runk lid warni ng

Keep in mind that road surfaces , especially

bridges and overpasses, could be ice cov- The Open Door/ Trunk Lid wa rning d isplays if even
ered and slippery even at an outside tem - one door, the hood or the t runk lid is open. This
perature above 39 °F (+4 °C). symbol a lso shows which door or lid has not been
closed ¢ fig . 12.
- Always remember, even if the "snowflake"
symbol (ice warn ing) does not appear in the As soon as t he doo r, the hood and the tr unk lid
display, black ice could be on the road . are closed properly, the door and tr unk lid war n-
-Always red uce your speed and drive with ing turns off and the selected driver information
special care in cold weather cond itions when system f unctions are disp layed again.
t he chance of encounter ing icy road surfaces
increases.

18
 Driver information system

Service interval display appropriate service on your vehicle. You also have
the possibility to reset the oil change schedule
The service interval display reminds you when after having performed an oil change according
your next service is due . to Audi specifications. Select ICAR Ifunction but-
8
.,, ton > Service interval display> Reset oil change
0
ci: interval or ICARI function button > Car systems*
"'
ID control button > Servicing & checks > Service in-
tervals > Reset oil change interval.

(D Note
- Only reset the oil change display when you
have completed an oil change.
- If you disconnect the battery terminals, no
Fig. 13 Instrumel'lt cluste r : Service interval display calculations can be made for the service in-
terval display during this time and no serv-
The schedule for the next oil change or inspec- ice reminder will appear. Remember that
tion is calculated automatically and displayed ac- observing the proper service intervals is vi-
cordingly. The display works in two stages : tally important to extending the life of your
vehicle, particularly the engine, and main-
Service reminder
taining its value. Do not exceed the time in-
30 days before the next service is due, a service terval for the next service, even if the vehi-
reminder appears in the display when you turn on cle mileage is low.
the ignition ¢ fig. 13.

After about 5 seconds the display switches back

@ Tips

to normal. The distance and time remaining are The information in the Service Reminder re-
updated each time the ignition is turned on until mains stored even when the vehicle battery is
the date due for service is reached. disconnected.

Service due
On-board computer
When the due date for service is reached , the
Introduction
message Service due! appears in the instrument
cluster immediately after you turn on the igni- The trip computer gives you information on cur-
tion . Additionally, a warning tone sounds. After rent and average fuel mileage, average speed ,
about 5 seconds the display switches back to nor- fuel range and driving time .
mal.

Calling up the service schedules

If or when an oil change or inspection is due, can
be shown in the radio or MMI* display by select-
ing the service interval display in the car menu.
Select ICARI function button > Service interval
display or ICAR Ifunction button > Car systems*
control button > Servicing & checks > Service in-
tervals .
a, Fig. 14 Trip comp uter disp lay: Average fue l mileage
a, Resetting the service interval display
.....
N
r--
N
..... Your authorized Audi dealer will reset the corre-
0
0
0:
sponding service schedule after performing the
co

19
Driver information system

The following information is continuously evalu- Memories

ated by the trip computer and can be displayed
sequent ially in the instrument cluster display:
The trip computer is equipped with two fully au-
tomatic memories as well as an efficiency pro-
Fuel range gram*.
The est imat ed cruising range in miles (km) ap-
pears in the disp lay. This tells you how far your
vehicle wi ll be able to t ravel on the current tank
of fuel and with the same driving style. The dis-
play changes in increments of 5 miles (10 km) .

Average fuel mileage

The average fuel economy in MPG (l/ 100 km)
since you last cleared the memory appears in this
display . You can use this display to adjust your
Fig. 15 Trip computer display: memory level 1
driving technique to achieve a desired mileage.

Current fuel mileage You can switch between the trip computer 1 and
2 and the efficiency program * by pressing the
The instantaneo us fue l cons umption in miles per IRESET I button @ <=>page 21, fig. 16 .
ga llon (l/100 km) is shown in this display. You
can use th is disp lay to adju st your driv ing techn i- You can tell which memory level is currently ac-
que to achieve a desired mi leage. tive by the number or the sign in the display
c>fig. 15. The data from the single-trip memory
Fuel consumption is recalcu lated at intervals of (memory level 1) is being d isplayed if a D ap-
33 ya rds (30 meters). pears in the display. If a fJ is shown, then the da-
Average speed ta from the total-trip memory is being d isplayed
(memory level 2) . The fuel pump nozzle ii1indi-
The average speed in mph (km/h) since the last cates the efficiency program* <::;> page 22 .
time the display was reset appears in the disp lay.
Single-trip memory (Trip computer 1)
Elapsed time
The single-trip memory stores the trip informa-
The length of time that you have been driving tion from the time the ignition is turned on until
since you last reset the memory appears in this it is turned off . If the trip is continued within 2
disp lay. hoursfrom the time the ignition was turned off,
Distance the new data will be included in the calculation of
the cur rent trip information. If the trip is inter-
The distance that has been covered since the last rupted for more than 2 hours the memo ry is re-
time the memory was cleared appears in the dis- set automatically .
play.
Total-trip memory (Trip computer 2)
@ Tips
Unlike the single-trip memory, the total-tr ip
- Fuel consumptions (average and current), memory is not reset automatically . This permits
range and speed are displayed in metric you to eva luate your dr iving data for the enti re
units on Canadian models. period between manua l resets.
- All stored val ues will be lost if the vehicle
battery is disconnected. Efficiency program*
The eff iciency program can help you to use less
page 22.
fuel <::;>

20
 Driver in f orma t ion system

Operation Wit h some vehicle eq uip ment levels, the value s

for the single trip or tota l trip memory can also
The trip computer is controlled by two switches be reset in the radio or MMI* r:::> page 21 .
on the windshield wiper lever.
(I_)Tips
All stored val ues will be lost if the vehicle bat-
tery is disconnected.

Basic Settings for the trip computer

~------, @ The MMI * or the radio operating unit is used for

setting the trip computer's basic settings .

.,.Sele ct: ! CAR I func t ion button> In strument

Fig. 16 W indshield wiper lever: cont ro ls for the tr ip com-
cluster > On-board computer 1 or On-board
puter
computer 2 .
Operating
The values in the sing le- t rip or the tot a l-t rip
.,.To display the trip computer memory leve ls, memo ry can all be reset to zero at the same t ime
press the IRESET ! button @ r:::>
fig. 16 repeated- under Reset in the men u.
ly until the des ired memory level is show n in
In addition, you ca n determine wha t info rm at ion
the d isplay.
fr om the tr ip compu t er should be s hown in the
.,.To display trip informat ion within a memory
inst rument clu ster di splay. If one of t he pieces of
level, press the t op or bottom par t of the func-
drive r informa t ion is tu rned Off , that dr iver infor -
t ion select io n switch @ .
mation will not be shown in the disp lay. The in-
The trip computer w ill not operate un less the ig- formation w ill cont inue to be ca lculated by the
nition is on. When you t urn on the ig nition, the trip computer and can be turned back On at any
f unction t ha t was in use w hen you last tu rned the t ime .
ignit io n off w ill be displayed.

In addition to information abo ut the trip compu t -

(D Tips

e r (trip computer 1, 2 and the effic iency pro- - This function is not available o n all vehicles.
g ra m*), informat io n about othe r systems ca n al- - The d riving info rmation in the efficiency
so be shown in the disp lay. To switch the d isp lay prog ram * is al so reset to zero with t he sin-
between the d iff eren t informat io n, tap t he gle-trip memory.
IRESET Ibutton @ briefly.
Resetting values to zero
.,.Se lect a val ue in t he desired tr ip comp ute r o r in
t he effi ciency progra m *.
.,. Press and hold the IRESET Ibutton @ for at
least one seco nd . All values in t he selected t rip
computer or in the efficiency program* a re re -
set to ze ro.

If t he dat a in tr ip compu t er 1 are deleted, t hen

a,
a,
the values in the efficiency program* will also be
..... reset .
N
l"-
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

21
Dri v er information system

Efficiency program Other equipment that is current ly affecting fuel

consumption is listed in the efficiency program.
Description The display shows up to three other items of
Applies to: vehicles with efficiency program equipment @ . The equipment using the most
fuel is listed first . If more than three items using
fuel are switched on , the equipment that is cur -
rently using the most fuel is disp layed .

A scale @ also shows the current total consump -

tion of all other equipment .

Fuel economy messages

Applies to: vehicles with efficiency program

Fig. 17 Display : eff iciency pr ogram

• Press the IRES ET ! button @ c::>

page 21 , fig. 16
repeatedly until the efficiency program appears
in the display .

The efficiency program can help you to use less

fuel. It evaluates driving information in reference
to fuel consumption and shows other equipment
influencing consumption . Fuel economy messag·
Fig. 19 Disp lay: fu el econo my m essa ge
page 22 provide tips for efficient dr iving .
es c::>

The efficiency program uses distance and con- Fuel economy messages are displayed when fuel
sumpt ion data from trip computer 1. If the data consumption is increased by certain conditions . If
are deleted in the efficiency program, those val· you follow these fuel economy messages, you can
ues are also reset in tr ip computer 1. reduce your vehicle 's consumption of fuel. The
messages appear automatically and are only dis·
played in the efficiency program . The fue l econo·
Other equipment
my messages turn off automatically after a cer-
App lies to: vehicles with efficiency prog ram
ta in period of time .

• To turn a fuel economy message off immedi·

ately after it appears, press the IRESET ! button
page 21, fig. 16 @ , or
c::>
page 21 ,
• Press t he function selection switch c::>
fig . 16 @ .

0) Tips
- Once you have turned a fuel economy mes-
Fig. 18 Display : ot her equipment sage off, it will only appear again after you
turn the ignition on again.
• In the efficiency program, press the function - The fuel economy messages are not dis-
page 21, fig . 16 @ repeat·
selection switch c::> played in every instance, but rather in inter-
edly until the other equipment appears in the vals over a period of time .
display .

22
 Driver in fo rma t ion system

On Board Diagnostic The MILlight may also illuminate if there is a

leak in the on-board fuel vapor recovery system.
System (OBD)
If the light illuminates after a refueling, stop the
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) vehicle and make sure the fuel filler cap is prop-
erly closed (only vehicles with gasoline engine)
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)¢'4in the ¢ page 212 .
instrument cluster ¢ page 11, fig. 7 is part of the
On-Board Diagnostic (OBDII) system. In order to make an accurate diagnosis, the stor-
ed data can only be displayed using special diag-
The warning/indicator light illuminates when the nostic equipment (generic scan tool for OBD).
ignition is switched on and goes out after the en-
gine starts and the idle has stabilized . This indi- In order to connect the special diagnostic equip-
cates that the MILis working properly . ment, push the plug into the Data Link Connector
(DLC).The DLCis located to the right of the hood
If the light doe s not go out after the engine is release ¢ fig. 20 .
started, or illuminates while you are driving, a
malfunction may exist in the engine system . If Your authorized Audi dea ler or qualified work-
the light illuminates, the catalytic converter shop can interpret the code and perform the nec-
could be damaged. essary repair.

Continue driving with reduced power (avoiding

sustained high speeds and/or rapid accelera- -ADo notWARNING
use the diagnostic connector for per-
~

tions) and have the condition corrected. Contact

sonal use. Incorrect usage can cause malfunc-
your authori zed Audi dealer.
tions, which can increase the risk of a colli-
If the light illuminates, the electronic speed lim- sion!
iter may also be malfunctioning . For more infor-
mation ¢ page 23, Electronic speed limiter.
Electronic speed limiter
An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also
cause the MILlight to illuminate (o nly vehicles Your vehicle may be factory equipped with tires
with gasoline engine) ¢ page 212 . that are rated for a maximum speed of 130 mph
(210 km/h). This is less than the maximum speed
of your vehicle. To reduce the risk of sudden tire
On-Board Diagnostics failure and loss of control if the vehicle is operat-
ed at excessive speeds, your vehicle also has an
electronic speed limiter. The electronic speed
limiter prevents your vehicle from going faster
than the tire speed rating . For more information
¢ page 237.

If the engine control unit receives faulty vehicle

road speed signa ls, the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)¢4 willilluminate. If this occurs,
contact the nearest authori zed Audi dealer for
Fig. 20 Locat ion of Data Link Connect or (DLC) assistance.

On-Board Diagnostics monitors the components SQS

of your emission control system. Each monitored Your vehicle's top speed is electronically limited
a,
a,
component in your engine system has been as- to 155 mph (250 km/h).
..... signed a code. In case of a malfunction, the com-
N
l"-
N
..... ponent will be identified and the fault stored as a If the engi ne control unit rece ives fa ulty vehicle
0
0 code in the control module memory. road speed signals, the Malfunction Indicator lllJ,,
0:
co

23
Driver information system

Lamp (MIL) II will illuminate. If this occurs, Driver information messages

contact the nearest authorized Audi dealer for
Driver information messages are shown in the in-
assistance.
strument cluster display in addition to symbols.
A WARNING
-
Always observe the posted speed limits and
adjust your speed to suit prevailing road, traf-
fic and weather conditions. Never drive your
vehicle faster than the maximum speed rat ing
of the tires installed.

Auto Check Control

Introduction Fig. 21 Instrument cluste r: SETbutton

The Auto-Check control monitors the function of

For example, if the transmission se lector lever is
certa in vehicle features and components. It sim-
not in the P position when the engine is tu rned
ply makes sure these features and components
off, the following message appears:
are working properly. The Auto-Check control
works as long as the ignition is on, as well as Shift to P otherwise vehicle can roll away. Doors
whenever the veh icle is driven. do not lock if lever is not in P.

If a component is malfunctioning or if the need The ign ition key can only be removed with these-
for an urgent repair has been detected, this will lector in this position. This and other messages
appear in the instrument cluster display. You will are brought up if a function cannot be ca rried
also hear an audib le warning tone . The displays out.
are color coded in e it he r red or yellow depending
Driver messages and red symbols
on their level of priority.
If a red symbol appears in the disp lay, a driver
A red symbol means Danger, a yellow symbol in-
message is also displayed automatically.
d icates Warning . In certain s ituations, informa-
tion message for the dr iver appea r in addition to For example, the symbol for a problem with en-
the red and ye llow symbols . gine oil pressure . appears in the display. The
follow ing message appears:
Note about automatic transmission
Turn off engine! Oil pressure too low
The Auto -Check Control will automatically per-
form a test each time you switch on the ignition. The driver message in the display goes out after
With the selector lever in P or N, the fo llowing about 5 seconds. The driver message can be dis-
message appears in the display: played again by briefly pressing the ISETI
button
r::>
fig. 21.
When stationary apply brake pedal while select-
ing gear Driver messages and yellow symbols

When you select a different gear (for example: R, If a yellow symbol appears in the display, a driver
D, etc.), the message will disappear and the Au- message is also displayed automatically.
to-Check function is displayed.
For example, the symbol a,
appears in the dis-
If there is a malfunct ion, then the malfunction play, indicating low windshie ld washer fluid level.
message will appear about 15 seconds after you The following message also appears:
start the vehicle. At the same time you will hear a
Please refill washer fluid II>-
warn ing tone.

24
 Driver information system

The driver message disappears after a few sec - Refill engine oil now
onds. The driver message can be disp layed again page
c:::> 27
by briefly pressing the !SE
T!button . Refill AdBlue*
c:>page 214
Red symbols
AdBlue malfunction*
0
~
page
c:::> 214
"'
9
a:
CX)
Steering malfunction
IX)
page
c:::> 27
Ignit ion lock malfunction
c:>page 27
Hybrid dr ive*
c:>page 102, c:>page 107

Fig. 22 Display: Danger symbol ' 0 Alternator malfunction

With a priority 1 malfunction, a red symbol ap - If the . symbo l in the instr um ent panel display
pears in the upper center area of the display flashes, then the re is a ma lfunction in the alter-
fig . 22 . A driver message appears as well to ex-
c:::>
nator or the vehicle electronics . A warning to the
plain the ma lfunction in more deta il. When this driver will appear, too . The driver warning goes
symbol appears, three warning tones sound in out after about 5 seconds, but it can be brought
succession. The symbol continues to flash until up at any t ime by pressing the !SET !button aga in.
the fault has been corrected . Usually, you can sti ll drive to the next dea lership .
If several pr iority 1 malfunctions are present, the Turn off all but the most necessary electrica l con-
symbols appear in succession and remain for sumers, since these drain the vehicle's battery.
about 2 seconds .
(D Note
The driver warning goes out after about 5 sec-
If the . warning symbo l (coolant system
onds, but it can be brought up again at any time
malfunction) also lights up on the instrument
by pressing the ISETI button c:>page 24.
panel during the trip c:>page 26, then you
Alternator failure have to stop immediately and turn off the en-
page
c:::> 25 gine. The coolant pump is not working any-
more - danger of damage to the engine!
Electromechanical steer ing
page
c:::> 191
BRAKE/C
(D)Brake system malfunction
USA models : Brake system
malfunction A ma/function in the brake system must be re-
c:>page25 paired as soon as possible .
Canada models: Brake system
If the warning/indicator light 11111
(USAmod-
malfunction els). (Canada models) in the instrument clus-
c:>page 25
ter flashes, there is a brake system malfunction.
Eng ine coolant level too low/ A driver message appears as well to explain the
engine coolant temperature malfu nction in more detail. The driver wa rn ing
CD
too high goes out after about 5 seconds, but it can be
....
CD
N
page
c:::> 26 brought up at any time by pressing the ISETI but-
,-...
N
..... Engine oil pressure too low ton again. ..,.
0
0
c:<:
page
c:::> 27
00

25
Dr iv er information sy stem

Stop vehicle and check brake fluid level cause the vehicle to swerve and increase the
.,. Stop the vehi cle. risk of sliding. Drive caref ully to the nearest
.,. Check the brake f luid leve l ¢ pag e 224 . author ized Audi dealer or other qualified
.,.Seek professional assistance if necessary. workshop and have the malfunct ion correct-
ed.
Warning! Fault in brake system. Contact
work shop
- L Engine cooling system malfunction
.,. Drive carefu lly to the nearest authorized Audi
dealer or other qualified workshop and have A malfunction in the engine cooling system mu st
the malfunction corrected ¢ ,&.. be repaired as soon as possible.

Parking brake system fault! See owner 's If the . symbol flashes in the disp lay, either the
manual engine coo lant temperature is too high or the en -
gine coolant level is too low. A driver message
.,. If this symbol appears when the ve hicle is sta-
appears as we ll to expla in the malfunct ion in
tionary or after the ignition is turned on, check
more detail. The dr iver warn ing goes out after
to see if the park ing brake can be released.
about 5 seconds, but it can be brought up at any
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or other
time by pressing t he ISET Ibutton agai n.
qualified workshop as soon as poss ible and
have the malfunction corrected . If the parking Turn off engine and check coolant level
brake cannot be opened, then take it to an ex-
.,. Pull off the road .
pert at a n author ized Audi dealer.
.,. Stop the vehicle .
.,.If t he symbol appears while you are d riving, it is
.,.Turn off the engine .
poss ible th at t he traction co ntro l or the emer -
.,. Check coolant level ¢ page 223 .
gency brake has malfunctioned . It is possib le
.,.Addcoolant if necessary~ page 223 .
that the parking brake cannot be applied . It is
.,. Continue dr iving only after the engine coolant
also possible that th e parking brake cannot be
wa rning/i nd icator light goes out .
released after it has been applied. Drive to an
.,. Contact your authori zed Audi dealer for assis-
authori zed Aud i dea ler or other qualified work-
tance if ne cessa ry.
shop to have the malfunct io n corrected.
If the engine coo lant level is correct, then t he ra-
If the ABS system malfunct ions, the ABS warn-
diato r fan may be the cause of t he malfunc t ion.
ing/indicator light illuminates together with the
brake system malfunction warn ing/ indicator
light ¢ .&..
A WARNING
~

- If you r vehicle should break down fo r me-

A WARNING chan ica l or othe r reasons, park at a safe dis -
tance from mov ing traffic, turn off the en-
- Always observe t he warnings in
gine and turn on the hazard warning lights
¢page 217, befo re opening the hood and
¢ page 51, Emergency flashers.
che cking the b rake fl uid .
- Never open the hood if you see or hear
- Driving with low brake fl uid is a safety haz-
steam or coolant escaping from the engine
ar d . Stop the car and get professional ass is-
compartment -you risk being scalded. Wait
tan ce.
until you can no longer see or hear steam or
- If the .. (USA models) . (Canada mod-
coo lant escaping .
els) brake system ind icator light t urns on to-
- The engine compartment of any veh icle is a
ge t her wit h the ABS a nd ESC indi cato r
dangerous area. Before you perfo rm any
ligh t s, the ABS/ ESC regula t ing func t ion may
work in the engine compartment, tu rn of
have failed . Functions that stab ilize the ve-
t he engine and allow it to cool. Follow the
hicle a re no longe r available. This could
warn ing stickers ¢ page 217. ~

26
 Driver information system

pressure warning. starts to flash before

(D Note
you respond to the low oil level warning
Do not contin ue d riving if the . sym bol illu- II. By then, your engine may already have
m inates . There is a mal function in the en gine suffered serious damage .
coo ling system - you could damage your en-
gine.
~ ""'Fill engine oil now

't=?: Engine oil pressure malfunction WARNING: Please add oil immediately

The red engine oil pressure warning symbol re- If the . sym bo l lights up, then t he oil has to be
quires immediate service or repair. Driving with a rep le nished right now ¢page 221.
low oil pressure indication is likely to cause se-
vere engine damage . @- Steering malfunction

If the . symbol on the display flashes, the en - If there is a malfunction in the electronic steer -
g ine oil pressure is too low. A d river message ap - ing column lock, the steering cannot be un-
pears as well to explain t he malfunction in mo re locked.
deta il. The d river war ning goes ou t afte r abo ut 5
If the . symbo l in the disp lay blinks, t here is a
seconds, but it can be brough t up at any time by
malfunction in t he electronic stee ring col umn
pressing t he ISET Ibutton again.
lock. A driver message appears as we ll to exp la in
Turn off engine! Oil pressure too low t he malfunction in mo re detail. The dr iver warn-
ing goes out afte r about 5 seconds , but it can be
• Stop t he ve hicle.
• Turn the eng ine off. broug ht up at any time by press ing the ISETI but -
• Check the eng ine oil level ¢ page 221. ton aga in.
• Contact yo ur autho rized Audi dea le r for assis- Steering defective! Do not drive vehicle!
tance if necessary.
• Contact your nea rest a uthorized Audi dea ler .
Engine oil level too low • Do not tow your vehicle .
If the engine oil level is too low, add eng ine oil
¢page 221. A WARNING
Your ve hicle m ust not be towed in t he event
Engine oil level correct
of a ma lfunction in t he e lectron ic stee ring
If t he sym bol. flashes even thoug h t he en g ine col um n loc k becaus e it can not be st ee red due
oil leve l is correct, please contact your nea rest to the locked st eering . If it is t owed with t he
author ized Audi Dealer for assistance. Do not st eer ing locked , the re is the risk of an acci-
continue dr iving . Do not leave the eng ine running d ent.
idle, either .
©- Ignition lock malfunction
@ Tips
A malfunction in the ignition lock must be re-
- The engine oil pressure symbol. is not
paired immediately .
an indicator for a low engine oil level. Do
not rely on it. Instead, check the oil level in If the . symbo l in the display blinks , there is a
your engine at regular intervals, preferably malfu nction in t he e lect ron ic ignition lock. A d riv-
each time you refuel, and always before er message a pp ears as well to expla in t he ma l-
going on a long trip. funct ion in mo re det ail. The driver warning go es
CD
....
CD
N
- The yellow oil level warning indication Ill out aft er abou t 5 second s, but it can be broug ht
,-... requires oil refill or workshop service with- up at any ti me by pressing the !SE T!bu tt o n again .
....
N
0 out delay. Do not wait until the red oil
0
C<'.
00
Ignition lock defective. Contact dealer! .,.

27
Dr iv er information sy stem

"' Do not turn the engine off . Defective light bu l b

"' Drive immediate ly to an authorized Audi dealer c::>
poge 29
to have the malfunction corrected.
Fog lights
If there is a malfunct ion in the electronic ignition c::>
poge29
lock, the ignition cannot be turned off . Drive im- Rear fog lights
mediately to an authorized service facility to have c::>
poge29
the cause of the malfunction corrected.
Check engine oil level
On vehicles with Convenience key*, the engine ¢ page 30
should not be switched off using the Start/Stop Engine oil sensor ma lf unct ion
button because the engine cannot be started c::>
page 30
again after the ignition has been switched off.
Engine tempe ratu re*
page 210
c::>
Yellow symbols
Low fuel level
N
M c::>
page 30
9a:
a,
ID Refill Ad Bl ue*
page 214
c::>
AdBl ue malfunction *
page 214
c::>
Windsh ield washer fluid level
low
c::>
page 30
Fig. 2 3 Display: Yellowwarning sym bol Convenience key*
Key not in vehicle
When a yellow warning symbol appears, one c::>
page29
warning tone sounds. A driver message appears Light/rain sensor defective
as well to explain the ma lfunction in more deta il. c::>
page 29
The driver wa rning goes out after about 5 sec-
Dynam ic headlight range con-
onds, but it can be brough t up at any t ime by
tro l defective
pressing the ISETI button again .
c::>
page 31
Check the funct ion disp layed as soon as possible. Battery in remote control key
The yellow symbol w ill not go out again until the c::>
page34
reason for the malfunct ion has been corrected.
Electromechanical parking
If several priority 2 malfunctions are present, the brake
symbo ls appear in succession and remain for c::>
page 88
about 2 seconds. Engine speed limitation*
Elect romechanica l steer ing, Dy- c::>
page 30, c::>
poge 102
namic steering* Diesel particulate fi lter * clog-
c::>
poge 191 ged
Worn brake pads c::>
page 31
c::>
poge29 Adaptive ligh t defecti ve*
Battery voltage c::>
page 31
c::>poge30 Steering ma lf unction
c::>
poge 31

28
 Dri ve r informa t ion sys tem

Ignition lock malfunction @f>Light/rain sensor defective

¢ page 31
fl Aut omati c headlight s/ automati c wip ers
Adapt ive dampers* defective
¢ page 31
If the symbol illuminates , the light sensor has
Windshield wiper defective
failed . For safety reasons the low beams are
¢ page 31
tu rned on permanently with the switch in AUTO .
Tire pressure monitoring sys- However, you can cont inue to turn t he lights on
tem* and off using the light switch. In the case of a de -
Loss of ti re pressure fect in the rain sensor, the windshield wiper lever
¢ page248 functions are still available. Have the light/rain
Tire pressure monitoring sys- sensor checked as soon as poss ible by an author-
tem * ized Audi dealer.
System not available
¢page248 {0) Worn brake pads
Automatic t ransm ission mal-
function
liJBrake pads!
¢ page98 If the warning light illuminates , immediat ely
Hybrid drive* contact your authori zed Audi dealer or qualified
¢ page 102 workshop to have all brake pads inspected . On
USAmode ls the warning light liJcomes on to-
gether with the warning light 1111
. Both sets of
brake pads on an axle must always be replaced at
The speed warnings warning t hresho ld 1 1aj
the same time.
and warning th reshold 7 ISi
are also yellow
symbo ls in some models. The warning is al- &_ WARNING
ways shown as a small symbol in the upper
area of the display ¢ page 91. Drivingwith bad brakes can cause a collision
and serious personal injury.
- If the warn ing light liJand the warn ing
-le Key not in vehicle
light llll 1l with the message Brake pads!
Appl ies t o : vehicl es with Conveni ence key
comes on in the instrument clust er display,
!I I s the key in the vehicle? immed iate ly contact your authorized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop to have all
This reminder appears along with the !I
symbol
brake pads checked or replaced if necessary .
if the master key is removed from the vehicle
with the eng ine running . It is intended to rem ind
you (e.g. when chang ing drivers) not to conti nue ~!}010$ Defective light bulb warning
the journey without the master key.
J:1-If the indicator light turns on, a bulb has
If the master key is no longer in the vehicle, you failed. The message indicates the location of the
cannot switch off the ignition after stopping the bulb .
engine and you also cannot start the engine
aga in. You also cannot lock the vehicle from the
II -If a front fog lamp has failed, the indicator
light turns on to indicate the location on the vehi-
out side .
cle. ~

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
~ 1) - : USA mod els only

29
Dr iv er information sy stem

IJ-If a rear fog lamp has failed, the indicator display with the following driver message Low
light turns on to ind icate the location on the vehi- batte ry: Batte ry will be charged while driving.
cle.
While th is d river no t ificat ion is disp layed, you
Vehicle lights : System fault! have to be prepare d for lim ited start ing capabili-
ty .
If t he message appears , there is a ma lfunction in
the head lights or light switc h. Driver message appears and goes out again
Drive to your authorized Audi dea ler immediately If this driver message appears after the ignition
to have the malfunct ion corrected . is tur ned on or w hile d riving and it goes ou t again
aft er a whi le, the battery has been adequately re-
A WARNING
- charged .
- Light bu lbs are pressurized and could ex-
Driver message appears and does not go out
plode while they a re being changed caus ing again
serious person al injury.
- Work with due care when handling the high- If t his drive r notific ation appea rs after the igni-
voltage section of gas dis charge (xenon) tion is turned on or while driving and does not go
ligh t s*. Failure t o do so could result in de ath out again, t he battery's state of charge is not in
or serious injury . the optimal range. Starting capability is restrict-
ed. Have the battery checked at an a uthori zed
(D Tips Audi dealer or other qualified workshop as soon
as possib le.
Have the bu lb replaced or the connect io n re-
pai red by yo ur autho rized Aud i Serv ice depart-
~. Check engine oil
ment.
II Add oil , max x qt (l) . You may cont. driv.
C> Windshield washer fluid level too low
When the Ill
symbol and dr iver message appear,
B Please refill washer fluid add the amount of oil appear ing in the display at
the next opportunity ¢ page 221.
If t he symbol illumi nates, add w indshield washe r
fluid to the was her system and also to t he head- '

light washe r system ¢ page 229 . ~ -· Engine oil sensor defective

• Oil level! Sensor defective

Bl Fuel supply too low
If the symbol illuminates, contact your author-
When the (jgsymbol illum inates, this means ized Audi dealer and have the oil sensor inspect-
ther e a re about 2 .6 ga llons (10 liters) of fue l left ed . Until you have this done, check the oi l level
in the fuel tank. Time to refuel! ¢ page 211. each time you refuel just to be on the safe side
¢ page 221.
If the symbol lights up, even when t here is amp le
fue l in the tank, and the text Fuel tank system
malfun ction! Contact dealer appears in the dis- !?\ Engine speed limitation
Applies to: vehicles with engine speed lim itation
play, there is a fault in the system. Contact an au -
thor ized Audi dealer to have the fault rect ified. (II Do not exceed max. engine speed of XXXX
rpm
D Battery voltage The (II symbol illuminates when the re is an en-
If bat tery power drops into the range where it gine co ntro l ma lfunct ion. The indicator light ~
can limit t he ab ility of t he engine to sta rt , this in the instrument cluster a lso illum ina t es. The
the symbol (•j appea rs in t he instr ument cluster engine spee d is limited t o t he speed displ ayed in liJJ>

30
 Dri ve r informa t ion sys tem

the driver information system . Keep in mind that ~O Adaptive light defective
the engine speed will not exceed the value dis - Applies to: vehicles with adaptive light
played in the dr iver information system, for ex-
ample when downshifting.
EflAudi adapt ive light : defe ctive
When this symbol Eflilluminates, it means that
Please go to an autho rized Audi dea ler o r other
adaptive light is defective. Go to an author ized
qua lified workshop to have the ma lfunction re-
Audi dealer t o have the head lights or the contro l
pa ired .
unit for the adapt ive light repaired.

~ Diesel particulate filter clogged

Applies to: vehicles with diesel eng ine and diesel part iculate
~ - Steering malfunction
filter
El! Steering lock: Contact deale r!
11!1
Particulate filt e r See ow ner's manual
If the m symbol in the d isplay comes on, there
When the II symbol illum inates, you can a lter is an e lectronic stee ring column lock malfunc-
your d riving style to assist the filter self-cleaning t ion.
process . Drive for approx imately 15 minutes with
Drive to your author ized Audi dealer immed iately
the selector leve r in the S position at a minimum
to have the malfunction cor rected .
speed of 37 mph (60 km/h) and an engine speed
of approximate ly 2,000 RPM. The temperature
increase that w ill result from this can burn off
A
"--
WARNING
the soot in the filter. The symbol will sw itch off Your vehicle m ust not be towed in the event
when the clean ing is successful. After a success- of a malfunction in the e lectronic steering
ful cleaning, there is no need to br ing the car to column loc k bec ause it cannot be stee red due
a n author ized dealer or qualified workshop be- to the locked steering. If it is t owed w ith t he
cause this is part of no rmal veh icle operat ion. steering locked, there is the risk of an acc i-
dent .
If the symbol II
does not switch off, see your
author ized dealer or other qualif ied workshop to
~ Ignition lock malfunction
have the prob lem corrected.

For more information on the diesel particulate mIgnition lock defective

page 195.
filter, refer to <=:> If the l3
symbo l in the d isplay comes on, the re is
a malfunction in the electronic ignition lock .
A WARNING Please go to an authorized Audi dealer or other
Always adapt your speed to the current qualified workshop to have the malfunct ion re-
weather, road and t raffic conditions. You paired.
should never disobey traffic laws in orde r to
follow driving recommenda t ions. QAdaptive dampers
Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
{0 Headlight range control defective R Suspension: System fault!
II Headlight range cont rol defe ctive ! If the R symbo l in the d isp lay comeson, the re is
If the symbol II illuminates, the dynamic head- a malfunction in the adaptive dampers. Please go
light range control is no longer wo rking prope rly. to an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified
Have the sys t em checked and repaired at your a u- workshop to have the ma lfunction repaired.
CD thor ized Audi dealer.
....
CD
N ~ Windshield wipers faulty
,-...
....
N
0
0
c:<:
El Windshield wipers defective
00

31
Driver information system

When th is symbo l &'I illuminates, it means that

the electronics for the windshield wipers are de-
fective. Please go to an author ized Audi dealer or
qualified workshop to have the windshield wiper
system repaired.

32
 Opening and closing

Opening and closing Your Audi service adviser can read out this data
and tell you about the work your vehicle needs.
Keys This applies also to vehicles with Convenience
key*.
Key set
Personal comfort settings
If two people use one vehicle, it is recommended
that each person always uses "their own" master
key. When the ignition is turned off or when the
vehicle is locked, personal convenience settings
for the following systems are stored and as-
signed to the remote master key.
- Climate control
- Central locking system
Fig. 24 Key set
- Seat memory*
- Parking system*
@ Master key with remote control and
integrated mechanical key - Adaptive cruise control*
- Audi side assist*
You can centrally lock and unlock your vehicle
- Audi drive select*
and start the engine with the master key with re-
mote control. A mechanical key is integrated in The stored settings are automatically recalled
the master key q page 34 . when you unlock the vehicle, when you open the
doors or when you turn on the ignition.
@ Emergency key
The emergency key is not intended for constant
use . It should only be used in an emergency , for
-A WARNING
- Do not leave your vehicle unattended with
.
example, in place of the ignition key the key in the ignition lock. Entry by unau-
9 page 83. Keep it in a safe place and do not thorized persons could endanger you or re-
carry it on your key ring or store it in the vehicle. sult in theft or damage the vehicle. Always
lock all doors and take the key.
Key replacement
- Do not leave children unattended in the ve-
If you lose a key, cont act your aut horized Audi hicle, especially with access to vehicle keys.
dealer immediately to have the lost key disabled . Unguarded access to the keys provides chil-
Be sure to bring all your keys with you. dren the opportunity to start the engine
and/or activate vehicle systems such as the
Number of keys
power windows etc. Unsupervised operation
You can inquire about the number of assigned of any vehicle system by children can result
keys to your vehicle Q page 9 . This allows you to in serious injury.
make sure you have received all of the keys when - Do not remove the key from the ignition
you purchase a used vehicle. Depending on the lock until the vehicle has come to a com-
vehicle equipment level, this function may also plete stop. Otherwise the steering column
be performed in the MMI*. To do this, select : lock could suddenly engage - causing the
ICARI function button> Car systems* control but- risk of an accident.
ton > Servicing & checks> Programmed keys.

~ Data in the master key

¢j) Tips
..... - The operation of the remote control key can
~ During driving, service and maintenance-relevant
be temporarily disrupted by interference
8 data is continuously stored on your master key.
0
0: from transmitters in the vicinity of the .,.
co

33
Opening and c lo s i n g

vehicle working in the same frequency range • Install the mechanical key .
(e .g . a cell phone, rad io equipment) .
- If you open the dr iver's door with the key @ For the sake of the environment
left in the ignition lock, a chime will sound . Dispose of dead bat t eries properly so as not
This is your reminder to remove the key and
to po llute the e nvironment .
lock the door.
- For security reasons, replacement keys are (D Tips
on ly available from Audi dealers.
The rep lacement batte ry must be the same
- Fo r Decla ration of Comp liance to United
spec ificat ion as the original.
States FCCand Industry Canada regu lations
c:>page 279.
Removing the mechanical key

Check light and battery in the master key ....

0
(')

9
::c
~
m

Fig. 26 Remote master key: Remov ing the mec hanical key

Fig. 25 Rem ot e mas ter key

• Press the release but t on @ c:>fig . 26 .
• Pull the mechanical key @ out of the master
Check light in the maste r key
key .
fig. 25 in the maste r key
The check light @ c::>
provides information about different condit io ns . Using the mechanical key, you can:

• The check light comes on briefly once when a - lock and unlock the glove compartme nt
button is pressed, and during an "inq uiry" by ¢ page 75 .
the conven ience key system . - lock and unlock the vehicle manually
• If the check light does not come on, the battery ¢ page 38 if this should not be possible wit h

is dead and has to be replaced. In addition, the master key .

when the batt e ry is dead the !Isymbol ap-
pears in the instrument cluster display as well
as t he message: Please change key battery.

Master key batt ery replacement

• Pull the mechanica l key out of the master key
c::>
page34.
fig. 25 on the
• Press the release button @ c::>
battery holder and at the same t ime pull the
battery holder out of the master key in the di-
rection of the arrow .
• Install the new battery CR 2032 with the "+"
s ign facing down .
• Push the battery holder carefully into the mas -
ter key.

34
 Open in g and closing

Emergency unlocking of the ign ition key Central locking

In the event of malfunctions in the electrical sys- General description
tem, it may happen that you cannot remove the
ignition key. The power locking system locks or unlocks all
doors and the rear lid simultaneously.

You can lock and unlock the vehicle centrally. You

have the following choices:
- Remote master key c::>page 3 7
- Door hand les with Convenience key*
page 3 7,
c::>
- Lock cylinder at the driver 's door ¢ page 38,
or
- Power locking switch inside ¢ page 39 .
Fig. 27 Ignition switch with ignition key
Selective unlocking
If you are unable to remove the ignition key, for When you lock the vehicle, the power locking sys-
examp le because the vehicle battery is dis- tem will lock the doors and the rear lid. When
charged, proceed as follows: unlocking, you can set in the radio or in the MMI*
.. Press the release button @ ¢ fig. 27 and pull whether only the driver's door or the entire vehi-
the mechanical key @ out of the master key. cle should be unlocked r::!;)page 36 .
.. Lock the vehicle using the mechanical key
Automatic locking
¢ page 38 .
.. Have the electrical system inspected by an au- The automatic locking feature locks all the vehi-
thorized Audi dealership. cle doors and the rear lid when you drive faster
than 9 mph (15 km/h).
Electronic immobilizer The car is unlocked aga in once the ignition key is
removed . In addition, the vehicle can be unlocked
The immobilizer helps to prevent unauthorized
if the opening funct ion in the power locking sys-
use of your vehicle.
tem switch or at one of the door levers is actuat-
Inside the key there is a computer chip. This chip ed .
automatically deactivates the electronic immo- Additionally, in the event of a crash with airbag
bilizer when you insert the key in the ignition deployment the doors are automatica lly un-
lock. When you remove the key from the ignition locked to allow access to the vehicle.
lock, the electronic immobilizer is automatically
activated once aga in. Anti-theft alarm warning system
If the anti-theft alarm warning system detects a
(D Tips
break -in into the veh icle, acoustic and visual
- The vehicle cannot be started if an unau- warning signals are triggered.
thorized key is used. The veh icle may not
The anti-theft warning system is activated auto-
start if another radio device such as a key
matically when you lock the vehicle . It is deacti-
for another vehicle or a transponder is lo-
vated when unlock ing using the remote key, with
cated on the key ring.
the mechanical key, and when you switch on the
- For Declaration of Compliance to United
a,
a, ignition .
..... States FCCand Industry Canada regulations
N
r--
N
¢ page 2 79. The alarm also turns off when the alarm cycle has
.....
0
0
expired. liJ,
0:
co

35
Opening and cl os i n g

Turn sign als Even a proper ly locked veh icle cannot pro-
vide the security of a safe.
When you unlock the vehicle , the turn signa ls
flash twice. When you lock the vehicle, the turn - If the LEDin the upper edge of the driver's
signals flash once. If they do not flash, one of the door panel comes on for about 30 seconds
doors, the rear lid or the hood is not locked . after the vehicle is locked, there is a mal-
function in the power locking or the anti-
Unintentionall y locking your self out theft warning system. Have the malfunction
In the following cases there safegua rds to pre - corrected by an authorized Aud i dealership
vent you lock ing your remote master key in the or qualified repair fac ility .
vehicle:
Setting power locking
- The vehicle does not lock with the power lock-
ing switch r:!>page 39 if a doo r is open. The driver can determine the functions for power
- On vehicles with Convenience key*, if the most locking in the radio or in the MM!* .
recently used master key is in the luggage com-
.. Select: !CAR !function button> Centr al locking .
partment, the rear lid is automa t ically unlocked
Or
again after it is closed.
.. Select: ICAR ! function button > Car syste ms*
Do not lock yo ur vehicle with the remot e mast er control button > Vehicle sett ings> (Centr al
key or Convenience key* unti l all doors and the locking)* .
rear lid are closed. In th is way you avoid locking
yourse lf out accidenta lly. Unlocking single door/ Unlock doors - you can
spec ify which doors unlock when you open the ve-
A WARNING hicle .

- When you leave the vehicle, always remove - Selecting Off / All and pressing the ~ button on
the ignition key and take it with you . This the remote control key unlocks the ent ire vehi-
will prevent passengers (children, for exam- cle .
ple) from accidentally being locked in the - Select ing On/ Driver and pressing the [§] button
vehicle should they acc identally press the on the remo t e control key once unlocks only
power locking switch in the front doors . the driver's door. In veh icles w ith a convenience
- Do not leave children inside the vehicle un- key*, only the door whose handle you pull will
superv ised . In an emergency it would be im- unlock. If you press the l@J button tw ice, the en-
poss ible to open the doors from the outs ide tire veh icle will unlock. If you press the l@J but -
without the key. ton, the entire ve hicle wi ll always lock .

Trunk lid/ tailg ate/ Lock exter ior trun k handle - if

@ Tips
you select On, the rea r lid handle locks
- In the event of a crash with airbag deploy- page 40, fig. 34 . In t his case, the rear lid can
r:::.>
ment all locked doors will be automat ically be opened with the l=Ibu t ton on the master key
unlocked to give access to the veh icle occu- page 3 7, fig. 2 8 or with the ~ button in the
r:::.>
pants from the outside . driver's door r:::.>page 40, fig . 33.
- If the power lock ing system should mal-
Fold mirr ors* - if you se lect On, the outside mir-
funct ion, you can lock the driver's door us-
rors will fold in automatically when you press the
ing the mechanical key r:::.>page39.
- If the power lock ing system should fail, you
lil button on the remote contro l key r:::.>page 56.
can still open the fuel tank flap in an emer- Confirmation t one/ Tone when locking - if you
gency r::!>
page 213. select On, a tone w ill sound when yo u lock the ve-
- You are well adv ised not to keep val uables hicle.
inside an unattended vehicle, visible or not.

36
 Open in g and closing

Unlocking and locking the vehicle with the

remote control
(D Tips
- In order to make sure the locking function is
working, you should always keep your eye
on the vehicle to make sure it is proper ly
locked.
- Do not use the remote control if you are in-
side the car, otherwise you may uninten-
tionally lock the vehicle, and then you would
set off the anti -theft alarm when you try to
start the eng ine or open a door . In case this
happens anyhow, push the unlock button@.
Fig. 28 Remote cont rol: func tion butto ns - Use the pan ic function only if you are in an
emergency situation .
Either the driver's door only or the entire vehicle
will unlock when the unlock button @ is pressed
Locking and unlocking with Convenience
once, depending on the sett ings in the radio or key
MMI*Central locking menu ¢ page 36. Applies to: vehicles with Convenience key

.. Press button CD(@ ) to unlock the vehicle The doors and the rear lid con be unlocked and
9 fig. 28. locked without operating the master key.
.. Press button ~ (@ ) to lock the vehicle ¢ /1::i.in
General description on page 36 .
.. Press the button <::::::5
(@ ) for at least one sec-
ond to open the rear lid .
.. Push the red IPANIC Ibutton( @ ) to activate the
panic function. The horn sounds and the turn
signals flash. Push the red IPANIC I button again
to deactivate the panic function .

If the vehicle is unlocked and no door, the rear lid

or the hood is opened within 60 seconds, the ve- Fig. 29 Door hand le: Locking the vehicle
hicle locks itself aga in automatically . This feature
prevents the vehicle from being accidentally left Unlocking vehicle
unlocked over a long period of time .
.. Take hold of the door handle . The door is un-
It depends on the settings in the rad io or in the locked automatically .
MMI*whether the entire vehicle is unlocked or .. Pull the handle to open the door.
only certain doors ¢ page 36 .
Locking vehicle
On vehicles with Convenience key*, the selector
.. Move the selector lever to the P position (auto-
lever must be in the P position, otherwise the ve-
matic transmission), otherwise the vehicle can-
hicle cannot be locked.
not be locked.
A WARNING .. Touch the sensor at the door handle ¢ fig. 29
to lock the vehicle ¢ .&. in General description
Read and follow all WARNINGS¢ .&.in Gener-
on page 36. Do not reach inside the door han-
al description on page 36.
dle .
a,
a,
.....
(',J
r--
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked at any
(',J
.....
0
door . It depends on the settings in the radio or in
0
0: the MMI*whethe r the entire vehicle is unlocked ..,_
co

37
Opening and c lo s i n g

or one of the doors ¢ page 36. The master key Operating locks with the mechanical key
must be within a range of about S feet (1.5 me-
ters) from the appropriate door or the rear lid. It
In the event of a failure of the power locking sys-
makes no difference whether the master key is in
tem, the driver's door can locked and unlocked
your jacket pocket or in your brief case.
with the mechanical key at the lock cylinder.

If you grip the door handle while locking, this can

adversely affect the locking function.

It is not possible to re-open the doo r fo r a brief

period directly after closing it. This allows you to
ensure that the doors are properly locked.

A WARNING
Read and follow all WARNINGS ~ .& in Gener-
al description on page 36. Fig. 30 Key turns for opening and closing

@ Tips To unlock th e vehicle

If your vehicle has been standing fo r an ex- .,.Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the
tended period, please note the fo llowing: driver's door .
- The pro ximity sensors are deactivated after .,.Turn the mechanical key to position @
a few days to save power. You then have to ¢ fig. 30 .
pull on the door handle once to unlock the
vehicle and a second t ime to open the vehi- To lock the vehicle
cle. .,. Move t he se lector lever to the P pos it ion (auto-
- To prevent the battery from being dis- matic transmission) .
charged and to preserve your vehicle's abili- .,.Close all windows and doors proper ly.
ty to start for as long as possib le, the ener- .,.Turn the mechanical key in the lock of the driv-
gy management system gradually switches er's door to the lock pos ition @ ¢ .&. in Gener-
off unnecessary convenience functions. It is al description on page 36.
possib le that you will not be able to unloc k
your vehicle using these convenience func- If the power locking system fails, there is emer-
tions. gency locking for the passenger's door and the
rear doors ¢ page 39.
- For Declaration of Compl iance to United
States FCCand Ind ustry Canada regu lat ions
¢page 279.
A WARNING
Read and follow all WARNINGS¢ .& in Gener-
al description on page 36 .

(D Tips
After the ignit ion is switched on, the power
locking system switch and the unlocking but-
ton for the rear lid~ in the door are ena-
bled .

38
 Open in g and closing

Locking and unloc king the vehicle from

inside
(D Tips
Your vehicle is locked automatically at a
speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) (Auto locking)
¢ page 35. You can unlock the vehicle again
us ing the open ing function in the power lock-
ing system switch .

Emergency locking of the doors

Each door must be locked separately if the pow-

er locking sys tem fails.
Fig. 3 1 Driver's doo r: powe r l ocking swit ch

.. Press the button @ to unlock the veh icle

9 fig . 31 .
.. Press the button 53to lock the vehicle 9 .&_.
You will find a power locking switch in each door .
You can lock and unlock the vehicle using the
sw itches in the drive r's or passenge r's door
c=;,fig. 31. You can only lock t he vehicle using t he
switches in the rear doors . If you lock the vehicle Fig. 32 Door: Emergency locking
using the power locking switch, please note the
following: An eme rgency lock is located on the front end of
the passenger's door and the rear doors (only
- You cannot open the doors or the rear lid from visible when door is open).
the outside (increased security, for example
when you are stopped at a red light). "' Take the mechanical key out of the master key
- The diodes in the power locking switches illum i- page 34 .
c=;,

nate when all the doors are closed and locked . "'P ull the cover cap out of the opening ¢ fig. 32 .
- Front doors: you can unlock and open the doors .. Insert the key in the inside s lot and turn it all
from the inside by pulling on the door handle . the way to the right (right door) or left (left
- Rear doors: pull the doo r hand le once to re- door).
lease the lock. Pull the hand le again to open Once the door has been closed, it can no longer
the door. be opened from the outside. The door can be
- If you have a crash and the airbag is activated, opened from the inside by pu lling the door han-
the doors automatically unlock. dle. If the child safety lock in a rear door is acti-

A WARNING
vated , you must first pull the door handle on the
inside . Then you can open the door from the out-
- The power locking switch works with the ig- s ide .
nition off and automatically locks the entire
vehicle when it is actuated .
- On a vehicle locked from the outside the
power locking system switch is inoperative.
- Locked doors make it more difficult for
a,
a,
..... emergency workers to get into the vehicle,
N
r-- which puts Livesat risk. Do not leave anyone
N
..... behind in the vehicle, especially children .
0
0
0:
co

39
Opening and c lo s i n g

Opening and closing rear completely into the luggage area, because
lid then the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
- Never leave your vehicle unattended espe-
cially with the rear lid left open. A child
could crawl into the car through the luggage
compartment and pull the lid shut, becom-
ing trapped and unable to get out . To re-
duce the risk of personal injury, never let
children play in or around your vehicle. Al-
ways keep the rear lid as well as the vehicle
doors closed when not in use .
- Always ensure that no one is within range of
Fig. 33 Driver's door : remote rear lid release the rea r lid when it is moving, in part icular
close to the hinges - finge rs or hands can be
pinched.

(D Tips
When the vehicle is locked, the luggage com-
partment lid can be unlocked separate ly by
pressing the button~ on the master key.
When the luggage compartment lid is closed
again, it locks automatically.
Fig. 34 Position of hand le in the rear lid

Opening t he lug gage compartm ent lid

.. Press the button ~ on the master key for at
least one second, or
.. Pull the release button~ in the driver 's door
¢ fig . 33, o r
.. Press the handle in the luggage compartment
lid ¢ fig. 34 .
.. The luggage compartment lid unlocks .

Clos ing th e lug gage compartment lid

.. Use the inside grip to pull the rear lid down and
allow it to drop gently to close it ¢ ,&. .

A WARNING
- After closing the rear lid, always pull up on
it to make sure that it is properly closed .
Otherwise it could open suddenly when the
vehicle is mov ing .
- To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from
being drawn into the veh icle, always keep
the rear lid closed while driving. Never
t ransport objec ts larger than those whi ch fit

40
 Open ing and closing

Automatic rear lid/trunk • Press and hold the c:>fig. 36 but t on fo r at least
four seconds until the lights blink to store the
lid operation
desired open pos it ion .
Applies to: vehicle s with automatic rear lid/tru nk lid opera -
tion • To set a higher open posit ion, wa it at least five
seconds and then carefully press the luggage
The trunk lid con be opened and closed automat-
compartment lid upward .
ically.
• Press a nd hold the c:>fig. 36 button again for at
least fou r seconds and this will store the new
open posi t ion.

Opening will be stopped immediately when:

- You press the C:5 button on the remote key for

at least of one second, or
- press the unlock button C:5 in the driver door,
or
- press the loc k button the in the luggage com -
Fig. 35 Driver's doo r: Unlocking the rear lid partment lid, or
- push the hand le in t he luggage compartment
9
0::
lid, or
(X)
IXl -when something blocks the rear lid or makes it
diffic ult for the lid to move.

By pre ssing one of t he but ton cs repe ated ly, you

can stop or continue t he o pening process. The
pressing the lock button or the hand le repeated -
ly, you ca n ope n/stop the lid c:>.&.

Closing will be stopped immed iate ly when :

Fig. 36 Locking switch in t he rea r lid
- press the lock but ton the in the luggage com-
Opening the luggage compartment lid pa rtment lid, or
• Press the button C:5 on the mas t er key for at - push the handle in the luggage compartment
least one second, or lid, or
• Pull t he re lease bu tt o n cs in the d river's doo r - when something blocks t he rear lid or makes it
c:>fig. 35, or d iffic ult for the lid to move .
• Press the handle in the luggage compartment The pressing the lock button or the hand le re-
lid c:>page 40 , fig. 34. peatedly, you can open/stop the lid c:>.&,..
Closing the luggage compartment lid You can man ua lly stop the automatic opening/
• Press t he button in the luggage compartment closing of t he luggage compartment lid. In this
lid c:>fig. 36. The lid w ill aut oma t ically close situation, the lid can be manua lly opened. Press
and lock c:>,&.. down on the lid and the automatic clos ing will re-
sume once again .
Setting the luggage compartment lid open

-_&.
position WARNING
• Bring t he luggage compartment lid into t he de - - Never close the rear lid inattent ively or w ith-
a:,
a,
sired open position . The pos ition can on ly be out checking first. Altho ugh t he closing
~ stored when the lid is above a certain height. for ce of th e rea r lid is limit ed, you can sti ll
r--
N
...... ser iously inju re you rsel f o r ot hers .
0
0
0:
co

41
Opening and closing

- Always ensure that no one is within range of matically unlock itself after you lock the ve-
the rear lid when it is moving, in particular hicle. This prevents you from unintentional-
close to the hinges and the upper and lower ly locking your key in the luggage compart-
edges - fingers or hands can be pinched. ment.
- To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from
being drawn into the vehicle, always keep Emergency unlocking of
the rear lid closed while driving. Never the luggage
transport objects larger than those which fit
compartment lid
completely into the luggage area, because
then the rear lid cannot be fully closed . The luggage comportment lid con be released in
- Never leave your vehicle unattended espe- on emergency from the inside.
cially with the rear lid left open. A child
could crawl into the car through the luggage
compartment and pull the lid shut, becom-
ing trapped and unable to get out. To re-
duce the risk of personal injury, never let
children play in or around your vehicle. Al-
ways keep the rear lid as well as the vehicle
doors closed when not in use.
- If there is a luggage rack or bicycle rack
mounted on the rear lid, it may not be able
Fig. 37 Luggage compartment lid interio r
to open completely or an opened rear lid
may close by itself because of the added
The luggage compartment lid can be released in
weight. So the open rear lid must be sup-
an emergency from inside the luggage compart-
ported or the weight must be removed from
ment .
the luggage rack first.
""Remove the cover from the luggage compart-
(D Tips ment lid.
""Press the lever in the direction of the arrow un-
- As soon as the electrical connection to the
til the luggage compartment lid releases .
trailer socket is completed on vehicles with
a factory installed towing hitch, or a trailer
hitch that was installed later according to Child safety lock
factory specifications, the automatic rear lid Child safety locks in the rear doors
funct ion can only be operated via the handle
in the rear lid. The child safety locks t prevent the rear doors
- If the vehicle battery charge drops below a from opening from the inside.
certain level, you can still open or close the
rear lid manually, however, you will need to
apply more force to close it.
- If the rear lid on a locked vehicle is unlocked
with the middle button .::::::5on the remote
key, the rear lid is automatically locked
again immediately after closing. This is indi-
cated by the turn signals blinking.
- The following applies to vehicles equipped
with the Convenience key* feature: if the re-
Fig. 38 Child safety locks on the rear doors
mote control key is left in the luggage com-
partment, luggage compartment will auto-

42
 Open in g and closing

The rear doors are equipped with child safety Power window switches
locks. The lock is only visible wh en the door is (D Driver's door
open . Take the mechanical key out of the master
@ Passenger's door
key q page 34 .
@ Left rear door
Switching the child safety locks on @ Right rear door
• Turn the key in the direction of the arrow ® Safety button
¢ fig. 38.
Child safety locks
Switching the child safety locks off When the safety button ® is pressed, the ~
• Turn the key in the opposite direction of the ar- symbol in the button lights up. The power win -
row . dow switches in the rear doors are switched off.

-A
When the child safety locks are activated, the in- WARNING
side door ha ndles do not work and the doors can ~·
- When you leave your vehicle - even if only
only be opened from the outs ide .
briefly - always remove the ignition key. This
appl ies particularly when children remain in
Power windows the vehicle . Otherwise the children could
start the engine or operate elect rical equip-
Controls
ment (e.g. power windows). The power win-
The driver can control all power windows. dows are functional until the driver's door or
passenger's door has been opened.
- Pay close attention when closing the w in-
dows to prevent pinching of hands or limbs .
- When locking the vehicle from outside, the
veh icle must be unoccup ied since the win-
dows can no longer be opened in an emer -
gency .

(0 Tips
Fig. 39 Sect ion of the driver's door: Controls After the ignition has been switched off, the
windows can st ill be opened or closed for
All power window switches are provided with a about 10 minutes . The power windows are
two-position function: not switched off until the dr iver's door or pas-
senger's door has been opened.
Opening the windows
• Press the switch to the first stop and hold it un-
til the window reaches the desired position.
• Press the switch briefly to the second stop to
automatically open the window .

Closing the windows

• Pull the switch to the first stop and hold it until
the window reaches the desired position.
a, • Pull the switch briefly to the second stop to au-
a,
..... tomatically close the window .
N

".....
('I

0
0
0:
co

43
Opening and c lo s i n g

Convenience opening/closing Correcting window regulator malfunction

The windows and the Panoramic sliding sunroof* After disconnecting the vehicle battery, the one-
can be opened and closed with the mechanical touch up and down feature must be activated
key or the emergency key. agam .

.,. Pull and hold the power window switch until

!
a,
the window is completely closed .
.,.Release the switch .
.,. Pull the sw itch agai n for one second. The auto-
matic closing/open ing is now reactivated.

Panorama roof
Operation
Appli es to: vehicles wit h Panorami c sliding sunr oof
Fig. 40 Key t urns for openi ng and closing

Convenience openin g feature

.,. Use the eme rgency key or pu ll the mechanical
key out of the master key ¢ page 34 .
.,. Insert the key into the lock of the driver's door .
.,.Turn the key to position ¢ fig. 40 ® unti l all
the windows have reached the des ired position
and the Panoram ic sliding sunroof* is tilted.

Convenience closing featur e

Fig. 4 1 Section from headl iner: Knob for Panoram ic sliding
.,. Use the emergency key or pull the mechanical sunroof
key out of the master key ¢ page 34.
.,.Turn the key in the lock of the driver's door to Tilting
the lock position @ until the windows and the .,.The sunroof can be tilted or closed only in
Panoramic sliding sunroof* are closed ¢ ,&. . sw itch position @ c> fig. 41
.,.To t ilt it, briefly press the switch ¢ fig. 41 .
When you open or close the Panoramic sliding
.,.To close it, briefly pull the switch ¢ ,&. .
sunroof*, the power sunshade will also open or
.,.To set an intermed iate posi t ion, press/pu ll t he
close.
sw itch un ti l the sunroof reaches the desired po-

A WARNING
sit ion.

- Never close the windows and the Panoramic Opening

sliding s unroof * inattentive ly and w ithout .,.To move the sunroof to the position for red uced
check ing - t here is risk of inj ury . wind no ise, turn the switch to pos it ion @ unt il
- You must always watch when the w indows res istance can be felt.
are be ing raised so that no one can be trap- .,.To open the sun roof complete ly, t urn and hold
ped. If you release the key, the closing ac- the switch against the resistance in posit ion @ .
t ion is immediately cance led. .,.To close the sunroof, turn the switch to posi-
- Always read and heed WARNING c>&. in tion @ ¢ ,&. .
General description on page 36 . .,.Turn the switch to the desired position to select
an intermediate position. .,.

44
 Op enin g an d cl os in g

Opening and closing th e sunshade Garage door opener

• To automat ica lly open the sunshade complete - (Homelink)
ly, briefly press the switch @ in the desired ar-
row direction . Description
Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Home link)
• To stop the sunshade in an intermediate posi-
tion, press the switch again, or
• Press and hold the switch in the desired arrow
direction.
• Release the switch when sunshade is at desired
pos it ion .

After the ign ition is switched off, you can still op-
erate the Panoramic sliding sunroof for about 10
minutes . As soon as the driver's or passenger's
door is opened, the switch is inoperative.
Fig. 4 2 Garage door opener: examples of using with differ-
The power sunshade can also be closed when the ent systems
Panoram ic sliding sunroof is open.
You can activate various systems such as garage
A WARNING doors, security systems and home lighting from
inside your vehicle using the garage door opener
Pay careful attent ion when closing the Panor-
(Homelink) . There are three buttons for th is in
am ic sliding sunroof - otherwise ser ious injury
the vehicle headliner that can be in used in place
could result! For this reason, always remove
of up to three hand-held transmitters .
the ignition key when leaving the vehicle.
To operate systems using the garage door open-
@ Note er, the three buttons in the roof headliner must
Always close your Panoramic sl iding sunroof be programmed first.
when leaving your vehicle . Sudden rain can
cause damage to the interior equipment of A
- WARNING
your veh icle, particular ly the electronic eq uip- Make sure no peop le or objects are in the im-
ment . mediate vicinity of the equipment when using
or programm ing the ga rage door opener. Peo-
@ Tips ple can be injured and objects can be dam-
Information regarding convenience opening/ aged if they are caught in the equipment.
clos ing ~ page 44.
(¼}Tips
Emergency closing of the Panoramic sliding - For security reasons, we recommend that
sunroof you clear the programmed buttons befo re
Applies to: veh icles with Panoramic sliding sunroof selling the vehicle .
- For add itiona l information about Homelink,
If the Panoramic sliding sunroof detects an ob-
visit www.homelink.com.
ject in its path when it is closing, it will open
- For Declaration of Compliance to United
again automat ically. In this case, you can close
States FCCand Indust ry Canada regulations
the roof with the power emergency closing func -
~page 279.
tion .
a,
~ • Within five seconds after the sunroof opens au-
~ tomat ically, pull the switch unt il the roof
8
0
closes .
0:
co

45
Opening and c lo s i n g

Operation Erasing button programm ing

Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homelink)
The prog rammed but t ons cannot be erased ind i-
vidually . They must a ll be erased toge t her . Re-
program the buttons if necessary.

• Sele ct: ICAR Ifunc t ion button > Car syst ems*
contr ol button > Vehicle setting s > Garage
door opener > Clear program setting s > Yes.

Displaying the version / status/country code

• Select: ! CAR ! function button> Car systems *

cont rol button > Vehicle setting s > Garage
Fig. 43 Headlin er: cont rol uni t door opener > Version informa t ion.

Requirement: The buttons in the roof headliner @ Tips

must be programmed Q page 46 or
- Prog ramming through the MMI* is not pos-
¢ page 47 and the vehicle must be within
sible wit h all infot ainm en t systems. If th is
range of the system, such as the garage door
is the case, program the buttons as descri-
ope ner.
bed in vers ion B ¢ page 47 .
• Press the button to open the garage door . The - The required distance between the hand
LED@ blinks or turns on . transmitte r and the Homelink module in
• Press the button again to close the garage the radiator grille ¢ page 47, fig. 44 de -
door . pends on the system that you are program-
ming.
@ Tips - Depending on the mode l of the system, you
To open o r close the garage door, press the may need to release the button on the re-
button, but do not hold it fo r longer t han mote contro l dur ing programming and
10 seconds or t he ga rage door opener module press it again. Hold each position you try for
will switch to prog ramming mode. at least 15 seconds before trying another
posit ion . Keep the turn s ignals on your vehi -
cle in view when doing this .
Programming the buttons (version A)
Applies to: vehicles with ga rage doo r opener (Homeli nk}
- After programm ing the garage door opener,
it may be necessary to synchron ize the mo-
You can program both fixed code and rolling code tor with the syst em . Refer to the manufac-
systems using this procedure . t urer 's inst ruct ions.
Programming or reprogramming buttons

• Switc h the ign ition on.

• Press and hold the but t on in the roof headline r
¢ page 46, fig. 43 that you would like to pro-
gram fo r at least 10 seconds. Or
• Select : ICAR I function button> Car system s*
cont ro l button > Vehicle sett ings > Garage
door opener> Program garage door opener. If
th is path is not available, program the button
as descr ibed in version B ¢ page 47.
• Follow the inst ructions in the MMI*.

46
 Open ing and closing

Programming the buttons (version B) 9 . If t he garage door or ot her syst em does not
Appl ies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homelink) open using the buttons in the roof head liner
even tho ugh the programming was success-
ful, the system may use a rolling code in-
stead of a fixed code. Rolling code program-
ming must be perfo rmed c::> page 48.
The other two buttons in the roof hea dli ner can
be programmed according to the inst ruct ions
above. Begin with the third step.

Erasing button programming

Fig. 44 Dist ance between the radiat or grill e and t he hand

The programmed but t ons can not be erased indi-
tra nsmi tt er vidually . They must a ll be erase d together . Re-
program the buttons if necessary .
Programming the button: Part 1 with the
controls "' Switch t he ignit ion on.
"' Press an d hold both out er but t ons in the roof
1. Switch the ignition o n. headliner until the LED@ tu rns off complete ly
2. Press and ho ld both outer buttons in the roof (after about 20 seconds).
headliner c::> page 46, fig. 43 unti l the LED@
turns off completely (after about 20 sec- Reprogramming the buttons
onds). This procedure clears the standard co- "' Switch t he ignit ion on.
des that were set at the factory and does not "' To reprogram an individu al but t on, press and
need to be repeated aga in to program the hold the button unti l the LED@ starts to flash
other buttons . quickly (afte r about 10 seconds) . Release the
3. Briefly press t he button on the roof headline r button immediate ly. Prog ramming mode is ac-
th at you wou ld like to prog ram. tive for 5 m inutes.
4. Wait un t il the LED@ begi ns t o blink quick ly. "' Continue with the fifth step.
Programm ing mode is act ive for 5 minutes .
5. Move in front of yo ur vehicle while holding
@ Tips
the orig inal remote contro l for the system
that would like to program to a button in the - Prog ramming using the buttons in t he roof
roof headliner. head liner is not poss ible with a ll Infota in-
ment systems . If this is the case, p rogram
Programming the button : Part 2 at the t he buttons as described in vers io n A
radiator grille page 46.
c::>
6 . Hold the remote control up to the radiator - The required distance between t he hand
grille on your vehicle ¢ fig. 44. t ransmitte r and t he Homelink module in
7 . Press and ho ld the remote control until t he t he radiat or grille ¢ fig. 44 depend s on th e
turn signals on your vehicle blink. This may syste m t hat you ar e prog ramming.
tak e up to 30 seconds . - Depending on the mo de l of t he syst em, you
8 . If t he emergen cy flashers blink th ree ti mes, may need t o relea se th e butt on o n t he re-
the progr amming wa s suc cessful. If t he mot e cont rol dur ing progra mm ing and
emergency flas hers only blink one t ime, t he press it ag ain. Hold each position you try for
5 minute time limit for t he programm ing has at least 15 seco nds befo re t rying anot her
ended or the programm ing was not success- posit ion . Keep the turn s ignals on your veh i-
a,
a,
..... ful. Repeat the programming from the third cle in view whe n doin g this.
N
r--
N step, or try changing the distance to the radi-
.....
0
0 ator grille.
0:
co

47
Opening and closing

Rolling code programming

Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homeli nk)

Rolling code programming is also needed for

some systems.

Identifying a rolling code

"' Press and hold the button in the roof headliner
that was already programmed .
"'Watch the LED@ c:>page 46, fig. 43. If the LED
blinks quickly, the systems (such as a garage
door) is equ ipped with a rolling code.
"' Program the rolling code as follows:

Activating the motor unit in a system

"' Locate the programming button on the sys-
tem's motor unit. The exact location and color
of the button may vary depending on the brand
of the system .
"'Press the programm ing button on the ga rage
door opener motor unit (th is will usually acti-
vate an "indicator" on the moto r unit). You now
have approximate ly 30 secondsto program the
button in the roof headliner.

Programming the button in the roof

headliner
"' Press and hold the previously programmed but-
ton in the roof headliner for 2 seconds .
"'To end rolling code programming, press and
hold the button again for two seconds .
"'With some systems, the button may need to be
pressed a third time to end the programming
process .

After programming, the system should detect

the signal and begin moving when the button in
the roof headliner is pressed . Now you may pro-
gram the other buttons as needed .

(D Tips
- The rolling code can be programmed more
quickly and more easily with the help of a
second person.
- If you have difficulty programm ing the roll-
ing code, referring to the user guide for the
system may help.

48
 Lights and V ision

Lights and Vision Wit h a utomat ic head light cont rol, you also have
t he high-beam function available. However, if
Exterior Lighting yo u have not switched high beams back to low
beams while d riving with automatic headlight
Switching the lights on and off
contro l, only the low beams come on the next
t ime you turn on automa t ic headl ight control. In
order to retur n t o high beams agai n, you first
have to pull the hig h beam lever back to the nor-
mal pos ition an d t hen push t he leve r fo rward.

Light sensor malfunction

In the event of a light sensor malfunction, the
drive r is notified in the inst rument cluster dis -
play:
Fig. 45 Instrument panel: light switch t!;IAutomatic headlights / automatic wipers
defective
Switching on AUTO - Automatic headlight
controls For safety reasons, the low beams are turned on
permanent ly with the switc h in AUTO. However,
• Turn the light switch to AUTOc>fig . 45 .
you can continue to turn the lights on and off us-
Switching on the side ma rker lights ing t he light switch . Have the light sensor
checked as soo n as poss ible at an aut horized Audi
• Turn the light switch to :oo::.
dealer or other qualified workshop .
Switching on low beams
• Turn the light switc h to gD.
A
=
WARNING
- Automatic headlights * are on ly inten de d to
Switching off the lights assist t he dr iver. They do not relieve t he
• Turn the light switch to 0 . d river of his respon sibility t o check t he
he adlig ht s a nd to turn t hem on manu ally
The low beams only illum inate with the ign ition accordi ng to t he current light and visibility
turned on. conditi ons. Fo r exam ple, fog cannot be d e-
With t he s ide marke r ligh t s or head ligh t s sw itch- tected by the light senso rs. So always switch
ed on, the symbol next to the light switch illum i- on the headlights gD u nder these weather
nates :oo::. conditions and whe n d riving in the dark .
- Crashes can happen when you cannot see
AUTO • Automatic headlight control the road ahead and when you cannot be
With t he swi tc h in the AUTO posi ti on, t he low se en by other moto rists . Always turn on the
beams are switched on automat ically depending hea dligh t s so t hat you ca n see ahea d an d so
on the ambient light, for example in a tunnel, at that oth e rs ca n see yo ur car from th e back.
d usk and when it is raining or snowing . When the - Please obey all laws w he n us ing t he lighti ng
low beams are switched on, the :oo:symbol syst ems described here.
comes on . The low beams remain switched on re-
ga rdless of the amb ient light when you turn on @ Tips
the fog lights. - The light sensor for hea dlight control is lo-
~ When you turn off t he ignition, the low beams cated in the rea r view m irro r mount. You
~ are automat ically switched off . should the refore not apply any sticke rs to
r--
N
......
the windsh ield in this area in orde r to pre-
0
0 vent malfu nct ions o r fail ures .
0:
co

49
Light s and Vision

- Some exterior lighting functions can be ad- When t he rear fog lights are turned on, the yel -
justed c:>poge 50. low check light at t he edge of the switch comes
- When yo u remove your key from the igni - on .
tion whi le the vehicle's lights are t urned on,
a buzzer sounds as long as the driver's door (D Note
is open. The rear fog lig hts should on ly be t urned on in
- In cool or damp weather, the inside of the accordance with traffic regulation, as the
headlights, turn signals and tail lights can lights are bright f or following t raff ic.
fog over due to the temperature difference
between the inside and outs ide. They will
Adjusting exterior lighting
clear short ly after switch ing them on. This
does not affect the service life of the light- The functions ore selected in the radio or in the
ing. MMI".
- In the event of a light sensor malf unct ion,
• Select: ICAR If unct ion button > Exterior light-
the driver is not ified in the instr ument clus-
ing. Or
te r display c;,pag e 29.
• Select: c-A~R~! function button > Car systems*
-1

cont rol button > Vehicle settings > Exterior

Fog lights lighting .

Coming home (Lights when leaving car),

Leaving home (Light s when unlocking car)
The coming home function ill uminates the area
outside the vehicle when you turn the ignit ion off
and open the driver's door . Depending on vehicle
equipment, the function can be switched on and
off or the length of time the lights remain on*
can be adj usted.

Fig. 4 6 Fog light switch The leaving home illum inates the area outside
the vehicle when you unlock the vehicle. This
• To turn on the fog lights }D, press button @ funct ion can be switched on and off .
c:>fig. 46 .
The Coming home and Leaving home functions
• To turn on the rear fog lights 0$, press button
on ly operate when it is dark and the light switc h
@. is in the AUTO position.
Fog lights
Auto headlights
The side marker lights or low beams must be
When the light switch is in the AUTO c:>page 49
switched on. Whe n the fog lights are switched
position, the switch-on point of the lights can be
on, the green check light at the edge of the
changed in the automat ic driving light function.
switch comes on.
Daytime running lights
If automat ic driving light control AUTO is activat-
ed, the low beams are switched on when the fog USA models: You can switch the daytime runn ing
lights are tu rned on. lights On and Off .

Rear fog lights Canada model s: The function cannot be t ur ned

off. It is act ivated auto matically each time the ig-
Low beams or side marker lights with fog lights
nit ion is switched on. liJI.
must be turned on.

50
 Lights and Vision

Travel mode (Canada models)* system operates in a speed range from approxi-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h) to 68 mph (110 km/h).
The headlight beam is asymmetrical. This pro-
vides stronger illumination on the side of the The static cornering light switches on at speeds
road on which you are driving. If you are driving of up to approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) when a
in a country that drives on the opposite side of certain steering wheel angle is reached or when a
the road from your own country, this will cause turn signal is activated. The area to the side of
glare for oncoming drivers. To prevent glare: the vehicle is illuminated better when turning.
- Travel mode must be selected in vehicles with
Xenon headlights*. Emergency flashers
- In vehicles with halogen headlights, certain The emergency flashers makes other motorists
areas of the headlight lenses must be covered aware that you or your vehicle ore in on emer-
with waterproof adhesive covers that prevent gency situation.
light from passing through. For more informa-
tion, please see your authori zed Audi dealer or ~

authorized repair facility . 9a:

a,
m

(!) Tips
When travel mode* is activated, a display in
the driver information system indicates this
each time you switch the ignition on .

Adaptive light
Applies to: vehicles with adaptive light Fig. 48 Emergency flas her switch

When driving around bends, the relevan t area of .. Press the switch &, c:>fig. 48 to turn the emer-
the rood is better illuminated . gency flashers on or off .

When the emergency flashers are on, all four

turn signals blink at the same time . The turn sig-
nal indicator lights B II in the instrument clus-
ter , as well as the light in the emergency flasher
switch ~ blink likewise. The emergency flashers
also work when the ignition is turned off.

The emergency flashers will turn on automatical-

ly if you are in an accident where the airbag has
deployed .
Fig. 47 Adapt ive light when dr iving

Switching on adaptive light

(0 Tips
You should turn on the emergency flashers
.. Turn the light switch to AUTOc:>page 49,
when:
fig. 45.
-you are the last vehicle standing in a traffic
The adaptive light system is a combination of the jam so that any other vehicles coming can
dynamic and the static cornering lights . With the see you, or when
lights switched on, the dynamic cornering light -your vehicle has broken down or you are in
a,
a,
..... adapts to driving on curves . This is dependent an emergency situation, or when
N
l"-
N
upon the vehicle speed and steering angle. This
.....
0 provides better lighting through the curve. The
0
0:
co

51
Light s and Vision

- your vehicle is being towed by a tow truck or Notes on these features

if you are towing another vehicle behind
- The turn signals on ly work w it h the ignition
you.
t urned on. The indicator lights or B B in
the
instrument cluster ¢ page 11 also blink .
Turn signal and high beam lever - After you have tu rned a corner, t he tu rn signa l
sw itches off automat ically.
The lever on the le~ side of the steering column
is used to operat e the turn signals and the high - The high beam works only when the head ligh t s
beam as well as the headlight flasher. are on. The indicator light Bl
in t he instrumen t
cluster illuminates when the high beams are
8
N on.
'i'
~ - The headlight flasher works o nly as long as you
(0
hold t he lever - even if there are no lights
turned on. The indicator light Bl
in the inst ru-
ment cluster illuminates when you use the
headlight flas her .

A WARNING
Do not use the high beam or head light flasher
Fig. 4 9 Turn sig na l a nd hig h beam leve r if you know that t hese could blind oncoming
tra ffic.
The turn signal and high beam leve r has the fol-
low ing functions :
Interior lighting
Turn signals ¢¢
Front/rear interior lights
• Lift the lever up al l the way c>fig. 49 (D to use
the right turn s ignals, or push the lever down <D

"'•
~

all the way @ to use the left turn signals .

"co
(0

Auto-blink
• Move the lever (up or down) just to t he point of
resistance to use the turn signals for as long as
you need them, for example when chang ing
lanes .
• Move the lever (up or down) just to the point of
resistance and then release it right away t o Fig. SO Fro nt headl iner: int erio r ligh tin g cont rols
make t he turn signals blink three times. You co
a,
M
can use t his fea tu re for example when cha nging ~

lanes on hig hways. "'

co
(0

High beam ~D
• Push the lever forward @ to sw itch on the high
beam.
• Pull t he lever back towa rds you t o sw itch off
t he hig h beam.

Headlight flasher ~D Fig. 51 Rea r headli ner: rea r read ing ligh ts

• Pull the lever toward the steering wheel © to

use the head light f lashe r.

52
 Lights and V ision

@ Interior lights Vision

Press the sw itch q fig. 50 in the corresponding
Sun visors
position.
Using the sun visors makes driving safer .
0 - Inte rior lights off

I - Interior lights on
If the switch is in the center position, the interior
lighting is controlled automatically .
~
@ Front/rear reading lights
To t ur n a read ing ligh t on/off, press t he button
i:--
o J®
I::!!q fig. 50 or q fig. 51.
The appearan ce and location of the rear read ing
lights may differ depending on the model. Fig. 53 Sun visor

The sun viso rs fo r the d river a nd passenger can

Instrument illumination
be pulled out of t heir brackets in th e center of
The basic brightness of the illumination for the the vehicle and turned towards the doors
instruments, the cen ter console and the display q fig. 53 @ . After the s un visor has been turned
can be adjusted. to the door, it can be extended* lengthwise .

Vanity mirror
The va nity mirrors on the sun visors are covered.
When t he lid is opened @ , the mirro r light in t he
head line r turns on automatically . It turns off
when the lid is closed and the visor is fo lded up
again.

Sun shade
Applies to : vehicles with sun shade
Fig. 52 I nstr ume nt illum inatio n

• Press the knob to release it.

• Turn the knob toward "-"or" +" to reduce or in-
crease the brightness .
• Press the knob aga in to ret urn it to its orig inal
pos it ion .

@ Tips
The inst rument illumination (for dia ls and
needles) lights o n when the ignition is switch - Fig. 54 Sun shade pulled up on a rea r w indow

ed on and t he vehi cle lights are turned off . As

t he daylight fade s, the illum inat ion of t he di- • Pull the shade out and hang it in the bracket on
a ls likewise dims aut oma t ically a nd wil l go the upper door frame q fig. 54.
a,
a, out com plete ly when the outs ide light is very
.....
N low. This feature is meant to remi nd you to
".....
('I
sw itch on the headlights when outsi de light
0
0
0: conditions become poor.
co

53
Light s and Vision

Windshield wipers ing the leve r to pos ition ® within 10 seconds of

the afterwipe ope ration. The afterwipe function
Switching the windshield w ipers on is react ivated the next time the ignition is sw itch-
ed on.

The rear wiper automatica lly switches on when

the reverse gear is engaged and the front wind-
shield wipers are on and in operation .

Cleaning t he headlig hts*. The headlight was he r

system * operates only when the headlights are
on . If you move the lever to position @ , the
headlights are washed in intervals.

Fig. 55 W indshield wiper lever @ - Wipe the rear w indow. The rear w iper moves
a bout every 4 se conds .

(!) - Clean the rear window . The number of wip-

ing operations depe nd s on how long the lever is
held in position 7 .

& WARNING
- The rain sensor is on ly inten ded to ass ist the
driver. The driver is st ill responsi ble for
manually switch ing the wipers on according
Fig. 56 Rear w iper actuat ion to the visibility cond itions.
- The windsh ield may not be t reated with wa-
Move the windshield wiper lever to the corre- ter-repelling windshield coating agents. Un-
spond ing pos ition: favorable condit ions, such as wetness, dark-
@ - Windshield wiper off ness, low sun, can resu lt in increased glare.
Wiper blade chatte r is also possib le.
(D - Interval mode. The windshie ld wiper auto- - Properly functioning windshield wiper
matica lly activates when you drive 2 mph (4 km/ blades are required for a clea r view and safe
h). The h igher the sensit ivity of the rain sensor is driving.
set (switch @ to the right), the earlier the wind -
shield wipers react to moisture on the wind- @ Note
shie ld. In some models, you can switch rain sen-
- In the case of frost, check whether the
sor mode off and sw itch intermittent mode on in
windshield wiper blades are frozen to the
the MM!*. Select: !CARI function button> Car
windshield . Switching on the w indshield
system s* cont rol button > Driver assist > Rain
wipers can damage the wiper blades!
sensor. In inte rm ittent mode, yo u can adjust the
- Prior to us ing a car wash, the windshield
interval time using the @ switch.
wiper system must be sw itched off (lever in
@ - Slow wipi ng posit io n 0) . This helps to preven t un inte n-
@ - Fast wiping ti onal sw itchi ng on and damage to the
windshield wipe r syst em.
@ - Sing le wipe
® - Clean the windshield . To elimin ate water (D Tips
d roplets, t he winds hield wipe r performs one af- - The windshie ld w ipers are switched off
terwipe operatio n afte r seve ral seconds while when the ignit io n is turned off. Activate t he
driving . You can switch this f unction off by mov - w inds hield wipe rs aft er the igni t ion is .,.

54
 Light s and Vis ion

switched back on by moving the windshield The windshield wipers move into the service po-
wiper lever to any position . sition .
- Worn or dirty windshield wiper blades result .. To br ing the wipers back into the orig inal posi-
in streaking. This can affect the rain sensor tion, switch the ignition on and press the wind-
funct ion . Check your windshield wiper shield w iper lever.
blades regularly.
You can also turn the service position on or off in
- The washer fluid nozzles of the windshield
the radio or MMI*:
washer system are heated at low tempera-
.. Switch the windshie ld wipers off (posit ion @
tures when the ignition is on.
9page 54, fig. 55).
- When stopping temporarily, e.g. at a traffic .. Select: !CAR !function button > Wind shield
light, the set speed of the windsh ield wipers wiper s > Service position > On/ Off . Or
is automatically reduced by one speed. .. Select: !CAR !function button> Car systems*
cont rol button > Servicing & checks> W iper
Cleaning windshield wiper blades service position > On/ Off .

Clean the windshield wiper blades when they be- Removing the wiper blade
gin to leave streaks . Use a soft cloth and glass
.,.Lift the w indshield wiper arm up from the
cleaner to clean the w indshield wiper blades .
w indshield .
Front w iper .,.Press the locking knob (D 9 fig. 57 on the wiper
blade. Hold t he wipe r blade firmly .
.. Place the windshield wiper arms in the service
.. Remove the w iper blade in the direction of t he
position. Refer to 9 page 55 .
arrow .
.. Lift the wiper arm away from the front window .
Attaching the wiper blade
Rear wiper
.. Insert t he new wipe r blade into the mount on
.. Lift the wiper arm away from the rear window.
the wipe r arm @ until you hear it latch into

A WARNING
place.
.. Place t he wiper arm back on t he windshield.
Dirty windshield wiper blades can impair your .. Turn the service position off.
view. This can lead to accidents.
A
~
WARNING
-
Replacing windshield wiper blades For your safety, you should replace the wiper
a, blades once or twice a year . See your author-
ij ized Audi dealer for replacement blades.
a:
co
"'
(D Note
- The windshie ld wiper blades must only be
replaced when in the service position! Oth-
erwise, you risk damaging the paint on the
hood or the w indshield wiper motor .
- You should not move your vehicle or press
Fig. 57 Removing the wipe r blade
the windsh ield wiper lever when the wiper
arms are folded away from the windshie ld.
Wiper service position/ blade replacement The windshield wipers would move back in-
CD
....
CD position to their or iginal position and could damage
N
,-... the hood and windshie ld.
N
..... .. Switch the ign ition off and move the windsh ield
0
0 wiper lever to position @ 9 page 54, fig. 55.
C<'.
00

55
Light s and Vision

- To help prevent damage to the wiper sys- Mirror

tem, a lways loosen blades which are frozen
to the windshie ld before operating wipers . Adjusting the exterior mirrors
- To help prevent damage to wiper blades, do ,...
not use gasoline, kerose ne, paint thinner, or -
"9 '
a:
other solvents on or near the wiper blades. ::,:
- To help prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers by hand.

@ Tips
- Comme rcial hot waxes applied by a utomat ic
car washes affect the how eas ily the glass Fig. 59 Forward section of dr iver's armrest : power mir ror
surface can be cleaned. cont rols
- You can also use the service position, fo r ex-
ample, if you want to protect the windsh ield Adjusting exterior mirrors
from icing by using a cover. • Rotate the knob to the © pos it io n (dr iver's ex-
t erior mirro r) o r to t he ® posi ti o n (passe nger's
Replacing the rear wiper blade exterior m irror) c:>fig. 59.
.. Rotate t he knob and the mirro r so that you
~
M
0
have a clear view to the rea r.
a:
a,
(C
Heated mirrors
.,. Rot ate the knob to pos ition @ .

Folding both exterior mirrors*

.,.Turn the knob to position @ .

Depend ing o n the outside temperature, the mi r-

Fig. 58 Rear wiper: Removing the wiper blade ror surfaces are heated unt il the ignition is
switched off - even if the knob is no longer in po-
Removing the wiper blade s it ion @ .
.. Fold the windshield wipe r arm away from the You are well-adv ised to fold the exte rior m irrors
windshield. in when maneuvering in tight spaces or when
.. Pull the wiper blade and holder out of t he leaving the car parked close to other vehicles .
mount.
Memory for exterior mirrors*
Attaching the wiper blade
On vehicles with memory for the driver's seat, the
.. Press t he wiper blad e holde r in the arrow dire c- current sett ing fo r the exterior mirrors is auto -
tion c:>fig. 58 into the mount. matically stored along with the seat posit ion
.. Fold the windshield wiper arm bac k onto the page 62.
<=>
windshield.
Tilt function for the passenger's mirror*
A WARNING
-
When t he reverse gear is engaged, the mirror
For safety reasons, the windshield wiper s urface t ilts downwar d slightly if the setting is
blades sho uld be replaced once or twice each for t he passenger's mirror (knob in position ®
year . c:>fig. 59). This allows you to see the curb during
parallel parking. ..,_

56
 Lights and V is ion

The mirror returns to its initial position as soon Dimming the mirrors
as reverse gear is dise ngaged and vehicle speed is
above about 9 mph (15 km/h) . The mirror also
returns to its init ial posit ion if the switch is
moved to the driver's exter ior mirror © or the ig-
nition is switched off .
If the position of the m irror surface is changed
on a ti lted mirror , this new position will be auto-
matically assigned to the remote key when the
vehicle is taken out of reverse gear .
Fig. 60 Auto matic dimmin g rearview mirr or *
(D Note
- Curved mirror surfaces (convex or spheri- Manual anti-glare adjustment
cal") increase your field of view . Remember
.. Move the small lever (located on the bottom
that vehicles or other objects will appear
edge of the mirror) to the rear .
smaller and farther away than when seen in
a flat mirror . If you use th is m irror to esti- Automat ically dimm ing mirro rs*
ma t e distances of following vehicles when
.. To dim the rearview mir ror and both exterior
changing lanes, you could estimate incor-
mirrors *, press th e @ button. The diode @
rectly and cause an accident.
turns on . The rearv iew and exterior mirrors*
- If t he mir ror housing is moved unin t ention- dim automatically when light shines on them ,
ally (for example, wh ile pa rking your vehi-
for example from headlights on a veh icle to the
cle), then you must first fold the m irror
rear .
electrica lly. Do not read j ust the mirror
hous ing manua lly. You could damage the
_&.WARNING
motor which contro ls the mirror.
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic car Elect rolyte flu id can leak from automatic d im-
-
wash, you must fold the exterior m irrors in ming m irrors if the glass is broken. Electro-
to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors. lyte fluid can irritate sk in, eyes and respirato-
Never fold power folding exterior m irrors* ry system .
by hand . Only fold them in and out using - Repeated or prolonged exposure to electro-
the power contro ls . lyt e ca n cause irrit at ion t o the resp iratory
system, especially among people with asth -
@ Tips ma or other respiratory conditions. Get
fresh air immediately by leaving the vehicle
If there should be a ma lfunction in the e lec-
or, if that is not possible, open windows and
trical system, you can still adjust the exterior
doors all the way.
m irro rs by p ressing the edge of the m irror .
- If electro lyte gets into the eyes, flush them
thorough ly with large amounts of clean wa -
ter for at least 15 m inutes; medical atten-
tion is recomme nded .
- If electrolyte contacts skin, flush affected
area with clean water for at least 15 mi-
nutes and then wash affected area with
a, soap and water; medical attention is recom-
a,
..... mended. Thoroughly wash affected cloth ing
N
r--
N
..... and shoes before reuse . ~
0
0
0:
co

57
Lights and Vision

- If swallowed and person is conscious, rinse The digital compass only works with the ignition
mouth with water for at least 15 minutes. turned on. The directions are displayed as initials:
Do not induce vomiting unless instructed to N (North), NE (Northeast), E (East), SE (South-
do so by medical professional. Get medical east), S (South), SW (Southwest), W (West), NW
attention immediately. (Northwest).

(D Note (D Tips

Liquid electrolyte leaking from broken mirror To avoid inaccurate directions, do not allow
glass will damage any plastic surfaces it any remote controls, electrical systems, or
comes in contact with . Clean up spilled elec- metal parts close to the mirror.
trolyte immediately with clean water and a
sponge. Setting the magnetic deflection zone
Applies to : vehicles with digital compass
{D) Tips The correct magnetic deflection zone must be
- Switching off the dimming function of the set in order to display the directions correctly.
inside rear view mirror also deactivates the
automatic dimming function of the exterior
mirrors*.
- The automatic dimming mirrors do not dim
when the interior lighting is turned on or
the reverse gear is selected.
- Automatic dimming for the mirror only op-
erates properly if the light striking the in-
side mirror is not hindered by other objects.

Digital compass
Activating or deactivating the compass
Applies to: vehicles with digi tal compass

The direction is displayed on the interior rear

view mirror. ~
[mJ ®

Fig. 62 North America: magnetic deflection zo ne bounda-

ries

~ page 58, fig . 61 button down un-

Hold the @ c::>
til the number of the set magnetic deflection
zone appears on the interior rear view mirror.
~ Adjust the magnetic deflection zone by repeat-
Fig. 61 Ins ide rea r view mirror: digita l compass activated
edly pressing on the @ button. The set mode
automatically deactivates after a few seconds.
~ To activate or deactivate,hold the @ button
down until the red display appears or disap-
pears.

58
 Lights and Vision

Calibrating the compass

Appl ies to: vehicles with digita l compass

The compass has to be recalibrated if the display

is wrong or inaccurate .

.. Hold the @ button down until the letter C is

displayed on the interior rear view mirror .
.,.Drive in a circle at a speed of about 6 mph (10
km/h) until a direction is shown on the interior
. .
rear view m irror.

A WARNING
-

The digital compass is to be used as a direc-

tional aid only. Even though you may want to
look at it whi le you are dr iving, you must sti ll
pay attention to traffic, road and weather
conditions as well as other possible hazards.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

59
S e at s and s t o rage

Seats and storage In addition, the front seats and head re-
straints must be adjusted to your body
General information he ight so that they can give you maximum
Why is your seat adjustment so important? protection .
- Always try to keep as much distance as pos-
The safety belts and the airbag system can only sible between yourself and the steer ing
provide maximum protection if the front seats wheel or instrument panel.
are correctly adjusted . - Do not adjust the driver's or front passeng-
There are various ways of adjusting the front er's seat while the veh icle is moving. Your
seats to provide safe and comfortable support seat may move unexpectedly, causing sud-
for the dr iver and the front passenger . Adjust den loss of vehicle contro l and personal in-
your seat properly so that: jury. If you adj ust your seat while the veh icle
is moving, you a re out of pos ition.
- you can easily and quickly reach all the switches
and controls in the instrument panel
, Driver's seat
- your body is properly supported thus reducing
physical stress and fatigue The correct seat position is important for safe
- the safety belts and a irbag system can offer and relaxed driving.
maximum protection ¢ page 148.
We recommend that you adjust the dr iver's seat
In the following sections, you will see exact ly in the following manner:
how you can best adjust your seats.
.. Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so that
There are spec ial regulat ions and instr uctions for you can easi ly push the pedals to the floor
installing a child safety seat on t he front pas- while keep ing your knees slightly bent ¢ A. in
senger 's seat . Always fo llow the information re- Why is your seat adjustment so important? on
garding child safety provided in ¢ page 168, page 60 .
Child safety. .. Adjust the seatback so that when you sit with
your back agains t the seatback, you can still
A WARNING gras p the t op of t he steering wheel.
Incorrect seating position of the driver and all .. Adjust the head res t raint so t he uppe r edge is
other passengers can result in serious person- as even as possib le with the top of you r head. If
al injury. that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
- Always keep your feet on the floor when the straint so that it is as close to this pos it ion as
vehicle is in motion - never put your feet on possible ¢ page 64.
top of the instrument pane l, out of the win-
dow or on top of the sea t cushion. This ap- A WARNING
-
plies espe cially t o the passenge rs. If your Neve r place any objects in the dr iver's foo t -
seat ing pos ition is inco rrect, you increase well. An object could get into the pedal area
the risk of injury in the case of sudden brak- and inte rfere with pedal function. In case of
ing or an accident . If the airbag inf lates and sud d en bra king or an accident, you would not
the seating position is incor rect, this could be ab le t o b rake o r accelerate.
result in personal injury or even death.
- It is important for both the driver and front
passenge r to keep a d istance of at least
10 inches (25 cm) between themselves and
the steering wheel and/or instrument pan-
el. If you're s itting any closer than this, the
airbag system cannot pro t ect you properly.

60
 Seats and storage

Front passenger's seat @ - Moving the seat forward/back : press the but-
ton forward/back ~ & .
Always move the front pas senger seat into the
rearmost position . © -Adjusting the backrest angle: press the but-
ton forward/back c;>& .
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is de-
ploying, do not sit any closer t o t he instrument @ - Lengthening/shortening the upper thigh
panel than necessary and always wear the three - support*: lift the handle c;>Le,.
.
point safety belt provided adjusted correctly . We
recommend that you adjust the passenger's seat
_&.WARNING -

in the following manner: - Never adjust the driver's or front passeng-

er 's seat while the vehicle is moving. If you
.. Move the front passenger seat into the rear -
do this while the vehicle is moving, you will
most position of the fore and aft adjustment
be out of position . Always adjust the driver's
range c;>.&.in Why is your seat adjustment so
or front passenger's seat when the vehicle is
important? on page 60. not moving.
• Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright
- Be careful when adjusting the seat height.
position. Do not ride with the seat reclined .
Check to see that no one is in the way, or se-
.. Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is
rious injury could result!
as even as possible with the top of your head. If
- Because the seats can be electrically adjust-
that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
ed with the ignition off or with the ignition
straint so that it is as close to this position as
key removed, never leave children unattend-
possible c;>page 64 .
ed in the vehicle . Unsupervised use of the
.. Place your feet on the floor in front of the pas -
electric seat adjustments may cause serious
senger's seat .
injury .
- To reduce the risk of injury in the case of
Front seats sudden braking or accident, front passen-
Power seat adjustment gers must never ride in a moving veh icle
with the backrest reclined. Safety belts and
the airbag system only offer maximum pro-
"'
0
ci:
a, tection when the backrest is upright and the
a,
safety belts are properly positioned on the
body. The more the backrest is reclined, the
greater the risk of personal injury from an
incorrect seating position and improperly
positioned safety belts.

Fig. 63 Front seat: Controls for seat adjus tment

Controls
@ - Adjusting the lumbar support: press the but-
ton in the corresponding position ¢ Le,.
.

@ - Moving the seat up/down : press the button

up/down . To adjust the front seat cushion, press
a, the front button up/down. To adjust the rear seat
a,
.....
,....
N cushion, press the rear button up/down ¢ Le,. .
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

61
S ea ts and s tor a ge

Memory function Stor ing and recalling settings

Applies to: vehicles with seat memory
Memory for driver's seat
Applies to: vehicles with seat memory Storing settings

The seat adjustment settings for two drivers can .,.Adjust the driver's seat .
be stored using the memory buttons in the driv - .,.Adjust the two exterior mirrors.
er's door. .,. Press the ISETIbutton . The light in the button
will come o n.
.,. Now press a memory button dII or I]]). If the
i
ci:
co storing procedu re is correct, a confirmation
a,
tone will sound.

Recalling settings
"' If the driver's door is open and the ignition is
sw itched off, tap the corresponding memory
button briefly .
.,.If the driver's door is closed or the ignition is
Fig. 64 Driver's door: Seat memory switched on, press the appropriate memory
button until the stored position is reached .
In addition to the setting for the drive r's seat,
the exterior rear view mirror setting can be stor- Successful storage is confirmed audib ly and by
ed and recalled through seat memory if the vehi- the light in the ISE
TIbutton illuminating
cle is properly equipped . c>page 62, fig. 64 .

Storing and recalling settings When the vehicle is lo cked, the current settings
are stored and assigned to the remote control
With the help of the memory buttons 1 and 2 key. But the settings stored on memory buttons
c> fig . 64 the settings for two different drivers 1 to 2 are not de leted. They can be recalled at
can be stored and recalled ¢ page 62. any time . When the vehicle is unlocked , the set-
The cu rrent set tings are also automatically as - tings assigned to the remote control key a re re-
signed to the remote contro l key being used stored .
when the vehicle is locked . When the vehicle is If your vehicle is driven by other persons using
un locked , the settings assigned to the remote your remote control key, you should save your in-
control key being used are automatically recal- dividual seat position on one of the memory but-
led. tons . You can recall your settings again simply
Turning seat memo ry on and off and conveniently by pressing t he correspond ing
memory button. When the vehicle is locked,
If the IOFFIswitch is depressed, the seat memory these settings are automatically re-ass igned to
is inoperative. When the Memory function is off, the remo t e contro l key a nd stored.
the LEDin the button lights up.

All t he st ored se tt ings are retai ned. We recom- A WARNING

mend using the IOFFIsw itch and deactivating the - For safety reasons, the seat sett ing can only
seat memory if the vehicle is on ly going to be be reca lled when the vehicle is stationary-
used temporarily by a driver whose settings are otherwise you ris k having an accident.
not going to be stored. - In an emergency the reca ll proced ure can be
cancelled by pressing the !OF F!switch or by
tapping of the memory buttons.

62
 Seats and storag e

Activating remote control key memory Adjusting seat

Applies to: vehicles with seat memory
The fore-and-aft adjustment of the seat cushion
To assig n t he drive r's seat settings t o t he remote and the seatback angle con be adjusted .
cont rol key when locking t he vehicle , the function
must be act ivated in the rad io or MMI*.

• Se lect : ICARI
funct ion button > Seat adjust-
ment > Driver's seat > Key mem. profile > On.
Or
• Select : ICARIfunct ion but t on> Car system s*
contro l bu tton > Vehicle setting s > Seats>
Driver's seat > Remote control key > On.

(D Tips Fig. 65 Adjust ing seatbac k angle

If you do not wa nt ano t her d river's settings t o
be assigned to the remote control key, sw itch
off the memory funct ion using the rad io or
MMI* or the !OF F! button 9 page 62 .

Rear seat
General information

Safe transportation of passengers on the rear

seats requires proper safety precautions . Fig. 66 Fore -and-af t adjustm e nt

All passengers on the rear sea t s must be sea t ed Adjusting seatback angle
in comp liance wit h the safety guidelines ex-
pla ined in <=;>
page 140 and .:;,page 148. The cor- • Pull the lever up a nd pus h t he seat back t owa rd
rect seating posit ion is critical for the safety of the rear to the des ired position r::!;>fig . 65 . Re-
fron t and rear seat passenge rs al ike r::!;>page 134 . lease the lever.
• Pull the lever up so that the seatback pivots
A WARNING forward. Release the lever and push the seat-
back to the rear to ret urn the seatback to the
- Occupan t s in t he fro nt and rear sea t s m ust
normal pos ition .
always be properly res t rai ned.
- Do not let anyone ride in t he vehicle with out Fore-and-aft adju stment
th e head restra ints prov ided. Head re-
• Pull the handle up and pus h the seat forward or
st raints help to reduce injuries.
back <=;>
fig. 66 .
- Loose it ems inside t he passenger compa rt -
• Release the handle and continue to push the
ment, can fly forwa rd in a cras h or sudden
sea t unt il the seat latch engages .
maneuver and injure occupants. Always
store articles in the luggage compartment
and use the fasten ing eyes , especia lly when
A WARNING
the rear seatbacks have been folded down. - For safety reasons, the seat m ust only be
- Read and heed a ll WARNINGS ¢ page 134, adjuste d when t he vehicle is st ationary -
a, Proper seating positions for passengers in da nger of acc iden t !
a,
..... rear seats .
N
r---
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

63
Seats and storage

- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat . @ Tips

Adjusting the seat without checking or pay-
Correctly adjusted head restraints and safety
ing attention can pinch fingers or limbs -
belts are an extreme ly effective combinat ion
danger of injury!
of safety features.

Head restraints Rear head restraints

Front head restraints

Fig. 68 Rear seat : head rest raints

Fig. 67 Front seats head restrai nts: adjust ing the height

The head restra ints on the front seats can be ad-

justed to provide safe suppo rt to head and neck
at the optimum height . When optimally adjust-
ed, the top of the restraint shou ld be level wit h
the top of the head . If that is not possible, try to
adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to
page 134, Proper ad-
this position as possible r::!;>
justment of head restraints.
Fig. 69 Rear sea t: outer head restrain t
• Grasp the s ides of the head restraint with both
hands and slide it upward/downward until you If there is a passenger on the rear center seating
fig. 67.
feel it click into place r::!;> position, slide the center head restraint upward
at least to the next notch c:>.&_.
Refer to page 134, Proper adjustment of head
r::!;>

restraints for guidelines on how to adjust the Adjusting the head restraints
height of the front head restra ints to suit the oc- • To move t he head restraint up, hold it at the
cupant 's body size. sides with both hands and slide it upward until
you feel it click into place.
_&.WARNING • To move the head restra int down, press the
- Driving without head restraints or with head button @ and slide the head restraint down-
restraints that are not properly adjusted in- ward .
creases the risk of ser ious or fatal neck in-
jury dramatically . Removing the outer head restraints
- Read and heed all WARNINGS c:>page 134, • Fold the backrest forward r::!;>page 66.
Proper adjustment of head restraints. • Move the head restra int upward as far as it can
go .
.,.Press the release @ <=> fig. 69 with the mechan-
ical key c:>page 34 and the button @ <=> fig. 68. Iii>-

64
 Seats and storag e

Pull the head restraint out of the backrest at Center armrest

the same time ¢ .&_.
The armrest is adjustable in several stages and
Installing the outer head restraints can be moved forward and back.
~ Slide the posts on the head restra int down into
t he g uides unt il you feel t he posts click int o
pla ce.
~ Press the button @ c::> fig . 68 and slide the head
restraint all the way down. You should not be
able to pull the head rest raint out of the back-
rest.

Removing the center head restraint

~ Move the head restr aint upwa rd as far as it can
Fig. 70 Arm rest betwee n dr iver's and passenger 's seat
go .
~ Press t he button @ ¢ fig . 68 and pull the head Adjusting the armrest
restra int out of the backrest ¢ .&_.
~ To adjust the armrest ang le, pivot the armrest
Installing the center head restraint fully down .
~ Lift the armrest detent by d eten t until t he de-
~ Slide the pos t s on the head res t rain t dow n into
the gu ides unt il you feel the posts click into sired position is reache d .
place . Moving the armrest
~ Press the button @ ¢ fig . 68 and slide the head
~ You ca n move the armrest forward or back
restra int all the way down . You should not be
¢ fig. 70 .
able to pull the head restraint out of the back-
rest . There is a storage compartment under the arm-
rest .
So that the driver can have a better view to the
rear, the head restra ints should be pushed down
comp letely when the rea r seats are not occup ied.

A WARNING
-
- Only remove the rear sea t head res tr aints
when necessa ry in ord er to install a chi ld
se at. Insta ll the head restra int aga in imm e -
diately on ce t he child seat is removed . Driv-
ing wit hout head rest rai nt s or with he ad re -
str aints that are no t properly adju ste d in-
creases the risk of ser ious or fatal neck in-
jury dramatically .
- Read and hee d al l WARNINGS c::> pa ge 134,
Proper adjustment of head restraints .

(j) Tips
Correct ly adjusted he ad rest raints and sa fe ty
~
..... be lt s ar e an ext remely eff ective combin at ion
~ of sa fet y feat ures.
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

65
S ea ts and s tor a ge

Luggage compartment The center backrest can be fo lded down sepa-

rately. This makes is possible to transport long
Expanding the passenger compartment objects (for example, skis) inside the vehicle.
The rear seat backrests can be folded forward
separately or together . _& WARNING
- The backrest must always be securely latch-
ed so that the safety belt of the center seat-
ing position can work properly to help pro -
tect the occupant .
- The backrest must be securely latched in po-
sition so that no items contained in the lug -
gage compartment can slide forwa rd upon
sudden braking.
- Always check whether the latch is fully en-
gaged by pu lling the seatback forward .
Fig. 71 Release lever for the outer backrest - Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by be ing caught in door or seat hard-
~
~----i m
ware.
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear and
damaged be lt hardware ca n break in a
cras h. Inspect the belts pe riodically. Belt s
show ing damage to webb ing, bindings,
buckles, or ret ract ors must be replaced.

_& WARNING -
Fig. 72 Release button for the center backrest Always read and heed WARNINGS c:::>&. in
Loading the luggage compartment on
Folding the backrest forward page 136.
• Pull the lever up c:::>fig. 71. The backrest will
swing forward. (D Note
• Let the backrest latch into the lowest position . - If you move t he fron t seat back when t he
rea r seat backrest is fo lded forward, you
Raising the backrest
cou ld damage t he head restraints on t he
• Pull the lever up c:::>fig. 71 and fo ld the backrest rear seat.
back up aga in until it latc hes secure c:::>,&.. - Slide the be lt guide on the outside safety
Folding the center backrest f orward belt a ll the way up before folding the back-
rest back forward. Make sure the seat belt is
• Press the release button c:::>fig . 72 . The red not p inched or damaged when the rear seat
mark ing on the release button will be visib le . backrest if fo lded back.
• Fold the backrest forward .

Folding th e center backrest up

• Fold the backrest back up again until it securely
latches and the red marking is no longer visible
,&..
c:::>

66
 Seats and storag e

Expanding the luggage compartment (D Note

The rear seat backrests can be folded forward - If you move the front seat back when the
separately or together. rear seat backrest is fo lded forward, you
cou ld damage the head restraints on t he
rear seat.
- Slide the be lt guide on the outside safety
belt a ll the way up before folding the back-
rest back forward . Make sure the seat belt is
not pinched o r damaged when the rea r seat
backrest if folded back. Other objects
should be removed from the rear seat bench
t o p rotect the seatback from da mage.

Fig. 73 Luggage compartment : release lever

Tie-down rings
Folding the backrest forward There are four tie-down rings in the luggage
...Pull the release lever c::>fig. 73 in direction of compartment for se curing luggage items .
the arrow . The back rest will sw ing forward .
...Let the back rest latch into the lowest position .

Folding the backrest up

page 66, fig. 71 and fold the
... Pull the lever up c::>
backrest back up again until it sec ure ly latches
¢ _&..

&
,-
WARNING
- The backrest must always be secu rely latch- Fig. 74 Location of the ti e-dow n rings in the luggage com -
ed so that the safety belt of the center seat- pa rt me nt
ing position can work proper ly to help pro-
tect the occupant. .,.Secure the car go to the tie-down rings
- The backrest must be securely latched in po- fig. 74 .
c::>
sit ion so that no items contained in the lug- .,.Observe the safety notes <=:>page 13 7.
gage compartment can slide forward upon ... Read a nd heed a ll WARNINGS c::>page 136 ,
sudden braking . Storing cargo correctly .
- Always check whether the latch is fully en-
gaged by pulling the seatback forward. A WARNING
-
- Never allow safety belts to become dam- Weak, damaged or improper straps used to
aged by being caught in door or seat hard- secure items to tie-downs can fai l dur ing hard
wa re. braking or in a collision and cause ser ious per-
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear and sona l injury .
damaged belt hardware can break in a - Always use suitable retaining straps and
crash. Inspect the belts periodically . Belts properly secure items to the tie-downs in
showing damage t o webbing, bindings, the luggage compartment to help prevent
buckles, or retractors must be rep laced . ite ms from shi ft ing or flying forward.
a,
a,
..... - When the rear seat backrest is folded down,
N
r-- always use suitable ret aini ng straps and
N
.....
0
0 proper ly secure it ems to the tie-downs in
0:
co

67
Seats and storage

the luggage compartment to help prevent - Whenever driving, never place any hard or
items from flying forward into the passen- heavy objects on the luggage compartment
ger compartment. or allow pets to sit on the luggage compart-
- Never attach a child safety seat tether strap ment cover. They could become a hazard to
to a tie-down. vehicle occupants in the event of sudden
braking or in an accident.
Luggage compartment cover
(D Note
You could damaged a stored luggage com-
partment cover when you move the rear seat
or rear seat backrest.

@ Tips
- You can use the luggage compartment cov-
er to store light weight clothing or articles
but do not leave any heavy or sharp objects
in the pockets of the clothing.
Fig. 75 Luggage compartment: cover attached
- Remember that placing clothing or articles
on the luggage compartment cover can
block the driver's vision in the rear view mir-
ror. This also applies especially when you
have to transport large objects.
- So that stale air can escape from the vehicle
be sure not to cover the ventilation slot be-
tween the rear lid and the luggage compart-
ment cover.

Fig. 76 Luggage compartment: storing the cover Double cargo floor

Removing You can store dirty or we t objects under the car-

go floor.
• Unhook the straps @ c::>fig. 75.
• Pull the cover @ out of the retainers @ in the
direction of the arrow.

Installing
• Slide the cover into the retainers @ .
• Attach the straps (D c::>& .

Storing
page 63.
• Slide the rear seat forward <=>
• Fold the cover together and store it behind the Fig. 77 Luggage compartment: cargo floor folded toget her
rear seat c::>fig. 76 . wit h protective tray

_&.WARNING Folding the cargo floor together

-
- To prevent accidents, never install the lug- • Lift the cargo floor by the handle c::>fig. 77 (D
gage compartment cover unsecured. and fold it up.
• Place your item in the protective tray.

68
 Seats and storag e

Removing the cargo floor , installing Roof rack

• To remove, lift t he cargo floor folded together
Description
and pull it toward the rear lid.
• To install, place the folded cargo floor into Additional cargo can be carried with a roof lug-
both retainers and unfold it. gage rack.

Grab the protective tray on the ha ndles and pu ll If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the roof,
it out. You can also install a divider to divide @ you must observe the following:
the storage area . Depending on the vehicle
- Only a specially designed roof rack may be used
equipment level, the protective tray can have dif-
on your vehicle roof. This is provided with your
ferent sizes and shapes .
veh icle .
- These roof racks are the basis for a complete
Cargo net and storage hooks roof rack system . Additional attachments are
necessary if you want to transport luggage, bi-
cycles, surf boards and sk is. All these compo-
nents are ava ilable at your a uthorized Audi
dea le r.

(D Note
If you use other roof luggage rack systems or
do not install the racks as intended, any dam-
age to the vehicle is not covered by t he war-
Fig. 78 Luggage compartment:
ranty. Always read the ma nufactu rer installa-
tion ins t ructions that came with yo ur roof
rack system when yo u install the atta ch-
ments.

(D Tips
When ins tall ing a factory-supp lied roof rac k
system on the roof railing, the ESCwill adapt
itself t o a differe nt center of gravity .

Attachment points
Fig. 79 Luggage compartment: Storage hooks
The roof rack can only be attached at the
Storage net
marked locations .
The storage net on the right s ide trim can be
moved lower on the side guides, if needed
c:>fig.78 .

Storage hooks
The storage hooks can be used to secure shop-
ping bags from falling over c:>fig. 79.

a,
a,
A WARNING
..... Do not use the storage hooks to secure heavy
N
r-- Fig. 80 Roof rack attachment points
N
..... objects. Heavier objects are not adequately
0
0
0:
secured. There is risk of pe rsonal injury.
co

69
Seats and storage

Attach the roof rack only at the attachment ~ Clean the attachment points on the roof ra iling
points on the roof railing. On the inside of the as well as the roof rack rubber washers @ .
roof railing there are two holes for atta ching the ~ Carefully place the roof rack over the holes in
rear end of the roof rack. To prevent confusing the roof railing c:>fig. 81.
the front and rear roof rack attachments, there ~ Place the pins @ into the holes. The claw ®
are three holes on the left and two holes on the must engage into the edge of the roof railing .
right for mounting the front part of the roof rack ~ Make sure the rubber washer © lays flat on the
~ fig . 80 . roof railing .
~ Tighten the left and right screws using the
The roof racks have a sticker on the left side un-
socket wrench @ in direction @ .
derneath to identify front and rear .
~ To reach the 4 ft lb (6 Nm) tightening specifi -

A WARNING
cation needed, both arrows on the socket
wrench must align .
When installing the roof rack, make sure the ~ Repeat this procedure on the second roof rack.
sticker is on the left side of the vehicle and
faces the stamped arrow in the drive direc-
tion.
A WARNING
Check all the roof rack connections each time
before each trip and re-tighten or re-adjust if
Installing a roof rack necessary . If you are going to be driving or
rough terrain, you will have to check the at-
tachments more often. If you do not do this,
the risk of your luggage coming loose and
falling off is greater.

(D Note
The pins and the roof rack claws must engage
securely into the holes and into the edge of
the roof railing when you tighten the screws!
Fig. 81 Roof railing: position ing the roof rack
(D Tips
You can adjust the width of the roof rack by
using a hexagon wrench and turning the
screws on the top. Let your authorized Audi
dealer help you with this.

Installing the attachments

co
"'
~
er
co
Fig. 82 Roof railing: installing a roof rack a,

The roof rack set consists of a front and rear roof

rack, the cover profile and a socket wrench.
~ Open the cap (D c:>fig. 82 .
~ Before mounting the roof rack, use the socket
wrench @ and loosen the left and right screw
in the direction of @ . Fig. 83 Roof railing: installing cover profile into the roof
rack

70
 Seats and storag e

Installing the attachments - Mounting a roof rack changes the height of

• Remove the ca p @ q fig . 83 . your veh icle. Keep t his in m ind when parking
• Slide the attachment into t he T-groove 0 - your veh icle in your garage, or when dr iving
• Tighten the attachment according t o the roof through a tunnel or under a n overpass.
rack installation inst ructions .
• Close the cap. (D Note
- Make sure the rea r lid does not hit the cargo
Install ing the cover profile
on the roof rack when you open it. On
• Seal the openings in the T-groove 0 with the vehicles with automatic rear lid/trunk lid
cover profile @ after having installing the at - operation* you may have to adjust the open
tachments. position of the rear lid ~ page 41.
• If you not want to use th e attachment, seal the - Remove the roof rack and attachment be-
whole T-groove 0 with the cover profile @ . fore taking your vehicle th rough an auto -
• Cut t he cover profile to the length needed, if matic car wash t o avoid damage .
necessary .
@ For the sake of the environment
Roof load As a result of the increased wind res istance
The cargo on the roof mus t be securely attached. created by a roof rack, your vehicle is using
Handling charac teristics change when cargo is fuel unnecessarily . So remove the roof rack
transported . aft er using it.

The permissible roof load for your veh icle is Beverage holders
165 lbs (75 kg). The roof load is the total of the
weight of the roof rack, the attachme nts and the
cargo you are carrying .

_&,WARNING
- The cargo must be sec urely attached on the
roof rack, otherwise you risk a n accide nt .
- Dist ribute the load as evenly as possible and
do not make the roof rack wider than the
maximum permitted.
- You must unde r no circumstances exceed Fig. 84 Cente r conso le: Front cupholders

t he perm iss ible roof load, the permiss ible

axle loads a nd the pe rm issib le overa ll
we ight of yo ur vehicle - risk of a n accident.
- Mount the att a chments to the roof rack only
after you have placed the roof rack on the
vehicle .
- Consider that whe n t ranspo rt ing heavy ob-
je cts or one wit h a large surface, t he han -
dling characterist ics change due to shift in
the cente r of gravity or the greater surface Fig. 85 Beverage st orage in t he rea r arm rest
exposed to the wind. So adapt your driving
a,
a,
.....
and your speed to prevailing conditions. We Front cupholders
r-1
,-... recommend that you do not dr ive faster
r-1 • You can accommo d ate two beverages in this
..... than 80 mp h (130 km/h) .
0
0 storage q fig . 84 .
0:
co

71
S ea ts and s tor a ge

Open ing rear beverage hold ers Climatized cupholders

.. To open the rear cupholder, press on the sym- Applies to: vehicles with climatized beverage holders
bol~ @ ~ fig . 85 . The driver sid e beverag e hold er can keep your
beverage warm or cold.
Holding beverages at the rear
• To adju st the arm @ , swing it in the direct ion
of the ar row.
• Place the beverage in the holde r and re lease
the a rm . The arm swings back by itself and au -
tomat ically secures the beverage.

Closing the rear cupholders

• To close the rear cupholder, press on the center
section between the two arms and push the cu-
pholder in the s lot as far as it will go. Fig. 8 6 Ce nt er co nsole : climat ized cupholder

The ho ld ing arm must be adjusted such that it • Press button @ ~ fig. 86 to keep your beverage
lies closely against the cupholder. cold. The button will light up blue .
A max imum of t wo beve rages can be placed in • Press button © ~ fig . 86 to keep you r beverage
warm . The button will light up red.
the center armrest .
• To switch between the two functio ns, press th e
A WARNING
-
appropr iate button .
• Press @ or © to sw itch off these fea t ure . The
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident and
ligh t in the bu t ton will go out .
personal inj ury.
- Never carry any beverage containers with When cooling, the temperature of the beve rage
hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea, in holder base will go down to approximately 41 °F
the vehicle while it is moving . In case of an (5 °C). When warm ing , the temperatu re will be
acc ident, sudden braking or other vehicle appro ximately 136 °F (58 °(). At 104 °F (40 °()
movement, hot liquid could spill, causing the warming display will come on @ . This is re-
sca ld ing burns . Spilled hot liquid can also minder not to touch the base because it is hot .
cause a n accident and personal inj ury. The display goes out if the temperature falls be-
- Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard low this value.
cups and g lasses can cause injury in an acci-
dent. A WARNING
- Never use the cupholder or adapter as an - Never touch the beve rage holder base when
ashtray - risk of fire . the warming d isplay is on. You can burn
yourse lf!
CDNote - Do not use breakab le beve rage containers
Only dr ink con t ainers with lids should be car- (for examp le made out of g lass or porce-
ried in the cupholder. Liquid could sp ill out lain). You could be injured by them in case
and damage your vehicle's elec t ronic equip- of an accident.
ment or stain the upho lstery, etc .
CDNote
Make sure your beverage ho lder has a lid. If
not, your beverage could spill out and cause
damage to the veh icle electronic or stain the
seat covers .

72
 Seats and storag e

@ Tips Ashtray
Do not cover the venti lation gri lle -arrow- be-
cause that could prevent the beverage holder
from functioning correctly.

Cupholders in the door

pockets
There is a cupholder in all four doors.

Fig. 88 Center console: front ashtray

Opening the ashtray

.,.Slide the cover open .

Closing the ashtray

.. Tap the lid to close the ashtray automat ica lly.

Removing ashtray insert

Fig. 87 Section of door panel: (upholder
.,. Release t he asht ray insert by slid ing t he switch
The cupholders in the door pockets are suitab le @ ¢ fig. 88 to the right.
for l to 1.5-liter bottles. .. Remove the ashtray insert @ ¢ fig. 88.

Reinstalling ashtray insert

.&_WARNING -
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident and .,. Press the ash t ray insert into its holder.
personal injury.
- Never carry any beverage containers with .&_WARNING -
hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea, in Never put waste paper in t he ashtray. Hot
the vehicle while it is moving . In case of an ashes or other hot objects in the ashtray could
acc ident, sudden braking or other veh icle set waste paper on fire.
movement, hot liq uid could spill, causing
sca ld ing burns. Spilled hot liquid can also
Cigarette lighter/socket
ca use a n accident and personal injury.
- Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard Cigarette lighter
cups and g lasses can ca use injury in an acci-
dent.

(D Note
Only dr ink containe rs with lids should be car-
ried in the cupholder. Liquid could sp ill out
and damage your vehicle's e lectronic equip-
ment or st ain t he upho lstery, etc.

a,
a, Fig. 89 Center console: cigarette lighter
.....
N
r--
N
..... .. Press the cigarette lighter in .
0
0
0:
co

73
S ea ts and s tor a ge

~ Remove the cigarette lighter when it pops out. The re is an additiona l 12-volt socket in the cente r
console.
The cigarette lighter sho uld on ly be used as a
power so urce for the compressor from the inflat- Befo re you purchase any accessor ies, always read
ab le spare tire/tire repai r kit* when absol ute ly and follow the information inc:>page 2 78, Addi-
necessary. tional accessories and parts replacement.

_& WARNING ~ WARNING

The cigarette lighter on ly works when the ig-
- The power outlets and therefore the electrical
nition is sw itched on. Incorrect usage can lead accessories connected to them operate only
to ser ious injuries or burns . For this reason, with the ign ition on. Improper use of the out-
children should never be left unattended in lets or of electrical accessor ies can lead to se-
the vehicle beca use this increases the risk of rious injuries or cause a fire. For this reason,
injury. chi ldren should never be left unattended in
the vehicle - t hey could be injured!

12 -volt sockets
(D Note
Electrical accessories can be connected to every To avoid damaging the socket, only use plugs
12-volt socket . that fit properly .
"'
0

9a: (!} Tips

00
m
When the engine is off and accessories are
still plugged in and are on, the vehicle battery
can still be drained.

Storing
General overview
Fig. 90 Section of the tr im pane l of the luggage compart- There are numerous places to store items in your
ment: 12-volt socket vehicle.

Glove compartment c:>

page 75
Cooling box in glove compa rt - ¢ page 75
ment
Storage compartment in the roof c:>
page 75
Coat hooks c:>
page 76
Storage in the door panels
Storage net in the front seat-
backs
Fig. 9 1 Cente r console: 12-volt socket
Sto rage net in luggage compart-
~ Open the socket cover c:>fig. 90 or c:>fig. 91 . men t
~ Insert the plug of the electrical device into the
socket . _& WARNING
- Always remove objects from t he instr ument
The 12-volt sockets can be used for electrical ac-
panel. Any items not put away could slide
cessories . The power input must not exceed 120
around inside t he vehicle while driving or ~
watts .

74
 Seats and storage

when accelerating or when applying the

brakes or when driving around a corner.
A
- WARNING
To reduce the risk of personal injury in an acci-
- When you are driving make sure that any-
dent or sudden stop, always keep the glove
thing you may have placed in the center con-
compartment closed while driving.
sole or other storage locations cannot fall
out into the footwells. In case of sudden
braking you would not be able to brake or Cooling box in glove compartment
accelerate. The cooling box works only when the air-condi-
- Any pieces of clothing that you have hung tioning is in cooling mode.
up must not interfere with the driver's view .
The coat hooks are designed only for light-
we ight cloth ing. Never hang any clothing
with hard, pointed or heavy objects in the
pockets on the coat hooks. During sudden
braking or in an accident - especially if the
airbag is deployed - these objects could in-
jure any passengers inside the vehicle.

Glove compartment
Fig. 93 Glove box with cooling box open and switched on
The glove comportment is illuminated and can
be locked. .,.Open the glove compartment c:>page 75,
fig. 92 .
.,.Turn the rotary switch @ counter-clockwise to
switch the cooling on. The symbols on the rota-
ry switch must be displayed c:>fig. 93 accord-
ing ly .
.,.Turn the rotary switch @ clockwise to switch
the cooling off.

The cooling box works only in the cooling mode.

If the climate control is in the heating mode, we
Fig. 92 Glove compartment recommend switching the cooling box off .

To open glove compartment Storage compartment in the roof

.,.Pull the handle in the direction of the arrow
c:>fig. 92 and swing the cover down to open .

To close glove compartment ""' 11111

.,.Push the glove compartment lid upward until

the lock engages.
.3
There are holders for a pen and a pad of paper in 0 .. ~O
the glove compartment lid.

On the right side in the glove compartment is a

~-__;,:~ ~~lr.;...__--1
a, Fig. 94 Storage pocket in the roof
a,
..... holder with the key body into which the emergen-
N
r-- cy key must be clipped to be able to start the ve-
N
..... .,.To open the lid you have to touch the bar
0 hicle.
0
0:
c:>fig. 94 (Arrow) . The lid opens automat ically . Ill>
co

75
S ea ts and s tor a ge

~ To close the lid, push it up until it engages .

A WARNING
Always keep the lid closed while driving to re-
duce the risk of injury during a sudden brak-
ing maneuver or in the event of an accident.

Coat hooks

Fig. 95 Coat hooks at rear doors

A WARNING
- Hang clothes in such a way that they do not
impa ir the driver's vision .
- The coat hooks must only be used for light-
weight cloth ing . Do not leave any heavy or
sharp edged objects in the pockets which
may interfere w it h the side curtain airbag
deployment and can cause personal injury in
a crash .
- Do not use coat hangers for hanging cloth-
ing on the coat hooks as this can interfere
with prope r deployment of the side curtain
airbags in an accident.
- Do not hang heavy objects on the coat
hooks, as they could cause personal injury in
a sudden stop.

76
 Warm a nd c o ld

Warm and cold - Completely familiarize yourself with the

proper use and function of the heating and
Climate control system ventilation system and especially how to de-
Description fog and defrost the windows .
- Never use the windshield wiper/washer sys-
The climate control system warms , cools and tem in freezing weather until you have
adds humidity to the a ir in the veh icle inter ior. It warmed the windshie ld first, using the heat -
is the most effective when the windows and pan- ing and vent ilation system . The washe r solu-
oramic sliding sunroof* ar e closed. If th ere is a tion may freeze on the w indshield and re-
bui ld-up of heat inside th e vehicle, ventilation duce visibility.
can help to sp eed up th e cooling process.

In all heating mode functions except defrost, the (D Note

blower only switches to a higher speed once the - If you suspect that the air conditioner has
engine coolant has reached a certain tempera- bee n damaged, sw itch the system off to
ture . avoid further damage and have it inspected
by a qualified dea lership.
Condensat ion from the cooling system can drip
- Repa irs to the Audi a ir cond itioner requ ire
and fo rm a puddle of water unde r the vehicle.
special techn ica l know ledge and spec ial
This is normal and does not mean there is a leak.
t ools. Contact an a uthorized Audi dea ler fo r
Pollut ant filter assistance.
The pollutant filter removes pollutants such as
dust and pollen from the air.
@ For the sake of the environment
By reduc ing the amo unt of fuel you use, yo u
The air pollutants filter must be changed at the also reducethe amount of pollutants emitted
intervals specified in your Warranty & Mainte- into the air.
nance booklet, so that the a ir condit ione r can
properly work. (D Tips
If you drive your vehicle in an area with high air - Keep the a ir intake slots (in fro nt of t he
pollution , the filter may need to be changed w indshield) free from ice, snow and debr is
mo re frequently than specified in your Audi Wa r- in orde r to maintain the proper function of
ranty & Maintenance booklet. If in doubt, ask the climate control system .
your author ized Audi Service Advisor for advice . - The energy management system may switch
the seat heating* or rear window defroster
Key coded setting s
off temporarily . These systems are availab le
The climate control settings are automatically again as soon as the energy ba lance has
stored and assigned to the remote control key been restored .
that is in use . - The a ir flowing out of the vents and
throughout the vehicle's ent ire inter ior is
_&.WARNING discharged at the rear of the vehicle . Make
Reduced visib ility is dangerous and can cause sure that the out let slots are not covered by
accidents. cloth ing , etc.
- For safe dr iving it is very impo rtant that all
windows be free of ice, snow and condens a-
tion .
CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

77
Warm and cold

Operation
We recommend pressing the IAUTOI button and setting the temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).

Fig. 96 3-zo ne deluxe automat ic climate control: cont rols

Press the buttons to turn t he functions on or off . culation mode on when driving through a tunnel
Use the dials to adjust the temperature, the or when sitt ing in traffic Q &.-
b lowe r speed and the air distrib ution . The LEDin
The !AUTO I button or Il1ii>FRONT ! button switches
a bu t ton w ill light up when the funct ion is
reci rculation mode off .
sw itched on. The sett ings a re displayed for a few
seconds in the radio or MMI* display . IAUTO ISwitching autom atic mode on
The driver and front passenger side can be ad- Automatic mode main t ains a constan t tempera-
jus t ed separate ly. The settings are also d isplayed ture inside the vehicle . Air temperature , airflow
in the clima t e control system d isplay. and air distribution are controlled automatically.

IO FF j Switching the climate control system Adjusting the temp erature

on/ off
Temperatures between 60 °F (+16 °C) and 84 °F
The IOFFI button swi t ches the climate contro l (+28 °C) can be set . Outside of th is range, low or
sys t em on or off. It also switches on when you high will appear in the radio or MMI* display . At
press the knob . Airf low from outside is blocked both of these settings, the climate control sys-
when the climate con t rol system is switched off. tem runs continuously at maximum cooling or
heating power. There is no temperature regula-
IAIC ! Switching cooling mode on / off
tion.
The air is not cooled and humidity is not removed
when cooling mode is switched off . Th is can ~ Adjusting th e airflow
cause fog on the windows . The cooling mode You can adjust the airflow manua lly to suit your
sw itches off aut oma t ically when there are cold needs . To have the airflow reg ulated automati-
outside temperat ures. cally, press the IAUTO I button.

la,ISwitching recirculation mode on/ off ~ Adjusting the air distribution

In recirculation mode, the a ir inside the vehicle is You can manual ly select the vents where the air
circu lated and filtered . This prevents t he unfil- will flow. To have the air distribut ion regulated
tered a ir outside the vehicle from e ntering t he automat ica lly, press the IAUTO I button. ""
veh icle interior . We recommend switching recir-

78
 Warm and cold

[i] Adjusting seat heating* make it warmer or toward the blue side to make
Pressing the button switches the seat heating on it coo ler.

-A
at the highest setting (level 3) . The LEDs indicate
WARNING
the temperature level. To reduce the tempera- ~

ture, press the button again. To switch the seat - Do not use the recirculation for extended
heating off, press the button repeatedly until the periods of time. The windows could fog up
LEDturns off. since no fresh air can enter the vehicle . If
the windows fog up, press the air rec ircula -
After 10 minutes, the seat heating automatically
tion button again immed iately to switch off
switches from level 3 to level 2.
the air rec irculat ion function or select de-
lil Adjusting seat ventilation* frost.
- Individuals w ith reduced sensit ivity to pa in
Pressing the button switches the seat vent ilation
or temperature could develop burns when
on at the highest sett ing (level 3). The LEDs indi-
using the seat heating* function. To reduce
cate the venti lation level. To reduce the ventila -
the risk of injury, these individua ls should
tion level, press the button again. To switch the
not use seat heating.
seat ventilation off, press the button repeatedly
until the LEDturns off.
(D Note
I...,FRONT ISwitch the defroster on/off To avoid damage to the heating elements* in
The windshield and side windows are defrosted the seats, do not kneel on the seats or place
or cleared of condensation as quickly as possib le. heavy load s on a small area of the seat.
The maximum amount of air flows mainly from
the vents below the windshield. Recirculation Setup
mode switches off. The temperature should be
The basic climate control settings can be adjust-
set to 72 °F (22 °() or higher. The temperature is
ed in the radio or MMI*.
controlled automatically .

The IAUTOI button switches the defroster off. "' Select: !CAR I function button> A/C control but-
ton. Or
llliilREARI Switching rear window heater on/ "' Select: !CAR! function button> Car systems*
off control button > A/C.
The rear window heater on ly operates when the
Automatic recirculation
engine is running. It switches off automatica lly
after a few minutes, depending on the outs ide When switched on, automat ic rec irculat ion con-
temperature. trols the recirculation mode automatically. If the
windows fog up, press the I@FRON T Ibutton.
To prevent the rear window heater from switch-
ing off automatically, press and hold the !llil>
REAR I Synchronization
button for more than 2 seconds . This remains When synchronization is switched on, the same
st ored until the ignition is switched off . settings are appl ied to both the driver and front
Air vents passenger , except for the seat heating/ventila-
t ion* . Synchronization switches off when you ad-
You can open and close the center and rear air just the settings on the front passenger's s ide.
vents using the thumbwheels . The levers adjust
the direction of the airflow from the vents. You can also sw itch synchronizat ion on by press-
ing and holding the knob on the driver's side . ..,.
CD
You can adjust the air temperature in the rear by
....
CD
N
,-... turning the thumbwheel toward the red side to
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

79
Warm and cold

Supplementary heater*
The supplementary heater wa rms the interior of
veh icles with flexible fuel engines*, diesel en -
gines* or hybrid drive* more quickly. The supple-
mentary heater is controlled automatically in the
Auto setting.

80
 D r ivi ng

Driving maintain t his minim um distance, the airbag

system cannot p rotect you proper ly.
Steering - If physical limitations prevent you from sit-
Manually adjustable steering wheel ting 10 inches (25 cm) or more from the
steer ing whee l, check with your author ized
The height and reach of the steering wheel can Audi dealer to see if adaptive equipment is
be adjusted . ava ilable.
- If the steer ing whee l is aligned with your
face, the supplementa l driver's a irbag can-
not provide as much protect ion in an acci-
dent. Always ma ke sure that the steer ing
wheel is aligned with you r chest.
- Always hold the steering wheel with your
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions to reduce t he risk of pe rso nal inju ry if
the dr iver's a irbag dep loys .
- Never ho ld the stee ring wheel at the 12
Fig. 97 Lever under th e steering column
o'cl ock position or wit h you r hands inside
First, adju st t he driver 's sea t correct ly. the stee ring wheel rim or on t he st eer ing
wheel hub. Holding the stee ring wheel the
• Pull the lever ¢ fig. 97 -Arrow- ¢ A . wrong way can cause serious injuries to the
• Move the steer ing whee l to the desired posi- hands, arms and head if the driver's airbag
t ion. deploys .
• Push the lever against the steeri ng column un-
ti l it locks .
Ignition lock
There must be at leas t 10 inches (25 cm) be-
Starting engine with the key
tween your chest and the center of the stee ring
wheel. If yo u cannot sit mo re than 10 inches (25 The ignition is switched on and the engine start-
cm) from the steering wheel, see if adaptive ed with the ignition key.
equipment is available to help yo u reach the ped-
a ls and increase the distance from the steering
wheel.
For detailed information on how to adjust the
driver's seat, see ¢ page 61 .

.&_WARNING -

Improper use of steer ing wheel adjustment

and improper seating position can cause ser i-
ous personal injury. Fig. 9 8 Igh iti oh key
- Adjust the steer ing whee l column on ly when
the vehicle is not mov ing to prevent loss of Starting the engine
vehicle control.
• Insert the key into the ign ition lock .
- Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so • Hybrid drive*: refer to the information for sta rt -
a,
that there is a min imum of 10 inches (25 ing the vehicle under ¢ page 101.
a,
,..., cm) betwee n your chest and t he steer ing
N • Step on the brake pedal an d move the selector
l"-
,...,
N wheel ¢page 132, fig. 150 . If you ca nnot lever to the P or N position.
0
0
0: • Press the key¢ fig. 98 - the engine will start. II>
co

81
Dr iv ing

"' It is possible that there will be a slight de lay mitter, preventing peop le from escaping
when starting the engine for diesel vehicles* in from the vehicle on their own in the event of
colder temperatures. Therefore, you must hold an emergency. Depending on the time of
the brake pedal down until the eng ine starts. yea r, people ins ide the veh icle can be ex-
The ind icator lampIJ illumina t es when the en- posed to very high or very low tempera-
gine is preheated . t ures .
Switching the ignit ion on/ off
(D Note
If you would like to switch the ign ition on with-
Avoid high engine rpm, full throttle and heavy
out starting the engine, fo llow these steps:
engine loads unti l the engine has reached op-
"' Inse rt the key into the igni t ion lock . e rating t emperature - otherwise you risk en-
"' Press the key briefly without press t he brake gine damage.
pedal.
"' To switch the ignition off, press the key aga in. @ For the sake of the environment
Do not let the eng ine run wh ile parked to
Diese l vehicles * are preheate d while the ignition
warm up . Begin d riving immed iate ly. This re-
is switched on.
d uces unnecessa ry emissions .
When start ing the e ngine, major elec tr ical loads
are swit ched off temporarily. (D Tips
You can only remove the key with the ignition - If the key cannot be removed from the igni-
sw itched off. To do this, you have to press on the t ion lock, you have to pull the mechan ical
key again. key out of the master key in order to be able
to loc k the vehicle ¢ page 35.
If the engine sho uld not start immed iately, the
- Some no ise afte r start ing the e ngine is nor-
st arting process is a utomat ica lly stopped after a
ma l and is no cause fo r conce rn.
short t ime. Repeat sta rt ing procedu re .
- If you leave the ve hicle with t he ignition
Start-Stop-System*: switched on, the ignitio n will switch off af-
ter a ce rtain per iod of t ime. Please note that
Note the information on ¢ page 88, Star t/S top
ele ct rical eq uipme nt such as exte rior lights
system.
will swit ch off as we ll whe n th at happens .
A WARNING
-
- Never allow t he engine to ru n in confined
spaces - dange r of asphyxiation .
- Never remove the ignit ion key from the ign i-
t ion lock w hile the veh icle is moving . Other-
wise, the steering lock cou ld sudde nly en-
gage and you would not be able to stee r the
vehicle.
- Always ta ke the key with you whenever you
leave your vehicle. Othe rwise, t he engi ne
could be st ar t ed or ele ctrica l equi pme nt
s uch as the power windows cou ld be operat -
ed. This can lead to se rious injury.
- Never leave childre n or pe rsons requiring as -
sistance unattended in the vehicle. The
doors can be locked usi ng the remote trans-

82
 D r ivi ng

Starting the vehicle with the emergency Ste ering lock

key The st eeri ng locks when you remove the ignition
You can use the emergency key as an ignition key key. The locked steering he lps prevent vehicle
in an emergency . theft .

Emergency off
If it is necessary in unusua l circumstances, the
engine can be switched off wh ile the vehicle is
moving. The engine will be swi t ched off if you
press on the key for an extended period.

A
~
WARNING
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle
has come to a complete stop. The full func-
Fig. 99 Glove compar t me nt : Adap ter for emergen cy key tion of the brake booster and the power
steer ing is not guaranteed. You must use
more force to turn or brake if necessary . Be-
cause yo u cannot steer and brake as you
usually would, this cou ld lead to crashes
and se rious injur ies.
- For safety reasons, you should always park
your veh icle w ith t he selector lever in P.
Otherw ise, t he vehicle could inadve rt en t ly
roll away.
Fig. 100 Insert emergen cy key into the ad apter - The radiator fa n can cont inue to run for up
t o 10 minutes even after you have turned
.. Take the adapter for the emergency key out of off t he engine and removed the ignition key .
t he glove compartmen t¢ fig . 99. The radiator fan can also turn on again if the
.. Push the emergency key ¢ fig . 100 fully into engine coolant heats up because of intense
the adapter . Make sure that the Audi rings are sunlig ht or heat build-up in the eng ine com-
facing up . partment .
.. Press the emergency key in the adapter down - Always take the key with you whenever you
until it latches audib ly. leave your vehicle . Otherwise, the engine
.. Inse rt the adapter wit h the emergency key for- could be started or electrical equipment
ward into the ign ition switch. The engine can such as the power windows could be operat-
now be started as usual. ed . This can lead to ser ious injury .
- Never leave children or persons requiring as-
@ Tips sistance unattended in the vehicle. The
The emergency key should not be sto red in- doors can be locked using the remote t rans-
side the vehicle. mitter, preve nti ng peop le from escaping
from t he vehicle on their own in the even t of
a n emergency. Depe nding on t he time of
Stopping the engine
year, peo ple inside the ve hicle can be ex-
.. Bring the vehicle to a full stop. posed to very high o r very low tempera -
a,
a, .. Move the selector lever to the P or N pos ition . tures .
.....
N .. Press on the ignition key. The engine is turned
".....
('I
off.
0
0
0: .. You can now remove the key.
co

83
Dr iv ing

CDNote Diesel vehicles* are preheated whi le the ignition

is switched on.
If the engine has been under heavy load for
an extended period, heat builds up in the en- Whe n sta rt ing t he engine, majo r electr ical loads
gine compartment after the engine is switch- are switched off t emporarily .
ed off- there is a risk of damaging the eng ine. If the engine should not start immediately , the
Allow the e ngine to ru n at idle for about two sta rt ing process is au t omatically stopped after a
m inutes befo re switching it off. sho rt time. Repeat sta rting pro cedure.

Start-Stop-System*:
Convenience key
Note the informat ion on c>page 88, Start/Stop
Starting the engine system .
Applies to: vehicles with Convenience key

The I S T AR T ENGINE S T OP ! button switches the A WARNING

-
ignition on and starts the engine. - Never a llow the engine t o run in confined
spaces - da nger of asphyx iati on.
- Always take t he key w ith you wheneve r you
leave your veh icle . Otherwise, the e ngine
could be st arte d or elect rical equipmen t
such as t he powe r wind ows could be ope rat-
ed . This can lead to ser ious injury .
- Never leave children o r persons req uiring as-
sis t ance unattended in the ve hicle . The
doors can be locked using the remote trans-
mitter, preventing peop le from esca ping
Fig. 101 Center console: STARTENGINESTOPbutton
from t he vehicle on t heir own in the event of
Starting the engine an emergency . Depending on the time of
year, people ins ide the veh icle can be ex-
.. Hybrid dr ive*: refer to the informat ion for start - posed to very h igh o r very low tempera -
ing the vehicle under c:> page 101. tures .
.. Step on the brake pedal and move the se lector
lever to P or N c;, ,& .
.. Press on the ~, S_T_A_R butto n
_T_ E_N_G_I_N_E_S_T_O_P~I
CDNote
Avoid high engine rpm, full throttle and heavy
c:>fig . 101 - the engine will start.
engine loads u nti l the engine has reac hed op-
.. It is possible t hat t here will be a sl ight de lay
whe n st arting t he eng ine fo r d iesel vehi cles* in erating tempe rature - otherwise you risk en -
colde r temperatu res. There fore, you must hold g ine damage .
the brake pedal down until the eng ine starts.
The ind icator lamp 1,1illuminates when the en-
@ For the sake of the environment
gine is preheated. Do not let the eng ine run wh ile parked to
warm up . Begin driving immed iate ly. This re -
Switching the ignition on/ off d uces un necessary emissions .
If you would like to swi t ch the ign ition on with-
out starting the eng ine , fo llow t hese steps: @ Tips

.. Press the I S T AR T E NG I N E S TO PI button with - - Some no ise after starting t he engine is nor-
ma l and is no cause for conce rn .
out pressing the brake pedal.
.. To switc h the ignition off, press the button - If you leave the vehicle with the ignition
switched on, the ignition will switch off af-
again.
te r a ce rt ain per iod of t ime . Please note that ..,.

84
 D r iv ing

electrica l equipment such as exterior lights such as the power windows could be operat-
will switch off as well when that happens. ed. This can lead to ser ious injury.
- Never leave chi ldren or persons requiring as-
Switching engine off sistance unattended in the vehicle. The
App lies t o: vehicles with Convenience key doors can be locked using the remote trans-
mitter, preventing people from escaping
~ Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
from the vehicle on their own in the event of
~ Move the selector lever to the P or N position.
a n emergency. Depending on the time of
~ Press the I STAR T ENGINE ST OPI button
year, people ins ide the veh icle can be ex-
¢ page 84, fig. 101.
posed to very high o r very low tempera-
Steering lock tures.

The steering locks when you turn the engine off

using the ! START ENGINE STOPI button and
0 Note
open the dr iver's door. The locked steering helps If the engine has been under heavy load for
prevent vehicle theft. an extended pe riod, heat bu ilds up in the en-
g ine compartment afte r the engine is switch-
Emergency off ed off - there is a risk of damaging the engine.
If necessary, the engine can be switched off with Allow the engine to run at idle for about two
the selector lever in the R or D/S position. The minutes before switching it off.
engine stops if you press and ho ld the
I START ENGINE STOPI button at speeds below Driver messages
6 mph (10 km/h) and press the brake pedal.
Ignition is on
A WARNING This message appears and a warning tone sounds
- Never turn off the engine before the veh icle if you open the drive r's door when the ignit ion is
has come to a comp lete stop. The fu ll func- swit ched on.
t ion of the brake booster and the power
No key ident ified
steering is not gua ranteed. You must use
more fo rce to turn or brake if necessary. Be- This message appears when the
cause you cannot steer and brake as you I START ENGINE STOP !* button is pressed if there
usually wou ld, this could lead to crashes is no master key inside the vehicle or if the sys-
and ser ious injuries. tem does not recognize it. For example, the mas-
- For safety reasons, you should a lways park ter key cannot be recognized if it is covered by an
your vehicle with the selector lever in P. obje ct (e.g. al uminum brief case) which screens
Otherwise, the vehicle could inadvertently the radio signal. Electr onic devices such as ce ll
roll away. phones can a lso interfere with the radio signal.
- The radiator fan can continue to run for up Press brake pedal to start engine
to 10 m inutes even after you have turned
off the engine and removed the ignition key. This message appears if you do not press the
The radiator fan can also turn on again if the brake pedal to start the engine.
engine coolant heats up because of intense Shift to N or P to start engine
sunlight or heat bui ld-up in the engine com-
This message appears when attempting to start
partment.
the engine if the se lector lever for the automatic
- Always take the key with you whenever you
CD transm ission is not in the P or N position. The en-
leave you r vehicle. Othe rwise, the engine
....
CD
gine can on ly be started with the se lector in
N
,-... cou ld be started or electrical equ ipme nt
....
N these positions. Ill-
0
0
C<'.
00

85
Dr iv ing

!I I s the key in the vehicle? Electromechanical

This message appears in a veh icle with Conven- parking brake
ience key* if the master key is removed from the
Operation
ve hicle w ith the engine running. If the maste r
key is no longer in the vehicle, you cannot switch The electromechanical parking brake replaces
on the ignition after stopping the engine and you the hand brake.
also cannot start the eng ine again. Moreover, you
cannot lock the veh icle from the outside with the
key.

Shift to P otherw ise vehicle can roll away. Doors

do not lock if lever is not in P.

This message appea rs fo r sa fety reasons a long

with a warning signal. It appears if the se lector
lever for the automatic transmission is not in the
P posit ion when switching off the ignition. Move
the selector lever to the P position, otherwise the Fig. 102 Center console : Parking brake
vehicle is not secured aga inst rolling away. You
also cannot lock the vehicle using the locking fig. 102 to apply the
.. Pull on the switch (®) c::>
button* on the door handle or using the remote park ing brake. The indicator lights in the switch
key. and . (USA models)/ . (Canada models) in
the inst rument cluste r illuminat e .
Turn off ignition before leaving car .. With the ignition switched on, step on the
This message appears if the driver's door is brake pedal or the ac celerator peda l and press
opened while the ignit ion is switched on. Always t he swit ch(®) at the same time to release t he
switch off the ignition if you are leaving the vehi- pa rking brake . The indicator lights in the switch
page 90.
cle . See also c::> and . (USA models)/ . (Canada models) in
the instrument cluster go out .
Turn off ignition before leaving car. Batte ry is
discharging Your vehicle is equipped wit h an ele ctromechan i-
ca l park ing brake . The parking brake is desig ned
This message appea rs if the d river's doo r is
to prevent the vehicle from ro lling unintentional-
opened while the ignition is sw itched on. Always
ly and replaces the hand brake.
switch off the ignition if you are leaving the vehi-
page 90.
cle . See also c::> In add ition to t he no rmal functions of a t rad i-
tiona l hand brake, the e lectromechanical parking
Shift to P and turn off ignition, otherwi se vehi-
brake provides various convenience and safety
cle can roll away
funct ions .
This message appea rs if the d river's door is
ope ned while t he igni t ion is switched on and the When starting from rest
selec t o r lever is not in the P posi ti o n . Shift t he - The integra l st art ing ass ist helps yo u when
selector lever int o the P position and switch off dr iving by automati ca lly re leas ing t he pa rking
the ignition when you exit the vehicle . Otherwise brake c::>page 87, Starting from rest .
the vehicle cou ld roll. See also ¢ page 90. - When starting on inclines, the starti ng assis t
prevents the vehicle from unintentionally ro ll-
Convenience key defective! Use ignition lock
ing back. The brak ing force of the park ing brake
This message appea rs if the eng ine must be is not re leased unti l sufficient dr iving force has
started or stopped using the ignit io n key and no t been bu ilt up at the whee ls. ..,.
t he !START ENGINE STOPI* but ton .

86
 D r iving

Emergency brake function cle. Locked doors make it more d ifficult for
An emergency brake ensures t hat the vehicle can emergency wo rkers to get into the vehicle -
be slowed down even if the normal brakes fai l putting lives at risk.
¢ page 88, Emergency braking.
Starting from rest
A WARNING
- The starting assist function ensures that the
If a d rive range is engaged with t he vehicle
parking brake is released automatically upon
stat iona ry and the engine running, you must
starting.
in no instance accelerate care lessly . Other-
w ise the vehicle will start to move immed iate- Stopping and applying parking brake
ly- risk of a n accide nt .
~ Pull the sw itch to app ly t he parkin g brake.

(D Tips Starting and automatically releasing the

parking brake
- If the parking brake is app lied with the igni-
tion switched off, the indicator lights in the ~ W he n you st art to dr ive as usua l, t he parking
switch a nd . (USA models)/ . (Cana- brake is automa t ically released and your vehicle
da models) in the instrumen t cluster will go beg ins to move.
out af t er a ce rt ain per iod of t ime .
When stop ping at a tr affi c sig na l or sto pping in
- Occasiona l noises when the park ing brake is
city tr aff ic on vehicles wit h a n aut omat ic t ra ns-
applied and re leased a re normal and a re not
mission, t he parking brake can be app lied . The
a cause for conce rn.
vehicle does not have to be held with the foot-
- When the vehicle is parked, the park ing
bra ke. The pa rking brake e liminates the tendency
brake goes th rough a se lf-tes t cycle at regu-
to creep w ith a dr ive range engaged. As soon as
la r inte rva ls . Any associated noises a re no r-
you drive off as usual, the parking brake is re-
mal.
leased a utomat ica lly and the vehicle starts to
move .
Parking
Starting on slopes
~ Press the brake ped al t o st op t he vehicle.
~ Pull the switch c::>page 86, fig. 102 to set the When starting on incl ines, the sta rting assist pre-
parking brake. vents the vehicle from un intent iona lly rolling
~ Move the selecto r lever to P.
back. The braking force of the parking brake is
.&,.
~ Turn the eng ine off c::> not re leased unt il suff icient dr iving force has
~ When on incl ines or declines, turn the steering
been buil t up at t he wheels .
wheel so that the veh icle w ill roll into the curb
if it beg ins to move .
(D Tips
For safety reasons, the park ing brake is re-
A WARNING
-
leased automatically on ly when t he d river's
safety be lt is en gaged in t he buckle.
- Whe n you leave your ve hicle - even if onl y
br iefly- alw ays remove the ig nit ion key. This
applies particul arly when children rem a in in Starting off with a trailer
t he vehicle . Othe rwise the children could To prevent rolling back unintentionally on an in-
sta rt the eng ine, release t he parking brake cline, do the following:
or operate elect rical eq uipment (e.g. powe r
CD
windows). There is the risk of an accident. ~ Keep the switch pulled and depress the acceler-
....
CD
N
,-... - When the vehicle is loc ked , no one - part icu- ator . The parking brake stays applied and pre-
....
N
0 larly not children shou ld remain in the vehi- vents the veh icle from roll ing backward . .,,.
0
C<'.
00

87
Dr iv ing

"' You can re lease the switch once you are sure ' Driver messages in the instrument cluster
that you are developing enough driving force at
the wheels by depressing the accelerator. Caution: Vehicle parked too steep
This message appears when the pa rking brake is
Depending on the weight of the rig (vehi cle and
applied on an incline that exceeds about 30%.
trai ler) and t he severity of the incline, you may
ro ll backwards as you start . You ca n prevent roll- In this case the braking power of the pa rking
ing bac kwards by holding the parking brake brake may not be adequate to prevent the veh i-
sw itch pulled out and accelerating - j ust as you cle from roll ing unin t en t ionally.
wou ld when sta rting on a hill with a conventional
Press brake pedal to release parking brake
hand brake.
This dr iver message appears when the sw itch to
Emergency braking release the parking brake was pressed. The pa rk-
ing brake can only be released if you step on the
In the even t that the conventional brake system brake pedal and at the same time press the
fails or locks. switch or you automat ica lly re lease the par king
bra ke w it h t he sta rti ng ass ist ~ page 87 .
"' In an emergency, pull the switch and cont inue
to pull it to slow your vehicle down with the fpj Parking brake malfunction!
park ing brake .
This dr iver message appears together with the
"' As soon as you release the switch or accelerate,
the braking process stops .
yellow DI symbol when there is a parki ng brake
malfunction .
If you pull the sw itch and hold it above a speed of
about 5 mph (8 km/h), the eme rge ncy brak ing Start/Stop system
f unction is initi ated . The vehicle is braked at all
four whee ls by activating th e hydrau lic brake sys- Description
Applies to: vehicles wit h Start ·Stop ·System
t em. The brake perfo rman ce is sim ila r to making
a n emergency st op ~ .&,. The Sta rt -Stop-System can he lp increase fuel
In order not to activate t he emergency brak ing by economy and reduce CO2 emissions.
mista ke, an audib le wa rning tone (buzz er ) In t he Start -Stop -mode, the eng ine sh uts off au -
sounds w hen the sw itch is pulled . As soon as the tomat ica lly when the vehicle is sto pped, such as
sw itch is rele ased, or the acce le rat o r pedal is de- at a t raff ic light. The ignition remains switched
pressed, eme rgency bra king stops. on du ring this stop phase . The eng ine will be au-
tomat ically restarted when needed.
_& WARNING
The last Start-Stop -System setting (on/off using
Emergency braking should only be use d in an
the button l(A)~I)will be restored when the igni-
emergency, w hen the normal foot brake has
tion is turned on. The LED in t he l(A)
~Ibutton turns
failed or the bra ke peda l is obstr ucted . Using
o n when the Start-Stop-System is switched off
the parking brake to perfo rm emergency
manua lly.
brak ing will slow your vehicle down as if you
had made a fu ll bra ke ap plication . The laws of Basic requirements for the Start-Stop mode
physics ca nnot be suspended even wit h ESC
- The driver 's door is closed.
and it s asso ciated componen t s (ABS, ASR,
- The dr iver's sea t be lt is latched.
EDS). In corne rs and when road or we at her
- The hood is closed .
condi ti ons ar e bad , a full bra ke a pplicat ion
- The vehicle m ust have bee n d riven fas te r t han
can ca use the vehicle to sk id or the rea r end to
2.5 mph (4 km/h) s ince t he last st op.
break away - ris king an accident .
- A t railer is not hitched t o t he vehicle . .,.

88
 D r ivi ng

again when you select anoth e r se lector lever po -

,&_ WARNING sition and take your foot off the brak e pedal.
- Never turn off the engine before the veh icle
has come to a complete stop . The full func- If you se lect t he R posi t ion d uring a Stop ph ase,
tion of the brake booster and the power the engine will st art ag ain.
steering is not guaranteed. You must use Shift from D/S to P q uickly to prevent the eng ine
more force to turn or brake if necessary . Be- from st arting un intent ional ly when s hift ing
cause you cannot steer and brake as you th rough R.
us ually wou ld, this could lead to crashes
and ser ious injuries. You can determine for yourse lf if the engine w ill
stop or not by red ucing or increasing the amount
- To red uce the risk of injuries, make s ure that
of for ce you use to press the brake pedal. For ex-
the Start-Stop-System is turned off when
amp le, if yo u only light ly press on t he brake ped-
wor king in the eng ine compartment
al in st o p-and and-go traffic o r whe n tu rning , the
r:::;,
page 90.
engine will not switch off when the vehicle is sta -
tionary. As soon as you press th e brake down
(D Note
harder, the engine w ill switch off .
Always sw itch off the Start -Stop-System
when dr iving th rough water c::>page 90. (D Tips
- Press t he brake peda l during a stop phase to
Starting/stopping the engine keep the vehicle from rolling.
Applies to: veh icles with Start -Stop -System
- The ignitio n will turn off if you press the
! STAR T ENGINE ST OPI * button dur ing a
stop phase .
- The image in the d is play is sligh t ly differen t
in some models.

General information
Applies to: vehicles with Start-Stop-System

The standard Start-Stop-mode can be can celled

for different system -related reasons .
Fig. 103 Ins t rument clust er: Engin e swit ched off (stop
phase)

.,.Slow the vehicle to a stop using t he brake and

keep pressing the brake pedal. The engine will
switch off . The [I] indicator light appears in the
instrument cluste r display and ft¼• a lso
appears in the tr ip computer .
.,.When you take your foot off the brake peda l,
the engine restarts. The ind icator light tu rns
off .
Fig. 10 4 Instr ument cluste r: Eng ine-Stop tem por arily un-
availabl e
Additional information
The engine will switch off in the P, D/S and N po- Engine will not switch off
a, sitions as we ll as in manual mode. In the P pos i-
a, Befo re each stop phase, t he system checks if cer-
..... tion, the engine will also remain off if you take
N
l"- t ain cond itions have been met. For exa mple, t he .,.
N
..... your foot off the brake pedal. The engine starts
0
0
0:
co

89
Dr iv ing

engine will not be switched off in the following lights will switch off aft er approximate ly 30 m i·
situations: nutes or when you lock the vehicle.

- The eng ine has not reached the mi nimum re· If t he St art-S to p-Syst em has not tu rne d off t he
quired temperature fo r Start-Stop-mode . engine or if you have swit ched the St ar t- Stop·
- The inter ior temperat ure selected by the A/C System off manually, the ignition will not be au -
system has not been reached. tomatica lly switched off and t he eng ine will con-
- The outs ide temperatu re is ext remely high/low. tin ue to run c:>A .
- The windshield is being defrosted c:>page 79 .
- The park ing system* is switched on. _& WARNING -
- The battery charge leve l is too low. Never a llow the engine to run in conf ined
- The steering wheel is sharply tu rned or there is spaces· danger of asphy xiat ion .
a steering movement.
- After engaging the reverse gear. (D Tips
- On sharp inclines. If you shift into the 0/5 or N positions after
tij appea rs in the instrument cluster display and sh ift ing into reverse, the vehicle must be dr iv·
6/i;Ff-Flf 1lso appears in the tr ip comp ute r. en faste r than 6 mph (10 km/h) in order for
the eng ine to switch off again.
Engine automatically restarts
The stop phase is interrupted in the following sit· Switching the Start -Stop-System on/ off
uations, fo r example . The engi ne restarts without manually
any action by the dr iver . Applies to: vehicles with Start -Stop-System

- The inter ior temperatu re varies from the tern· If you do not wish to use the system, you can
perature se lected in the A/C system . switch it off manually.
- The windshield is beeing defrosted c:>page 79.
- The brake pedal is pressed severa l times in a
row.
- The battery charge leve l becomes too low.

Switching the ignit ion off automat ically

To prevent the battery from dra ining, the ignition Fig. 10 5 Ceriter console: St art-Stop -System button

will switch off automat ically when all of the fol ·

lowing conditions have bee n met: .. To swit ch the Start-Stop -System on/off man -
ually, press t he l(A).. I button . The LEDin the but·
- The veh icle has already been driven. ton turns on when the system is switched off .
- The eng ine has been turned off by the Start ·
Stop-System. In vehicles withou t the MMI*, the l(A)"'I
but ton is
- The driver's door is opened . fo und underneath the se lector lever.
- The driver's seat belt is removed .
- The brake pedal is not pressed down.
(D Tips
- The veh icle is sta t ionary. If you swit ch t he syst em off d uring a stop
phase, the engi ne will start ag ain automati·
In th is case, the activated low beam will be re·
cally .
p laced by the s ide marker lights . The side marker

90
 D r iving

Messages in the instrument cluster display suming t hat you have not changed or reset the
App lies to: vehicles with Start-Stop -System setting .

Start-stop system : deactivated. Please The speed wa rning symbol . (USA mode ls)/ .
restart engine manually (Cana da mo d els) in t he warn ing 1 d isp lay ap-
pears when you exceed the maxim um speed. It
This message appea rs whe n speci fic conditions
goes out when the speed falls be low the stored
a re not met dur ing a stop phase and the St art-
max imum speed.
Stop-System w ill not be able to restart the en -
gine. The engine must be started with the key or The spee d warn ing symbol will also go out if t he
with the !S TAR T ENGINE STOPI* button. speed exceeds the stored max imum speed by
more than about 25 mph (40 km/h) for at least
Start-stop system : system fault. Function
10 seconds . The stored max imum speed is delet -
unavailable
ed .
There is a malfunction in the Start-Stop-System .
Drive the ve hicle to an author ized repa ir facility Setting spee d warn ing 1 r=>
page 92 .
for servicing as soon as possible to correct the Speed warning 2
malfunct ion.
Stor ing warn ing 2 is recomm ended if you always
Transmission: Car may roll! Shift to park! want to be reminded of a ce rt ain speed, for ex-
This message appears if the selecto r lever is not amp le when you are traveling in a coun t ry t ha t
in the P position when the driver's door is ha s a genera l maximum speed limit , or if you do
opened. You will also hear a warn ing tone. Shift not want to exceed a specified speed for winte r
the selector lever to the P posit ion. Otherw ise, ti res.
the vehicle could roll. The spee d wa rn ing 2 symbol, . (USA mo d els)/
• (Canad a models) a ppears in t he d isplay when
Speed warning system yo u exceed the stored speed limit . Unlike warn -
ing 1, it will not go out until t he vehicle spee d
Overview drops below the stored speed limit.
The speed warning system helps you to keep your Setting spee d warn ing 2 r=>
page 92.
driving speed below a set speed limit.

The speed warning system wa rns if the driver ex-

(D Tips
ceeds a prev io us ly stored maximum speed. A Eve n though your vehicle is equi ppe d w ith a
war ning tone w ill so und as soon as the vehicle s peed warning system, you should still watc h
speed exceeds t he set speed by abo ut 3 mph t he spee dome t er t o ma ke sure you are not
(3 km/ h). At the same time, a warni ng symbo l d riving faste r than the speed lim it.
appears in the display. The symbol's appearance
might be different in some models .

The speed war ning syst em has two warning

threshold s that function independen t ly of each
other an d that have somewhat different purpos-
es:

Speed warning 1
You can use speed war ning 1 to se t the maxim um
CD
speed while you a re dr iving. This setting will re-
....
CD
N
,-... main in eff ect unti l you turn off the ign ition, as -
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

91
Dr iv ing

Speed warning 1: setting a speed limit Cruise control system

Warning threshold 1 is set by the ISETI button . Switching on
The cruise control system makes it possible to
drive at a constant speed starting at 20 mph (30
km/h) .
g
0 M
0
±
~

f
Fig. 106 SET button in the instr ume nt cluster

Storing the maximum spe ed

®l0
• Drive at the desired maximum speed.
Fig. 10 7 Control lever with pus h-but ton
• Press the !SE TI but t on in the ins t rumen t panel
Q)
display ~ fig.106for 1 second .
~
ci:
Q)
Resetting the maximum speed m

• Drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 3 mph

(5 km/h)
• Press the ~IS-E
T
~Ibutton for more than 2 seconds .
The speed warning symbol . (USA models)/ .
(Canada models) will appear briefly in the disp lay
when you release the !SETIbutto n to indicate Fig. 1 08 Disp lay: Selected speed
that the maxim um speed has been sto red suc-
cessfully. • Pull the lever to position (D <=>fig. 10 7 to
The max imum speed remains stored until it is switch the system on.
changed by pressing the ISETI button again brief- • Drive at the speed to be controlled.
ly or unt il it is deleted by a lengthy push on the • Press button @ to set that speed .
button.
The stored speed and the indicator light
Iij;\1)~14
(US model)!lll (Canadian mode l) appear
Speed warning 2: setting a speed limit in the instrument cluster display c::>fig. 108 . The
The MMI* or the radio control unit is used to set, display may vary, depending on the type of dis-
change or delete warning threshold 2. play in your vehicle .

The speed is kept constant by modifying engine

• Select : !CARI funct ion button> Inst rument
power or through an active brake intervention.
clust er > Speed warning . Or
• Select : !CARI funct ion button> Car systems*
contro l button > Driver ass ist > Speed warning.
A WARNING
-
- Always pay attention to the traffic around
Wa rning threshold 2 can be set in the speed you when the cruise control is in operation .
range star t ing from 20 mph to 150 mph (30 km/ You are always respons ible for your speed
h to 240 km/h) . Set t ings can each be adjusted in and the distance between your veh icle and
intervals of 5 mph (10 km/h). other veh icles .

92
 Driving

- For reasons of safety, cruise control should cruise control will be turned off temporarily. The
not be used in the city, in stop-and-go traf- green symbol in the display turns white, the
fic, on twisting roads and when road condi- saved speed is retained.
tions are poor (such as ice, fog, gravel,
heavy rain and hydroplaning) - you could Pre-selecting speed
have an accident.
You con pre-select your desired speed while the
- Switch the cruise control off temporarily
vehicle is not moving.
when driving in turning lanes, highway exits
or in construction zones. .,.Turn on the ignition.
- Please note that unconsciously "resting" .,. Pull lever into position (D ¢ page 92, fig. 107.
your foot on the accelerator pedal causes .,. Press the lever in the 0 or 0 direction to in-
cruise control not to brake. This is due to crease or decrease your speed.
the control system being overridden by the .,. Let go of the lever to save that speed .
driver's acceleration.
- Never use the cruise control when driving This function makes it possible, for example, to
off-road or on unpaved roads. The cruise save the speed you want before driving on the
control is intended for use only when the ve- highway . Once on the highway, activate the
hicle is being operated on paved roads, and cruise control by pulling the lever toward (D.
is not suitable for use off-road or on un-
paved roads. Switching off
- If a brake system malfunction such as over-
Temporary deactivation
heating occurs when the cruise control sys-
tem is switched on, the braking function in .,.Step on the brake pedal, or
the system may be switched off. The other .,. Press the lever into position @ (not clicked into
cruise control functions remain active as place) ¢ page 92, fig . 10 7, or
long as the indicator light 0;(1)~14(US mod- .,. Drive for longer than S minutes at more than
el)/li,I (Canadian model) is on. S mph (10 km/h) above the stored speed.

Switching off completely

(Di Tips
.,. Press lever into position @ (clicked into place),
The brake lights illuminate as soon as the
or
brakes apply automatically.
.,.Switch the ignition off.

Changing speed The speed you saved will be retained if the cruise
control has been switched off temporarily. To re-
.,.To increase/decrease the speed in increments, sume the saved speed, let up on the brake and
tap the lever in the 0 10 direction ¢ page 92, pull the lever to position (D.
fig. 107.
.,.To increase/decrease the speed quickly, hold The saved speed will be erased after turning the
the lever in the 0 10 direction until the de- ignition off .
sired speed is displayed.
A
=
WARNING
You can also press the accelerator pedal down to You should only resume the saved speed if it
increase your speed, e.g. if you want to pass is not too high for existing traffic conditions .
someone. The speed you saved earlier will re- Otherwise you risk an accident.
sume as soon as you let off of the accelerator
CD
.... pedal.
CD
N
,-...
.... If, however, you exceed your saved speed by
N
0
0
C<'.
S mph (10 km/h) for longer than S minutes, the
00

93
Dr iv ing

Automatic transmission whi le moving the selector leve r to o r from P. You

can shift out of this position o nly with the igni-
Introduction t ion on.
The automat ic t ransmission is cont rolled e lec- R - Reverse
tron ica lly. The t ransmission ups hifts or down -
Select R only when the veh icle is at a full stop
shifts aut oma t ically depending on wh ich drive
and t he e ngine is runn ing at idle speed¢ A in
program is selected. The power is transferred by
Driving the automatic transmission on
a torque converter .
page 96 .
When a moderate driving styl e is used , the
Befo re you move the sele ctor leve r to R, press
t ra nsmission se lects t he most eco nomical d riving
both the but t on in t he hand le of t he selec t or lev-
mode. It will then change up early an d de lay t he
er and t he brake peda l at the same time .
downshifts to give better fuel economy .
When the igni t ion is on, t he backup lights illumi-
The transm iss ion switches to a spo rty mode afte r
na t e when t he se lector lever is moved into R.
a kick-down or when t he driver uses a s porty
driving style character ized by quic k accelerator N - Neutral
pedal movements, heavy acce leration, freq uent
The tra nsmission is in neutra l in this position .
changes in speed and traveling at the maximum
Shift to this pos it io n for st and ing wit h the brakes
speed.
applied ¢ .&.in Driving the automatic transmis-
If desired, the dr iver can also select the gears sion on page 96. The vehicle ca n a lso roll when
manually (tiptronic mode) ¢ page 98. t he e ngine is st opped.

When the vehicle is stationa ry or at speeds be low

Selector lever positions 1 mph (2 km/h), you must a lways apply th e foot-
0 bra ke befo re and wh ile movi ng the lever out of N.
;:!:
0
ci:
a,
a,
D/ S - Normal position for driving forward
In the D/S position, the transmission can be op-
erated either in the normal mode Dor in the
spo rt mode S. To se lect the sport mode S, pull
t he se lecto r lever back briefly. Pull ing t he leve r
ba ck aga in will selec t the normal mode D. The in-
str ument cluster d isp lay shows t he selected d riv-
ing mode.
Fig. 109 Display in the inst rum ent clust er: se lecto r lever in
position P In t he normal mode D, t he transmission auto-
mati cally selec t s the suitable gear ratio . It de-
The se lector lever position engaged appears next
pends on engine load, veh icle spee d a nd dr iving
to the selector lever as well as in the instrument sty le.
cluster display .
Select t he s port mode S fo r spo rt y d riving. The
P - Park vehicle m akes full use of t he eng ine 's power.
In th is selector lever pos ition the transm ission is Shift ing may become not iceable when acceler at-
mechanically locked. Engage P only when the ve- ing . Hybrid drive *: electric d riving is not poss ible.
hicle is completely stopped¢ .&.in Driving the When t he vehicle is statio na ry or at speeds below
automatic transmission on page 96 . 1 m ph (2 km/h), you mus t al ways app ly the foot
To shift in or out of position P, you must first bra ke befo re a nd wh ile movi ng the lever t o D/ S
press and ho ld the brake pedal and then press out of N. .,..
the re lease button in the selector lever handle

94
 D r ivi ng

The selector lever lock is released as follows :

,&_ WARNING
-
Read and follow all WARNINGS ¢ A in Driv- " Turn the ignition on.
ing the automatic transmission on " Step o n t he brake pedal. At the same time
page 96. press a nd ho ld t he release bu tt on on the side of
the gear se lector knob ¢ fig. 110 with yo ur
(D Note thumb until you have moved the selecto r lever
to the desired pos ition.
Coast ing downhil l w it h t he t ransm iss ion in N
and the engine not runn ing will result in dam - Automatic selector lever lock
age to the automatic transmission and possi-
The selec t or leve r is locked in t he P and N posi -
bly the catalyt ic converter.
t io ns when the ignit ion is tu rned on. You m ust
press the brake peda l and the release button to
(D Tips
select another position . As a reminder to the
- On vehicles with Audi drive select*, you can driver, the following warn ing appears in the in-
adjust the sporty shift characteristics in the strument cluster d isplay when the se lector is in P
Dynami c driving mode . Sw ill appear in the and N:
instrument cluster display instead of 0 .
When stationary appl y brake pedal while select-
- If you accidenta lly select N while driv ing ,
ing gear
take your foot off the accelerator pedal im-
mediately and wa it for the engine to slow The Aut omatic Sh ift Lock only fu nct ions when the
down to idle before selecting 0/S. veh icle is stationary or at spee d s be low 1 mph
•l button ¢ page 103
- Hybrid drive*: if the l<=1 (2 km/h).
is pressed wh ile in sport mode S, the trans-
At spee ds above abou t 1 mp h (2 km/h) t he Auto-
mission switches automatically to the nor-
ma t ic Sh ift Lock is autom atically deact ivated in
mal mode 0 .
the N positio n.
- If there is a power fa ilure, the selector lever
will not move out of the P posit ion . The A time de lay e lemen t prevents the se lector lever
eme rgency release can be used if this hap- from locking whe n it is moved thro ugh the N po-
pens ¢ page 99 . sition (going from R to D/S) . The locking element
will lock the selector leve r if the lever is left in N
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) (Neutral) for more than approximately 1 second,
without the brake pedal being pressed.
The Automatic Shift Lock safeguards you against
accidentally shifting into a forward or the re- Release button
verse gear and causing the vehicle to move unin- The release but t on on t he selector leve r preve nt s
ten tionally. the lever from be ing accidenta lly shifted into cer -
ta in positions. Pressing this button deactivates
the se lector lever lock . Depending on the direc-

•
t ion of the sh ift, the se lector lever locks at d iffer-
ent positions . The posit ions are highlighted in
the illustration ¢ fig. 110.

Ignition key safety interlock

The key cannot be removed from the ignition un -
less the selector lever is in the P park position.
a,
a, When the ignition key is removed , the selector
.....
N Fig. 11 0 Shift gate: se lecto r lever lock positions and re-
r-- lever will be locked in the P position.
N
..... lease butto n highlighted
0
0
0:
co

95
Dr iv ing

Driving the automatic transmission Stopping on an incline

.. Always press the brake pedal to ho ld t he vehi-
cle in place and prevent it from "rolling back"
¢ _&.. Do not try to prevent the vehicle from
"rolling back" when a gear is engaged by in-
creas ing the engine speed ¢ (D .

Starting on an incline
.. Activate the pa rking br ak e .
.. With the driving gear selected, press the accel -
erator pedal carefully. The parking brake will
Fig. 11 1 Shift gate on the cent er console: selecto r lever
re lease a utomatically if your seat belt is fas -
with release button
tened.
Starting the engine
Under certain circumstances, such as driving in
.. The selector leve r must be in P or N. the mountains, it may be useful to switch tempo-
rarily to the manual sh ift program in order to ad-
Starting off
j ust the gears to the dr iving cond it ions by hand
.. Press and hold the brake pedal. ¢ page 98 .
.. Press and hold the release button in the selec -
On slopes, activate the parking brake first and
tor lever handle, select the des ired selector lev-
then move the selector lever to the P position.
er posit ion such as D/S and release t he button.
This prevents too m uch stress from being placed
.. Wai t briefly until the tr a nsmission has shifted
on t he locking mechanism.
(you w ill feel a s light movement) .
.. Remove your foot from t he brake pedal and ac -
ce lerate.
A WARNING
- Unintended vehicle moveme nt can cause se-
Stopping temporarily rious injury .
.. Keep the veh icle stat iona ry using the braking - Never leave your veh icle with the engine
pedal, fo r example at traffi c lights . running while in gear . If you mus t leave
.. Do not press the accelerator pe dal when doing your veh icle when the engine is running, ac-
th is. tiva t e t he pa rking bra ke and move the selec-
.. To preve nt the vehicle from rolling when you t or lever to P.
start driving, set the parking brake w hen stop- - Powe r is still transmitted to the wheels
ping on steep inclines ¢ _&.. w hen t he engine is running at idle . To pr e-
vent the vehi cle from "creeping", yo u m ust
The parking brake will release automatica lly and
keep your foot on the brake when the en -
the vehicle will start moving once you press the
gine is running and the se lector lever is in 0/
accelerator pedal.
Sor R or "tiptronic" mode is se lected .
Stopp ing/ parking - Do not press the acce le rator pedal when
changing t he se lector lever posit ion while
If t he se lec t or lever is not in t he P posit ion w hen
the vehicle is stat ionary and the engine is
you open t he d river's door, the vehicle could roll.
running.
The message Transmission:Car may roll! Shift
- Never shift into R or P whi le driving.
to park! appears .
- Before dr iving down a st eep slope, reduce
.. Press and hold the brake pedal unti l the vehicle your spee d and sh ift into a lower gear with
has come t o a comp lete stop. "t ipt ronic" .
.. Apply t he parking brake ¢ page 87, Parking .
.. Se lect the P selector lever position ¢ _&..

96
 D r iv ing

- Do not ride the brakes or press the brake Hill descent control
peda l too often or too long when driving
The hill descent control system assists the driver
down a hill. Constant braking causes the
when driving down declines .
brakes to overheat and substantially re-
duces braking performance, increases brak- Hill descent control is activated when the selec-
ing distance or causes complete failure of tor lever is in D/S and you press the brake pedal.
the brake system. The transmission automat ically selects a gear
- To prevent the vehicle from rolling back that is su itable for the incline . Hill descent con-
when stopping on inclines, always ho ld it in t rol tries to maintain t he speed ach ieved at the
place wit h the brake pedal o r parking brake. t ime of braking, w ith in physical and te chnical
- Never hold the veh icle on an incl ine with a limita t ions. It may still be necessary to adjust the
slipping clutch. The clutch opens automati- speed with the brakes.
cally when it becomes too hot from the
Hill descent cont rol switches off once the decline
overload. An indicato r lamp mJillum inates
levels out or you press the acce lerator pedal.
and a driver message appears ¢ page 98
when the clutch is overloaded. When the speed is set in the cru ise control sys-
- If the engine must remain running, neve r tem ¢ page 92, hill descent control is also acti-
have any driving pos ition engaged when vated.
checking under the hood. Make sure these-
lector lever has secure ly engaged and is ,&. WARNING
locked in P with the parking brake set Hill descent cont rol cannot over come physical
¢ page 217. Otherw ise, any increase in en- limitat ions, so it may not be able to ma intain
gine speed may set the vehicle in motion, a constant speed under all conditions. Always
even with the parking brake applied. be ready to app ly the brakes.

(D Note
- When stopping on an incline, do not try to
ho ld the vehicle in place by press ing the ac-
ce lerator pedal while a driving gear is se-
lected. This can cause the t ransmission to
ove rheat and can damage it. Activate the
parking brake or press the brake peda l to
prevent t he vehicle from ro lling.
- Allow ing the vehicle to roll when the eng ine
is st opped and t he se lector lever is in N w ill
damage the transmission beca use it is not
lubricated under those circumstances.

(D Tips
For safety reasons, the parking brake is re-
leased au t omatically only when the dr iver's
safety belt is engaged in the buckle.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

97
Dr iv ing

Manual shift program using the shift paddles, move the selector lever
to the right out of the D/S position.
Using the manual shift program you can man-
ually select gears . The t ra nsmissron auto m atica lly s hifts up or down
u,
before critical engine speed is reached.
N
N
N
The t ra nsmiss ion on ly allows manual sh ifting
"ll1 whe n the engine speed is w ith in the permit t ed
range.

(D Tips
- When you shift into t he next lowe r gear, the
t ransmiss ion will downshift on ly when the re
is no possibili t y of over-revving t he engi ne.
Fig. 1 12 Center conso le: shifting t he gears manually - Whe n the kick-down comes on, the trans-
mission w ill shif t down to a lowe r gear, de-
pend ing o n vehicle and engine speeds.
- Tiptroni c is inoperat ive when the transm is-
sion is in the fail-safe mode.
- Hybrid drive*: elect ric dr iving is not po ssib le
in t ipt ronic mode.

Kick-down

Kick-down enables maximum acceleration.

Fig. 11 3 Steering whee l: Shift padd les•
When you depress the accelerator pedal beyond
Gear selection with selector lever the resistance point, the a utomat ic transmiss ion
The tipt ron ic mode can be selected e it her with downshifts into a lower gear, depending on vehi-
the vehicle stationary or on the move. cle speed and engine speed. The upsh ift into the
next highe r gear t akes place on ce t he maxim um
• Push the selector lever to t he right from D/S. spec ified eng ine speed is reached .
An M appears in the instr ume nt cluster d isp lay
as soon as the t ransm iss ion has shifted.
• To upshift, push the selector lever forward to
A.::!!. ARNING
Please not e that t he drive wheels can spin if
-
the plus posit ion G) ¢ fig. 112 .
kick-down is used on a smooth slippe ry road -
• To downshift, push the lever to the minus posi-
there is a risk of skidd ing.
tion 0 .

Gear selection with shift paddl es* Transmission malfunction

The shif t paddles are activated when the se lector
lever is in D/S or the tiptronic manual shift pro -
mlTransmission: Press brake pedal and select
gear again.
gram .
Press the brake pedal and select the desired se-
• To upshift, touch the but t on on t he right G)
lector lever position again. You can then conti nue
¢fig. 113.
driv ing.
• To downshift, touch the button on the left 0-
• If you do not press a shift paddle within a short mlTransmission overheating: Please drive con-
t ime whi le in the D/S position, the transmission servatively. .,,.
will return to automatic mode. To keep sh ift ing

98
 Driving

The transmission temperature has increased sig - Selector lever emergency release
nificantly due to the sporty driving manner. Drive
in a less sporty manner until the temperature re-
If the vehicle's power supply fails, the selector
turns to the normal range and the indicator light
lever can be released in an emergency.
switches of.

rm
Transmission malfunction: You can continue
driving

There is a system mal funct ion in the transm is-

sion. You may continue driving. Drive to your au -
thorized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility
soon to have the malfunction corrected.

rm
Transmission malfunction: Limited driving
functionality Fig. 114 Front center conso le: Removing the ashtray inse rt

There is a system malfunct ion in the transmis-

sion . The t ransmission is switching to emergency
mode. This mode only shifts int o certa in gears o r
will no longer shift at all. The engine may stall.
Drive to your authorized Audi dea ler or qualified
repair faci lity immediately to have the malfunc-
tion corrected.

rm
Transmission malfunction: Stop vehicle and
shift to park.
Fig. 11S Selector lever emerge ncy release
Do not continue driving. Selec t the P selector lev-
e r position and see your a uth orized Aud i dea le r .,.To access t he emergency re lease mechanism,
or qualified repair facility for assistance. remove t he ashtray insert @ using the release
switch @ Q fig. 114.
(D Note .,. Loosen and remove the cap in the ashtray
If the transmission switches to emergency mount Qfig. 115.
mode, you should tak e the vehicle to an au- .. You now have access to a pin . Using a screw-
t horized Audi dealership as soon as possible driver or sim ilar object, press th e pin down and
to have the condition cor rected. hold it in that position .
.. Now press the release button and move these-
lector lever to the N position.

The selector lever can only be moved from the P

position if the key is in the lock and the ign ition is
switched on. If the power supply fails (fo r exam-
ple, the battery is discharged) and the veh icle
must be pushed or towed, move the selector lev-
er to the N position f irst using the emergency re-
lease .

a,
a,
.....
N
r--
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

99
H y brid

Hybrid - Never open or remove the service plug cover

in the center of the cargo floor .
Hybrid drive - Never damage, alter or remove the orange
Introduction high voltage cable or disconnect it from the
Applies to: vehicles with hybrid drive high voltage system .
- Audi regulat ions must be followed during
General inform ation all work performed on the high voltage sys-
The hybr id drive is a combined drive concept that tem and high voltage components.
automatically switches between combustion en-
g ine and electr ic drive types or combines them. A WARNING
All work on high voltage systems is intended only While in electric dr ive mode, the veh icle pro-
for high voltage technicians and may only be per- duces considerably less idling, driving and op-
formed by authorized service facilit ies in accord- erating noise than when the combust ion en-
ance w ith Audi regulat ions. g ine is running. This may make it difficu lt or
impossible fo r othe rs such as pedestrians and
The high voltage system is composed of the fol-
chi ldren to hear and notice the vehicle when it
lowing high voltage components : the high volt-
is in ele ct rical drive mode . This can lead to
age battery, the power electron ics, the e lectr ic collisions and injuries, for example in low
motor, the high voltage A/C compressor and the traffic areas, when maneuvering or when driv-
orange high voltage wir ing. ing in reverse.
High volt age battery
The high voltage battery is located in the luggage
A WARNING
-
compartment underneath the cargo floor. You do Never leave the vehicle unattended while in
not need to perform any maintenance work on the drive ready mode. The vehicle could begin
the high voltage batte ry. Additional informat io n moving if the accelerator pedal is pressed ,
about the high voltage battery can be found un- even if the combustion engine is switched off .
der ¢ page 107 . This may cause coll is ions and severe or fatal
injuries . When the vehicle enters dr ive ready
The high voltage battery service plug is also mode , the status message h) Jrid ih. J ap-
found underneath an orange cover under the car - pears br iefly in the instrumen t cluster display
go floo r. The service plug is provided only for use and the need le in the powe r meter points to
by service personnel and must not be removed by READY ¢ page 101.
others who are not trained to use it. - When exit ing the vehicle, make su re these-
lecto r lever is in the P position, the ignition
A WARNING is switched off and the hybrid system is de-
The voltage in the high voltage system is life- activated.
threatening . Touching a damaged high volt-
age component can result in a fatal electric (D Note
shock. The components in the high voltage
- The h igh voltage system can be damaged if
system are marked with a warning label which
the vehicle underbody comes into contact
warns against the high voltage .
with the ground . Immediately drive your ve-
- Never perform work on orange high voltage hicle to an authorized repair facility and
cables or on high voltage components . Only have it inspected.
authorized repair fac ilities that are certified
- Do not transport fluids in open containers in
may perform wo rk on the high voltage sys-
the luggage compartment. Spilled fluids
tem .
can seep underneath the cargo floor. This
can damage the high voltage system.

100
 H y brid

Starting the vehicle engine starts the veh icle as usual. You can start
App lies to: vehicles with hybri d drive driving as usual.

The vehicle is started and tur ned off either wit h Drive ready mode with the electric motor
the ign ition key <;>page 81 or wit h the
If t he operating requireme nts 9 page 103 for
ISTAR T ENG I NE STOPI button* 9 page 84 in t he
the e lectr ic dr ive mode a re met, the comb ustion
same way as a conventional vehicle .
engi ne rema ins off after starting the vehicle .
When start ing the veh icle, t he needles in the in-
st rument clus t er move upward briefly . When the (j) Tips
ve hicle enters d rive ready mode, the status mes- To p revent t he 12 volt batte ry from discha rg-
sage hybrid ready appears briefly in t he instru- ing, never le ave t he vehicle pa rked in the dr ive
ment cluster display and the needle in the power ready mo de . Remove the key from the igni-
meter points to READY 9 page 101. tion or press t he I START E NGINE STOP ! but -
ton* . When leaving the vehicle always take
Depending on the ope ration mode of the hybrid
sys t em, there are two possible drive ready modes the key with yo u.
after the vehicle has been started:

Drive ready mode with combustion engine

If the ope rat ing req uiremen t s r;!) page 103 for
e lectric dr ive mode are not met, t he combust ion

Power meter overview

Applies to: vehicles with hybrid drive

The power meter shows the hybrid drive condition and the availability of the hybrid system.

Fig. 1 16 Power mete r overview

An econom ica l dr iving and recupe rat ion range is @ Fuel efficient driving wit hin the
shown in g reen. A driv ing range that is no t eco- combus ti on engine's pa rti al load
nomi cal is shown in orange. In addition , the bat- ra nge

a,
tery st at us provides informatio n about the high @ System limits for electric driving in
~ voltage batte ry charge stat us . the EV mode
N
r--
N
......
@ Electr ic dr iving or driving with the
0
0 combust ion engine (EFFICIENCY)
0:
co

101
Hybrid

© Vehicl e drive ready (READY) You may continue driving if the indicator light
turns off after starting the vehicle several times .
® High voltage battery charge status
Drive to an authorized repair facility immediate ly
® Recuperation (CHARGE)
to have the malfunction cor rected .
(j) Driving within the combustion en-
gine's full load range Q/ij:@
,j rlybrid drive: System fault! Contact
® 100% combust ion engine dealer
® Boosting - the electric engine as- If the indicator lig ht turns on and this message
sists the combustion engine appears, there is a malfunction in the hybrid sys-
(BOOST) tem. Drive to an authorized repair fac ili ty imme-
@ Engaging the conventional brakes diately to have the malfunct ion corrected.
with recuperat ion
(II Hybrid system: Performance restricted.
@ Vehicle not drive ready (OFF) Please contact dealer
@ EV mode act ive
If the indicator light turns on and this message
The needle remains at OFF when the ignition is appears, there is an eng ine control malfunction .
turned on. When the vehicle enters drive ready The ffa indicator light in the instrument cluster
mode, the status message hybrid ready appears also turns on. The engine output is reduced.
briefly in the instrument cluster display and the Drive to your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
needle in the power meter points to READY. repair facility immed iate ly to have the malfunc-
tion corrected.
Indicator lights and messages
Hybrid drive deactivated. Please restart
App lies to: vehicles with hybrid drive
engine manually.
The indicator lights in the instrument cluster
This message appears if the high voltage battery
blink or tu rn on. They indicate funct ions or mal- charge level has fallen below a certain range or if
f unct ions. the ignition key is no longer inside the vehicle fo r
With some indicator lights, messages may ap- vehicles with the convenience key*.
pear and a warning tone may sound . Also note Start the engine wit h eithe r the ignition key
the ind icator lights in ¢ page 24. ¢ page 81 or with the !START ENGINE STOPI
Press brake pedal to start vehicle button* ¢ page 84 .

This message appears if you do not press the Hybrid battery: Low battery charge. Battery
brake pedal when starting the vehicle . will be charged while driving.
This message app ears if the hig h volta ge battery
Shift to N or P to start vehicle
charge level has fallen below a certain range. If
This message appears if the selector lever for the this message turns off after a litt le while, the
automatic transmission is not in the Nor P posi- high voltage battery charged enough while driv-
tions when starting the vehicle. ing.

- Hybrid drive: System fault! Power If the message does not turn off, have an author-
brakes, steering malfunction possible ized repair facility correct the ma lfunction as
lfthe indicator light turns on and this message soon as possib le.
appears, there is a malfunction in the hybrid sys-
EV mode is currently unavailable .
tem . The brake booster and the power steering
may stop working. Stop the vehicle in a safe loca- This message appears if the conditions
tion as soon as possible. ¢ page 103 for enhanced elect ric driving are not
met. Try again at a later time .

102
 Hybrid

Hybrid functions and operating modes The combustion engine st arts when accelerati ng
App lies to: vehicles wit h hybrid drive or when the high voltage battery cha rge level
drops below a ce rtain t hr eshold . The vehicle re -
s umes electric driving once the acceleration and
the high voltage battery charge leve l permit .

Enhanced electric driving mode (EV mode)

Pressing the l.al"I button ¢ fig. 117 can extend the
usua l lim its on e lectr ic driving so that you can a l-
ways dr ive in e lectric mode, if the cond ition of
the e lectr ica l system permits. The operating
mode is the n set to maximum e lectr ic dr ive @ ,
Fig. 11 7 Cent er console: ,:::5vbutto n @ ¢ page 101, fig. 116 . It can be d riven com-
pletely e lect rically fo r up to 1.8 miles (3 km) at a
.,.To turn on EV mode, press the 1 4"1button. The constant 37 mp h (60 km/h) .
indicator light in the button w ill turn on . The
• ind icator light also turns on in the instru- The following conditions must be met to activate
ment cluster d isp lay. the e nhanced electric drive:

The funct ions and operating modes described be- - The high voltage battery m ust be s ufficiently
low are selec t ed automat ica lly by the vehicle con- charged .
tro l system , depend ing on the vehicle ope rating - The temperatu re of the 12 volt batteries an d
stat us. This e nsur es t hat t he vehicle is always in the high voltage battery must be sufficient.
the co rrect operating mo d e. One exception is t he - The vehicle speed must not be higher than
e nhanced ele ct ric dr iving mo d e (EV mode), wh ich 62 mph (100 km/h).
is act ivated by the dr iver ¢ page 103. - The transmission must not be in tipt ronic
mo d e .
Driving with the combustion engine - Offroad mode an d hill descen t ass ist mus t not
The vehicle is powe red by the combust ion eng ine . be turne d on ¢ page 187.
The high voltage battery is charged s imultane- The combustion engine tu rns on and interrupts
ously , if needed. t he e nhanced ele ct ric dr ive mode when t he vehi-
Full acceleration (boost) cle is acce le rat ed. The gray indicator light B al-
so t urns on in the disp lay. The e nhanced electric
In full acceleration, the vehicle is powe red by drive mo d e resumes automatically once acce le ra-
both the comb ust ion eng ine and t he e lec t ric mo- t ion stops.
tor . This operat ing mode is called Boost and is
on ly available for a short amo unt of ti me because The enhanced electric drive mode is deactivated
it uses so much energy. Availa bility depends o n if at least one of the followi ng cond itions is met :
the hig h voltage batte ry cha rge level. - The igni t ion is tur ned off.
The boost operating mode is act ivated by press- - The l~·I button is pressed again .
ing the ac celerator ped al all the way down. - The high voltage battery charge level is low .
- The vehicle speed is higher than approximately
Electric driving 62 mph (100 km/h) .
The vehicle can be driven completely e lec t rically - The S selector lever position or tiptronic mode
depend ing on t he high voltage battery charge is selected.
CD leve l and the driv ing resistance . The combust ion - Offroad mode or hill descent assist is switched
....
CD
N e ngine t ur ns off at that time . on .
,-...
N
..... The l"'-''I
button m ust be pressed to react ivate it. ..,.
0
0
C<'.
00

103
Hybrid

Start-Stop function The vehicle is braked with the electric motor by

The combust ion engine is operated on ly as need- applying early and even pressure to the brakes
and using short pedal movements ¢ page 101,
ed. Generally, the combustion engine turns off
when the vehicle is stationary and the high volt- fig. 116 @ . By doing this, a large amount of the
age battery powers the electrical vehicle sys- kinet ic energy is recovered and may be stored as
tems. electric energy in the high voltage battery. Dur-
ing heavy brak ing, the conventional brakes are al-
The purpose of automatica lly shutting the com- so act ivated ¢ page 101, fig . 116 @ .
bustion engine off in hybrid drive mode is to save
The energy recovery is shown in the MMI display
fuel. All of the important vehicle systems, such
as steering, brakes and the A/C system, continue ¢ page 107 .
to remain active. In some cases, systems may re- Automatic start of the combustion engine
qu ire the combustion eng ine to continue running
Various operating conditions cause the combus -
when the vehicle is stationary . When dr iving in
tion eng ine to start automatically:
congested traff ic for long per iods of t ime, the
combustion eng ine will cycle on when the veh icle - The high voltage battery charge level is low.
is stationary to keep the high voltage battery - The temperature of the combustion engine is
charged. low .
- The temperature of the catalytic converter is
Gliding
low .
If the gas pedal is not pressed and the D posit ion - The power output needed for the A/C system is
is selected, the combustion engine remains high.
turned off up to speeds of approximately 99 mph - The vehicle speed is high .
(160 km/h) . Driving conservative ly like th is can - The vehicle acceleration is high .
reduce fuel con5umption. - The incline is steep .
Energy recovery (recuperation) - High charge level for the high voltage battery
when coasting. In this case, the high voltage
When braking, the electric motor will act as a
battery cannot absorb any more energy and so
generator creating electr ic energy that is then
the electric motor cannot slow down the veh i-
sto red in the high voltage battery. This also oc-
cle. The combust ion engine turns on (engine
curs when the vehicle is coasting or dr iving down-
brake) . In th is situation the high voltage bat-
hill. The combustion engine is automat ically
t ery w ill show a Max charge.
turned off in this case.

Tips for Driving Efficiently with your Hybrid

Appl ies to: vehicles with hybrid d rive

Driving situa- Conditions Vehicle behavior

tions
- Shift into the D position . In the D posit ion, the hybrid system adapts
- Release the brake pedal. to the driving situat ion by automatically
Starting from a
switch ing between the combust ion engine
stop - Only press moderately on the ac-
celerator pedal.
and electr ic drive types or by combining
them.
...

104
 H y b ri d

Driving situa - Conditions Vehicle behavior

tion s
- Cautious driving and reserved ac- The kinetic energy of the vehicle is used to
celeration. move the vehicle .
Constant driving
- Release the accelerator pedal early When you release the accelerator pedal en-
and coasting
and entirely . tirely, the combust ion engine turns off auto-
(gliding)
mat ically and is disengaged. The vehicle
glides without being propelled .
- Brake early and evenly with short The electric motor brakes the vehicle . By do-
Energy recovery pedal movements . ing this, a large amount of the kinetic energy
(recupe ration) is recovered and may be stored in the high
voltage battery in the form of electr ic energy .
- Reserved acceleration and early The kinetic energy of the vehicle is used to
and even braking with short pedal move the vehicle .
movements.
Driving in city - Use the !<=!VI
button sparingly . The battery dra ins quickly when the !<=!VI but -
traffic ton is turned on, which can increase fuel con-
sumpt ion because electric driv ing is given
priority, even if driv ing with the combustion
engine on wo uld be more efficient.
- Intentionally take your foot off of When you release the accelerator pedal en-
the gas pedal to allow for lengthy tirely, the combustion engine turns off auto-
coast ing . mat ically and is disengaged . The vehicle
glides without being propelled .
Driving on high- - Reduce the vehicle speed by re- Fuel consumption can be reduced by coast-
ways and ex- leasing t he accelerato r pedal and ing.
pressways not by braking.
- Avoid vehicle speeds above ap- It is possible to coast up to a vehicle speed of
proximately 99 mph (160 km/h). approximately 99 mph (160 km/h).
- Use the 5 selector lever position A sporty driving style increases fue l con-
and tiptronic mode sparingly . sumption .
- Do not run the combustion erngine The temperature of the combustion engine
while the vehicle is parked to warm rises very slowly and the fuel consumption in-
the engine. creases considerably.
- Use the rear window/exter ior mir- This conserves the energy in the high voltage
ror defroster and the seat heating battery so that it is available to run the vehi-
Driving in cold
sparingly . cle in electr ic mode .
weather
- Park the vehicle in a garage over- This reduces exposure of the high voltage
night. battery to cold temperat ures. The required
temperature range for the high voltage bat-
tery will then be reached more quickly after
you sta rt driving .
CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

105
Hybrid

Energy flow display

Applies to: vehicles with hybri d drive

Fig. 118 Instrument cluster: energy flow display

Fig. 119 MMI disp lay: energy flow display

The energy flow of the hybrid system is shown in Image in the MMI display
the instrument cluster display and in the MMI .,.Select: ! MENUI function button> Hybrid control
display. The image is animated in the MMI dis- button r::!)
fig. 119 .
play .

Image in the instrument cluster display

.. Press the IRESET Ibutton in the windshie ld wip-
er lever repeatedly until the energy flow display
r::>fig. 118 appears.

Component Color Meaning

@ Combust ion engine orange The combustion engine is running
gray The combustion engine is off
@ Propshaft green Electric driving/recuperating
orange Driving w ith t he combustion engine
green-orange Driving w ith the combustion engine and electric
motor (boost)
gray Vehicle stationary/rolling in the N selector lever
position
@ High voltage battery green High voltage battery charge level
green (animated in High voltage battery is charging
MMI)
gray Vehicle is not in dr ive ready mode
@ Movement arrow green Electric driving
orange Driving w ith the combustion engine
green-orange Driving with the combustion engine and electric
motor (boost)
@ Movement arrow green Recuperating

106
 H y brid

not filled and new filled bars a ppear on t he right.

@ Tips
This is so t hat the values from the previous t rips
The Energy flow display will not shown in the and the current trip can be compared visua lly.
MMI display when the reverse gear is engag-
ed, due to safety reasons .
Vehicle tool kit and tire repair set
Applies to: vehicles with hybrid drive
Consumption display
Applies to: vehicles with hybrid drive

Fig. 121 Luggage compart ment: vehicle too l bag and t ire
repair set

Fig. 12 0 MMI display: consump t ion display

The veh icle tool kit is fou nd under a cover in the
cargo floor c::>fig. 121 @. The ti re repa ir set (Tire
The consumption d isplay shows the average en -
Mobility System) is fo und in the storage com-
ergy consumption and the rec uperation quantity
partmen t in the right side tr im pa nel @ .
in 5 minute interva ls .
Additional informat ion about t he vehicle too l kit
Calling up the consumption display may be found under c::>page 250 and about the
...Select : IMENU Ifunction button> Hybrid control page 253 .
t ire repa ir set un de r c::>
button .
...Turn the cont rol knob counter -clockwise. @ Tips
The right sto rage compartment in t he lug-
Resetting the consumption displ ay
gage compartment and its conte nts must al-
...Se lect : IMENU Ifunction button > Hybrid cont rol ways be kept in the vehicle. The vehicle must
button . not be oper ate d w it hou t the tire repair set.
...Turn the control knob to Reset consumption
statistics.
Charging the batteries
Applies to: vehicles with hybrid drive
The orange bars show the average consumption
and the green bars show the recuperation quanti- The vehicle is eq uipped wit h two 12 volt ba tt eries
ty . Each bar represents a measured 5 minute in- and a high voltage battery .
terval. The display covers a 60 m inute time peri -
od . If t he 12 volt batte ries are dead, they may be
charged wit h a charger or t he vehicle may be
The bar w ith the wh ite border on the outer right jump st arted wit h assis t an ce from ano t her veh i-
shows the current average consumption or the cle in the same way as a conventional vehicle.
cur rent recupe ration q uantity. After 5 minutes,
this bar t rave ls a step to the left and a new bar The same app lies to the hig h vol t ag e batte ry if it
a ppears in the outer right . is d isch ar ged. However, in t his case, th e char g ing
a,
a,
proces s is accompa nied wit h messages in t he in-
..... The filled bars show the values for the curren t strument cluster d isplay . The ignition mus t be
N
,-...
N
..... drive cycle. Once the ignition is sw itched off and switched on and a ll unnecessary e lectric compo-
0
0 on aga in, all of the prev ious bars are display ed as nents must be turned off . ""
0:
co

107
Hybrid

The connections in the engine compartment are ger . A current between 50 A and 70 A is ide-
used for both charging and jump starting al.
page 22 7 or c::>page 266.
c::> - The vehicle that is assisting should be some-
what within the same vehicle class when
Vehicle not ready to start. See owner's
jump starting a vehicle. A smaller vehicle's
manual
battery may be drained.
This message appears if the high voltage battery - After approximately 30 minutes, the charg-
charge level is too low. The vehicle can no longer ing procedure ends because the ignit ion is
be started with its own power. The high voltage automatically turned off. If you would like
battery must be charged with a charger or the ve- to cont inue to charge the battery, turn the
hicle must be jump started with the aid of anoth- ignition on again.
er vehicle.

After the connecting the charger or jumper ca- Vehicle transport

bles, the ignition must be turned off for approxi- Appli es to: vehicles wit h hybrid drive
mately two minutes and then turned on again . The following contains information you should
After no more than one minute, one of the fol- know about transporting your vehicle.
lowing indicator lights turns on in the instrument
cluste r display . The lithium ion battery (SANYO 72 UF 121 285)
installed in your vehicle has passed test 38.3 in
B Charging battery . Please wait ... accordance with UN handbook tests and criteria.
If the indicator light turns on and this message The vehicle may be transported with the battery
appears, the high voltage battery is charg ing or installed as conventional class 9 hazardous mate-
the vehicle is being jump started with assistance rials without addit ional officia l consent for air
from another veh icle . and sea transportation (current law !CAO-TI and
IMDG-Code 01.01.2012).
If the 12 volt batteries are dead, the - indi-
cator light turns on . The charging procedure
takes longer in th is case because the 12 volt bat-
ter ies are charged first. The procedure goes fast-
er with the ignit ion switched off.

Vehicle ready to start.

This message appears if the charging procedure
was successful. The vehicle may be started again .

Battery could not be charged enough to start

vehicle .
This message appears if the charging procedure
was not successful or it was interrupted. This
may happen if the charger or the battery in the
veh icle that is assist ing is too weak. If the veh icle
cannot be started, see an authorized repair facil i-
ty fo r assistanc e.

(D Tips
- The charger should deliver a current of at
least 30 A. Otherwise charging the high
voltage battery wi ll take considerably Ion-

108
 Aud i a d a pti ve c ruise contr o l and br a kin g gu ar d

Audi adaptive cruise The function of the adaptive cruise control sys -
tem and braking guard is limited under some
control and braking
condit ions:
guard
- Objects can on ly be de t ected when they are
Introduction within sensor range q page 111, fig . 125.
App lies to: veh icles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l - The sys t em has a limited ability to de t ect ob-
The adaptive cruise contro l system assists the jects that are a short distance ahead, off to the
driver by regulat ing vehicle speed and helping to side of your vehicle or moving into your lane .
maintain a set distance to the vehicle ahead, - Some kinds of veh icles are hard to detect; for
within the limits of the system. If the system de - examp le motorcycles, ve hicles w ith hig h
tects a moving vehicle up ahead, adaptive cruise ground clearance or overhanging loads may be
control can brake and then accelerate your veh i- detected when it is too late or they may not be
cle . This helps to make driving more comfortable detected at all.
on long highway stretches . - When driving through curves ¢ page 110 .
- Stationa ry objects q page 110 .
The braking gua rd system can warn you about an
impend ing collision and initiat e braking maneu- ,&_WARNING
vers ¢ page 115. -=
Always pay attention to t raffic when adaptive
-
Adaptive cruise control and braking guard have cruise control is switched on and braking
technical lim itations that you must know, so g uard is active. As the driver, you are still re-
please read th is section carefully, understand sponsible for starting and for maintain ing
how the system works and use them properly at speed and distance to other objects . Braking
all times. g uard is used to ass ist you . The driver must
a lways take act ion to avoid a collision . The
General information driver is always respons ible for braking at the
cor rect time.
General information - Improper use of adaptive cruise control can
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise control
cause collisions, other accidents and ser ious
pe rsonal injury.
- Never let the comfort and conven ience that
adapt ive cruise control and braking g uard
offe r distract you from the need to be a lert
to traffic cond itions and the need to remain
in full control of your vehicle at all times,
- Always remember that the adapt ive cruise
control and braking guard have limits - they
will not slow the vehicle down or maintain
Fig. 122 Front of th e vehicle : Posit ion of rada r sen sor the set distance when you dr ive towards an
obstacle or something on or near the road
The area that contains the radar sensor that is not moving, such as vehicles stopped
¢ fig . 122 must never be covered by st ickers or in a traff ic jam, a stalled or disab led vehicle .
other objects or obs t ructed with dirt, insects, If reg istered by the radar sensor, vehicles or
snow or ice that will int erfere w ith the adaptive obstacles that a re not mov ing can trigger a
cruise control system and braking guard. For in- coll is ion warning and if confi rmed by the
a, video camera, an acute collision wa rning.
a, formation on cleaning, refer to ¢ page 204 . The IJ,,
.....
N
r-- same applies for any modifications made in the
N
..... front area .
0
0
0:
co

109
Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

- For safety reasons, do not use adaptive In curves

cruise control when driving on roads with Appli es to : vehicles wit h Audi adapt ive cruise control
many curves, when the road surface is in
poor condition and/or in bad weather (such
as ice, fog, gravel, heavy ra in and hydroplan-
ing). Using the system under these condi·
tions could result in a collision.
- Switch adaptive cruise control off tempora-
rily when driving in turn ing lanes, on ex-
pressway exits or in construction zones. This
prevents the vehicle from accelerating to
the set speed when in these situat ions .
Fig. 123 Example: driving into a curve
- The adaptive cruise control system will not
brake by itself if you put your foot on the ac- When driving into a curve c:::>fig. 123 and out of a
celerator pedal. Doing so can override the curve, the adapt ive cruise control may react to a
speed and distance regu lation. vehicle in the next lane and apply the brakes . You
- When approaching stat ionary objects such can override or prevent the braking by pressing
as stopped traffic, adaptive cruise control the accelerator pedal briefly.
will not respond and braking guard will have
limited function.
Stationary objects
- The adaptive cruise control system and
Applies to: vehicles wi th Audi adaptive cruise control
braking guard do not react to people, ani-
mals, objects crossing the road or oncom ing
objects.
- The function of the radar sensor can be af-
fected by reflective objects such as guard
rails, the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain or
ice.
- Never follow a vehicle so closely that you
cannot stop your vehicle safely. The adap·
t ive cruise control cannot slow or brake the
vehicle safely when you fo llow another veh i- Fig. 124 Example: object chang ing lanes and stat ionary
cle too close ly. Always remember that the obj ect

automatic braking function cannot br ing the

The adaptive cruise control system only reacts to
vehicle to a sudden or emergency stop un-
objects that are moving or that the system has
der these conditions .
already detected as moving . For example, if ave-
- To prevent unintended operation, always
hicle @ , which has already been detected by the
switch adaptive cruise control off when it is
adaptive cruise control, turns or changes lanes
not being used.
and another stationary vehicle @ is located in
front of that vehicle, the system will not react to
(D Note
the sta ti onary veh icle.
The sensor can be displaced by impacts or
damage to the bumper, whee l housing and
underbody. That could affect the adaptive
cruise control system and braking guard .
Have your authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility check their function.

110
 Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

Audi adaptive cruise Switching on and off

Applies to: vehicles with Audi adapt ive cruise control
control
Description
Applies to: veh icles with Audi adaptive cruise control

Fig. 126 Selector leve r: switching on/o ff

Fig. 12 5 Detect ion ra nge

What can adaptive cruise control do?

The adaptive cruise contro l works in conjunct ion
wit h a radar se nsor installed in th e front of th e
ve hicle ¢ page 10 9, fig. 122, which is subj ect t o
des ign at ed system limit s ¢ page 111 . Stationary
objects are disregar ded.
Fig. 12 7 Instru ment clus te r: ad apt ive cruise control
On ope n roads wit h no traffic, adapt ive cruise
con t rol works like a reg ula r cruise contro l sys- You can set a ny speed between 20 mph and
tem. The store d speed is maintai ned. Whe n ap - 95 mp h (30 a nd 150 km/h).
proaching a moving vehicle de t ected up ahead, Ind icator lamps and messages in the instr ument
the adaptive cruise cont rol system automatically cluster disp lay inform you about the current sys-
slows down to match that vehicle's speed and tem status and settings.
then maintains the distance that the driver previ-
ously store d . As soon as the system does not de- Switching adaptive cruise control on
tect a vehicle up ahead, adaptive cru ise control .,..Pull the lever towa rd you into pos ition (!)
accelerates back up to the sto red speed . ¢ fig . 126. ACC:Standby appears in the inst ru-
Which functions can be controlled? ment cluste r display .

When you sw itch adaptive cruise cont rol on, yo u Setting the speed and activating regulation
can set the current speed as the "control speed" .,..To se t the curren t speed, press t he ISETIbu tt o n
¢ page 111, Switching on and off.
¢ fig. 126. The set spee d is show n in t he tach -
When driving , you can stop cruise contro l ometer @ and is also shown br iefly in the dis-
¢ page 113 or change the s peed ¢ page 112 at play @ ¢ fig . 127.
any time.
Switching adaptive cruise control off
You can a lso set t he dis t ance to the objec t ahead
.,..Push t he leve r away fr om yo u into position @
and set t he ad apt ive cruise contro l driving pro-
until it clicks into place. The message ACC:Off
g ram ¢ page 113. appears. ..,..
a,
a,
.....
N
r--
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

111
Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

@ Indicator lights (30 km/h), which is the minimum speed

Ill -Adaptive cruise control is switched on. No that can be set.
vehicles are detected up ahead. The stored speed
is maintained . @ Tips
- If you switch the ign it ion or the adaptive
• - A moving veh icle is detected up ahead. The
adaptive cruise control system regulates the cruise control off, the set speed is erased
speed and distance to the moving vehicle ahead from the system memory.
and accelerates/brakes automatically. - The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) is
automatically turned on when the adapt ive
• - When automatic braking is not able to keep cruise control is turned on. You cannot
enough distance to a previously detected moving switch the ESC into offroad mode while the
vehicle up ahead, you must take contro l and adaptive cruise control is turned on
brake ¢ page 114, Request for driver interven- ¢page 187 .
tion.

© Display Changing the speed

Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cru ise control
If adaptive cruise control is not shown in the dis-
play, you can call it up with the IRESETI button
¢ page 17.
0
f
Based on the symbo ls in the display, you can de-
termine if the system is ma inta ining a distance to
the vehicle ahead and what that distance is .

No vehicle - No vehicle ahead was detected .

White vehicle - A vehicle ahead was detected.

Red vehicle - Prompt for the driver to take action

•0
Fig. 128 Selector lever: changing the speed
¢ page 114.
Both arrows on the scale © indicate the distance .,.To increase or reduce the speed in increments,
to the vehicle ahead . No arrow appears when the tap the lever up or down.
veh icle is on an open road and there is no object .,.To increase or reduce the speed quickly, hold
ahead. If an object is detected ahead, the arrow the lever up or down until the red LED@ reach-
moves on the scale . es the desired speed ¢ page 111, fig. 127 .

The green zone on the scale shows the stored dis- Follow ing any changes, the new stored speed will
tance . For information on changing the stored be displayed br iefly in the display @ ¢ page 111,
distance, refer to ¢page 113. If the distance se- fig. 127 .
lected is too close or may soon become too close,
the arrows move into the red zone on the scale .

A WARNING
Improper use of the adaptive cruise control
can cause coll is ions, other accidents and seri-
ous personal injuries.
- Pressing the !SET ! button when driving at
speeds below 20 mph (30 km/h), w ill auto-
matically accelerate the vehicle to 20 mph

112
 Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

Interrupting cruise control Setting the distance

Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise control

Fig. 129 Selector lever Fig. 130 Selector lever : setting the distance

Requirement: adaptive cruise control must be • Tap the switch to display the current set dis-
switched on ¢ fig. 129 (D. tance ¢ fig . 130.
• To increase or reduce the d istance by incre-
Overriding cruise control
ments, tap the switch aga in to the left or right .
• To accelerate manua lly, press the accelerator The distance between the two veh icles will
pedal. The message ACC: override appears. change in the instrument cluster display.
• To resume adaptive cruise control, remove your
foot from the gas pedal. The system returns When approaching a moving vehicle up ahead,
again to the speed that was saved before . the adaptive cruise control system brakes to
• You can save a new speed at any time by press- match that object's speed and then maintains
ing the ISET Ibutton ¢ fig. 129. the stored distance. If t he vehicle ahead acceler-
ates, adaptive cruise control will also accelerate
Canceling cruise control while driving up to the stored speed .
• Move the lever into position @ . The message The higher the speed, the greater the distance in
ACC: Standby appears. Or yards (meters) ¢ .&. The Distance 3 setting is
• press the brake pedal. recommended .
• To resume the stored speed, move the lever in-
The distances provided a re spec ified values . De-
to posit ion @.
pending on the driving situation and the how the

& WARNING
vehicle ahead is driving, the actua l distance may
be more or less than these target distances .
Never resume the stored speed if the speed is
too high for prevailing road, traffic or weather The various symbo ls for the time increments ap-
conditions. pear briefly in the info rmat ion line @
¢page 111, fig . 127when you change the set-
tings.
c::::,_ c::::,_ __ Distance 1 : This setting corresponds
to a distance of 92 feet/28 meters when travel-
ing at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a t ime interval of 1
second .
c::::,_ _ c::::,__ Distance 2: This setting corresponds
a, to a distance of 118 feet/36 meters when travel-
a,
..... ing at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time interval of
N
r--
N
..... 1.3 seconds . ..,.
0
0
0:
co

113
Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

Distance 3 : This setting corresponds

c:::::,___ c:::::,_ Setting the driving mode for vehicles with
to a distance of 164 feet/SO mete rs when trave l- Audi drive select*
ing at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time interval of Refer to ¢ page 123 .
1.8 seconds .

c:::::,____ c:::::,Distance 4 : This setting corresponds (D Tips

to a distance of 210 feet/64 meters when trave l- Your set t ings are automatic ally store d a nd as -
ing at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time interval of signed to t he remote contro l key being used
2 .3 seconds . ¢ page 33 .

_&.WARNING Request for driver intervention

Following ot her vehicles too closely increases Applies to: vehicles with Audi ada ptive cruise control
the risk of collisions and ser ious personal in-
jury.
- Setting short distances to the traffic ahead
reduces the t ime and distance ava ilable to
br ing your vehicle to a safe sto p and makes
it eve n mo re necessary t o pay close at t en-
t ion t o tr affic.
- Always obey applicable traffic laws, use
good ju dgment, and select a safe follow ing
dist ance for t he t raffic, road a nd we at he r
Fig. 131 Instr um ent cluste r: re quest for driver interve n-
condition s .
t ion

¢j) Tips In certain situations, the system will prompt you

- Distance 3 is set au t omati cally each time to take act ion . This could happen, for example, if
yo u sw itch th e ignit ion on . braki ng by t he adaptive cruise cont rol syst em is
- Your sta nd a rd setti ngs a re a uto mat ica lly not en ough t o ma int ain enough dist ance to t he
stor ed a nd as s igned t o th e remote contro l vehicle a he ad .
key be ing used ¢ p age 33 .
The ins t rument cluster will warn you about the
dange r ¢ fig. 131 :
Setting the dr iving program
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l - A red veh icle is pictured in the d isp lay.
- The te xt DISTANCE! appears in the status bar .
Depending on t he se lect ed dr iving program and - The red indicator light . blinks .
d istance, dr iving behavior whe n accelerating will - In ad diti on, a wa rning tone so unds .
vary from dynamic to comfo rtable.

Setting the driving program for vehicles

without Audi drive select*
~ In t he radio/ MM!*, selec t : !CARI function but -
ton > adaptive cruise control > Driving pro-
gram > Comfort, Standard or Dynamic. Or
~ Select : ICARI funct ion button > Car systems*
contro l button > Driver assist > Adaptive cruise
control > Driving program > Comfort, Stand-
ard or Dynamic.

114
 Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

Audi braking guard - If a collision is imminent, the system wi ll first

provide an acute warning by briefly and sharply
Description apply ing the brakes.
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l
- If you do not react to the acute warning, brak-
ing guard can brake within the limits of the sys-
tem. This reduces the vehicle speed in the event
of a collision.
- At speeds under 20 mph (30 km/h), the system
can initiate a comp lete decelerat ion shortly be-
fore a collision ll.
- If the braking guard senses that you are not
braking hard enough when a collision is immi-
nent, it can increase the braking force .
Fig. 132 Instrument cluste r: approach warning
Which functions can be controlled?

Braking guard uses a radar sensor. It also func- You can switch braking guard and the distance/
tions within the limits of the system when adap- approach warn ing on or off in the radio/MM!*
tive cruise control is switched off . ¢ page 116, Settings in the radio/MM!*.

-A
What can braking guard do? WARNING ,.
When detected in time, the system can assess Lack of attention can cause collisions, other
situations when a vehicle ahead brakes suddenly accidents and serious personal injur ies. The
or if your own vehicle is traveling at a high speed braking guard is an assist system and cannot
and approaching a vehicle up ahead that is mov- prevent a collision by itself . The driver must
ing more slowly . Braking guard does not react if always int ervene. The driver is always respon-
it cannot detect the situat ion. sible for braking at the correct t im e.
The system advises you of various situations: - Always pay close attention to traffic, even
when the braking guard is switched on. Be
- The distance warning is given if you are too ready to intervene and be ready to take
close to the vehicle ahead for a long time. If the comp lete control whenever necessary. Al-
vehicle ahead brakes sharply, you will not be ways keep the safe and legal distance be-
able to avoid a collision. The indicator light . tween your vehicle and vehicles up ahead.
in the display comes on. - Braking guard works wit hin limits and will
- The approach warning is given when a detected not respond outside the system limits, for
vehicle up ahead in your lane is moving much examp le when approaching a stopped vehi-
more slowly than you are or if it brakes sharply . cle or stationary obstacle (end of a traffic
When this warning is given, it may only be pos- jam or vehicle that has broken down in traf-
sible to avoid a col lision by swerving or brak ing fic).
sharp ly. The indicator light . will warn you - Always remember that the radar sensor for
about the danger ¢fig. 132. You will also hear the braking guard works only within defined
an acoustic signal. detection and range limits that may prevent
If you do not react fast enough or do not react at the proper detect ion of other vehicles.
all to the situation, braking guard will intervene - The radar sensor's function and range can
by braking and the message Braking guard: Acti- be reduced by rain, snow and heavy spray.
a, vated will appear. Moving vehicles up ahead may not be
a,
.....
N
r--
N
.....
0
0
0: 1> This is not ava ilab le in some countries.
co

115
Audi adaptive cruise control and braking guard

promptly detected or may not be detected This driver message appears if the system is
at all. turned off via the radio/MM I*. Otherwise, if the
- Reflective surfaces including crash barriers system is turned off, the information appears ev-
or tunnel entrances may impair the function ery time shortly after the start of the trip.
oftheradarsensor. The driver message also appears if the system is
not available due to a malfunction or if the ESCis
(D Tips not switched on c:>page 187. If this is the case,
- You can cancel the braking that is initiated the system will not provide warnings about a
by the system by braking yourself, by accel- possible collision.
erating noticeably or by swerving.
Braking guard: Activated
- Braking guard error messages c:>page 116.
- Keep in mind that braking guard can brake This driver message appears if sharp brake pres-
unexpectedly. Always secure any cargo or sure was applied due to an acute warning.
objects that you are transporting to reduce •••
the risk of damage or injury.
Three white dots appear if a setting cannot be se-
lected with the operating lever . For example, this
Settings in the radio/MMI*
happens if you want to raise/lower the speed
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise con t rol
even though there was no previously saved
.,.Select : ICARI
f unction button> Audi braking speed.
guard . Or
ACC: Sensor blocked
.,.Select: ~IC~A~R~I
function button > Car systems*
control button > Driver assist> Audi braking This message appears if the sensor view is ob-
guard . structed, for example by leaves, snow, heavy
spray or dirt. Clean the sensor r=;,page 109,
System - Switch braking guard On and Off . When fig. 122 .
you switch the ignition on, the message Braking
guard: Off appears if the system is switched off . ACC: Unavailable

Early warning - The distance and approach warn- The driver message appears if, for example, the
ings in the display can be switched On/Off . brake temperature is too high. The adaptive
cruise control is temporarily unavailable. A chime
(D Tips sounds as a rem inder.

- Your settings are automatically stored and ACC: Not available

assigned to the remote control key being
The driver message appears if there is a malfunc-
used at the times the settings are made
tion. The adaptive cruise control turns off. A
page 33.
r=;,
chime sounds as a reminder. Have the system
- If you restrict the ESC,the braking guard al-
checked by an authorized Audi dealer or author-
so switches itself off c:>page 18 7. ized Audi Service Facility.
- Switch braking guard off when you are load-
ing the vehicle onto a vehicle carrier, train, Shift lever position!
ship or other type of transportation . This The driver message appears if the selector lever
can prevent undesired warnings from the is shifted to the N position. The adaptive cruise
braking guard system. control is not available while in this position .

Stabilization control (ESC)

Messages
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l This message appears if the Electronic Stabiliza-
tion Control (ESC)is taking action to stabilize the .,.
Braking guard: Off

116
 Aud i adapt ive cruis e control and braking gua r d

vehicle . The adaptive cruise control turns off. A

chime sounds as a reminder .

Spee d too low

This message appears if the current speed is too
low to set or to maintain t he desired speed.

The speed being saved must be at least 20 mph

(30 km/h) . The cru ise control is turned off for
speeds lower than 12 mph (20 km/h) . The adap-
tive cruise control remains turned on for speeds
above 95 mph (150 km/h) (override). It will sta-
bil ize again at 95 mph (150 km/h) when the driv-
er takes his foot off of t he gas pedal.

Parking brake!
The driver message appears when the park ing
brake is activated . Adaptive cruise control is
turned off . A chime sounds as a rem inder .

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

117
Aud i side assist

Audi side assist The display remains dim intentiona lly in the in-
formation stage so that your view toward the
Side assist front is not disturbed .

Description Warning stage

Applies to: vehicles with Audi side assist
If you activate the turn signal, side assis t warns
you abou t vehicles tha t are detected and classi-
fied as crit ical. The disp lay in the respective mir-
ror blinks bright ly. If this happens, check traffic
by glancing in the rearview mirror and over your
shou lder c:>.&.in General information on
page 119 .

{!) Tips
- You can adjust the brightness of the disp lay
Fig. 133 Sensor detection rang e @ i=>pagel20.
- Please refe r to the instructions for towing a
trailer located in i=>page119.

Fig. 1 34 Display on the exterior mirror

Side assist helps you monitor your bl ind spot and

traffic behind your vehicle. Within the limits of
the system , it warns you about vehicles that are
comi ng closer or that are traveling with you with-
in sensor range (D c:>fig. 133 . If a lane change is
classified as critic al, t he displ ay @ in the exter ior
m irro r c:>fig. 134 tu rns on .

The display in the left exter ior mir ror provides as-
sis t ance whe n making a la ne change to the left,
while the disp lay in the rig ht exte rior mi rror pro-
vides assis t ance when mak ing a la ne chan g e to
the right .

Information stage
As lo ng as you do not activate the turn signal,
side assis t informs you about ve hicles tha t a re
detected and class ified as crit ical. The disp lay in
the respe ctive m irror turns on, but is dim .

118
 Aud i side assist

General information are ind icate d by the time they ente r your "blind
Applies to: vehicles with Audi side assist spot", at the latest.

@ Vehicles left behind

® If you s low ly pas s a vehi cle that s ide ass ist has
det ected (t he differe nce in speed between t he
vehicle a nd you r vehicle is less t han 9 mph or
15 km/h), the disp lay in t he exterior mirro r turns
on as soon as the vehicle e nters your blind spot.

The disp lay will not tu rn on if you quickly pass a

vehicle th at side ass ist has de t ecte d (t he differ-
ence in speed between the vehicle and your vehi -
cle is greater tha n 9 mp h or 15 km/h) .

Functional limitations

® The radar se nsors are des igned t o detect t he left

and right adjace nt lane s when the road lanes are
the normal width . In certa in situations, the dis-
play in the exterior mirror may turn on eve n
though there is no vehicle located in the area
that is critical for a lane change. For example:
Fig. 135 Driving s ituat ions - if t he lanes a re narrow or if yo ur are dr iving on
the edge of you r lane. If t his is the case, the
system may have detected t he vehicle in anoth -
er lane that is not adjacent to your current lane.
- if you are dr iving through a curve. Side assist
may react to a vehicle that is one lane over
from the adjacent lane.
- if side assist reacts to ot her objects (such as
high or disp laced guard ra ils).
- In poor weather conditions. The side assist
Fig. 136 Rear of the vehicle: Position of the se nsors fu nctions a re limited .

Do no t cover t he rad ar senso rs c>fig. 136 wit h

Side assist fu nctions at spee d s above app roxi-
stickers, deposits, bicycle wheels or other ob-
ma t e ly 19 mph (30 km/h).
jects, because th is will affect the function . Do not
(D Vehicles that are approaching use side assist when towing a t railer . For info r-
mation on cleaning , refer to c>page 204.
In certain cases, a vehicle will be classified as
critica l for a lane change even if it is still some-
what far away. The faste r a vehicle app roaches,
A WARNING
t he soo ner the d isplay in the exterio r mirror w ill - Always pay attention to traffic and to the
t urn on. area around your veh icle . Side assist cannot
replace a driver' s attention . The driver alone
@ Vehicles traveling with you is always respo ns ible for la ne cha nges and
a, Vehicles traveli ng with you are ind icated in t he sim ilar dr iving ma neuve rs .
a,
.....
N
r-- exte rior m irror if they are classified as critical for
N
..... a lane change. All vehi cles detec t ed by side assist
0
0
0:
co

119
Audi side assist

- Improper reliance on the side assist system Activating and deactivating

can cause collisions and serious personal in- Appli es to : vehicles wit h Audi side assist
jury:
- Never rely only on side assist when chang-
ing lanes.
- Always check rear view mirrors to make
sure that it is safe to change lanes.
- Side assist cannot detect all vehicles under
all conditions - danger of accident!
- Please note that side assist indicates there
are approaching vehicles, or vehicles in your
blind spot, only after your vehicle has Fig. 137 Driver's door: Side assist butto n
reached a driving speed of at least 19 mph
(30 km/h). &.in General information
.,..Press the button c::>
- In certain situations, the system may not on page 119 to switch the system on/off . The
function or its function may be limited. For LEDin the button turns on when side assist is
example: switched on .
- if vehicles are approaching or being left
behind very quickly . The display may not Adjusting the display brightness
turn on in time . Applies t o: vehicles wit h Audi side assist
- in poor weather conditions such as heavy
The signal brightness can be set in the radio or
rain, snow or heavy mist .
MMI*.
- on very wide lanes, in tight curves or if
there is a rise in the road surface . Vehicles .,..Select: ICAR I function button > Audi side assist.
in the adjacent lane may not be detected Or
because they are outside of the sensor .,..Select: ICAR Ifunction button > Car systems*
range. control button > Driver assist> Audi side as-
sist.
(D Note
The display brightness adjusts automatically to
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or
the brightness of the surroundings, both in the
damage to the bumper, wheel housing and
information and in the warning stage . In very
underbody . This can affect the system . Have
dark or very bright surroundings, the display is
your authorized Audi dealer or authorized
already set to the minimum or maximum level by
Audi Service Facility check their function.
the automatic adjustment. In such cases, you
may notice no change when adjusting the bright-
(D Tips
ness, or the change may only be noticeable once
- If the window glass in the driver's door or the surroundings change.
front passenger's door has been tinted, the
Adjust the brightness to a level where the display
display in the exterior mirror may be misin-
in the information stage will not disrupt your
terpreted.
view forward. If you change the brightness, the
- For Declaration of Compliance to United
display in the exterior mirror will briefly show the
States FCCand Industry Canada regulations
brightness level in the information stage . The
page 2 79.
c::>
brightness of the warning stage is linked to the
brightness in the information stage and is adjust-
ed along with the information stage adjustment . .,,.

120
 Aud i side assist

@ Tips
- Side assist is not active whi le you are ma k-
ing the adju stment .
- Your settings are automatically stored and
assigned to the remote control key being
used.

Driver messages
Appl ies to : vehicles with Audi side assis t

If side assist switches off by itself, the LED in the

button turns off and a message will appear in the
instr ument cluster display:

Audi side assist unavailable: Sensors blocked

The radar sensors' vision is affected. Do not cover
the area in front of the sensors with bike wheels,
sticke rs, dirt or other obj ects . Clean the area in
front of the sensors, if necessary c:>page 119,
fig. 136.

Aud i side assist: Currently unavailable

Side assist cannot be switched on tempo rarily be-
cause there is a malfunction(for example, the
battery charge level may be too low).

Audi side assist: System fault!

The system cannot guarantee that it will detect
vehicles correctly and it is switched off. The sen-
sors have been displaced or are faulty. Have the
system checked by an authorized Audi dealer or
author ized Audi Service Facility soon.

Audi side assist: Unavailable when towing

Side assist switches off automatically when a fac -
tory-installed trailer hitch is connected to the
electrical connector on the trailer. There is no
guarantee the system will switch off when using
a retrofitted tra iler hit ch. Do not use side assist
when towing a trailer.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

121
Audi drive select

Audi drive select sets the steering to be less sensitive at higher

speeds in order to provide improved vehicle con-
Drive settings tro l. At reduced speeds, however, steering is
more direct in order to keep the steering effort as
Introduction
minimal as possible when the driver is maneuver-
Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
ing the vehicle . At low and average speeds, dy-
Drive select provides the possibility to experience nam ic steering addit ionally prov ides more re-
d ifferent types of vehicle settings in one veh icle. spons ive steering performance .
For instance, using the three Comfort, Auto and
Dynamic modes, the driver can switch from a
Adaptive dampers*
sporty to a comfortable driving mode with the The adaptive dampers* use sensors to record in-
press of a button. formation regarding steering movements, brak-
ing and acceleration operations by the driver,
Addit ionally, in vehicles with MMI*, the vehicle
road surface, driving speed, and load . This makes
setup for Individual* mode can be customized by
it possible to adapt damp ing to the driving situa-
you. This makes it possible to combine settings
tion virtually in real t ime . Drive select also makes
such as a sporty engine tuning with comfortable
it possible to sat isfy the desire for sporty suspen-
steering .
sion (Dynamic) and comfortable suspension
A WARNING
-
(Comfort) without giving up balanced tuning (Au-
to).
Improper use of the drive select can cause
collisions, other accidents and serious person- Engine sound*
al injury .
The sound of the eng ine is adapted to the select-
ed mode and ranges from subtle to sporty.
Description
Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
Adaptive cruise control*
The behavior whe n accelerating can be adjusted
The vehicle setup in each mode depends on the
from comfortable to sporty, depending on the
veh icle's features . However, the engine, auto-
drive select mode. Adaptive cruise control also
mat ic transmission and steering are a lways in-
responds to the dr iving behavior of the vehicle
volved.
ahead in a more conservative or sporty manner .
Engine and automatic transmission
Depending on the mode, the engine and the au -
(D Tips

tomatic transmission respond quicker or in a - In some models, the maximum veh icle
more balanced manner to accelerator pedal speed can only be reached in the Auto and
movements . In the spo rty dynamic mode, the au- Dynamic modes.
tomatic transmission shifts at higher RPMs. - Selecting the Dynamic mode results in spo r-
ty shifting characteristics. The S gear posi-
Steering tion engages automatically.
The steering adapts in terms of steering effort - In veh icles that have dynamic steering*, op-
and steering ratios . Indirect steer ing that moves erating noise is heard when starting or stop-
easi ly, like the steering in comfort mode, is best ping the engine. This does not indicate a
suited to long drives on a highway. In contrast, prob lem.
dynamic mode provides sporty, direct steering.

The follow ing applies to vehicles with dynam ic

steer ing*: the stee ring rat io changes based on
veh icle speed in order to ma inta in optim um
steer ing effort for the driver at all times. This

122
 Audi drive select

Selecting the dr iving mode ...In the MMI*, select: ICARlfunction button>
App lies to: vehicles wit h Audi drive select Comfort, Auto, Dynamic or Individual*.

You con choose between Comfort, Auto, Dynam- In vehicles without MMI*, the rn~,
button is found
ic and Individual* modes . underneath the selector lever.
«>
~ You can change the driving mode when the veh i-
9
c:=====::::;:
~ a,
cle is stationary or while driving. If t raff ic per-
mits, after changing modes, briefly take your
foot off the accelerator pedal so that the recently
drive
select
I I
_ -
r.,.
~ selected mode is also activated for the engine
and transmission .

Comfort - prov ides a comfort-or iented vehicle

setup and is suited for long drives on highways.

Fig. 138 Center conso le: Control for drive se lect Auto - prov ides a n overal l comfortab le yet dy-
namic dr iving feel and is suited for every day use.

Dynamic - gives the driver a sporty driving feel

and is suited to a spo rty driving style .

Individual * - c>poge 123.

A
- WARNING
Pay attention to traffic when operating drive
se lect to prevent potential risk of an acc ident.

Fig. 139 MMI*: Audi drive select

...To set the mode, press the r:i~ button

c>fig. 138 m ultip le times until the desired
mode is displayed in the instrument cluster. Or

Adjusting the Individual mode

Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select and MMI

You can personally specify the vehicle setup in the MMI".

...Se lect: ICARIfunction button > Set individual ble provides an overview of the character istics of
control button. Once you se lect the menu, you each driving mode .
will automatically drive in the individual mode .

The equipment in your veh icle w ill determine

which settings you can adjust. The following ta-

Systems Comfort Auto Dynamic

Engine/transmission ba lanced balanced sporty
Steering comfortab le balanced sporty
a,
a, Dynamic steering* comfortable/ind irect balanced/d irect sporty/direct
.....
N
r--
N Adaptive dampers* comfortable balanced sporty
.....
0
0
0:
co

123
Audi drive select

Systems Comfort Auto Dynamic

Engine sound* subtle subtle/sportyal sporty
Adaptive cruise control* comfortable balanced sporty
•> Subtle in t he dr iving position D and sporty in th e d riving posit ion S.

(D Tips
Your Individual mode settings are automati-
cally stored and assigned to the remote con-
trol key being used.

124
 Park ing a id

Parking aid General Information

Applies to: vehicles with Audi parking system plus with rear-
Parking system plus with view came ra
•
rearv1ew camera "'
~a:
Introduction (0
m
Applies to: veh icles with Audi parking system plus with rear-
view camera

I
u Fig. 142 Area covered (D and area not covered @ by the
re arview camera .
<O
fg
ci:
(0
m
Fig. 140 Parking mode 1: Backing into a park ing space

Fig. 143 Rear lid: Location of the rea rview camera

Sensors in the bumper

Sensors are located in the front and rear bump-
Fig. 141 Parking mode 2 : parallel parking
ers . If these detect an obstacle, audible and visu-
al signals warn you. The range at which the sen-
Vehicles with the Audi parking system plus with
sors begin to measure is approximately:
rearv iew camera are equipped with a rearview
camera in addition to the acoustic and visual side 3 ft (0.90 m)
parking system . fron t
center 4 ft (1.20 m)
You can choose between parking modes to help side 2 ft (0.60 m)
you when parking your vehicle . Use "parking rear
center 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
mode 1" when parking in a parking space or ga-
fig . 140. If you are going to be parallel
rage <::> The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter
parking, use "pa rking mode 2" <::>fig. 141. the interval between the audib le signals . A con-
t inu ous tone sounds when the obstacle is less
than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away .
Do not continue driving farther .

If the distance to an obstacle remains constant,

the volume of the distance warn ing gradually
drops after about four seconds (this does not ap-
a,
a,
..... ply in the continuous tone range). ..,
N
r--
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

125
Parking aid

Rearview cam era coverage area sma ll children and anima ls because the sen-
The MMI d isplay shows the area covered by the sors cannot a lways detect them.
rearview camera c:>fig . 142 @ . Objects that a re - Always keep your eyes on the vehicle's sur-
not in the area covered @ are not shown on the roundings, us ing the rearv iew mirror as
MMI disp lay. wel l.
- Do not allow yourself to be dist racted from
We recommend th at you pract ice pa rking with
traffic by the rearview camera pictures.
the rearview camera in a traffic-free location or
- If the position and the installation angle of
parking lot to become familiar with the system,
the camera has changed, for example, after
the orientation lines, and their function . When
a rea r end collision, do not continue to use
doing this, there should be good light and weath-
the system for safety reasons. Have it
er cond itions .
checked by a q ualified dealership .
In the MMI disp lay, objects or vehicles appear
closer or further away if: (D Note
- you are driving in reverse ge ar from a level su r- - Low obstacles a lready signa led by a warning
face onto an incline, or a downward s lope, can disappear from the system's detect ion
- you are d riving in reverse gea r toward protr ud - range as they are approached and will not
ing obje cts, cont inue to be signaled . Objects such as
- the vehicle is carrying too much load in the barrier cha ins, tra iler draw bars, t hin paint-
rear. ed vertical po les or fences may not be de-
tecte d by the system, posi ng risk of dam-
The accuracy of the orientation lines and blue
age.
surfaces d imin ishes if:
- Never use wa rm or hot wate r to remove
- the rearv iew camera does not provide a reliab le snow or ice from t he rearview came ra le ns ·
image, for example, in poor visibility cond itions this could cau se the lens to crack!
or if the lens is d irty, - Whe n cleani ng the lens, never use products
- the image on the screen is not visib le due to tha t a re abr as ive .
sun glare and reflection .

Caring for the rearview camer a lens

The rearview camera is located above the rear li-
cense plate bracket. For the parking system to
operate, the lens c:>fig. 143 must be kept clean:

- Dampen the lens with a househo ld alcoho l-

based glass cleaner, and then wipe the lens
clean with a dry cloth i::>(!).
- Remove snow with a hand br ush and ice pref-
erab ly with a de -icing spray i::>(!) .

A WARNING
- The parking system ca nnot replace the dr iv-
er's attention . The dr iver alone is responsi-
ble for parking a nd s imilar dr iving mane u-
vers.
- Sensors have blind spots in wh ich objects
cannot be detected . Pay spec ial atten t ion to

126
 P a rk ing a id

Switching on and off Segments in the visual display

Applies to: vehicles wit h Audi parking system plus with rear-
The red segments in front of and behind the vehi-
view came ra
cle c:::>fig. 145 help you to determine the distance
The rearview camera switches an automatically between you and an obstacle. As your vehicle
together with the acoustic and visual park assist comes closer to the obstacle, the segments move
when you put the vehicle in reverse. closer to the vehicle. The collision area has been
reached when the next to last segment is dis-
played . Do not continue dr iving farther c:::>.&.in
General Information on page 126!

A
- WARNING
- The MMI d isplay cannot show, o r cannot ad-
equate ly show, certain objects (such as
smal l posts or grating), recesses in the
g round and protruding parts on another car.
- Only use the rearv iew camera to ass ist you if
Fig . 144 Center conso le: Park ing system switch
it shows a good, clea r pictu re. For example,
the image may be affected by the sun shin-
ing into the lens, dirt on the lens or if there
is a defect.
- Use the rearv iew camera on ly with the rea r
lid completely closed. Make sure any objects
you may have mounted on the rear lid do
not block the rearv iew camera.

(D Tips
Fig. 14 5 MMI display: visual distance display - The sensors must be kept clean and free of
snow and ice for t he park ass ist to operate .
Switching on - The visua l display is shown in the illust ra-
.. Switch the MMI on and select reverse gear . tion of the rearview camera. This display
.. To use the front park ing system, press the shows where the sensors have detected an
switch p,,1Ain the center console c::>fig . 144. A obstacle.
sho rt confirmation tone sounds and t he indica- - You can change the volume and pitch of the
tor light in the switc h lights up. page 130.
signa ls as well as the display c:::>
- Please follow the instructions for tow ing a
Switching between th e rearview camera and page 130.
trailer c:::>
visual display
- What appears in the display is time -de-
.. Press the Graphi c control button c::>page128, layed.
fig. 146 ® to see the visual d isplay .
.. Press the Rear view contro l butto n to see t he
rearview camera image ¢fig. 145.

Switching off
.. Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or
~ .. press the switch P'#Aor
.....
~ .. switch off the ign ition.
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

127
Parking aid

Reverse Parking fig. 142. Watch out especially for small chil-
Applies to: vehicles with Aud i park ing system plus w ith rear - dren and animals. The rearview camera can-
view cam era
not always detect them, posing risk of an
Parking mode 1 con be used when parking in a accident!
garage or into a parking space. - Please note that objects not touching the
ground can appear to be further away than
they really are (for example, the bumper of
a parked vehicle, a trailer hitch, or the rear
of a truck). In this case, you should not use
the help lines to help with parking, which
poses danger of an accident!

(D Note
In the MMI display, the direction of travel of
the vehicle rear is represented depending on
Fig. 146 MMI disp lay: a iming at a parking spot the steering wheel angle. The vehicle front
swings out more than the vehicle rear. Main-
tain plenty of distance so that your outside
mirror or a corner of your vehicle does not col-
lide with any obstacles. This can damage to
your vehicle.

Fig. 147 MMI disp lay: align ing the vehicle

.,.Switch the MMI on and se lect reverse gear .

.,.Turn the steering wheel until the orange orien-
tation lines (D appear in the parking spot
¢ fig . 146. Use the markings @ to help you es-

timate the distance from an obstacle. Each

marking represents 3 ft (1 meter). The blue
area represents an extension of the vehicle's
outline by approximately 16 ft (S meters) to
the rear .
.,.While driving in reverse gear, adjust the steer-
ing wheel angle to f it the parking space with
the a id of the orange orientation lines ¢ (D. ®
marks the rear bumper . Stop the vehicle when
the red orientation line © borders an object
¢ ,&..

.&_WARNING
- The rearview camera does not show the en-
tire area behind the vehicle¢ page 125,

128
 P a rk ing a id

Parallel Parking .,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering

Applies to: vehicles wit h Audi parking system plus with rear- wheel to the right as far as it will go.
view camera .,. Back into the parking spot until the blue curve
Use parking mode 2 to help you porollel pork touches the curb¢ fig. 149. Stop the veh icle.
along the side of a street. .,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering
wheel to the left as far as it will go .
.,.Continue to back into the parki ng spot unt il the
veh icle is parked parallel to the curb. @ marks
the rear bumpe r. Stop the ve hicle when the red
orientat ion line @ borders an objec t ¢ & -
Keep an eye on the front of yo ur vehicle while
doing this ¢ (D.

Parking next to obstacles

When there is an obstacle (such as a wall) next to
t he parking spot, choose a spot with mo re space
Fig. 148 MMI display: blue surface in the parking spot
on t he sides. Pos ition the long side of the b lue
area so that there is sufficient space from the
curb. The area must not be on the curb. You will
also need to start turning the steering wheel
much earlier. There should be a sufficient
amount of space between the curb and the blue
curve, and t he blue curve¢ fig. 149 must not
touch the curb.

A WARNING
- The rearview camera does not show the en-
Fig. 14 9 MMI display : Blue curve on the curb
tire area behind the vehicle ¢ page 125,
The following steps app ly only when there is no fig. 142. Watch out especially fo r small ch il-
obstacle such as a wall near the parking spot. d ren and animals. The rearview came ra can-
Otherwise, please read the information prov ided not a lways detect them, posing risk of an
in the "Pa rking Next to Obstacles" sect ion. accide nt!
- Please note that objects no t touching the
.,.Activate the turn s ignal. g round can appear to be further away tha n
.,.Pos ition your vehicle paralle l to the edge of the they rea lly are (for examp le, the bumper of
street, approx imately 3 ft (1 meter) from a a parked vehicle, a trailer hitch, or the rear
parked veh icle. of a truck). In this case, you shou ld not use
.,.Swit ch the MMI on and se lect reverse gear. The the help lines to help with parking, which
park ing a id turns on and park ing mode 1 ap- poses danger of an accident!
pears on the d isplay .
.,.Press the control button (D ¢ fig. 148 on the (D Note
MMI control console. Parking mode 2 appears.
In the MMl d is play, the direction of travel of
.,.Back up and align your vehicle so the blue area
the veh icle rear is represented depend ing on
@ borders on the rear end of the vehicle or on
the steer ing whee l ang le. The vehicle front
the parking spot line. The blue area represents
a, swings o ut more tha n the vehicle rea r. Main-
a, an extension of the vehicle's outline by approxi-
..... ta in p lenty of distance so that your outside
,....
N mately 16 ft (S meters) to the rear. The long
N
..... s ide of the blue area should be on the curb. The
0
0
0: ent ire blue area must fit into t he parki ng spot.
co

129
Parking aid

m irror or a corne r of your vehicle does not col- - The settings are automatically stored and
lide with any obstacles. This can damage to assigned to the remote control key.
your vehicle.
Trailer hitch
(D Tips Applies t o : vehicles wi th Audi parking syst em pl us wi t h rear-
view camera and t rail er hitc h
The left or right orientation lines and surfaces
will be displayed, depending on the turn sig- For vehicles with a factory installed trailer hitch,
nal being used. or a trailer hitch installed according to factory
specif ications, the parking system rear sensors
Adjusting the display do not come on whenever you shift into reverse
and warning tones gear or when you press the p,qA switch. Remem-
Applies to : vehicles with Audi park ing system plus with rear- ber, there is no warning for distances to the rear.
view camera The front sensors remain activated. The visual
The display and warning tones can be adjusted in display switches to the trailer tow ing mode. The
the MMI. picture from the rearview camera w ill not show
the or ientat ion lines nor the blue surfaces .
~ Select: ICARlfunction button> Parking system.
If you install a hitch yourself, this function may
Or
not work.
~ Select: I CARIfunct ion button > Car systems*
control button > Driver assist > Parking aid.
Error messages
Display Appli es to: vehicles wi th Audi parking syst em plus with rear-
view camera
- Off - when the parking system is switched on,
only audible signals are given. There is an error in the system if the LED on the
- On - when the parking system is switched on, switch is blinking and you hear a continuous
PJJJA
either the visual disp lay or the picture from the alarm for a few seconds after switching on the
rearview camera is displayed . parking system or when the parking system is al-
ready activated . Have your authorized Audi dealer
Warning tones
correct the error.
- Front volume - front sensor volume
- Front frequency - fron t sensor frequency (D Tips
- Rear volume - rear sensor volume If the error is not corrected before you switch
- Rear frequency - rear sensor frequency off the ign ition, when you switch on the park-
- In -car entertainment fader/Music volume ing system again, the LED in the Pw.o.switch
while parking - when the parking system is will blink.
switched on, the volume of the active audio
source is lowered .

The newly adjusted value is briefly heard from

the signal generator.

(D Tips
- The warning tones can also be adjusted di-
rectly by the visual disp lay or the picture
from the rearview camera. Simply press the
Settings control button.
- Changed settings are act ivated when park-
ing system is switched on again .

130
 Driving safety

Driving safety The following is a list of just a few of the safety

features in your Audi:
Basics
- sophisticated safety belts for dr iver and all pas-
Safe driving habits senger seat ing pos itions,
- be lt force limiters for the front seats,
Please remember - safety first!
- belt pretensioners for the seats,
This chapter contains important information, - belt height adjustment for the front seats,
tips, instructions and warnings that you need to - head restraints for each seating position,
read and observe for your own safety, the safety - front airbags,
of your passengers and others . We have summar- - side airbags in the front seats and outer rear
ized here what you need to know about safety seats *,
belts, airbags, child restraints as well as child - side curtain airbags,
safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Al- - special LATCHanchorages for child restraints,
ways observe the information and warnings in - adjustab le steering column.
this section - for your own safety as well as that
of your passengers. These individual safety features, can work to-
gether as a system to help protect you and your
The information in this section app lies to all passengers in a wide range of accidents . These
model versions of your vehicle. Some of the fea- features cannot work as a system if they are not
tures descr ibed in this sections may be standard always correctly adjusted and correctly used.
equipment on some models, or may be optional
equipment on others. If you are not sure, ask Safety is everybody's responsibility!
your authorized Audi dealer.
Important things to do before driving
A WARNING
- Safety is everybody 's job! Vehicle and occupant
- Always make sure that you follow the in- safety always depends on the informed and care-
structions and heed the WARNINGS in this ful driver.
Manual. It is in your interest and in the in-
terest of your passengers . For your safety and the safety of your passen-
- Always keep the complete Owner's Litera- gers, before driving always:
ture in your Audi when you lend or sell your .,. Make sure that all lights and signals are operat-
vehicle so that this important information ing correctly.
will always be available to the driver and .,. Make sure that the tire pressure is correct .
passengers. .,. Make sure that all windows are clean and afford
- Always keep the Owner's literature handy so good visibility to the outside .
that you can find it easily if you have ques- .,. Secure all luggage and other items carefully
tions. ~ page 74 .
.,. Make sure that nothing can interfere with the
Safety equipment pedals.
.,.Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors
The safety features are part of the occupant re-
correctly for your height.
straint system and work together to help reduce
.,. Instruct passengers to adjust the head re-
the risk of injury in a wide variety of accident sit-
straints according to their height.
uations.
.,. Make sure to use the right child restraint cor-
CD Your safety and the safety of your passengers rectly to protect children ¢ page 168, Child
....
CD
N should not be left to chance. Advances in tech- safety. ..,.
,-...
N
,...., nology have made a var iety of features available
0
0
C<'. to help reduce the risk of injury in an accident.
00

131
Driving safety

• Sit properly in your seat and make sure that Correct passenger
your passengers do the same c:>page 60,
seating positions
General information.
• Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly . Al- Proper seating position for the driver
so instruct your passengers to fasten their safe-
The proper driver seating position is important
ty belts properly c:>page 140 .
for safe, relaxed driving.

What impairs driving safety?

Safe driving is directly related to the condition of

the vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's abili-
ty to concentrate on the road without being dis-
tracted .

The driver is responsible for the safety of the ve-

hicle and all of its occupants. If your ability to
drive is impaired, safety risks for everybody in the
vehicle increase and you also become a hazard to Fig. 150 Correct seating posit ion
everyone else on the road c:>Li').. Therefore :
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in-
• Do not let yourself be distracted by passengers jury in the event of an accident, we recommend
or by using a cellular telephone . that you adjust the driver's seat to the following
• NEVERdrive when your driving ability is im- position:
paired (by medications, alcohol, drugs, etc.).
• Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and • Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily
speed limits and plain common sense. push the pedals all the way to the floor while
• ALWAYSadjust your speed to road, traffic and keeping your knee(s) slightly bent c:>.&_.
weather conditions. • Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in
• Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive an upright position so that your back comes in
for more than two hours at a stretch. full contact with it when you drive.
• Do NOT drive when you are tired, under pres- • Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a d is-
sure or when you are stressed. tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
steering wheel and your breast bone r::!) fig. 150.
A WARNING If not possible, see your authorized Audi dealer
about adaptive equipment.
Impaired driving safety increases the risk of
• Adjust the steering wheel so that the steering
ser ious personal injury and death whenever a
wheel and airbag cover points at your chest and
vehicle is being used.
not at your face.
• Grasp the top of the steering wheel with your
elbow(s) slightly bent.
• Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is
as even as possible with the top of your head . If
that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
straint so that it is as close to this position as
possible.
• Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
c:>page 143.
• Always keep both feet in the footwell so that
you are in control of the veh icle at all times .

132
 Driving safety

For detailed information on how to adjust the Proper seating position for the front
driver's seat, see ¢ page 61. passenger

A WARNING
The proper front passenger seating position is
important for safe, relaxed driving.
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or
too close to the airbag can be seriously in- For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in-
jured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help re- jury in the event of an accident, we recommend
duce the risk of serious personal injury: that you adjust the seat for the front passenger
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the to the follow ing position:
steering wheel so that there are at least
"' Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in
10 inches (25 cm) between your breastbone
an upright position and your back comes in full
and the steering wheel.
contact with it whenever the vehicle is moving.
- Always hold the steer ing wheel on the out- "' Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is
side of the steering wheel rim with your as even as possible with the top of your head. If
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi- that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
tions to help reduce the risk of persona l in- straint so that it is as close to this position as
jury if the driver's airbag inflates. possible ¢ page 134.
- Never hold the steer ing whee l at the "' Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the
12 o'clock position or with your hands at front passenger seat.
other pos it ions inside the steering wheel "' Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
rim or on the steering wheel hub. Holding c:::;,
page 143.
the steering wheel the wrong way can cause
serious injuries to the hands, arms and head For detailed information on how to adjust the
if the driver's airbag deploys. front passenger's seat, see c:::;,
page 60 .
- Pointing the steering wheel toward your
face decreases the ability of the supplemen- A
- WARNING
-
tal driver's airbag to protect you in a colli- Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out
sion. of position or too close to the airbag can be
- Always sit in an upright position and never seriously injured or killed by the airbag as it
lean against or place any part of your body unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious
too close to the area where the airbags are personal injury:
located . - Passengers must a lways s it in an upright po-
- Before driving, always adjust the front seats sition and never lean against or place any
and head restraints properly and make sure part of their body too close to the area
that all passengers are properly restrained. where the airbags are located.
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is - Passengers who are unbelted, out of posi-
moving . Your seat may move unexpectedly tion or too close to the airbag can be seri -
and you could lose control of the vehicle . ously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or great force in the blink of an eye.
t ilted far back! The farther the backrests are - Always make sure that there are at least
tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due 10 inches (25 cm) between the front pas-
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt senger's breastbone and the instrument
and improper seating position. panel.
- Children must a lways ride in child safety - Each passenger must always sit on a seat of
CD seats¢ page 168 . Spec ial precaut ions ap- their own and properly fasten and wear the
....
CD
N
ply when installing a ch ild safety seat on the safety belt belonging to that seat .
,-...
....
N front passenger seat c:::;,page 148. - Before driving, always adjust the front pas-
0
0
C<'.
senger seat and head restraint properly .
00

133
Dr iv ing sa fe ty

- Always keep your feet on the floor in front - Safety belts only offer maximum protect ion
of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, in- when the seatback is securely latched in the
strument pane l, out of the window, etc. The upright position and the safety belts are
airbag system and safety belt will not be properly posit ioned on the body. Bynot sit-
able to protect you properly and can even in- ting upright, a rear seat passenger increases
crease the risk of injury in a crash . the risk of personal injury from imprope rly
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or posit ioned safety belts!
t ilted far back! The farther the backrests are - Always adju st the head restra int properly so
t ilted back, the greater t he risk of inj ury due that it can give maximum protection.
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt
and improper seating position. Proper adjustment of head restraints
- Children must always ride in child safety
seats r=;,page 168 . Special pre caut ions ap- Correctly adjusted head restraints are an impor-
ply when installing a child safety seat on the tant part of your vehicle's occupant restraint sys-
front passenger seat r=;, page 148. tem and can help to reduce the risk of injuries in
accident situations.
Proper seating positions for passengers in
rear seats

Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both

feet on the floor consistent with their physical
size and be properly restrained whenever the ve-
hicle is in use.

To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect

seating position in the event of a sudden braking
maneuver or an accident, your passengers on the Fig . 1 51 Head restra int: viewed from t he front
rear bench seat must always observe the follow-
ing: The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to
achieve the best protection.
~ If there is a passenger on the rear center seat-
ing posit ion, slide the center head restra int up- ~ Adjust the head rest raints so the upper edge is
ward at least to the next notch r=;, page 64. as even as possib le with the top of your head. If
~ Make sure that the seatback is securely latched that is not possible, t ry to adjust the head re-
in the upright position r=;,page 66. straint so that it is as close to this posit ion as
~ Keep both feet flat in t he footwell in front of possible r=;,fig. 151.
the rear seat. ~ If there is a passenger on the rear center seat-
~ Fasten and wea r safety be lts properly ing position, slide the center head restraint up-
page 143.
r:=;, ward at least to the next notch .
~ Make sure that children are always properly re-
strained in a child rest raint t hat is appropriate page 64.
Adjusting head restraints r=;,
page 168.
for their size and age r=;,
A WARNING
-

A WARNING All seats are eq uipped with head restraints.

Drivingwithout head restraints or with head
Passengers who are improperly seated on the
rest raints tha t are not prope rly adjusted in-
rear seat can be seriously injured in a crash.
creases the risk of serious or fata l neck injury
- Each passenger must always sit on a seat of
dramat ically. To help reduce t he risk of injury: Ill-
their own and properly fasten and wear the
safety belt belonging to that seat.

134
 Driving safety

- Always drive with the head restraints in Therefore , whenever the vehicle is moving :
place and properly adjusted. - never stand up in the vehicle
- Every person in the vehicle must have a - never stand on the seats
properly adjusted head restraint. - never kneel on the seats
- Always make sure each person in the vehicle - never ride with the seatback reclined
properly adjusts their head restraint. Adjust - never lie down on the rear seat
the head restraints so the upper edge is as - never lean up against the instrument panel
even as possible with the top of your head.
- never sit on the edge of the seat
If that is not possible, try to adjust the head
- never sit sideways
restraint so that it is as close to th is position
- never lean out the window
as possible.
- never put your feet out the window
- Never attempt to adjust head restraint
- never put your feet on the instrument panel
while driving. If you have driven off and
- never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back
must adjust the driver headrest for any rea·
of the seat
son, first stop the veh icle safely before at·
- never ride in the footwell
tempting to adjust the head restraint.
- never ride in the cargo area
- Children must a lways be properly restrained
in a ch ild restraint that is appropriate for
their age and size q page 168.
A WARNING
Improper seating positions increase the risk
of serious personal injury and death whenever
Examples of improper seating positions
a vehicle is being used.
The occupant restraint system con only reduce -Always make sure that all vehicle occupants
the risk of injury if vehicle occupants ore properly stay in a proper seating position and are
seated. properly restrained whenever the vehicle is
be ing used .
Improper seating positions can cause serious in·
jury or death. Safety belts can only work when
they are properly positioned on the body . Im· Pedal area
proper seating positions reduce the effect iveness Pedals
of safety belts and will even increase the risk of
injury and death by moving the safety belt to crit· The pedals must always be free to move and
ical areas of the body. Improper seating posit ions must never be interfered with by a floor mot or
also increase the risk of serious injury and death any other object.
when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant
Make sure that all pedals move free ly without in·
who is not in the proper seating position. A driver
terference and that nothing prevents them from
is responsible for the safety of all vehicle occu·
returning to their original positions .
pants and especially for children . Therefore:
Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area free
.. Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect
and can be secured with floor mat fasteners .
seat ing pos ition when the vehicle is being used
¢ ,&.. If a brake circuit fails, increased brake pedal trav-
el is required to bring the vehicle to a full stop .
The following bulletins list only some sample po·
sitions that will increase the risk of serious injury A
- WARNING
and death. Our hope is that these examples will
Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss
CD make you more aware of seating posit ions that
....
CD
of vehicle control and increase the risk of seri·
N
,-... are dangerous.
ous injury. ""
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

135
Driving safety

- Never place any objects in the driver's foot- - Always make sure that objects cannot fall
well. An object could get into the pedal area into the driver footwell while the vehicle is
and interfere with pedal function. In case of moving. Objects can become trapped under
sudden braking or an accident, you would the brake pedal and accelerator pedal caus-
not be able to brake or accelerate! ing a loss of vehicle control.
- Always make sure that nothing can fall or
move into the driver's footwell. Storing cargo correctly
Loading the luggage compartment
Floor mats on the driver side
All luggage and other objects must be properly
Always use floor mots that con be securely at-
stowed and secured in the luggage comport-
tached to the floor mot fasteners and do not in-
ment.
terfere with the free movement of the pedals.

• Make sure that the floor mats are properly se-

cured and cannot move and interfere with the
pedals c>_&.

Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area un -

obstructed and that are firmly secured so that
they cannot slip out of position. You can obtain
suitable floor mats from your authorized Audi
dealer .
Fig. 152 Safe load positioning : place heavy objects as low
Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi.
and as far forward as poss ible.
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached
to these fasteners. Properly securing the floor Loose items in the luggage compartment can
mats will prevent them from sliding into posi- shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling charac-
tions that could interfere with the pedals or im- teristics. Loose items can also increase the risk of
pair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways. serious personal injury in a sudden vehicle ma-
neuver or in a collision .
A WARNING • Distribute the load evenly in the luggage com-
Pedals that cannot move freely can result in a partment.
loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of • Always place and properly secure heavy items in
serious personal injury. the luggage compartment as low and as far for-
- Always make sure that floor mats are prop- ward as possible c>fig. 152 .
erly secured. • Secure luggage using the tie-downs provided
- Never place or install floor mats or other c>poge 67 .
floor coverings in the vehicle that cannot be • Make sure that the rear seatback is securely
properly secured in place to prevent them latched in place.
from slipping and interfering with the ped-
als or the ability to control the vehicle. A WARNING
- Never place or install floor mats or other Improperly sto red luggage or other items can
floor coverings on top of already installed fly through the vehicle caus ing serious per-
floor mats. Addit ional floor mats and other sona l injury in the event of hard braking or an
coverings will reduce the size of the peda l accident. To help reduce the risk of serious
area and interfere with the pedals . personal injury:
- Always properly reinstall and secure floor
mats that have been taken out for cleaning .

136
 Driving safety

- Always put objects, for example, luggage or

other heavy items in the luggage compart-
A WARNING
-
Always make sure that the doors, all win-
ment.
dows, the Panoramic sliding sunroof* and the
- Always secure objects in the luggage com-
rear lid are securely closed and locked to re-
partment using the tie-down eyelets and
duce the risk of injury when the vehicle is not
suitable straps.
being used .

A WARNING
-After closing the rear lid, always make sure
that it is properly closed and locked .
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehi- - Never leave your vehicle unattended espe-
cle handles . To help reduce the risk of a loss cially with the rear lid left open. A child
of control leading to serious personal injury: could crawl into the vehicle through the lug-
- Always keep in mind when transporting gage compartment and close the rear lid be-
heavy objects, that a change in the center of coming trapped and unable to get out. Be-
gravity can also cause changes in vehicle ing trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious
hand ling: personal injury.
- Always distribute the load as evenly as - Never let children play in or around the vehi-
possible. cle.
- Place heavy objects as far forward in the - Never let passengers ride in the luggage
luggage compartment as possible. compartment. Vehicle occupants must al-
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating ways be properly restrained in one of the ve-
or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specified hicle's seating positions.
on the safety compliance sticker on the left
door jamb. Exceeding permissible weight (D Tips
standards can cause the vehicle to slide and
- Air circulation helps to reduce w indow fog-
handle differently .
ging . Stale air escapes to the outside
- Please observe information on safe driving
through vents in the trim panel. Be sure to
<=>
page 131. keep these slots free and open.

A WARNING
- The tire pressure must correspond to the
load. The tire pressure is shown on the tire
To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from pressure label. The tire pressure label is lo-
being drawn into the vehicle, always keep the cated on the driver's side B-pillar . The tire
rear lid closed while driving . pressure label lists the recommended cold
- Never transport objects larger than those tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its
fitting completely into the luggage area be- maximum capac ity weight and the tires that
cause the rear lid cannot be fully closed . were on your vehicle at the time it was man-
- If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid ufactured. For recommended t ire pressures
open, observe the following notes to reduce for normal load conditions, please see chap-
the risk of poisoning: ter r=>page 241.
- Close all windows,
- Close the Pano ramic sliding sunroof*, Tie-downs
- Open all air outlets in the instrument pan-
The luggage compartment is equipped with four
el,
tie-downs to secure luggage and other items.
- Switch off the air recirculation,
CD - Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed . Use the t ie-downs to secure your cargo properly
....
CD
N
Q page 136, Loading the luggage compartment . ..,_
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

137
Dr iv ing sa fe ty

In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even addition t o notif ying Audi of
sma ller items that are loose in the vehicle will
become heavy missiles that can cause ser ious in- Amer ica, Inc .
jury. Items in the veh icle possess energy which
vary with vehicle speed and the weight of the If NHTSAreceives similar com-
item . Vehicle speed is the most s ignificant factor . plaint s, it may ope n an investiga -
For examp le, in a frontal collision at a speed of tion , and if it finds that a safety
30 mph (48 km/h), the forces act ing on a 10-lb
(4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the normal
defect s exists in a group of
weight of the item . This means that the weight vehicles, it may order a recall and
of the item would suddenly be about
remedy campaign. However,
200 lbs . (90 kg) . You can imagine the injuries
that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying free ly through NHTSA cann ot become involved in
the passenge r compartmen t could cau se in a col- individual probl e ms bet ween you,
lision like this.
your dealer, or Audi of America,
A WARNING Inc.
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to
secure items to tie-downs can fail d uring hard To conta ct th e NHTSA, you may
brak ing or in a collision and cause serious per-
either call:
sonal injury.
- Always use suitab le mounting straps and Te l.: 1-888- 3 27-4236 (TTY:
properly secure items to the tie-downs in
the luggage compartment to help prevent 1-800-4 24-9 153) or
items from shifting or flying forward as dan- 1-800-424-9393
gerous missiles.
- When the rear seat backrest is folded down, or you may write t o:
always use suitab le mounting straps and
properly secure items to the tie-downs in NHTSA
the luggage compartment to help prevent
U.S. Depart ment of Transporta-
items from flying forwa rd as dangerous
missiles into the passenger compartment. tion
- Never at tach a child safety seat tethe r strap 1200 New Jers ey Ave., S.E.
to a tie-down.
West Building
Reporting Safety Defects Was hington , DC20590
Applicable to U.S.A. You can also obtain other infor-
If you believe that your vehicle mation about motor vehicle safe-
has a def ect which could cause a ty from:
crash or could cause injury or http: / / www.safer car.go v
dea th , you should immedi ately in-
form th e National Highway Traffic
Safet y Administr ation (NHTSA) in

138
 Driving safety

Applic able to Canada http://www .tc.gc.ca/eng/

If you live in Canada and you be- roadsafety/menu.htm
lieve that your vehicle has a de-
fect that could cause a crash, in-
jury or death, you should immedi-
ately inform Transport Canada,
Defect Investigat ions and Recalls.
You should also notify Audi Cana-
da .
Canadian customers who wish to
report a safety-related defect to
Transport Canada, Defect Investi-
gations and Recalls , may either
call Transport Canada toll-free at:
Tel.: 1-800-333 -0510 or
Tel.: 1-819 -994-3328 (Ottawa re-
gion and from other countries)
TTYfor hearing impaired:
1-888-67 5-6863
or contact Transport Canada by
mail at:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Investiga-
tions Laboratory
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC
J8Z 0Al
For additional road safety infor-
mation, please visit the Road
Safety website at:
-
g;
N

-
r--
N

0
0
0:
a:,

1 39
S a fety belt s

Safety belts - Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is

properly restrained with a separate safety
General information be lt or ch ild restraint.
Always wear safety belts!
Safety belt warning light
Wearing safe ty belts correctly saves lives!
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver
This chapte r explains why safety be lts a re neces-
and (on USAmodels only) front seat passenger
sary, how they work and how to adjust and wear
to remind you about the importance of buckling-
them correct ly.
up .
.. Read all the information that follows and heed (0

all of the instructions and WARNINGS. "'

"'
0
N
<f
m

&_ WARNING
Not wea ring safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of ser ious personal
injury and dea t h .
- Safety belts are the s ingle most effective
mea ns ava ilab le to reduce the risk of serious
injury and dea t h in automob ile accidents . Fig. 1 53 Safety belt wa rning light in t he inst rument clus-
For your protect ion and that of your passe n- ter - enlarged
gers, always corre ct ly wea r safety be lt s
when the veh icle is moving . Before driving off , alway s :
- Pregnant wom en , inj ured, o r physically im- .. Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are
paired persons mus t als o use safety be lt s. wearing it prope rly .
Like a ll vehi cle occu pants, they are mo re .. Make sure that your passengers a lso buc kle up
likely t o be serio us ly injure d if t hey do not and proper ly wea r t heir safety belts .
wea r safety be lts. The best way to protect a .. Protec t your ch ildren with a child rest raint sys-
fetus is to protect the mothe r - t hroughout tem app ropr iate for t he size and age of the chil-
the ent ire pregnancy . dren .

The wa rning light . in the instrument cluste r

Number of seats
lights up when the ignit ion is swit ched on as a re-
Your Aud i has a total of five seating positions: minde r to fas t en t he safety be lts. In addition,
two in the front and three in the rear. Each seat- you will hea r a wa rning tone for a ce rt ain per iod
ing position has a safety belt. of t ime.

Fasten your safety belt now and make sure that

&_ WARNING your passengers also properly put on their safe-
Not wea ring safety bel t s or weari ng them im- ty belts.
properly increases t he risk of ser ious personal
inju ry and dea t h. &_ WARNING -
- Never st rap more tha n one perso n, includ- - Safety belts a re t he sing le mos t eff ect ive
ing small ch ildr en, into a ny be lt . It is espe- means available to redu ce t he risk of serio us
cia lly dan gerous to pla ce a safety bel t over a injur y and death in a utomo bile accidents.
child s itt ing on you r lap. For your protection and t hat of your passen-
- Never let mo re people ride in t he vehicle ge rs , a lways cor rect ly wear safety belts
t han t he re are saf ety bel t s availab le. when t he veh icle is moving .

140
 Safety belts

- Failure to pay attention to the warn ing light The same principles apply to people sitting in a
that come on, could lead to persona l injury. vehicle that is involved in a fronta l collision. Even
at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50 km/h),
the forces acting on the body can reach one ton
Why use safety belts? (2,000 lbs. or 1,000 kg) or more. At greater
Frontal collisions and the law of physics speeds, these forces are even higher .

Frontal crashes create very strong forces for peo- People who do not use safety belts are a lso not
ple riding in vehicles . attached to the ir vehicle. In a frontal collis ion
they will also keep moving forward at the speed
their vehicle was travelling just before the crash .
Of course, the laws of physics don't just apply to
frontal collisions, they determine what happens
in all kinds of accidents and collisions .

What happens to occupants not wea ring

safety belts?
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop
Fig. 154 Unbe lted occupants in a vehicle heading for a wall
themselves from flying forward and being in-
jured or killed. Always wear your safety belts!

Fig. 155 The vehicle crashes into the wall

Fig. 156 A dr iver not wearing a safety belt is violently
The physical principles are simple. Both the vehi- thrown forward
cle and the passengers possess energy which var-
ies with vehicle speed and body weight. Engi-
neers call this energy "kinetic energy."

The higher the speed of the vehicle and the

greater the vehicle's we ight, the more energy
that has to be "absorbed" in the crash.

Vehicle speed is the most significant factor. If

the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50
km/h), the energy increases 4 t imes!
Fig. 157 A rear passe nger not wearing a safety belt will fly
Because the passengers of this veh icle are not us- forwa rd a nd strike the driver
ing safety belts ¢fig . 154, they will keep moving
at the same speed the vehicle was moving just Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tre-
a,
a, before the crash, until something stops them - mendous forces of impact by holding tight or
.....
N
here, the wall¢ fig. 155 . bracing themselves . Without the benefit of safe-
r--
N
..... ty restraint systems, the un restrained occupant
0
0
0: will slam violently into the steering wheel, Ill>-
co

141
Sa f e ty belts

instrument panel, windshield, or whatever else is plied to the body in an accident , and help prevent
in the way r:!>fig. 156. This impact with the vehi- the uncontrolled movement that can cause seri-
cle interior has all the energy they had j ust be- ous injuries. In add ition, sa fety belts red uce the
fore the crash. danger of being thrown out of the vehicle.

Never rely on airbags alone for protection . Even Safety be lts attach passengers to the car and g ive
when they deploy, airbags provide only additional them the benefit of being slowed down more
protection. Airbags are not supposed to dep loy in gently or "soft ly" thro ugh the "give" in the safety
all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is belts, crush zones and other safety feat ures engi-
equipped w ith airbags, all vehicle occupants, in- neered into today's vehicles. By "absorbing" the
cluding the driver, must wear safety belts cor - kinet ic energy over a longer per iod of t ime, the
rectly in order to minimize the risk of severe in- safety belts make the forces on the body more
jury or death in a crash . "tolerab le" and less likely to cause inju ry.

Remember too, that airbags will deploy only Although these examples are based on a frontal
once and that your safety belts are always there collision, safety be lts ca n also substantially re-
to offer protect ion in those accidents in wh ich duce the risk of injury in ot her kinds of crashes .
airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they So, whethe r you're on a long trip or just goi ng to
have a lready deployed . Unbel ted occupants can the cor ne r store, a lways buckle up and make sure
also be thrown out of the veh icle where eve n othe rs do, t oo. Acciden t st at ist ics show that veh i-
mo re severe or fatal injuries can occur . cle occupants prope rly wearing safety bel t s have
a lowe r risk of being injured and a much better
It is also important for the rear pass engers to
chance of surviving an acc ident . Properly using
wear safety belts correctly. Unbelted passengers
safety be lts also great ly increases the ability of
in t he rear seats endanger no t on ly themse lves
the supp lemental airbags to do their job in a col-
but also the drive r and other passengers
lis ion. For this reason, wearing a safety belt is le-
~ fig . 157. In a frontal collision they will be
gally required in most countries including much
thrown forward violently, where they can hit and
of the United States and Canada .
inj ure the driver and/or front seat passenger.
Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you
Safety belts protect still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front
airbags, for examp le, are activated only in some
People think it's possible to use the hands to frontal collisions. The front airbags are not act i-
brace the body in a minor collision . It's simply vated in all frontal collisions, in side and rear col-
not true! lis ions, in roll overs or in cases where the re is not
eno ugh deceler ation t hroug h impa ct t o the front
of t he vehicle . The same goes for the other a irbag
systems in your Audi. So, always wear your safety
belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is
properly rest rained!

Important safety instructions about safety

belts
Safety belts must always be correctly positioned
Fig. 1 58 Driver is corr ectly restrai ned i n a sudden brak ing across the strongest bones of your body.
m aneuver
.,.Always wear safety belts as illustrated and de -
Safety belts used properly can make a big d iffer- scribed in this chapter.
ence. Safety belts help to keep passengers in .,. Make sure that your safety be lts are always
their seats, gradually reduce energy levels ap- ready fo r use a nd are not damaged .

142
 Safety belts

A WARNING aged, have belts replaced by an authorized

Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Not wearing safety belts or wearing th em im-
- Safety belts that have been worn and loaded
properly increases the risk of serious personal
in an accident must be replaced with the
injury and death . Safety belts can work only
correct replacement safety belt by an au-
when used correctly.
thor ized Audi dealer. Replacement may be
-Always fasten your safety belts correctly be-
necessary even if damage cannot be clearly
fore driving off and make sure all passen-
seen. Anchorages that were loaded must al-
gers are correctly restrained.
so be inspected.
- For maximum protection, safety belts must
- Never remove, modify, disassemble, or try
always be positioned properly on the body .
to repair the safety belts yourself.
- Never strap more than one person, includ-
-Always keep the belts clean . Dirty belts may
ing small children, into any belt .
not work properly and can impair the func-
- Never place a safety belt over a child sitting
tion of the inertia reel~ table Interior
on your lap.
cleaning on page 206.
- Always keep feet in the footwell in front of
the seat while the vehicle is being driven.
- Never let any person ride with their feet on
Safety belts
the instrument panel or st icking out the Fastening safety belts
window or on the seat .
- Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle Safety first - everybody buckle up!
is moving . Doing so will increase your risk of
being injured or killed.
- Never wear belts twisted.
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-
jects in or on your clot hing , such as eye
glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause
injury.
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by being caught in door or seat hard-
ware. Fig. 159 Belt buckle and to ngue on the driver's seat
- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
under your arm or otherwise out of position . To provide maximum protection, safety belts
- Several layers of heavy clothing may inter- must always be positioned correctly on the wear-
fere with correct positioning of belts and re- er's body .
duce the overall effectiveness of the system.
.. Adjust the front seat and head restraint proper-
- Always keep belt buckles free of anything
ly¢ page 60, General information.
that may prevent the buckle from latching
.. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench
securely .
is in an upright position and securely latched in
- Never use comfort clips or devices that cre-
place before using the belt ¢ ,&. .
ate slack in the shoulder belt . However, spe-
.. Pull the safety belt evenly across the chest and
cial clips may be required for the proper use
pelvis ¢fig. 159, ~ ,&. .
of some child restraint systems.
.. Ins ert the tongue into the correct buckle of
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and
your seat until you hear it latch securely.
damaged belt hardware can break in an acci-
a,
a,
.. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely
..... dent. Inspect belts regularly. If webbing,
N latched in the buckle. IIJ,,
r-- bindings, buckles, or retractors are dam-
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

143
Sa f e ty belts

Autom atic safet y belt retractors of the body into critical areas like the abdo-
Every safety belt is equ ipped with an automa t ic men.
be lt retractor on the shoulder belt. This feature - Always lock the convertible locking retractor
locks the belt when the belt is pulled out fast, when you are securing a child safety seat in
during hard braking and in a n accident. The belt the vehicle c:>page 180.
may a lso lock when you drive up or down a steep
hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driv- Safety belt position
ing the belt lets you move freely.
Correct belt position is the key to getting maxi-
Safety belt pret ensioners mum protection from safety belts .
The safety belts are equipped with a belt preten-
sioner that helps to t ighten the safety belt and
-
....
"'
9
remove slack when the pretensioner is activated. ...
I
a,

The function of the pretensioner is mon itored by

a warning light r:::')
page 13.

Switchable locking feature

Every safety belt except the one on the driver
seat is equipped with a switchable locking fea-
ture that must be used when the safety belt is
Fig. 160 Safety belt pos it ion
used to attach a child safety seat. Be sure to read
the impo rtant information about this feature
Standard features on your vehicle help you adjust
r=;,page178 .
the position of the safety belt to match your body
size.
.&_WARNING
- belt height adjustment for the front seats,
Improperly pos itioned safety be lts can cause
ser ious injury in an accident c:>page 144, - height-adjustab le front seats.
Safety belt position.
- Safety belts offer optimum protection only
.&_WARNING
when the seatback is upright and belts are Improperly positioned safety belts can cause
properly positioned on the body. serious pe rsonal injury in an acc ident .
- Always make sure that the rear seat bac k- - The shoulder belt should lie as close to the
rest to which the center rea r safety belt is center of the collar bone as possible and
attached is secure ly latched whenever the should fit well on the body. Hold the belt
rear center safety belt is being used. If the above the latch tongue and pull it evenly
backrest is not securely latched, the passen- across the chest so that it s its as low as pos-
ger will move forward with the backrest dur- sib le on the pe lvis and t here is no pressure
ing sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver on the a bdomen . The belt sho uld a lways f it
and especially in a crash. snug ly r:::;,fig. 160. Pull on the belt to tig hten
- Never attach the safety belt to the buckle if necessary .
for another seat. Attaching the belt to the - The lap be lt portion of the safety belt must
wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effec- be positioned as low as possible across pel-
t iveness and can cause serious persona l in- vis and never over the abdomen. Make sure
jury. the belt lies flat and snug c:>fig. 160. Pull on
- A passenger who is not properly restrained the belt to tighten if necessary.
can be seriously inj ured by the safety be lt it- - A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious
self when it moves from the stronger parts injuries by sh ifting its position on your body ..,_

144
 Safety belts

from the strong bones to more vulnerable, - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
soft tissue and cause serious injury. other important informa t ion c::>A in Fasten-
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and ing safety belts on page 144.
other important information 9 page 142.
Unfastening safety belts
Pregnant women must also be correctly
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release
restrained
button only o~er the vehicle has stopped.
The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure
that expectant mothers always wear safety belts
correctly - throughout the pregnancy .

Fig. 162 Releasing the tongue from the buckle

.,. Push the red release button on the buckle

Fig. 161 Safety belt position during pregnancy fig. 162 . The belt tongue will spring out of
c::>
the buckle c::>,&..
To provide maximum protection, safety belts • Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you
must always be positioned correctly on the wear- guide the belt tongue to its stowed position.
page 144 .
e r's body c::>

• Adjust the front seat and head restraint cor- & WARNING
page 60, General information .
rectly c::> Never unfast en safety belt while the vehicle is
• Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench moving. Doing so will increase your risk of be-
is in an upright position and securely latched in ing injured or killed.
place before using the belt.
• Pull the safety belt evenly across the chest so Adjusting safety belt height
that it sits as low as possible on the pelvis and
there is no pressure on the abdomen With the aid of the safety belt height adjust-
fig. 161, c::>.&_.
c::> ment, the three point safety belt strap routing
• Inse rt the tong ue into the correct buckle of can be fitted to the shoulder area, according to
your seat until you hear it latch securely body size .
c::>
page 143, fig. 159. ...
0
0
• Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely 0

latched in th e buckle. ...

6
a,

& WARNING
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause
ser ious personal injury in an accident.
a,
- Expectant mothers must always wear the
a,
..... lap portion of the safety belt as low as pos-
N
r--
N sible across the pelvis and below the round- Fig. 163 Safety belt height adjustment for the front seats
.....
0
0 ing of the abdomen . - loop-around fitt ings Ill>
0:
co

145
S a fety belts

The shou lder belt should lie as close to the center - Always make sure that all vehicle occupants
of the collar bone as possib le and should fit well are correctly restrained and stay in a correct
A
on the body c::> in Safety belt position on seating position whenever the vehicle is be-
page 144. ing used.
"'Push the loop -around fittings up c::>fig. 163 @ , - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
or other important informat ion c::>page 142.
"'squeeze together the (D button, and push the
loop-around fittings down @ . Belt tensioners
"'Pull the belt to make sure that the upper at-
tachment is properly engaged . How safety belt pretensioners work

In front, side and rear-end collisions above a

A WARNING particular severity and in a rollover, safety belts
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and oth- ore tensioned automatically.
er important informat ion c::>
page 142.
The safety belts are equipped with safety belt
pretensioners . The system is activated by sensors
(D Tips
in front, side and rear-end collisions of great se-
With the front seats, the height adjustment verity and in a rollover. This tightens the belt and
of the seat can also be used to adjust the po- takes up belt slack c::>& in Service and disposal of
sition of the safety belts. safety belt pretensioner on page 147. Taking up
the slack helps to reduce forward occupant
Improperly worn safety belts movement during a collision.

Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause se- (D Note

vere injuries.
Never let the belt remain over a rear seatback
Wearing safety belts improperly can cause seri- that has been folded forward .
ous injury or death. Safety belts can on ly work
when they are correctly positioned on the body. @ Tips
Improper seating positions reduce the effect ive- The safety belt pretensioner can only be acti-
ness of safety belts and will even increase the vated once.
risk of injury and death by mov ing the safety belt - The safety belt pretensioners do not deploy
to crit ica l areas of the body. Improper seating in minor frontal, side and rear-end colli-
positions a lso increase the risk of serious injury sions.
and death when an airbag deploys and strikes an - When the safety belt pretensioners are acti-
occupant who is not in the correct seating pos i- vated, a fine dust is released. This is normal
tion. A driver is responsible for the safety of all and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle.
veh icle occupants and especially for children. - The relevant safety requirements must be
Therefore: observed when the vehicle or components
"' Never permit anyone to ass um e an incorrect of the system are scrapped. An authorized
sitting position in the vehicle while traveling Audi dealer or qualified workshop is familiar
c>_&. with these regulations and will be pleased
to pass on the information to you.
A WARNING - Be sure to observe all safety, environmental
and other regulations if the vehicle or indi-
Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk
vidual parts of the system, particularly the
of serious personal injury and death whenever
safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed. We
a vehicle is being used.
recommend you have your authorized Audi
dealer perform this service for you.

146
 S a fet y b e lts

Service and disposal of safety belt preten- that you have your dealer perform this service
sioner for you .

The safety belt pretens ioners are parts of the

safety be lts on your Audi. Installing, removing,
servicing or repairing of belt pretensioners can
damage the safety belt system and prevent it
from working correctly in a collision .

There are some important things you have to

know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
system w ill not be impaired and that discarded
components do not cause injury or pollute the
environment.

A WARNING
-
Improper care, serv icing and repa ir proce-
dures can increase the risk of personal injury
and death by preven t ing a safety be lt preten-
sioner from activating when needed or acti-
vating it unexpectedly:
- The be lt pretensione r system can be act ivat-
ed only once. If belt pretensioners have
been act ivat ed, the system must be re-
placed.
- Never repair, adjust, or cha nge any parts of
the safety be lt system .
- Safety belt systems includ ing safety belt
pretens ioners cannot be repaired. Specia l
procedures are req uired for removal, insta l-
lation and disposa l of this system.
- For any work on the safety bel t system, we
strongly recommend that you see your au-
thorized Aud i dea ler or qualified technician
who has an Audi approved repair manual,
train ing and spec ial equ ipment necessary.

@ For the sake of the environment

Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension-
ers might be classified as Perch lorate Materi-
al -spec ia l handling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
rate. When the veh icle or parts of the re-
straint system including air bag modules safe-
ty belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all
CD app licabl e laws and regula t ions must be ob-
....
CD
N served. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar
,-...
N
..... wit h these req uirements and we recommend
0
0
C<'.
00

147
Airb a g syste m

Airbag system reaching the peda ls, special modifications to

your vehicle may be necessary.
Important information
Contact your aut ho rized Aud i dea le r, or call Audi
Importance of wearing safety belts and Customer Relat ions at 1-800-822-2834.
sitting properly
When the airbag sys t em dep loys, a gas generator
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . For will fill the airbags, break open the padded cov-
airbags to do their job, occupants must always ers, and inflate betwee n the steering wheel and
properly wear their safety belts and be in a prop - the driver and between the inst rument pa nel and
er seating position. the front passenger . The a irbags will deflate im-
mediate ly after dep loyment so t hat the front oc-
For your safety and the safety of your passen-
cupants can see th rough the windsh ie ld again
ge rs, before driving off, always :
without interruption.
"' Adjust the dr iver's seat and steering wheel
All of th is takes place in the blink of an eye, so
properly ¢ page 132,
fast that many people don't even rea lize that the
"' Adjust the front passenge r's seat properly
airbags have deployed. The airbags a lso inflate
¢ page 61,
with a great deal of force and nothing should be
"' Wear safety belts properly ¢ page 142 ,
in the ir way when they deploy. Front airbags in
"' Always prope rly use the proper child restraint
combination with properly worn safety belts slow
to protect children ¢ page 168 .
down and lim it t he occupant's forward move-
In a coll isio n airbags must inflate wit hin the blink ment . Together they he lp to prevent the driver
of an eye and with cons iderable force . The sup- and front seat passenger from hitti ng pa rt s of
plemental airbags can cause injuries if the driver t he ins ide the veh icle while reducing the fo rces
or the front seat passenger is not seated proper· acti ng on the occupant dur ing the cras h. In th is
Ly. Therefore in order to help the airbag to do its way they help to reduce the risk of inju ry to the
job, it is important, both as a dr iver and as a pas- head and uppe r body in the crash. Airbags do not
senger to sit properly at all t imes . protect the arms or the lower parts of the body.

By keeping room between your body and the Both front airbags will not inflate in all frontal
steering whee l and the front of the passenger collisions . The trigge ring of the airbag system de -
compartment, the a irbag can inflate fully and pends on the vehicle deceleration rate caused by
completely and provide supplemental protect ion the coll is ion and registered by the electronic con-
in certain frontal collisions ¢ page 132, Correct tro l unit . If this rate is be low the reference value
passenger seating positions . For details on the programmed into the contro l unit, the airbags
operation of the seat adjustment con t rols will not be triggered, even though the car may be
¢ page 61. badly damaged as a resu lt of the collision. Vehi-
cle damage, repa ir costs or even the lack of vehi-
It's especially important that children are proper - cle damage is not ne cessari ly an indication of
ly restra ined ¢ page 168 . whethe r an a irbag should infla t e or not.
There is a lot that the driver and the passengers It is not possib le to define a range of vehicle
can and must do to help the ind ividual safety fea- speeds that w ill cove r every possible kind and an-
tures installed in your Audi work together as a gle of impa ct that will always tr igger t he airbags ,
system . since the circumst an ces w ill vary cons iderably be-
Proper seating posit ion is important so that the tween one collision and anot her. Important fac-
front airbag on the drive r side can do its job. If tors include, for examp le, the natu re (hard or
you have a physical impairment or cond ition that soft) of the object which the car hits, t he angle of
prevents you from sitting properly on the driver impact, vehicle speed, etc . The front airbags will ..,_
seat with the safety be lt properly fastened and

148
 Airb a g sys tem

also not inflate in side or rear coll isions, or in - Never ride with the back rest recl ined.
roll-overs. -Always sit as fa r as possible from the steer-
Always remember: Airbags will deploy only o nce, ing wheel o r the instrument panel
and on ly in certain kinds of coll isions. Your safety page 132.
c::>
be lts are always there to offer protection in those - Always sit upright with your back against
situations in which airbags are not supposed to the backrest of your seat.
deploy, or when they have a lready deployed; for - Never place your feet on the instrument
examp le, when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet
another after the first collis ion. on the floor in front of the seat to help pre-
vent ser ious injuries to the legs and hips if
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a
the airbag inflates.
supp lementary restraint and is not a substitute
- Never recline the front passenger's seat to
for a safety belt. The airbag system works most
transpo rt objects. Items can also move into
effect ively when used with the safety belts.
the area of the s ide a irbag or the front air-
Therefore, always properly wear your safety belts
bag during braking or in a sudden maneu-
c::>page140 .
ver. Objects nea r the airbags can become

A WARNING
-
proje ct iles and cause injury when an airbag
inflates.
Sitting too close to the steer ing whee l or in-
st rument panel will decrease the effect ive-
ness of the airbags and will increase t he risk
A WARNING
Airbags t hat have deployed in a crash must be
of persona l injury in a collision.
replaced.
- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to
- Use o nly orig inal equipment airbags ap -
the steering wheel or instrument panel.
proved by Audi a nd insta lled by a t rained
- If you cannot sit mo re than 10 inches
technici a n who has t he necessary tools and
(2 5 cm) from the steering wheel, inves t i-
diagnostic equipment to properly replace
gate whethe r adaptive equipment may be
any airbag in your vehicle and assu re system
available to help you reach the pedals and
effect iveness in a crash.
increase your seating distance from the
- Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to
steering wheel.
be installed in you r vehicle .
- If you are unrest rained, leaning forward, sit-
ting s ideways or out of position in any way,
your risk of inju ry is much higher. Child restraints on the front seat - some
- You will also receive serious injur ies and important things to know
cou ld even be killed if you are up against the .,. Be sure to read the important informat ion and
airbag or too close to it when it inf lates - head the WARNINGS for important deta ils
even with an Advanced Airbag. about ch ildren and Advanced Airbags
- To reduce the risk of inj ury when an airbag page 168 .
c::>
inflates, a lways wear safety belts properly
i=>page 143, Safety belts . Even though your veh icle is equipped wit h an Ad-
-Always make certain that ch ild ren age 12 or vanced Airbag System, make certa in that a ll chil-
younger always ride in the rear seat. If chil- dre n, espec ia lly those 12 yea rs and yo unger, al-
dren are not properly restra ined, they may ways ride in the back se at prope rly res train ed for
be severe ly injured or killed when an airbag their age and size. The airbag on t he pa sse nger
inflates . side makes t he fron t seat a potentia lly dange rous
CD
....
CD
- Never let children ride un restrained or im- place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the
N
,-... safest place for a child in a forward-facing child .,.
N prope rly restrained in the veh icle. Adjust the
.....
0
0 fro nt sea t s properly.
C<'.
00

149
Airb a g syste m

safety seat. It can be a very dangerous place for - a small chi ld that is heavier than a typica l 1
an infant or a child in a rearward-facing seat. year-o ld child is on th e front passenger seat
(regard less of whether the child is in one of the
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has
child safety seats listed ¢ page 170), or
been ce rt ified to comp ly with the requirements
- a child who has outgrown child restraints is on
of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
the front passenger seat.
Standard (FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor
Veh icle Safety Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applica - If t he front passenger a irbag is t urned off, the
ble at the time your vehicle was manufactured. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on in the
According to requirements, the front Advanced instrument cluster and stays on.
Airbag System on the passenger s ide has been
The fro nt airbag on the passenge r side may not
certified for "suppression " for infants of about
deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
12 month old and younger and for "low risk de-
not illuminate and stay lit) even if a small adu lt
ployment " for children aged 3 to 6 years old (as
or teenager, or a passenger who is not sitting up-
defined in the standard).
right with thei r back against a non-recl ined back-
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instru- rest with the ir fee t on the vehicle floor in front of
ment panel tells you when the front Advanced the sea t is on t he fron t passenger sea t
Airbag on the passenger side has been t urned off <=>page 132, Proper seating position for the driv -
by the elect ronic cont rol un it. er .

Each t ime you tur n on the ignit ion , the PASSEN- If the front passenger a irbag deploys, the Feder-
GER AIR BAG OFF light will come on fo r a few al Standard requires t he airbag to meet the "low
seconds and : risk" deployment cr iteria to reduce the risk of in-
jury through interaction w ith the airbag . "low
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not
risk" deployment occurs in those crashes that
occupied,
ta ke place at lowe r de cele rations as defined in
- will st ay on if there is a small child or child re-
the e lec t ronic cont rol unit ¢ page 159, PASSEN-
straint on the front passenger seat,
GERAIR BAG OFF light.
- will go off if the front passenger seat is occu-
pied by an adult as reg istered by the weight - Always remembe r, a chi ld safety seat or infant
sensing mat ¢ page 158, Monitoring the Ad- car rie r ins t alled on t he front seat may be st ruck
vanced Airbag System . and knocked out of posit ion by t he rap idly inflat-
ing passenge r's airbag in a frontal coll ision . The
The PASSENGER AIR BAG O FF light comes on
airbag could greatly red uce the effectiveness of
when the control unit detects a total we ight on
the child restraint and even seriously injure the
the front passenger seat that requires the front
child during inflation.
airbag to be turned off.
For th is reason, and beca use the back seat is the
If the tota l weight on the front passenger seat is
safest place for children - when properly restrain -
more than that of a typical 1 year -old child but
ed according to their age and size - we strongly
less than the we ight of a small adult, the front
recommend that children always sit in the back
a irbag on the passenger side can deploy (the
seat c>page 168, Child safety .
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come
on) . If t he PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not come on, the front a irbag on the passenger
A WARNING

side has not been turned off by the electronic A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat
control unit and can deploy if the control unit installed on the front passenger seat will be
senses an impact that meets the condit ions stor - seriously injured and can be killed if the front
ed in its memory. a irbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
Syst em. Ill>
For example, the airbag may deploy if:

150
 Airb a g sys tem

- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety

seat or infant carrier with great force and
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure
will smash the chi ld safety seat and child
that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight will
against the backrest, center armrest, door
be d isplayed whenever a child restraint is in-
or roof .
stalled on the front passenger seat and the
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
ignition is switched on .
on the rear seat.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does
- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild
not stay on , perform t he checks desc ribed
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
~ page 158, Monitoring the Advanced Air-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
bag System.
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does not
- Take the child restra int off t he front passen-
come on and stay on, immed iate ly install
ge r seat and install it prope rly at one of the
the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear
rear sea t positions if the PASSENGERAIR
seating pos it ion and have the airbag system
BAGOFFlight does not stay on .
inspected by your a uthorized Audi dea le r.
- Have the a irbag system inspec t ed by your
- Forward-fac ing ch ild safety sea t s installed
author ized Audi dealer immed iate ly.
on the front passenger's seat may interfere
- Always carefully follow ins t ructions from
with the deployment of the airbag and
child restrain t manufacture rs when instal-
cause serious personal injury to the child.
ling child restraints .

~ WARNING
If, in except ional circumstances, you must in-
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in-
stall a forward-facing chi ld restraint on the
stall a forward or rearward-facing child re-
front passenger 's seat:
stra int on the front passenger's seat:
- Always ma ke sure the forward-fac ing seat
- Imp roper installation of child restraints can
has been designed and certified by its man-
reduce their effectiveness or even prevent
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
them from providing any protect ion.
senger front and s ide a irbag.
- An improperly installed child restra int can
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint
interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
up against or very near the instrument pan-
serious ly injure or even kill the chi ld - even
el.
with an Advanced Airbag System.
- Always move the front passenger seat to
- Always care fully follow the manufacturer 's
the highest position in the up and down ad -
instr uctions provided with the child safety
justment range and move it back to the
seat or carr ie r.
rea rmost position in the seat's fore and aft
- Never place add itiona l items on the seat
adjustment range, as fa r away from the air-
that can increase the total weight registered
bag as possib le, before insta lling the for-
ward- facing child restra int . by the weight -sensing mat and can cause in-
jury in a crash.
- Always ma ke sure t hat the safety belt upper
anchorage is beh ind the child restrain t a nd
not next to or in front of the chi ld restraint
so that the safety belt will be properly pos i-
tioned.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
CD OFFlight comes on and stays on all the time
....
CD
N whenever the ignition is switched on.
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

151
Airb a g syste m

Front airbags There is a lot you need to know about the airbags
in your vehicle . We urge you to read the detai led
Description of front airbags information about airbags, safety belts and child
The airbag system can provide supplemental safety in this and the other chapters that make
protection to properly restrained front seat occu- up the owner's literature. Please be sure to heed
pants. the WARNINGS - they are extremely important
for your safety and the safety of your passengers,
especially infants and small children .

.&_WARNING -

Never rely on airbags alone for prote ct ion.

- Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
supp lemental protection.
- Airbag work most effectively when used
with properly worn safety be lts.
- Therefore, always wear your safety belts and
Fig. 164 Location of driver airbag: in steering whee l
make sure that everybody in your veh icle is
properly restrained .

.&_WARNING -
A person on the front passenger seat, espe-
cially infants and small ch ildren, will receive
serious injuries and can even be killed by be-
ing too close to the airbag when it inf lates.
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front
Fig. 165 Location of front passenger's airbag: in the in- passenger airbag if an infant or a small child
strument panel is on the front passenger seat, nobody can
absolutely guarantee that deployment un-
Your veh icle is equipped with an "Advanced Air-
der these special conditions is impossible in
bag System" in compliance with United States
all conceivable situations that may happen
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
during the useful life of your vehicle.
(FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle
- The Advanced Airbag System can deploy in
Safety Sta ndard (CMVSS) 208 as app licable at
accordance with the "low risk" option under
the time your vehicle was manufactured. The
the U.S. Federal Standard if a child that is
safety belts for the seats have "pretensioners"
heav ier than the typical one-year old ch ild is
that help to take slack out of the belt system.
on the front passenger seat and the other
The pretensioners are also activated by the elec-
conditions for airbag deployment are met.
tronic control unit for the airbag system.
- Accident statistics have shown that children
The front safety be lts also have load limiters to are generally safer in the rear seat area than
help reduce the forces applied to the body in a in the front seat ing pos ition.
crash. - For their own safety, all chi ld ren, especially
The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel 12 years and younger, should always ride in
hub<=>fig . 164 and the airbag for the front pas- the back proper ly restrained for their age
senger is in the instrument panel <=> fig. 165. The and size .
general location of the airbags is marked "AIR-
BAG".

152
 Airb a g sys tem

Advanced front airbag system in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208
with which the Advanced Airbag System in your
Your veh icle is equipped with a front Advanced veh icle was certif ied. For a Listing of the child
Airbag System in compliance with United States restraints that were used to certify your vehi -
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208, as cle's compliance with the US Safety Standard
well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard ¢ page 170,
(CMVSS)208 as applicable at the time your vehi- - weight less than a threshold level stored in the
cle was manufactured . cont rol un it is detected on the front passenger
The front Advanced Airbag System supp lements seat .
the safety belts to provide additional protection When a person is detected on the front passen-
for the driver 's and front passenger's heads and ger seat, weighing more than the total weight of
upper bodies in frontal crashes . The airbags in- a chi ld that is about 1 year old restra ined in one
f late only in frontal impacts when the veh icle de- of the rear-facing or forward -fac ing infant re-
cele rat ion is high enough. straints (listed in Federal Motor Veh icle Safety
The front Advanced Airbag System for the front Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag
seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety System in your veh icle was certified), the front
be lts . Rather, it is part of the overall occupant re- airbag on t he passenge r s ide may o r may not de-
st ra int system in your vehicle. Always remember ploy .
that the airbag system can on ly help to protect The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes o n
you, if you are sitting upr ight, wear ing your safe- whe n the elect ronic con t rol unit detects a tota l
ty belt and wear ing it prope rly. This is why you weight on the fron t passenger sea t t hat req uires
and your passengers must always be prope rly re- the front a irbag to be turned off . If the PASSEN-
stra ined, not just beca use the law req uires you t o GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on, the
be . front airbag on the passenger side has not been
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has turned off by the control unit and can dep loy if
been ce rtified to meet the "low risk" requi re- the control unit senses an impact that meets the
ments fo r 3 and 6 year -old children o n the pas- condit io ns stored in its memory .
senger side and very sma ll adults on the drive r If the total weight on the front passenger seat is
side . The low risk dep loyment criteria are intend- more than that of a typica l 1 year-old, but less
ed to help reduce the risk of injury through inter- than the weight of a small adult, the front airbag
action with the front a irbag that can occur, for on the passenger s ide may deploy (the PASSEN-
examp le, by being too close to the steering wheel GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on) .
and instrument panel when the airbag inflates .
For example , the ai rbag may deploy if :
In addition , the system has been certified to
comp ly with the "suppression" requi rements of - a sma ll ch ild that is heav ier t han a typ ica l 1
the Safety Standard, to turn off the front a irbag yea r-old child is on the front passenger seat
for infants 12 months old and younger who are (regard less of whether the child is in one of the
restrained on the front passenger seat in child re- child safety seats listed ¢ page 170),
stra ints that are listed in the Standa rd - a child who has outgrown child restraints is on
¢ page 170, Child restraints and Advanced Air- the front passenger seat.
bags. If the front passenge r a irbag is t urned off, the
"Suppress ion" requ ires the front a irbag on the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center of
passenger side to be turned off if: the instr ument pane l will come on and stay on .
CD
.... - a ch ild up to about one year of age is restra ined
CD The front airbag on the passenger side may not
N
,-... deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
N
..... on the front passenger seat in one of the rear-
0
0 facing or forward -fac ing infant restra ints listed not illuminate and stay lit) if: ..,.
C<'.
00

153
Airb a g syste m

- a small adu lt or teenager is on the front pas - will smash the child safety seat and child
senger seat aga inst the back rest, center armrest, door,
- a passenger who is not sitting upright with or roof.
their back against a non -reclined backrest with - Always install rearward-facing child re-
their feet on the vehicle floor in front of the straints in the back seat.
seat is on the front passenger seat. - If you must install a rearward facing child
If the front passenger airbag dep loys, the Feder - safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
al Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low cause of exceptional circumstances and the
risk" deployment criteria to help reduce the risk PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
of injury through interaction with the airbag. come on and stay on, immediately install
"Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes the rea r-facing child safety seat in a rear
that take place at lower decelerations as def ined seating posi t ion and have the airbag system
in the electronic control unit.¢ page 158 inspected by your au t hori zed Aud i dealer.

Always remember: Even though your vehicle is

equ ipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest place
A WARNING
If, in exceptional circums t ances, you must in-
for children is properly restrained on the back
stall a forward-facing child res t raint on the
seat . Please be sure to read the important infor-
front passenger's seat:
mat ion in the sections that follow and be sure to
heed a ll of the WARNINGS. - Always make sure the forward-fa cing sea t
has been des igned and certified by its man -
A WARNING ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
senger front and side airbag.
To red uce the risk of injury when an airbag in-
- Never put the fo rward -facing child restraint
fla t es, a lways wear safety bel t s properly.
up against or very nea r the instrument pan ·
- If you are unrestrained, leaning fo rwa rd, s it-
el.
t ing s ideways or out of pos ition in any way,
- Always move the front passenger seat to
your risk of inju ry is much higher .
the highest position in the up and down ad-
- You will also receive serious injur ies and
justment range and move it back to the
could even be killed if you are up aga inst the
rearmost posit ion in the seat's fo re and aft
airbag or too close to it when it inflates -
adjustment range , as far away from the a ir-
even with an Advanced Airbag ¢ page 148.
bag as poss ible, before install ing the for-

A WARNING
ward-facing chi ld restraint.
- Always make sure that the safety be lt upper
A child in a rearward-facing chi ld safety seat anchorage is behind the ch ild restraint and
installed on the front passenger seat will be not next to o r in front of t he child rest raint
ser iously injured and can be killed if the front so that the safety be lt will be properly posi-
airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag tioned.
System. - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in OFF light comes on and stays on a ll the time
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front wheneve r the ign it ion is swi t ched on.
airbag when a rearward-facing child re-
straint has been installed on the front pas-
Advanced Airbag System components
senger seat, nobody can absolutely g uaran-
tee that deployment is impossible in all con- The front passenge r sea t in your veh icle has a lot
ceivable s ituations that may happen during of very important parts of the Advanced Airbag
the useful life of your vehicle . System in it. These parts include the weight-
- The inflating a irbag will hit the child safety sensing mat, sensors, wiring, brackets, and
seat or infant carrier with great force and more. The function of the system in the front 1111>

154
 Airb a g sys tem

passenger seat is checked by the e lectronic con- - The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF ligh t comes on
tro l unit when the ignition is on . The control unit and stays on in the center of the instrument
monitors the Advanced Airbag System and turns pane l ¢ page 159, fig. 167 and te lls you when
the airbag indicator light on when a malfunct ion the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger
in the system components is detected. The func- side has been turned off.
tion of the airbag indicator light is descr ibed in - A sensor below the safety be lt latch for the
greater detai l below . Because the front passen- front seat passenger to measure the tension on
ge r seat conta ins important parts of the Ad- the safety belt. The t ension on the safety belt
vanced Airbag System, you must take care to pre- and the we igh t registered by the weight -sens-
vent it from being damaged. Damage to the seat ing mat help the contro l unit "decide" whethe r
may prevent t he Advanced Airbag for the fron t t he front airbag fo r t he fron t passe nger seat
passenger seat from doing its job in a crash. should be tu rned off or not ¢ page 149, Child
restrain ts on the front seat - some impor tant
The front Advanced Airbag System consists
things to know.
of the following :
- A sensor in t he safety be lt latch for the dr iver
- Crash sensors in the front of t he vehicle that an d for the front seat passenger that senses
measure vehicle acceleration/deceleration to whether tha t safety be lt is lat ched or not and
provide information to the Advanced Airbag transmits this information to the e lectronic
System a bout the severity of the crash. control un it.
- An electronic control unit, with integrated
crash sensors for front and side impacts. The A
,-
WARNING
control unit "decides" whether to fire the front
Damage to the front passenge r seat can pre-
airbags based on the information received from
vent the front airbag from working properly.
the crash sensors. The control unit a lso "de-
- Improper repair or disassembly of the front
cides" whether the safety belt pretens ioners
passenger and driver seat will prevent the
should be activated .
Advanced Airbag System from f unct ion ing
- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator and
properly .
control valve for the driver ins ide the steer ing
- Repairs to the front passenger seat must be
wheel hub .
performed by qualified and proper ly trai ned
- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator and
wo rkshop personne l.
contro l valve inside the instrument pa nel for
- Never remove the front passenger or d river
the front passenger.
seat from the vehicle.
- A weig ht-sensing mat under the upho lstery
- Never remove the upholstery from the front
padd ing of the front passenge r seat cushion
passenger seat.
t hat meas ures the total weight on the seat. The
- Never d isassemble or remove parts from the
informa t ion registered is sent continuously to
seat or disco nnect wires from it.
the e lectron ic cont rol unit to reg ulate dep loy-
- Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or
ment of the front Adva need Airbag on the pas-
place them on the seat . If the weight-sens-
senger side .
ing mat in the passenger seat is punctu red
- An airbag monito ring system and indicator
it cannot work proper ly.
light in the instrument cluster ¢ page 158 .
- Never carry things on your lap or carry ob-
- A senso r in each front sea t registers t he dis-
jects on the passenge r seat . Such items can
tance between the respective seat and the
increase t he weight reg istered by the
steering wheel or instrument pane l. The infor-
weight-sensing mat and send the wro ng in-
mation reg istered is sent contin uously to the
CD formation to t he a irbag cont rol unit.
....
CD electronic control unit to regulate deployment
N - Never store it ems unde r the front passenger
,-... of the front Adva need Airbags.
N
..... seat. Parts of t he Advanced Airbag System
0
0
C<'.
un d er th e pas senger se at cou ld be ~
00

155
Airb a g syste m

damaged, preventing them and the airbag eration as well as the mass and stiffness of the
system from working properly. vehicle or object involved in the crash .
- Never place seat covers or rep lacement up- On the passenger side, regard less of safety be lt
holstery that have not been specifically ap- use, the airbag will be turned off if the weight on
proved by Audi on the front seats . the passenger seat is less than the amount pro-
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Air- grammed in the electronic control unit . The front
bag System from recognizing child re- airbag on the passenger side will also be turned
straints or occupants on the front passenger off if one of the child safety seats that has been
seat and prevent the side a irbag in the seat certified under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
backrest from deploying properly. Standard 208 has been recogn ized on the seat .
- Never use cush ions, pillows, blankets or The PASSENGERAI R BAG OFF light comes o n
similar items on the front passenger seat. and stays on to te ll you when the front Advanced
The add it ional padding will prevent the Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off
weight-sens ing mat in the seat from accu- q page 149, Child restraints on the front seat-
rately reg istering the ch ild restraint or per- some important things to know.
son on the seat and prevent the Advanced
Airbag System from funct ioning properly. A WARNING
- If you must use a child rest raint on the front To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag in-
passenge r seat and t he child restraint man- f lates, always wea r safety belts properly.
ufacturer 's instructions require the use of a - If you are un restrained, leaning forward, sit -
towel, foam cushion or something else to ting sideways or out of position in any way,
properly position the ch ild restraint, make your risk of injury is much higher.
certain that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
- You will a lso receive serious injuries and
light comes on and stays on whenever the
could even be killed if you are up against the
child restraint is installed on the front pas-
airbag or too close to it when it inflates -
senger seat.
even with an Advanced Airbag q page 148.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not come on and stay on, immed iately in-
stall child restraint in a rear seating position More important things to know about front
airbags
and have the airbag system inspected by
yo ur autho rized Audi deale r.

How the Advanced Airbag System

components work together

The front Advanced Airbag System and the side

airbags supplement the protection offered by the
front three-po int safety belts with pretensioners
and load limiters and the adjustable head re-
stra ints to help reduce the risk of injury in a wide
Fig. 1 66 Inflated front airbags
range of accident and crash situations. Be sure to
read the important informa t ion about safety and Safety be lts are important to help keep front
heed the WARNINGS in t his chapter. seat occupants in the proper seated position so
Deployment of the Advanced Airbag System and that airbags can unfold properly and prov ide sup-
the act ivat ion of the safety belt pretensioners de- plemental protection in a fronta l collision . ..,.
pend on the deceleration measu red by the crash
sensors and regis t ered by the electronic control
unit. Crash severity depends on speed and decel-

156
 Airb a g sys tem

The fr ont a irbags are designed to provide addi- cates that the front a irbag on the passenger
tional protection for the chest and face of the side has to be t urned off by the e lectronic con-
driver and the front seat passenger when: trol unit (the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light
comes on and stays on).
- safety belts are worn prope rly,
- the seats have been positioned so that the oc-
cupan t is prope rly sea t ed as far as possible
A WARNING

from the airbag, Sitting in the wrong position can increase the
risk of ser ious injury in crashes .
- and the head restra ints have been properly ad-
juste d. - To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags
inflate, the drive r and passenge rs must al-
Because airbags inflate in the blink of a n eye with ways sit in an up right posit ion, m ust not
g reat fo rce, th ings you have on your lap or have lean aga inst or place any part of their body
placed on the seat cou ld become dangerous pro- too close to the area where the airbags are
jectiles , a nd be pushed int o you if the airbag in- located.
flates. - Occupants who are unbelted, out of posit ion
When an a irbag deploys, fine dust is released. or t oo close to the airbag can be serio us ly
This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the injur ed by an air bag as it unfolds with g reat
vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder for ce in t he blink ofan eye r=>page149.
used t o lubricate the airbags as they deploy. It
A WARNING
could irritate skin.

It is important to remember that whi le t he sup- A child in a rearward-fa cing child safety se at
-
insta lled on the front passenger seat will be
plemental air bag system is des igned t o reduce
the likel ihood of ser ious injuries, ot her inj uries, se riously injured and can be killed if the front
for example swelling, bruising and minor abra- airbag inflates - evenwith an AdvancedAirbag
sions, can a lso happen when airbags inflate . Air- System.
bags do not protect the arms or the lower parts - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
of the body. Front airbags only supplement the seat or infant ca rrier with great force and
three po int safety belts in some frontal collisions will smash the child safety seat and child
in which the ve hicle decelerat io n is high enough aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door
to deploy the airbags . or roof.
- Always install rear-fac ing child safety seats
Front airbag s will not deploy: on the rear seat.
- if the ignit ion is switched off when a crash oc- - If you must install a rearward facing child
curs, safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
- in s ide collisions, cause of excep t ional circumstances and the
- in rear-end collisions, PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
- in rollove rs, come on and stay on, immedia t ely insta ll
the rea r-facing child safe ty se at in a rear
- when the cra sh decelerat ion meas ured by the
seating posi t ion and have t he air bag system
airbag system is less t han the minimum t hresh-
inspecte d by your au t horized Audi dealer.
o ld needed for airbag deployment as registered
by the e lectronic contro l unit.
A
=
WARNING
-
The front passenger airbag will also not Objects between you and the air bag will in-
deploy:
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
CD
- when the front passenger seat is not occupied, ing with the way the airbag unfolds or by be-
....
CD
N
,-... - when the we igh t on t he fron t passenge r seat as ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
N
..... sensed by t he Advanced Airbag Syst em indi-
0
0
C<'.
00

157
Airb a g syste m

- Never hold things in your hands or on your Monitoring the

lap whe n the vehicle is in use. Advanced Airbag System
- Never transport items on or in the area of
the front passenger seat. Objects could ~i(USA models} / !f (Canada models}
move into the area of the front airbags dur- Airbag monitoring indicator light
ing brak ing or other sudden maneuver and Two separate indicators monitor the function of
become dangerous projectiles that can the Advanced Airbag System: the airbag moni-
cause serious personal injury if the a irbags toring indicator light and the PASSENGERAIR
inflate. BAG OFF light.
- Never place or attach accessor ies or other
objects (such as cupholders, telephone The Advanced Airbag System (including the e lec-
brackets, large, heavy or bulky objects) on tronic control unit, sensor circuits and system
the doors, over or nea r the area marked wiring) is monitored continuously to make sure
"AIRBAG"on the steering wheel, instru- that it is functioning properly whenever the igni-
ment pane l, seat backrests or between tion is o n. Each time you turn on the ignit io n, the
those areas and yourself. These objects airbag monitoring ind icator light II (USA mod -
could cause injury in a crash, especially els) !E,I(Canada models) w ill come on for a few
when the airbags inflate. seconds (self diag nostics).
- Never recline the front passenger's seat to The system must be inspected when the
transport objects. Items can also move into indicator light fl
(USA models) tE,I
the area of the side airbag or the front a ir- (Canada models) :
bag dur ing braking or in a sudden maneu-
- does not come on when t he igni t ion is sw itched
ver. Objects near the airbags can become
on,
projectiles and cause injury, particularly
- does not go out a few se conds afte r you have
when the seat is reclined.
sw itched on the igni ti on, or

A WARNING
- comes on while driving.

The fine dust created when airbags deploy can If an airbag system malfunction is detected, the
cause breathing problems for people w ith a indicator light will come on to serve as a constant
his t ory of a sthma or ot her breathing condi- reminder to have the system inspected immedi-
tions . ate ly.
- To reduce the risk of brea t hing problems, If a ma lfunction occurs that turns the front air-
those w ith asthma or ot her respiratory con- bag on the passenge r side off, the PASSENGER
ditions should get fresh air right away by AI R BAG OFF light will come on and stay o n
getting out of the vehicle or o pening win- whenever the ignition is on.
dows or doors.
- If you are in a collision in which airbags de - A WARNING
ploy, wash your hands and face with mild An a irbag system t hat is not functioning prop-
soap and water before eat ing. e rly cannot provide sup plemental pro t ect ion
- Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, in a fronta l crash.
or into any cuts or scratches. - If the airbag ind icator light¢ page 13
- If the resid ue should get into your eyes, comes when the vehicle is being used, have
flush them with water . the system inspected immediately by your
author ized Audi dealer . It is possib le that
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
posed to, or will not inflate when it should.

158
 Airb a g sys tem

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light AIR BAG OFF light will stay on. Never install a
rearward-facing child restraint on the front pas-
senger seat, the safest place for a ch ild in any
kind of child restraint is at one of the seating po-
sitions on the rear seat ¢ page 149, Child re-
straints on the front seat - some important
things to know and r::;,page 168, Child safety.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
when one of the conditions listed above is met,
be su re to check the light regularly to make cer -
ta in that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
Fig. 167 Section from the instrument panel: PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF lig ht stays on continuously whenever the ignition is
on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located in not appear and not st ay o n a ll the time, stop as
the center of the instrument pane l ¢ fig. 167 . soon as it is safe to do so and

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on - reactivate the system by turning the ignit ion
and stay on to tell you when the front Advanced off and then t urn ing it on again;
Airbag on the passenger side has been t urned off - remove and re insta ll the child restraint . Make
by the electronic control unit . Each time you turn sure that the child restraint is properly insta l-
on the ignition, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF led and t hat the safety belt for the fro nt pa s-
light will flash for a few seconds and: senger seat has bee n correct ly routed around
the child rest raint as desc ribed in the child re-
- will stay on if the front passenger sea t is not
stra int man ufactu rer's instructions;
occupied,
- make sure that the convert ible locking fea t ure
- will stay on if the re is a small child or child re-
on the safety be lt for the front passenger seat
straint on t he front passenger seat,
has been activated and that the safety belt has
- will go out if the front passenge r seat is occu-
been pulled tight. The belt must not be loose or
pied by an adul t as reg istered by the weight-
have loops of slack so that the sensor be low the
sensing mat.
safety belt latch on the seat can do its job
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light mu st come c:;,page 178 .
on and stay on if t he ignition is on and - make sure that things that may increase the
weight of the child and ch ild safety seat are not
- a car bed has been installed on t he front seat,
be ing transported on the front passe nger seat;
or
- make sure that the safety belt tens ion sensor is
- a rearward-facing child restraint has been in-
not blocked . Shake the safety belt latch on the
stalled on the front passenger seat, or
front passe nger seatback and forth;
- a forward-facing child restra int has been instal-
- If a strap or tether is being used to tie the child
led on the front passenger seat, or
safety seat to the front passenger seat, make
- the weight registered on the front passenger
sure that it is not so tight that it causes the
seat is equal to or less than the combined
weight-sens ing mat to measu re more weight
weight of a typical 1 year-old restrained in one
t han is actually on the seat.
of the rear-facing or forward-fac ing infant re-
straints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety I f th e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still does
Sta ndard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag not come on and does not stay on continuously
a, System in your veh icle was certified. (whe n the ignition is switc hed on),
a,
.....
N
r-- If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the - take the child restraint off the front passenger
N
..... front a irbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGER seat and insta ll it properly at one of the rear Iii--
0
0
0:
co

159
Airb a g syste m

seat positions. Have the airbag system inspect- - If the airbag indicator light r=>page 13
ed by your authorized Audi dealer immediately . comes when the veh icle is being used, have
- move the chi ld to a rear seat position and make the system inspected immediately by your
sure that the child is properly restrained in a author ized Audi dealer. It is possible that
child restraint that is appropriate for its size the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
and age . posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
The PASSE NGER AIR BAG OFF light shou ld NOT
come on when the ignition is on and an adult is _& WARNING
sitting in a proper seating position on the front If the front a irbag inflates, a ch ild without a
passenger seat. If the PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF chi ld restraint, in a rea rward-facing chi ld safe-
light comes on and stays on or flashes for about ty seat or in a forward -fac ing chi ld restrain t
5 seconds while driving, under these circumstan- that has not been proper ly inst alled will be
ces, make sure that: seriously injured and can be killed .
- Even tho ugh you r vehicle is equipped with
- the adu lt on the front passenger seat is proper-
an Advanced Airbag System, make certain
ly seated on the center of the seat cushion with
that a ll children, espec ia lly 12 years and
his or her back up aga inst the backrest and the
younger, always ride on the back seat prop-
backrest is not recl ined r=>page 132, Correct
erly restrained for their age and size.
passenger seating positions,
- Always install forward or rear-facing child
- the adult is not taking weight off the seat by
safety seats on the rear seat - even with an
holding on to the passenger assist handle
Advanced Airbag System.
above the front passenger door or supporting
- If you must insta ll a rearward-facing child
their we ight on the arm rest,
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
- the safety belt is be ing properly worn and that
cause of exceptionalcircumstancesand the
there is not a lot of slack in the safety belt web-
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
bing,
appear and stay on, immediately install the
- accessory seat covers or cushions or other
rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seat ing
th ings that may cause an inco rrect read ing o r
position and have t he a irbag system in-
imp ression on t he weight-sens ing mat under
spected by yo ur a utho rized Audi dea le r.
the upho lst ery of t he seat have been removed
- A t ight tether or other strap on a rearward-
from the front passenger seat,
facing chi ld restraint attached to the front
- a safety be lt extende r has not been left in the
passenger sea t can put too much pressure
safety belt latch for the front passenge r seat .
on the weight-sensing mat in the seat and
In addition to the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF register more weight than is actually on the
light in the center of the inst rument panel, the seat. The heavier weight registered can
message PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSEN- make the system work as though an adu lt
GER AIR BAG ON will briefly appear in the inst ru- were on the seat and deploy the Advanced
ment cluster display. This is to inform the driver Airbag when it must be suppressed causing
of the current front passenger airbag status. serious or even fatal injury to the child.
- If, in exceptional circumstances, you must
Important safety instructions on install a forward-facing child restraint on
monitoring the Advanced Airbag System the front passenger seat, always move the
seat into its rearmost position in the seat 's
_& WARNING fore and aft adj ustment range, as far away
An airbag system that is not funct ion ing prop- from the air bag as poss ible. The back res t
must be adjus t ed to an upr ight position.
er ly cannot provide supplemental protection
in a frontal crash. Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG

160
 Airbag system

OFFlight comes on and stays on all the time - For cleaning the horn pad or instrument
whenever the ignition is switched on. panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one mois-
tened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners
A WARNING could damage the airbag cover or change
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does the stiffness or strength of the material so
not go out when an adult is sitting on the that the airbag cannot deploy and protect
front passenger seat after taking the steps properly.
described above, make sure the adult is - Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of
properly seated and restrained at one of the the airbag system.
rear seating positions. -All work on the steering wheel, instrument
- Have the airbag system inspected by your panel, front seats or electrical system (in-
authorized Audi dealer before transporting cluding the installation of audio equipment,
anyone on the front passenger seat. cellular telephones and CB radios, etc.)
must be performed by a qualified technician
(0 Tips who has the training and special equipment
necessary.
If the weight-sensing mat in the front passen-
- For any work on the airbag system, we
ger seat detects an empty seat, the front air-
strongly recommend that you see your au-
bag on the passenger side will be turned off,
thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
and PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFwill stay on.
- Never modify the front bumper or parts of
the vehicle body.
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags - Always make sure that the side airbag can
Parts of the airbag system are installed at many inflate without interference:
different places on your Audi. Installing, remov- - Never install seat covers or replacement
ing, servicing or repairing a part in an area of the upholstery over the front seatbacks that
vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system have not been specifically approved by
and prevent that system from working properly Audi.
in a collision. - Never use additional seat cushions that
cover the areas where the side airbags in-
There are some important things you have to
flate.
know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
- Damage to the original seat covers or to
system will not be impaired and that discarded
the seam in the area of the side airbag
components do not cause injury or pollute the
module must always be repaired immedi-
environment.
ately by an authorized Audi dealer.

A WARNING
-
- The airbag system can be activated only
once. After an airbag has inflated, it must
Improper care, servicing and repair proce- be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or
dures can increase the risk of personal injury qualified technician who has the technical
and death by preventing an airbag from de- information, training and special equipment
ploying when needed or deploying an airbag necessary.
unexpectedly:
- The airbag system can be deployed only
- Never cover, obstruct, or change the steer- once. After an airbag has been deployed, it
ing wheel horn pad or airbag cover or the in- must be replaced with new replacement
strument panel or modify them in any way. parts designed and approved especially for
CD
- Never attach any objects such as cupholders your Audi model version. Replacement of
....
CD
N
or telephone mountings to the surfaces cov- complete airbag systems or airbag compo-
,-...
ering the airbag units.
....
N
0
nents must be performed by qualified work-
0
C<'. shops only. Make sure that any airbag Ill-
00

161
Airb a g syste m

service actio n is entered in your Audi War-

ranty & Maintenance book let under AIRBAG
A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension including
REPLACEMENT
RECORD.
use of unapproved tire-rim comb inations can
- In accidents when an airbag is deployed, the
change Advanced Airbag performance and in-
vehicle battery separates the a lternator and
crease the risk of serious personal injury in a
the starter fr om the vehicle electr ical sys-
crash.
tem for safety reasons with a pyrotechnic
- Never insta ll suspension components that
circuit interrupte r.
do not have the same performance charac-
- Work on the pyrotec hnic circuit interrupt -
ter istics as the components origina lly inst al-
er must only be performed by a qualified
led on you r vehi cle.
dea ler - risk of an accident!
- Never use t ire-r im combinations that have
- If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter is
not been approved by Audi.
scrapped, all app licab le safety precautions
m ust be followed.
A WARNING
@) For the sake of the env ironment It ems stored between the safe t y belt buckle
and the cen t er conso le can cause the sensors
Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension-
in the buckle to send the wrong information
ers might be classified as Perch lorate Materi -
to the electronic contro l module and prevent
al -specia l handling may apply, see
the Advanced Airbag System from working
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
proper ly.
rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re-
- Always make sure that nothing can interfe re
straint system including airbag modules safe-
wit h the safety belt buckles and that they
ty belts with pretens ioners are scrapped, all
are not obstructed.
app licable laws and regulat ions must be ob-
served. Your authorized Audi dealer is fam iliar
w ith these req uirements a nd we recommend Side airbags
t hat you have your deale r perform t his servi ce
Description of side airbags
for you.
The airbag system con provide supplemental
Other things that can affect Advanced
protection to properly restrained occupants .
Airbag performance

Changing the vehicle 's suspension system can

change the way that the Advanced Airbag System
performs in a crash . For examp le, using t ire -rim
comb inat ions not approved by Audi, lower ing the
vehicle, chang ing the stiffness of the suspe nsion,
including the spr ings, suspension struts, shock
absorbers etc. can change t he fo rces that are
measured by t he airbag sensors and sent to t he
electronic contro l unit. Some suspens ion changes Fig. 168 Side airbag locatio n in the d river's seat
can, for example, increase the force levels meas-
ured by the sensors and make the airbag system The side airbags a re located in the s ides of the
deploy in crashes in which it would not deploy if front seat backrests ~ fig. 168 and the rear back-
the changes had not been made. Other kinds of rest * facing the doors . They are ident ified by the
changes may reduce the fo rce levels measured by word "AIRBAG".
the sensors and prevent the airbag from deploy- The side airbag system basically consist s of :
ing when it should .

162
 Airb a g sys tem

- the e lectron ic control modu le and externa l side duce the likelihood of serious injuries , other inju-
impact sensors ries, for example, swelling, bruising, and minor
- the two airbags located in the sides of the front abras ions can also be associated wit h deployed
backrests and the two airbags * located in the s ide airbags. Remember too, side airbags will de-
rear backrest ploy only once and only in certain kinds of acci-
- the airbag warning light in the inst rument clus- dents - your safety belts are always there to offer
ter. protect io n.

The a irbag system is monitored electronically to Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of
make certa in that it is functioning properly at all vehicle damage are not necessar ily an ind ication
times . Each time you turn on the ignition, t he air- of over -sens it ive or fa iled a irbag activation . In
bag system indicator light will come on for a few some collisions, both front and side airbags may
seconds (self diagnostics). inflate . Remember too, that a irbags w ill dep loy
only once and only in certa in kinds of collisions -
The s ide airbag system supp lements the safe ty
yo ur safe ty belts are always t here to offer protec-
be lts and can help to reduce the risk of injury to
t ion in those accidents in which airbags are not
the driver 's and front passenger's upper torso on
supposed to deploy or when t hey have already
the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side col-
deployed.
lision . The airbag deploys on ly in side impacts
and only when the veh icle accelera t ion reg istered The side airbag system will not deploy:
by the control unit is high enough . If this rate is
- when the ignit ion is t urned off
below the reference value programmed into the
- in side collisions when the acceleration meas-
control unit, the side airbags will not be tr ig-
ured by the sensor is too low
ge red, even t hough the car may be badly dam-
- in fro nt-end coll isions
aged as a result of the collision . It is no t possib le
- in rear-end collisions
to define an airbag trigge ring range that w ill cov-
- in rollovers .
er every possible angle of impact, since the cir-
cumstances will vary considerably between one In some types of accidents t he front airbags, side
collision and another. Important factors include, curtain airbags and side ai rbags may be triggered
for example, t he nature (hard or soft) of the im- together .
pacting objec t , the ang le of impact , vehicle
speed , etc . q page 164, Important safety in- A
- WARNING
structions on the side airbag system . - Safety belts and the airbag system will only
Aside from their normal safety function, safety provide protect ion when occupants are in
be lts work to help keep the driver or front pas- the proper seat ing pos ition ¢ page 164 .
senger in posit ion in the event of a side collision - If the airbag ind icator light ¢ page 13
so that the s ide a irbags can prov ide protection . comes when the veh icle is being used, have
the system inspected immediately by your
The airbag system is not a substitute for your
author ized Audi dealer . It is possible that
safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occu-
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
pant restraint system in your veh icle . Always re -
posed to, or w ill not inflate w hen it should.
member that the side airbag system can only
he lp to protect you if you are wea ring your safety
be lt and wea ring it properly. This is ano t her rea-
son why you shou ld always wear your safety
be lts, not just because the law requ ires you to do
CD so q page 140, General information.
....
CD
N
,-... It is important t o remember that wh ile the sup-
N
.....
0
0 plement a l side a irbag sys t em is designed t o re-
C<'.
00

163
Airbag system

How supplemental side airbags work Important safety instructions on the side
airbag system
Side airbags deploy instantly and can help re-
duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occu- Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Always
pants who are properly restrained . properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper
seating position .
0

9a: There is a lot that you and your passengers must

co
a,
know and act accordingly to help the safety belts
and airbags do their job to provide supplemental
protection.

_& WARNING -
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or
fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts
Fig. 169 Infla ted side airbags on lef t side of vehicle and improper seating positions increase the
risk of serious personal injury and death
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled whenever a vehicle is being used.
with propellant gas and breaks through a seam in - In order to reduce the risk of injury when
the seat surface area marked "AIRBAG". It ex- the supplemental side airbag inflates:
pands between the side trim panel and the pas- - Always sit in an upright position and never
senger . In order to help provide this additional lean against the area where the supple-
protection, the side airbag must inflate within a mental side airbag is located.
fraction of a second at very high speed and with - Never let a child or anyone else rest their
great force. The supplemental side airbag could head against the side trim panel in the
injure you if your seating position is not proper or area where the supplemental side airbag
upright or if items are located in the area where inflates.
the supplemental side airbag expands. This ap-
- Always make sure that safety belts are
plies especially to children ¢ page 168, Child
worn correctly,
safety. Supplemental side airbags inflate be-
- Do not let anyone sitting in the front seat
tween the occupant and the door panel on the
put their hand or any other parts of their
side of the vehicle that is struck in certain side
body out of the window.
collision ¢ fig . 169 .
-Always make sure that the side airbag can
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can inflate without interference.
"cushion" the impact and in this way they can - Never install seat covers or replacement
help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part upholstery over the front seatbacks that
of the body . have not been specifically approved by
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. Audi.
This is normal and does not mean there is a fire - Never use additional seat cushions that
in the vehicle. cover the areas where the side airbags de-
ploy.
- Damage to the original seat covers or to
the seam in the area of the side airbag
module must always be repaired immedi-
ately by an authorized Audi dealer .
- Objects between you and the airbag can in-
crease the risk of injury in an accident by in-
terfering with the way the airbag unfolds or ~

164
 Airbag system

by being pushed into you as the airbag in- - Never drive when loudspeakers in the
flates. doors have been removed unless the
- Never place or attach accessories or other speaker holes have been properly closed.
objects (such as cupholders, telephone - Always make certain that openings are
brackets, or even large, bulky objects) on covered or filled if additional speakers or
the doors, over or near the area marked other equipment is installed in the inside
"AIRBAG"on the seat backrests. door panels.
- Such objects and accessories can become - Always have work on the doors done by an
dangerous projectiles and cause injury authorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
when the supplemental side airbag de- shop.
ploys.
- Never carry any objects or pets in the de- Side curtain airbags
ployment space between them and the
airbags or allow children or other passen- Description of side curtain airbags
gers to travel in this position. The side curtain airbag system can provide sup-
- Always use the built-in coat hooks only for plemental protection to properly restrained oc-
lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy cupants.
or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
may interfere with side airbag deployment
and can cause personal injury in an accident .
- Always prevent the side airbags from being
damaged by heavy objects knocking against
or hitting the sides of the seatbacks.
- The airbag system can only be triggered £!!$Sir
once . If the airbag has been triggered, the
system must be replaced by an authorized
Audi dealership .
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to the Fig. 170 Side curt ain system, driver' s side : side curtain air-
bag locat ion
original seat covers orto the seam in the
area of the side airbag module must always
The side curtain airbags are located on both sides
be repaired immediately by an authorized
of the interior above the front and rear side win-
Audi dealer.
dows c;,fig. 170. They are identified by the word
- If children are seated improperly, their risk
"AIRBAG"on the windshield frame and the cen-
of injury increases in the case of an accident
ter roof pillar .
c;,page 168, Child safety.
- Never attempt to modify any components of The side curtain airbag system supplements the
the airbag system in any way. safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of in-
- In a side collision, side airbags will not func- jury for occupants' heads and upper torso on the
tion properly if sensors cannot correctly side of the vehicle that is struck in a side colli-
measure increasing air pressure inside the sion. The side curtain airbag inflates in side im-
doors when air escapes through larger, un- pacts and only when the vehicle acceleration reg-
closed openings in the door panel. istered by the control unit is high enough . If this
- Never drive with interior door trim panels rate is below the reference value programmed in-
removed. to the control unit, the side curtain airbag will
a, - Never drive when parts have been re- not be triggered, even though the car may be
a,
..... badly damaged as a result of the collision . It is
N
r--
moved from the inside door panel and the
N
..... not possible to define an airbag triggering range
0
openings they leave have not been proper-
0 that will cover every possible angle of impact, ..,.
0: ly closed.
co

165
Airbag syste m

since the circumstances will vary considerab ly be - - in rear -end collisions.

tween one collision and another. Important fac-
tors include, for example , the nature (hard or ./1.WARNING
soft) of the impacting object, the ang le of im- - Safety belts and the airbag system will only
page 166, How side
pact, vehicle speed, etc .<=> provide protect ion when occupants are in
curtain airbags work . page 60, Gen-
the proper seat ing position <=>
Aside from their normal safety function, safety eral information .
belts work to help keep the driver or front pas- page 13
- If the airbag indicator light <=>
senger in position in the event of a collision so comes when the veh icle is being used, have
that the side curtain airbags can provide protec - the system inspected immediately by your
tion . author ized Audi dealer. It is possible that
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
The airbag system is not a substitute for your posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occu-
pant restraint system in your vehicle . Always re-
member that the airbag system can only help to How side curtain airbags work
protect you if you a re wearing your safety belt Side curtain airbags can work together with side
and wearing it properly . This is another reason airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper
why you should always wear your safety belts , torso injuries for occupants who ore properly re-
not just because the law requires you to do so strained.
page
<=> 140, General information.
It is important to remember that whi le the s ide
curtain airbag system is designed to help reduce
the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries,
for example, swelling, bruising, and minor abra -
sions can a lso be associated with these airbags .
Remember too, these a irbags w ill deploy only
once and only in certa in kinds of accidents - your
safety belts are always there to offer protection.

The side curtain airbag system basically Fig. 171 Illus tratio n of principle: Inflated s ide curta in air-
consists of: bags on the left side

- The electronic control module and external side The side curtain airbags inflate between the oc-
impact sensors cupant and the windows on the side of the vehi -
- The side curtain airbags above the front and fig. 171 .
cle that is struck in a side collision <=>
rear side windows
When the system is triggered, the s ide curtain
- The airbag indicator light in the instrument
airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks
panel
through a seam above the front and rear side
The airbag system is monitored electronically to windows identified by the AIRBAGlabel. In order
make certain it is fu nctioning properly at all to help provide this additional protect ion, the
times. Each time you turn on the ignition, the air- s ide curtain a irbag must inflate withi n the blink
bag system ind icator light will come on for a few of an eye at very high speed and with great force .
seconds (self d iagnost ics) . The side curtain airbag could injure you if your
seating position is not proper or up right or if
The side curtain airbag is not activated:
items are located in the area where the supple-
- if the ignition is turned off, mental side curtain airbag inflates. This applies
- in s ide collisions when th e acceleration meas- page 168 .
especially to ch ildren r=> .,..
ured by the sensor is too low,

166
 Airbag system

Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain - Never use hangers to hang clothing from
airbags can "cushion" the impact and in this way the hooks.
they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the - Only use factory-installed sun shades or, in
head and the upper pa rt of the body. the case of shades installed after the vehicle
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. leaves the factory, only Audi roll-up
This is quite normal and does not mean th ere is a sunscreens may be used¢ page 278, Addi-
fire in the vehicle. tional accessories and parts replacement .
- Always sit in proper seating position and
wear safety belts while traveling so that the
Important safety instructions on the side
curtain airbag system side curtain airbags can help provide protec-
tion .
Airbags are only supplemen t al restraints. Always - The airbag system can only be triggered
properly wear safety bel ts and ride in a proper once . If the airbag has been triggered, the
seating position . system must be replaced by an authorized
Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
The re is a lot that you and your passengers must
know and do to help the safety belts and airbags -Always have work involving the side curtain
do their job to provide supplemental protection. airbag system, removal and installation of
the airbag components, or other repairs
A WARNING performed by an authorized Audi dealer or
qualified workshop. Otherwise the airbag
Improperly wearing safety belts and improper
system may not work correctly.
seating positions increase the risk of serious
- Never attempt to modify any components of
personal injury and death whenever a vehicle
the airbag system in any way.
is being used .
- Never let occupants place any parts of their
bodies in the area from which the side cur-
tain airbags inflate.
- Always make sure that the side curtain air-
bags can inflate without interference. Un-
suitable accessories fitted inside the expan-
sion range of a head airbag can dangerously
interfere with its function. A deploying head
airbag develops enough force to catapult
any piece of add-on component out of its
path of inflation and into the passenger
compartment . An occupant hit by such a
projectile can suffer serious injury or death
¢ page 278, Technical Modifications.
- Do not swivel the sun visors to the side if
you have any objects clipped onto them (for
example pens). If the airbag should deploy,
you could be injured by these objects.
- Use the built-in coat hooks only for light-
weight clothing. Never leave any heavy or
sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may
CD
....
CD interfere with airbag deployment and can
N
,-... cause personal injury in an accident.
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

167
Ch ild safety

Child safety - National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA), currently at: http :/ /www.safe-
Important information rcar.gov (for the USA)
- Transport Canada Information Centre, current-
Introduction
ly at: http://www.tc.gc.ca (for Canada)
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a
Consult the ch ild safety seat manufacturer's in-
collision.
structions in order to be sure the seat is right fo r
The physical principles of what happens when your chi ld's size ¢ page 171, Important safety
your vehicle is in a crash apply also to children instructions for using child safety seats . Please
¢page 141, What happens to occupants not be sure to read and heed all of the important in-
wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and formation and WARNINGS about child safety,
teenagers, their muscles and bones are not fully Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child
developed. In many respects children are at restra ints in this chapter .
g reater risk of serious injury in crashes than There is a lot you need to know about the Ad-
adults . vanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work
Because children's bodies are not fully devel- when infants and children in child restraints are
oped, they require restraint systems especially on the front passenger seat . Because of the large
des igned for their size, we ight, and body struc- amount of important informat ion , we cannot re-
ture. Many countries and all states of the United peat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed
States and provinces of Canada have laws requir- information in this owner's manual about airbags
ing the use of approved child restraint systems and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
for infants and small children . and the very important information about trans-
porting children on the front passenger seat.
In a frontal crash at a speed of 20-35 mph
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are
(30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13 -pound
extremely important for your safety and the safe-
(6 kg) infant will be more than 20 times the
ty of your passengers, especially infants and
weight of the child. This means the weight of the
small children .
child would suddenly be more than 260 pounds
(120 kg) . Under these conditions, only an appro-
priate child restraint properly used can reduce
A WARNING
- Accident statistics have shown that children
the risk of serious injury . Child restra ints, like
are generally safer in the rear seat area than
adu lt safety belts, must be used properly to be
in the front seat ing pos ition. Always restrain
effect ive. Used improperly, they can incr ease the
any child age 12 and unde r in the rear.
risk of serious injury in an acc ident.
-All vehicle occupants and especially children
All ch ildren, especially those 12 years and young- must be restra ined prope rly whenever rid ing
er must always ride in the back seat properly re- in a vehicle. An un restrained or improperly
stra ined for their age and size. If you must insta ll restrained child could be injured by striking
a child restraint on the front passenger seat in the interior or by being ejected from the ve-
exceptional circumstances, be sure to read and hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact.
heed the important information and warnings An unrestrained or improperly restrained
¢ page 149. Infants and other children who are child is a lso at greater risk of injury or death
properly restrained in an appropriate child re- through contact w ith an inflating airbag.
straint that is for their size and age can benefit -A suitable ch ild restraint properly installed
from the protection that supplemental side air- and used at one of the rear seating positions
bags provide in some kinds of crashes . provides the highest degree of protect ion
For more information please see information for infants and small children in most acc i-
provided by the: dent situat ions.

168
 Ch ild safety

A WARNING - Always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the
Child ren on the front seat of any car even w ith
time whenever the ignition is switched on.
Advanced Airbags can be seriously injured or
even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in
a rearward-facing child safety seat installed
@ Tips

on the front passenger seat will be seriously Always replace child restraints that were in-
injured and can be killed if the front airbag in- stalled in a vehicle during a crash. Damage to
flates. a child restraint that is not visible could cause
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety it to fai l in another collision situat ion.
seat or infant carrier with great force and
will smash the ch ild safety seat and child Advanced front airbag system and children
against the backrest, center armrest, or
Your vehicle is equipped with a front "Advanced
door.
Airbag System" in compliance with United States
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standa rd (FMVSS)
on the rear seat.
208, as we ll as Canada Moto r Vehicle Safety
- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild
Standard (CMVSS)208 as app licab le at the time
safety seat on the front passenger seat in
your vehicle was manufactured.
exceptiona l circumstances and the PASSEN-
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on The Advanced Airbag system in you r vehicle has
and stay on, immediately insta ll the rear- been certified to meet the "low- risk" require-
facing child safety seat in a rear seating po- ments fo r 3- and 6-year old ch ildren on the pas-
sition and have the airbag system inspected senger side and sma ll adu lts on the driver side.
immediately by your Audi dealer. The low risk deployment criter ia are intended to
reduce the risk of injury t hrough interaction with
A WARNING the airbag that can occur, for example, by being
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in- too close to the steering wheel and instrument
stall a forward-facing chi ld restraint on the panel when the airbag inflates . In addition, the
front passenger's seat : system has been cert ified to comply with the
"supp ression" requirements of the Safety Stand-
- Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat
ard, to t urn off the front a irbag fo r infants up to
has been designed and certified by its man-
12 months who are restrained on the front pas-
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
senger seat in child rest raints t hat are list ed in
senger front and s ide a irbag .
the Standard.
- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc-
t ions prov ided with the ch ild safety seat or Even though your veh icle is eq uipped wit h an Ad-
carrier. vanced Airbag system, all ch ild ren, especially
- Always move the front passenger seat to those 12 yea rs and younger, should a lways ride
the highest position in the up and down ad- in the back seat proper ly restrained for their age
justment range and move it back to the and size . The airbag on the passenger side makes
rea rmost position in the seat's fore and aft the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a
adjustment range, as fa r away from the air- child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place
bag as possib le, before insta lling the for- for a ch ild in a forward-fac ing ch ild safety seat. It
ward-facing child restraint . can be a very dangerous place fo r an infant or a
- Always ma ke sure that the safety bel t upper larger ch ild in a rearward-facing seat .
anchorage is behind the child restraint and
CD
....
CD
N
not next to or in front of the chi ld restraint
,-... so that the safety belt will be properly posi-
N
.....
0
0
tioned.
C<'.
00

169
Child safety

Advanced Airbags and the weight-sensing · Child restraints and Advanced Airbags
mat in the front seat
Regardless of the child restraint that you use,
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle de- make sure that it has been certified to meet Safe-
tects the presence of an infant or child in a child ty Standards and has been certified by its manu-
restraint on the front passenger seat using the facturer for use with an airbag. Always be sure
weight -sensing mat in the seat cushion and the that the child restraint is properly installed at
sensor below t he safety belt latch on the front one of the rear seating positions . If in exception-
passenger seat that measures the tension on the al circumstances you must use it on the front
safety belt . passenger seat, carefully read all of the informa-
The weight-sensing mat measures total weight tion on child safety and Advanced Airbags and
of the child and the child safety seat and a child heed all of the applicable WARNINGS. Make cer-
blanket on the front passenger seat . The weight tain that the child restraint is correctly recog-
on the front passenger seat is related to the de- nized by the weight-sensing mat inside the front
sign of the child restraint and its "footprint ", the passenger seat, that the front passenger airbag
is turned off and that the airbag status is always
size and shape of the bottom of the child re-
correctly signaled by the PASSENGERAIR BAG
straint as it sits on the seat. The weight of a child
restraint and its "footprint" vary for different OFF light.
kinds of child restraints and for the different Many types and models of child restraints have
models of the same kind of child restraint of- been available over the years, new models are in-
fered by child restraint manufacturers. troduced regularly incorporating new and im-
The weight ranges for the individual types, proved designs and older models are taken out of
makes and models of child restraints that the production. Child restraints are not standardized.
Child restraints of the same type typically have
NHTSAhas specified in the Safety Standard to-
gether with the weight ranges of typical infants differen t weights and sizes and different 'foot-
and typical 1 year-old child have been stored in prints,' the size and shape of the bottom of the
the control unit of the Advanced Airbag System . child restraint that sits on the seat, when they
When a child restraint is being used on the front are installed on a vehicle seat. These differences
passenger seat with a typical 1 year-old child, the make it virtually impossible to certify compliance
Advanced Airbag System compares the weight with the requirements for advanced airbags with
each and every child restraint that has ever been
measured by the weight sensing mat with the in-
sold in the past or will be sold over the course of
formation stored in the electronic control unit.
the useful life of your vehicle.
The electronic control unit also registers the ten-
sion on the front passenger safety belt. The ten- For this reason, the United States National High-
way Traffic Safety Administration has published a
sion on the safety belt for the front passenger
list of specific type, makes and models of child
seat will be different for an adult who is properly
restraints that must be used to certify compli-
using the safety belt as compared to the tension
on the belt when it is used to attach a child re- ance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi-
cle with the suppression requirements of Federal
straint to the seat. The sensor below the latch for
the safety belt for the front seat passenger Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child
measures the tension on the belt. The input from restraints are:
this sensor is then used with the weight to "de- Subpart A - Car bed child restraints
cide" , whether there is a child restraint with a
typical 1 year-old child on the front passenger Model Manufactured on or
seat and whether or not the airbag must be after
turned off. Angel Guard Angel September 25, 2007
Ride AA2403FOF

170
 Child safety

Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints - Take the child restraint off the front passen-
Model Manufactured on or ger seat and install it properly at one of the
after rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
BAGOFFlight does not stay on.
Century SmartFit 4543 December 1, 1999
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
Cosco Arriva September 25, 2007 authorized Audi dealer immed iately.
22-013PAW and base
22-999WHO (D Tips
Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999
The child seats listed in categor ies A to C have
just Right 212
been statically tested by Audi only for the Ad-
Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999 vanced Airbag function.
204
Graco Infant 8457 December 1, 1999 Important safety instructions for using
Grace Snug ride September 25, 2007 child safety seats
Peg Perego Primo Viag- September 25, 2007 Correct use of child safety seats substantially re-
gio SIP IMUNOOUS duces the risk of injury in an accident!
Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible As the driver, you are responsible for the safety
child restraints of everybody in the vehicle, especially children:
Model Manufactured on or .,.Always use the right child safety seat for each
after child and always use it properly ¢ page 174 .
Britax Roundabout September 25, 2007 .,.Always carefully follow the chi ld safety seat
E9L02xx manufacturer's instructions on how to route
Cosco Tour iva 02519 December 1, 1999 the safety belt properly through the child safe-
ty seat .
Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007
.,.When using the vehicle safety belt to install a
High Back Booster
child safety seat, you must first activate the
22-262
convertible lock ing retractor on the safety belt
Cosco High Back Boos- September 25, 200 7 to prevent the chi ld safety seat from moving
ter 22-209
~page 178 .
Evenflo Tribute V September 25, 2007 .,. Push the chi ld safety seat down with your full
379xxxx weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
Evenflo Medallion 2S4 December 1, 1999 the seat cannot move forward or sideways
Evenflo Generations September 25, 2007 more than one inch (2.5 cm).
352xxxx .,.If a strap or tether is being used to tie the child
safety seat to the front passenger seat, make
Grace ComfortSport September 25, 2007
sure that it is not so tight that it causes the
Grace Toddler Safety September 25, 2007 weight-sens ing mat to measure more weight
Seat Step 2 than is actually on the seat.
Grace Platinum Cargo September 25, 2007 .,.Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
~page 173 .
A WARNING
Always remember: Even though your veh icle is
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure
equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
CD children, especia lly those 12 years and younger,
....
CD
N
comes on and stays on whenever a child re-
shou ld a lways ride in the back seat proper ly re-
,-... straint is installed on the front passenger seat
N
..... strained for their age and size. liJJ..
0
0
and the ignition is switched on.
C<'.
00

171
Child safety

A WARNING - Holding a child in your arms is never a sub-

stitute for a child restraint system.
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong
- The strongest person could not hold the
child safety seat or improperly installing a
child with the forces that exist in an acci-
child restraint increases the risk of serious
dent. The child will strike the interior of
personal injury and death.
the vehicle and can also be struck by the
- All vehicle occupants and especially children
passenger.
must always be restrained properly whenev-
- The child and the passenger can also in-
er riding in a vehicle.
jure each other in an accident.
- An unrestrained or improperly restrained
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats
child can be injured or killed by being
or infant carriers on the front passenger
thrown against the inside of the vehicle or
seat . A child will be seriously injured and
by being ejected from it during a sudden
can be killed when the passenger airbag in-
maneuver or impact.
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag Sys-
- An unrestrained or improperly restrained
tem.
child is at much greater risk of injury or
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
death by being struck by an inflating air-
seat or infant carrier with great force and
bag.
will smash the child safety seat and child
- Commercially available child safety seats
against the backrest, center armrest, door
are required to comply with U.S. Federal
or roof.
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 213
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
(in Canada CMVSS213).
or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- When buying a child restraint, select one - Make sure there is enough space in front of
that fits your child and the vehicle.
the child in the child seat. If necessary, ad-
- Only use child restraint systems that fully just the angle and position of the seat in
contact the flat portion of the seat cush- front of the child seat.
ion. The child restraint must not tip or - Forward-facing child safety seats installed
lean to either side. Audi does not recom- on the front passenger's seat can interfere
mend using child safety seats that rest on with the airbag when it inflates and cause
legs or tube-like frames. They do not pro- serious injury to the child. Always install for-
vide adequate contact with the seat. ward-facing child safety seats on the rear
- Always heed all legal requirements per- seat.
taining to the installation and use of child - If exceptional circumstances require the use
safety seats and carefully follow the in- of a forward-facing child restraint on the
structions provided by the manufacturer front passenger's seat, the child's safety
of the seat you are using . and well-being require that the following
- Never allow children under 57 inches special precautions be taken:
(1.45 meters) to wear a normal safety belt.
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has
They must always be restrained by a proper
been designed and certified by its manu-
child restraint system . Otherwise, they
facturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
could sustain injuries to the abdomen and
senger front and side airbag.
neck areas during sudden braking maneu-
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
vers or accidents.
instructions provided with the child safety
- Never let more than one child occupy a child
seat or carrier.
safety seat.
- Always move the front passenger seat to
- Never let babies or older children ride in a
the highest position in the up and down
vehicle while sitting on the lap of another
adjustment range and move it back to the
passenger .
rearmost position in the seat's fore and ~

172
 Child safety

aft adjustment range, as far away from Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
the airbag as possible, before installing
the forward-facing child restraint.
- Always make sure that the safety belt up-
per anchorage is behind the child restraint
and not next to or in front of the child re-
straint so that the safety belt will be prop-
erly positioned.
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
the front passenger's seat from being
moved to the rearmost position in its fore
Fig. 172 Schema tic overview: keep unused safety belts
and aft adjustment range.
away from children in child safety seats. @ · outer rear
- Always make sure that the backrest is in safety belt, @ - center rear safety belt
the upright position.
-Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in If a child safety seat is used on the rear bench,
place even if a child is not sitting in it. A especially with LATCHuniversal lower anchorag-
loose child safety seat can fly around during es, the unused safety belts must be secured so
a sudden stop or in a collision. that the child in the child restraint cannot reach
-Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen- them ~ .&.-
ever using a child restrained in a vehi.cle is
- Guide the safety belt webbings @ and @ be-
being used ~ page 140, Safety belts,
hind the head restraint of the seat where the
~ page 148, Airbag system and
child restraint is installed <::) fig. 172 . When do-
~ page 168, Child safety.
ing so , do not engage the convertible locking
retractor! You should not hear a "clicking"
& WARNING sound when winding up the safety belt.
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure - Let the belt retractor wind up the safety belt
that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light webbing.
comes on and stays on whenever a child re-
straint is installed on the front passenger seat A WARNING
-
and the ignition is switched on. A child in a child safety seat installed with the
- Take the ch ild restraint off the front passen- LATCHlower anchorages or with the standard
ger seat and install it properly at one of the safety belt or a child in a booster seat on the
rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR rear seat could play with unused rear seat
BAG OFF light does not stay on. safety belts and become entangled. This
- Have the airbag system inspected by your could cause the child serious personal injury
authorized Audi dealer immediately. and even death.
- Always secure unused rear seat safety belts
out of reach of children in child seats such
as by properly routing them around the
head restraint of the seat where the child
restraint is installed .
- Never activate the convertible locking re-
tractor when routing the safety belts around
the head restraints.
a,
a,
..... - Never let anyone sit at the center rear seat-
,....
N
ing position if the center rear safety belt has
N
..... been routed around a rear head restraint .
0
0
0:
co

173
Child safety

Child seats A WARNING

Infant seats Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong
child safety seat or improperly installing a
Babies and infants up to about one year old and
child restraint increases the risk of ser ious
20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward -facing
personal injury and death in a crash .
child restraints that support the back, neck and
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats
head in a crash.
or infant carriers on the front passenger
seat - even w ith an Advanced Airbag System .
A child will be serio usly inju red and can be
killed when the inflating airbag hits the
child safety seat or infant carrier with great
force and smashes the child safety seat and
child against the backrest, center armrest,
page 149, Child restraints on
door or roof c::>
the front seat - some important things to
know .
Fig. 173 Schema tic overview: rearwa rd-facing infan t seat , - Always install rear-facing ch ild safety seats
properly installe d on the rea r seat or infant carriers on the rear seat .
- Never install a rear-facing child restraint in
• When using the vehicle safety belt to install a the forward-facing direction. Such restraints
child safety seat, you must first activate the are designed for the special needs of infants
convertible locking retractor on the safety belt and very small children and cannot p rotect
to prevent the child safety seat from moving them properly if the seat is forward-facing.
page 178 or install the seat using the LATCH
c::> - If you must install a rearward facing child
attachments. safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
• Push the child safety seat down with your full cause of exceptional circumstances and the
weight to get the safety belt really tight so that PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
the seat cannot move forward or sideways come on and stay on, imm ediately install
more than one inch (2 .5 cm) . the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
• Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat seating position and have the airbag system
c::>
page 173. inspected by your Audi dealer .
-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
Infants up to about one year (20 lbs . or 9 kg) are
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
best protected in special infant carriers and child
being used c::>page 140, Safety belts,
safety seats des igned for their age group. Many
page 148, Airbag system and
c::>
experts believe that infants and small children
page
c::> 168, Important information.
should ride only in spec ial restraints in which the
chi ld faces the back of the veh icle. These infant
seats support the baby 's back, neck and head in a
crash c::>fig . 173 .
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front
seat a potentially dange rou s place for a child to
ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a
child in a forward -facing child seat. It is a very
dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in
a rearward-facing seat.

174
 Child safety

Convertible child safety seats Toddlers and children who are older than one
year up to about 4 years old and weigh more than
Properly used convertible child safety seats can
20 lbs. (9 kg) up to 40 lbs . (18 kg) must always
help protect toddlers and children over age one
be properly restrained in a child safety seat certi -
who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg)
fied for their size and weight Q fig . 174 and
in a crash.
q fig . 175.

The airbag on the passenger side makes the front

seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to
ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a
child in a forward -facing child safety seat. It is a
very dangerous place for an infant or a larger
child in a rearward-facing seat .

_&.WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, us ing the wrong
Fig. 174 Schemat ic overview: installatio n of the attac h-
child safety seat or imprope rly instal ling a
ments app licable to a LATCH seat
child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a collision or oth -
er emergency situation.
- Children on the front seat of any car, even
with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in-
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates.
A child in a rearward-facing ch ild safety seat
installed on the front passenger seat will be
seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
Fig. 175 Schematic overview: installat ion of t he seat using vanced Airbag System .
the vehicle's safe ty belt syste m - The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild safety
seat or infant carr ier with great force and
.. When using the vehicle safety belt to install a
will smash the child safety seat and child
child safety seat, you must first activate the
against the backrest, center armrest, door
convertible locking feature on the safety belt to
or roof.
prevent the child safety seat from moving
-Al ways install rear-fa cing child safety seats
Q page 178 or install the seat us ing the LATC H
on the rear seat .
attachments .
- If you must insta ll a rearward facing child
.. Push the child safety seat down with your fu ll
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
weight to get the safety be lt really t ight so that
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
the seat cannot move forward o r sideways
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
more than one inch (2.5 cm) Q page 178.
come on and stay on, immediately install
.. If the child safety seat is equipped with a tether
the rea r-facing child safety seat in a rear
strap, attach it to the tether anchors
seating position and have the a irbag system
Q page 183.
inspected by your Audi dealer .
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
- The rear side of the ch ild safety seat shou ld
Q page 173 .
be positioned as close as possible to the
~ A toddler or child is usually too large for an in- backrest on the veh icle seat. Adjust or re-
~
r-- fant restraint if it is more than one year old and move the rear seat head rest raint if it is dif-
8
0
weighs more than 20 lbs . (9 kg). ficult to install the ch ild seat with the head 91>

0:
co

175
Child safety

restraint in place 9 page 64. Install the - If the light does not stay on, perform the
head restraint again immediately once the checks ¢ page 158, Monitoring the Ad-
child seat is removed. Driving without head vanced Airbag System.
restraints or with head restraints that are -T ake the child restraint off the front passen-
not properly adjusted increases the risk of ger seat and install it properly at one of the
serious or fatal neck injury dramatically . rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- BAGOFFlight does not stay on whenever
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is the ignition is switched on.
being used 9 page 140, Safety belts,
9 page 148, Airbag system and
Booster seats and safety belts
9 page 168, Important information.
Properly used booster seats can help protect
_& WARNING children weighing between about 40 lbs. and 80
lbs. (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4 ft. 9
If exceptional circumstances require the use
in. (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall.
of a forward-facing child restraint on the
front passenger's seat, the child's safety and
well-being require that the following special
precautions be taken:
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been
designed and certified by its manufacturer
for use on a front seat with a passenger
front and side airbag.
- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc-
tions provided with the child safety seat or
infant carrier. Fig. 176 Rear seat: child proper ly restrained in a booster
- Always move the front passenger seat to seat
the highest position in the up and down ad-
justment range and move it back to the The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most
rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft children until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 in-
adjustment range, as far away from the air- ches/1.45 meters) tall and weigh about 80 lbs.
bag as possible, before installing the for- (36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so
ward-facing child restraint. that the safety belt will pass properly over the
- Always make sure that the safety belt upper stronger parts of their bodies and the safety belt
anchorage is behind the child restraint and can help protect them in a crash.
not next to or in front of the child restraint .,. Do not use the convertible locking retractor
so that the safety belt will be properly posi- when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain
tioned. a child on a booster seat.
- Always make sure that nothing prevents the .,.The shoulder belt must lie as close to the cen-
front passenger's seat from being moved to ter of the child 's collar bone as possible and
the rearmost position in its fore and aft ad- must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It
justment range. must never lie across the throat or neck. The
- Always make sure the backrest is in an up- lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never
right position. across the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG belt lies flat and snug . Pull on the belt to tight-
OFFlight comes on and stays on all the time en if necessary.
whenever the ignition is switched on. .,.If you must transport an older child in a boos-
ter seat on the front passenger seat, you can Ill>-

176
 Ch ild safety

use the safety belt height adjustment to help In order for the a irbag to offer protection, it is
adjust the shoulder portion properly . important that a ll vehicle occupants, especially
~ Secure unused safety be lts on the rear seat any children, who m ust be in the front seat be-
¢ page 173. cause of exceptiona l circumstances, be properly
restra ined and as far away from the airbag as
Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 lbs. or
poss ible. By keeping room between the child 's
18 kg) are best protect ed in child safety s eats de-
body and the front of the passenger compart-
signed for their age and weight. Experts say that
ment, the a irbag can inflate completely and pro-
the skeletal structure, particularly the pelvis, of
vide supplementa l protec t ion in certain frontal
these children is not fully developed, and they
collisions.
must not use the vehicle safety belts without a
suitable child restra int . A WARNING
It is usually best to put these children in appro- Not using a booster seat, using the booster
-
priate booster seats . Be sure the booster seat seat improperly, incorrect ly installing a boos -
meets all applicable safety standards . ter seat or using the vehicle safety belt im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
Booster seats raise the seating position of the
injury and death in a collision or other emer-
child and reposition both the lap and shoulder
gency situation. To help reduce the risk of se-
parts of the safety belt so that they pass across
rious personal injury and/or death:
the child's body in the right places. The rout ing of
the belt over the child's body is very important - The shou lder belt must lie as close to the
for the child's protection, whether or not a boos- center of the ch ild's collar bone as possible
ter seat is used. Child ren age 12 and unde r must and must lie flat and snug on the upper
a lways ride in the rear seat . body. It must never lie across the throat or
neck. The lap belt must lie ac ross the pelvis
Children who are at least 4 ft . 9 in. (57 inches/ and never across the stomach o r abdomen.
1.45 mete rs) tall ca n genera lly use the veh icle's Make sure the bel t lies flat and sn ug. Pull on
three po int lap and shoulder be lts. Never use the the belt to tighten if necessary.
lap belt po rtion of the vehicle 's safety belt alone - Fail ure to properly route safety bel t s over a
to restrain any child, regardless of how big the child's body will cause severe injuries in an
chi ld is. Always remember that children do not accident or other emergency situation
have the pronounced pelvic structure required for ¢ page 140.
the proper function of lap belt port ion of the ve- - The rear side of the chi ld safety seat should
hicle 's three point lap and shoulder be lt s. The be positioned as close as possible to the
chi ld 's safety absolutely requires that a lap belt backrest on the vehicle seat. Adjust or re-
port ion of the safety belt be fastened snugly and move the rear seat head restraint if it is dif-
as low as possible around the pelvis . Never let f icult to insta ll the ch ild seat with the head
the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over restraint in place¢ page 64 . Install the
the child's stomach or abdomen. head restraint again immed iately once the
In a crash, a irbags must inflate within a blink of child seat is removed . Driving without head
an eye and wit h considerable force . In order to do rest raints or with head restra ints that a re
its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it not properly adj usted increases the risk of
will be there to protect the occupant as the occu- serio us or fatal ne ck inj ury dramatically .
pant moves forward into the a irbag. - Never let a chi ld put the shoulder belt under
the arm or behind t he ba ck, because it could
A vehicle occupant who is out of position and too
cause severe injuries in a crash .
~ close to the airbag gets in the way of an inflating
.... - Child ren on the fron t seat of a ny car, even
~ airbag. When an occ upant is too close, he or she
N with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in-
8 will be struck violently and will receive ser ious or
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates . Ill>
~ possibly even fatal injury.
00

177
Child safety

- Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat, Always remember : Even though your vehicle is
for example the front seat. equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of children, especially those 12 years and younger,
your vehicle. should always ride in the back seat properly re-
- Always remember that a child leaning for- strained for their age and size.
ward, sitting sideways or out of position in
any way during an accident can be struck by A WARNING
-
a deploying airbag. This will result in serious Improperly installed child safety seats in-
personal injury or death. crease the risk of serious personal injury and
- If you must install a booster seat on the death in a collision.
front passenger seat because of exceptional - Always make sure that the safety belt re-
circumstances the PASSENGER AIR BAG tractor is locked when installing a child
OFF light must come on and stay on, when- safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retrac-
ever the ignition is switched on. tor cannot hold the child safety seat in place
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does during normal driving or in a crash.
not come on and stay on, perform the - Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
checks described Q page 158, Monitoring place even if a child is not sitting in it. A
the Advanced Airbag System. loose child safety seat can fly around during
- Take the child restraint off the front passen- a sudden stop or in a collision.
ger seat and install it properly at one of the - Always make sure that the rear seat back-
rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR rest to which the center rear safety belt is
BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever attached is securely latched whenever the
the ignition is switched on. rear center safety belt is being used to se-
-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- cure a child restraint.
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is - If the backrest is not securely latched, the
being used Q page 140, Safety belts, child and the child restraint will be thrown
Q page 148, Airbag system and forward together with the backrest and will
Q page 168, Important information. strike parts of the vehicle interior. The child
can be seriously injured or killed .
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats
Securing child seats
or infant carriers on the front passenger
Securing a child safety seat using a safety seat . A child will be seriously injured and
belt can be killed when the passenger airbag in-
Safety belts for the rear seats and the front pas- flates.
senger can be locked with the convertible locking - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
retractor to properly secure child safety seats . seat or infant carrier with great force and
will smash the child safety seat and child
The safety belts emergency locking retractors for against the backrest, center armrest, door
the rear seats safety belts and for the front pas- or roof.
senger's seat safety belt have a convertible lock- - Always install rear-facing child safety seats
ing retractor for child restraints. The safety belt or infant carriers on the rear seat.
must be locked so that belt webbing cannot un- - Forward-facing child safety seats or infant
reel. The retractor can be activated to lock the carriers installed on the front passenger's
safety belt and prevent the safety belt webbing seat may interfere with the deployment of
from loosening up during normal driving. A child the airbag and cause serious injury to the
safety seat can only be properly installed when child.
the safety belt is locked so that the child and - It is safer to install a forward-facing child
child safety seat will stay in place . safety seat on the rear seat.

178
 Ch ild safety

- Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen- - Never put the forward-facing child restraint
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is up, against or very near the instrument pan-
being used c::;,page 168 . Special precautions el.
apply when installing a child safety seat on - Always move the front passenger seat to
the front passenger seat c::;,page 149, Child the highest position in the up and down ad-
restraints on the front seat - some impor- justment range and move it back to the
tant things to know. rearmost posit ion in the seat's fore and aft
adjustment range, as far away from the air-
A WARNING
-
bag as possible, before installing the for-
Always take special precaut ions if you must ward-facing child restraint.
install a forward or rearward-fac ing child re- - Always make sure that the safety belt upper
straint on the front passenger's seat in excep- anchorage is behind the child rest raint and
tional situations: not next to or in front of the child restraint
- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing so that the safety be lt will be properly posi-
child restraint is installed on the front pas- tioned.
senger seat, the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF - Make sure that t he PASSENGERAIR BAG
light must come on and stay on whenever OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
the ignition is switched on . whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does
not come on and stay on, perform the A
~
WARNING
checks described c::;,page 158, Monitoring Rearward-facing child restraints:
the Advanced Airbag System. - A child in a rearward-fac ing child safety seat
- Take the child restraint off the front passen- installed on the front passenger seat will be
ger seat and install it properly at one of the serious ly injured and can be killed if the
rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever vanced Airbag System .
the ignition is switched on . - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
- Improper installation of child restraints can seat or infant carrier with great force and
reduce their effect iveness or even prevent will smash the child safety seat and child
them from providing any protection . aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door
-An improperly installed child restraint can or roof .
interfere with the airbag as it deploys and - Always be especially carefu l if you must in-
seriously injure or even kill the child . stall a rearward facing child safety seat on
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's the front passenger seat in except ional cir-
instructions provided with the child safety cumstances .
seat or car rier. - A t ight tether strap on a rearward-facing
- Never place additional items on the seat child restraint attached to the front passen-
that can increase the total weight registered ger seat can put too much pressure on the
by the weight-sensing mat and can cause in- weight -mat in the seat and reg ister a heav i-
jury in a crash . er weight in the Advanced Airbag System.
The heavier weight reg istered can make the
A WARNING system work as though an adult were on the
Forward-fac ing child restraints : seat and deploy the Advanced Airbag when
- Always ma ke sure the forward-fac ing seat it must be suppressed causing serious or
CD
has been designed and certified by its man- even fata l injury to the child .
....
CD
N
,-... ufact urer for use on a front seat with a pas-
N
..... senger front and side airbag .
0
0
C<'.
00

179
Ch ild safet y

- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG - Always make sure that the safety be lt re-
OFFlight comes on and stays on all the time tractor is locked when installing a child
whenever the ignition is switched on. safety seat. An unlocked safety be lt retrac-
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does tor cannot hold the chi ld safety sea t in place
not come on and stay on, immediately in- during normal driving or in a crash.
stall the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a - Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
rear seat ing position and have the airbag place even if a ch ild is not sitt ing in it. A
system inspected by your Audi dea le r. loose child safety seat can fly a round dur ing
a sudden stop or in a crash.
Activating the convertible locking retractor - Always make sure the seat back rest to which
the child res t raint is installed is in an up-
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a right position and securely latched into
child restraint. place and canno t fold forw ard . Othe rwise,
the sea t ba ck wit h the child safe ty seat at-
Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's
tached to it could fly forwa rd in the event of
instructions when installing a child restraint in
an accident o r othe r emergency situation.
your veh icle. To activate the convertible locking
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
retractor:
eve r us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
.. Place the child restraint on a seat, preferab ly being used ¢page 168. Special precautions
on the rear seat. apply when installing a child safety seat on
.,.Slow ly pull the belt all the way out . the front passenger seat ¢ page 149, Child
.,.Route it around or t hrough the ch ild restraint restraints on the front seat - some impor-
belt path ¢ _&. tant things to know .
.. Push the child safety seat down with your full
weight t o get t he safety be lt really tight.
· Deactivating the convertible locking
.,.Inse rt the bel t tongue into the buckle fo r that
retractor
seating position.
.. Guide the safety belt back into the retractor un- The convertible locking retractor for child re-
ti l the belt lies flat and snug on the chi ld safety straints will be deactivated automatically when
seat. the bel t is wound all the way back into the re-
.,.You should hear a "clicking" no ise as the belt tractor .
winds back into the inertia reel. Test the con-
.,. Press the red button on the safety belt buckle.
vertible locking retractor by pulli ng on the belt .
The belt tongue will pop out of the buc kle.
You should no longer be able to pull the belt
.,.Guide t he safety be lt all the way back into it s
out of the retractor. The conve rtible locking re-
st owed pos it ion.
tractor is now act ivated .
.,.Make sure that t he red release button is fac ing Always let the safe ty be lt retract completely into
away from the child restraint so that it can be its stowed pos it io n. The safety be lt ca n now be
unbuck led quick ly. used as an ord inary safety bel t without t he con -
.. Pull on the be lt to make sure the safety belt is vert ible locking ret ractor fo r child rest raints .
properly tight and fastened so that the seat
If the conve rt ible locking retractor should be ac-
cannot move forward or sideways more than
tivated inadverte ntly, the safety belt must be un -
one inch (2 .5 cm).
fastened and guided comp lete ly back into its

A WARNING
stowe d position t o deac t ivat e th is fe ature. If the
convertible locking retractor is not deactivated,
Using the wrong child restra int or an improp- the safety be lt will g radually become tighter and
erly installed ch ild rest raint can cause ser ious uncomfortab le to wear.
personal inj ury o r dea t h in a crash.

180
 Ch ild sa f ety

formance of t he child restraint and its abi lity to

/!\ WARNING
- protect the child in a collision. Installing a child
Imprope rly inst alled chi ld safety seats in- restra int that requires a top tether without the
crease the risk of serious personal injury and top tether may be a violat ion of state law .
death in a collision.
- Never unfasten the safety belt to deactivate Child restraint manufacturers offer LATCHlowe r
the convertible locking retractor for child re- anchorag es on th e ir child seats with hook-on or
straints while the vehicle is moving. You push-on connectors attached to adjustab le
would not be restrained and could be seri- st raps.
ously injured in an accident. In addition to the LATCHlower anchorages, these
-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- child restraint systems usua lly require th e use of
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is tether straps to help keep the child restra int
being used ¢ page 168. Spec ial precaut ions firmly in place .
apply when installing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat ¢ page 149, Child A WARNING
restraints on the front seat - some impor- Improper insta llation of child restra ints w ill
tant things to know . increase the risk of injury and death in a
crash .
LATCH system (lower - Always follow the instructions prov ided by
anchorages and tethers the manufactu rer of the ch ild restraint you
inten d to insta ll in your vehicle .
for children)
- Never install a chi ld restraint without a
Child Restraint System anchors and how proper ly attached top tether strap if the
are they related to child safety chi ld restrain t manufacture r's instructions
require the top te t her st ra p to be used.
To provide a simpler and more practicable way to
- Improper use of chi ld restraint LATCHlower
at tach the child rest raint on the vehicle seat ,
anchorage poin t s can lead to injury in a coll i-
Federal regulat ions require special lower ancho-
sion . The LATCH lower anchorage points are
rages in vehicles and devices on new child re-
des igned to w ithstan d only those loads im-
stra ints to attach to the veh icle anchorages .
posed by correctly fitted child restrain t s.
In the United States, the combination of the - Never mo unt two child restr aint systems o n
tether anchorages and the lower anchorages is one LATCH lowe r anchorage po int.
now generally called the LATCH system for - Never secure or at t ach any luggage or other
"Lower Anchorages and Tethers for Ch ildren ". In item to the LATCH lowe r an chor ages.
Canada, the terms "top tether " w ith "lower uni-
ve rsal anc horages" (or "lower un iversal anchor-
Location
age ba rs") are used to describe t he system.

In other countr ies the term "ISO FIX" is used to

describe the lowe r anchorages.

Forward-facing child restr a ints man ufactured af-

ter September 1, 1999 , are required by U.S. fed -
eral regulations to comply with new child head
movement performance requi rements. These
new perfo rmance requirements make a tethe r
~ necess ary o n most new child seats .
.....
N
~ Instal ling a child restraint that requi res a top Fig. 1 77 Schemati c overv iew: LATCH ancho rage point loca·
.....
ti ons ~
go: tether wit hout one can serio us ly impair the per-
co

181
Child safety

The illustration shows the seating locations in Remember that the lower anchorage points are
your vehicle which are equipped with the lower on ly inten ded for insta llation and attachment of
anchorages system. child restraints specifically certif ied for use with
LATCHlower anchorages. Child restra ints that
Description are not equipped with the lower anchorage at-
tachments can still be installed in compliance
The lower anchorage positions ore marked for with the ch ild restraint manufacturer 's instruc-
quick locating. tions on using vehicle safety be lt s .

.&_WARNING
Im proper use of LATCHlower anchorages can
cause serious personal injury in an accident.
- Always carefully follow the ch ild restraints
manufacturer's instruc t ions for proper in-
stallat ion of th e chi ld restraint and proper
use of the lower anchorages or sa fety belts
in your vehicle.
Fig. 1 78 Lower ancho rages, covers marked - Never secure or attach any luggage or other
items to the LATCHlower anchorages .
- Always read and heed the important infor-
mation about child restraints in this chapter
and WARNINGS Qpage 168, Child safety.

Installing a child restraint with LATCH

lower anchorages

Whenever you install a child restraint always fol-

low the child restraint manufacturer's instruc-
Fig. 179 Rear seats: lowe r anchorage bracke t locations tions.

Lower anchorages
The lower anchorage attachment points are lo-
cated between the rear seatback and rear seat
cushion.

Remove the covers Q fig. 178 to access the lower

anchorage attachment points.

The lower anchorage attachment points are visi-

ble ~fig. 179.
Fig. 180 Lower anchorages: pro per mount ing
Lower ancho rages secure the child restraint in
the seat without using the vehicle's safety belts. Mounting
Anchorages provide a secure and easy-to-use at-
.,. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench
tachment and minim ize the possibility of improp-
is in the upright position and secure ly latched
er child restraint installation.
in place .
All child rest raints manufactured after Septem- .,.Attach both hook-on connectors w it h the spring
ber 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage attach- catch release on the child safety seat onto the ..,.
ments for the LATCHsystem.

182
 Ch ild sa f ety

LATCHlower anchorage so that the connectors Tether anchors and tether straps
lock int o place ¢ fig. 180 .
.. Pull on the connector attachments to make
sure t hey are properly attached to the LATCH
lower anchorage .
.. Pull straps tight following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions .

Relea s ing
.. Loosen the tension on the straps following the
child restra int manufac t urer 's inst ructions .
.. Depress the spring catches to release the an- Fig. 181 Tet her an chors : attachmen t hook location s be-
chorage hooks from the lower anchorages . hind the rear seatbacks

Remember: Use tether straps to he lp keep the The tether anchors for the rea r seating pos itions
child rest raint firmly in place . are located on the backside of the rear seatbacks
¢ fig. 181 .
A WARNING
A tether is a straight o r V-shaped strap that at -
Improper use of the LATCHsystem can in- t aches t he top pa rt of a ch ild rest raint to spe cial
crease the risk of serious pe rsonal injury and anchorage points in the ve hicle .
death in an acc ident.
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the for-
- These anchors were developed only for child
ward movement of t he ch ild restrain t in a crash,
safety seats using the "LATCH" system .
in order to help reduce the risk of head inju ry
- Never attach other child safety seats, belts
that could be caused by striking the vehicle inte-
or othe r objects to these anchors .
rior.
- Always make sure that you hear a click when
latch ing the seat in place. If you do not hear Forward facing child restra int s manufac tu red af-
a click the seat is not secure and could fly ter September 1, 1999, are requ ired by U.S. fed-
forward and h it the interior of t he vehicle, eral reg ulations to comply with new child head
or be ejected from the vehicle. movement performance req uirements. These
new performance requ irements mak e a t ether
A WARNING necessary on most new chi ld safety seats.
Improper installatio n of child rest raints will
increase the ris k of injury in an accident. -
A WARNING
- Always follow the child restra int system Improper installation of child restra ints w ill
man ufacturer's inst ruct ions for proper in- increase the risk of injury and death in a
sta llation of the child res t ra int system and crash .
pro per use of tether straps as well as the - Always follow the instructions prov ided by
lower anchorages or safety be lts in your ve- the ma nufact urer of the ch ild restraint you
hicle. intend to install in your Audi.
- Always read and heed the important infor- - Improper use of chi ld restraint anchors (in-
mation and WARNINGS about child safety cluding tether anchors) can lead to injury in
and the insta llation of chi ld restraint sys - a collision . The anchors are designed to
tems ¢ page 168, Child safety. withstand only those loads imposed by cor-
rectly fit ted ch ild rest rain t s.
a,
a, - Never mo unt two child restraint systems o n
.....
N
one LATCH lowe r anchor point. ~
".....
('I

0
0
0:
co

183
Child safety

- Never attach two child restraint systems to

one tether strap or tether anchorage.
- Never attach a tether strap to a tie-down
hook in the luggage compartment.
- Never use child restraint tether anchorages
to secure safety belts or other kinds of occu -
pant restraints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other
items to the LATCHlower anchorages or to
the tether anchors. Fig. 18 3 Tether strap: proper rout ing and mount ing

- If a tether or other strap is used to attach a

Installing the tether st rap
child restraint to the front passenger seat,
make sure that it is not so tight, that it ~ Release or deploy the tether strap on the ch ild
causes the we ight-sens ing mat to measure restraint accord ing to the ch ild restraint manu-
more weight than is actually on the seat. facture r's instructions.
- The heav ier we ight registered can make the ~ Guide the upper tether st rap under the rea r
Advanced Airbag System work as though an head rest raint and int o the rear cargo area
adul t were on the seat and deploy the Ad- ~ fig. 183 (raise the head restraint if necessa -

vanced Airbag when it must be suppressed ry) . For child restraints with V-tet her straps, al-
caus ing se rious or even fatal inju ry to the ways make sure that the head restra int guide
child. rods do not interfere with any pa rt of the top
- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild tether strap.
safety seat on the front passenger seat be- ~ Slide the tether strap hook over the anchor

cause of exceptiona l circumsta nces and the bracket .

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not ~ Pull on the tether strap hook so that the spring

come on and stay on, immediate ly install cat ch of the hook engages.
the rear-fac ing child safety seat in a rear ~ Tighten the tether stra p firm ly following the

seat ing pos ition and have the airbag system child restra int manufacturer's instruc t ions .
inspected by your Audi dealer.
Attaching to the cente r seating position
~ Slide the rear seat forward ~ page 63 .
Installing the upper tether strap on the
~ Pull the anchor bracket forward and con nect
anchorage
the tethe r strap hook.
~ Tigh t en the te t her strap a nd move the seat
backward.

Releasing the tether strap

~ Loosen the tension following the child restra int
manufac t urer's instr uctions .
~ Depress the spr ing catch on the hook and re-
lease it from t he a ncho rage.

Fig. 18 2 Tether strap : proper rout ing and mount ing (D Note
If yo u leave the child restraint with the tethe r
strap firmly installed for severa l days, this
could leave a mark on the upholstery on the
seat cushion and backrest in the area where
the tether strap was installed. The upholstery IJ>

184
 Child safety

would also be permanently stretched around Additional information

the tether strap. This applies especially to
leather seats. Sources of information about child
restraints and their use

Using tether straps on rearward-facing There are a number of sources of additional in-
child restraints formation about child restraint selection, instal-
lation and use:
Currently, few rear-facing child restraint systems
come with a tether . Please read and heed the NHTSAadvises that the best child safety seat is
child restraint system manufacturer's instruc- the one that fits your child and fits in your vehi-
tions carefully to determine how to properly in- cle, and that you will use correctly and consis-
stall the tether. tently.

A WARNING
Try before you buy!

A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat U.S National Highway Traffic Safety Administra-
installed on the front passenger seat will be tion
seriously injured and can be killed if the front Tel. : 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153)
airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag http://www.nhtsa.gov
System. http:/ /www.safercar.gov
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety National SAFE KIDS Campaign
seat or infant carrier with great force and Tel. : (202) 662-0600
will smash the child safety seat and child http://www.safekids .org
against the backrest, center armrest, or
Safety BeltSafe U.S.A
door .
Tel. : (800) 745-SAFE (English)
-A tight tether or other strap on a rearward-
Tel. : (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
facing child restraint attached to the front
http://www.carseat.org
passenger seat can put too much pressure
on the weight-mat in the seat and register a Transport Canada Information Centre
heavier weight in the Advanced Airbag Sys- Tel. : 1-800-333-0371 or call 1-613-998-8616 if
tem. The heavier weight registered can you are in the Ottawa area
make the system work as though an adult http://www.tc.gc.ca/ eng/roadsafety/men u. htm
were on the seat and deploy the Advanced
Audi Customer Relations
Airbag when it must be suppressed causing
Tel. : (800) 822-2834
serious or even fatal injury to the child.
- If you must install a rearward facing child
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
come on and stay on, immediately install
the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
seating position and have the airbag system
inspected by your Audi dealer.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

185
Inte l ligent Technology

Intelligent Technology overheating . EDLwill sw itch on again automati -

cally when conditions have returned to normal.
Electronic Stabilization
Steering recommendation
Control (ESC)
The ESC he lps t o st abilize t he vehicle by chang ing
Description t he st eer ing torque.
The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) reinfor- On vehicles with dynam ic steeri ng*, ESC helps
ces driver safety . It reduces the risk of slipping stab ilize the steer ing in crit ica l sit uat io ns .
and improves driving stability. ESC detects crit i-
cal s ituations such as the vehicle oversteering Selective wheel torque control
and understeering or the wheels sp inning. The Se lective wheel torque cont rol is used when driv-
veh icle is stab ilized by applying the brakes or re- ing on curves. The front whee l on the inside of
ducing engine torque . Once t he ESC is active, the the curve or both wheels on the inside of the
indicator light Ji) blinks in t he instrument clus- curve are braked se lectively as needed. This al-
ter. lows mo re precise dr iving in curves . The applica-
The fo llow ing systems are integrated in the ESC: ble system may not act ivate when d riving in wet
or snowy cond it ions.
Ant i-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS preve nts the wheels from locking up when
_&.WARNING
braking. The veh icle can still be steered even dur- - The ESC and it s int eg rat ed systems can not
ing hard brak ing. Apply steady pressure to the overcome the laws of physics . This is espe -
brake pedal. Do not pump t he pedal. A pulsing in cially important on slippery or wet roads. If
the brake pedal indicates that the system is help - the systems begin act ing to stab ilize your
ing you to brake t he vehicle . veh icle, you should immediately change
your speed to match the road and traffic
Brake assist system conditions. Do not let the increased safety
The brake assist system can decrease brak ing dis- provided by t hese systems tempt you to
tance . It increases braking power when the driver take risks. Doing so will increase the risk of
presses the brake pedal quick ly in emergency sit- a loss of vehicle con t rol, collisi on a nd se ri-
uations . You must press and hold the brake pedal ous person a l injur ies.
until the situa t ion is over. In vehicles w it h adap- - Always adapt your speed to road, traffic and
tive cruise contro l*, the brake assist system is weather condi t ions. The risk of los ing co n-
mo re sensit ive if the distance de t ecte d to the ve- t rol of the vehicle increases w hen driving
hicle ahead is too small. too fast, es pecially through curves and on
slippe ry or wet roads, and when driving too
Anti -slip regulation (ASR) close to ve hicles up ahead. The ESC and its
ASR reduces eng ine power when the drive wheels integ rated systems cannot always prevent
begin to spin and adapts t he force to the road col lisions - there is still a risk of accidents!
conditions . This makes it easie r to sta rt, acceler- - Always accelerate w ith special care on even,
ate and dr ive up hills . smooth su rfaces s uch as those that are wet
or covered wit h ice and snow. The drive
Electronic differential lock (EDL)
wheels can spin even w it h these assistance
The EDLbrakes w heels that a re spinning and sys t ems t hat cannot a lways help to reduce
transfers the drive power to the other whee ls . t he risk of loss of vehicle contro l.
This function is not avai lab le at higher speeds.

In extreme cases, EDLautomatically switches off

to help keep the brake on the braked wheel from

186
 Intelligent Technology

- You may hear noises when the systems de -

@ Tips
scribed a re worki ng .
-ABS and ASR on ly work correctly when a ll - Whe n inst alling a factory -sup plied roo f rack
fo ur whee ls are equi pped w ith identical system o n the roof ra iling, the ESCwill
tires. Different tire sizes can lead to a reduc- adapt itself to a different center of grav ity .
tion in eng ine power.

Switching on/off

ESC turns on automatically when you start the engine.

Fig. 184 Version A: Lower cente r console,~ OFF butto n Fig. 185 Version B: Upper center console,~ OFF butto n

The fol low ing situations ar e except ions where it - Driving with snow chains
may be usef ul t o sw itch on offroad m ode to allow - Driving down hill w hile braking on loose g round
the w heels t o sp in: - Driving on rough terra in when much of t he car's
weight is lifted off the wheels (axle artic ula-
- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is stuck
t ion)
- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground

Offroad mode on Offroad mode off

Behavior The ESCand ASR stabilization functions The fu ll stabilization function of the ESC
are limited ¢ ,&.. and ASR is ava ilable again.
Operation Press the 1.$OFF I but ton. Press t he I!.! OFFI but t on again.
Indicator Ii) tu rns on. II turns off.
lights
Driver mes- Stabilization control (ESC): Offroad. Stabilization control (ESC): On
sages Warning! Restricted stability

A WARNING (D Tips
- You should only sw itch offroad mode o n if Offroad mode cannot be switched on whe n
your dr iving abilit ies a nd road cond it io ns adaptive cruise contro l* is switched on.
permit.
- The stabilization function is limited when
offroad mo d e is switched on. The dr iving
w he els could spin and the veh icle cou ld
swe rve, es pecially on s lick or slipp ery roa d
a,
a,
..... surfaces.
(',J
r--
(',J
.....
0
0
0:
co

187
In te llig e n t Te chn o lo g y

Hill descent assist There must be however sufficient ground adhe-

sion . The hill descent assist can not do its job if
The hill descent assist makes it possible to drive
the incline is icy or if the incl ine ground is loose
down an incline at a constant speed . ¢ &.
The system does not work at speeds between 19
and 37 mph (30 and 60 km/h) . The system is
then in the ready-mode. The diode in the button
will come on . The system automatically switched
~~,·~
-
('l)ofF___ P..1---
-
fl ~
-
IIL..~
off when you drive faster than 37 mph (60 km/
h) . The diode will go out in this case.

Active control at a specific speed up to approxi -

mately 19 mph (30 km/h) will appear in the in-
strument cluster display c:>fig. 187 . Two dashes
Fig. 186 Top of the center console: hill descent assist but-
ton " •• " w ill appear in the ready mode .

Hill descent assist is automatically activated un-

der the following conditions:

- the diode in the button ill uminates,

- veh icle speed is below approximately 19 mph
(30 km/h)
- the incl ine is 10%.

& WARNING
-
- Always adapt your speed to the weather,
Fig. 187 Display: hill descent assist
road and traffic conditions. Do not let the
increased safety provided tempt you into
.. Press the~ button in the center console
taking risks.
¢ fig . 186 or on the shift gate . The button will
- The hill descent assist system cannot over-
illuminate .
come the laws of physics. Your driving style
" Press the button again to switch it off. The di-
must always be adapted to the current road
ode in the button will go out .
and traffic conditions.
Hill descent assist brakes all four whee ls auto- - The hill descent assist may not be able to
matically in order to limit speed when driving ei- hold your vehicle at a constant speed under
ther forwa rd or reverse on hills with a grade up to all cond itions wh ile driving on an incline (for
approx imately 50%. example if ground under the vehicle is
loose).
When the hill descent assist is on, the current
driving speed, when your vehicle entered t he in-
cline is maintained. It is only possible to switch Notice about data
on the assist when driving slower than 37 mph recorded by the Event
(60 km/h). The assist works between approxi- Data Recorder and
mately 2 and 19 mph (4 and 30 km/h) . The driver
vehicle control modules
can increase or decrease the vehicle speed within
these limits by depressing the accelerator or Event Data Recorder
brake pedal In addition, vehicle steerability is in-
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re-
creased due to the braking distribution when
corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to
driving in reverse.
record, in certain crash or near crash-like .,,_

188
 Intellig e nt Technology

situations, such as a n a irbag dep loyment or hit - - for the defense of a lawsuit thro ugh the jud icia l
ting a road obstacle, data that wi ll assist in un - discovery process.
derstanding how a vehicle 's systems performed. - Aud i may a lso use the data for resea rch about
The EDR is designed to record da t a rela t ed to ve- vehicle operation and safety performance or
hicle dynamics and safety systems for a short pe- provide the data to a third party for research
riod of time, typically 30 seconds or less . The purposes witho ut identify ing the specif ic veh i-
EDR in th is veh icle is des igned to record such da- cle or information about the ident ity of its own-
ta as: er or lessee and only after the recorded veh icle
data has been accessed .
- How various systems in your vehicle were oper-
at ing; Vehicle control m odules
- Whether o r not the driver and passenger safety
Your vehicle is also eq uipped w ith a number of
belts were buckled/fastened;
electronic control modules for various vehicle
- How far (if at all) the dr iver was depressing the
systems, such as engine management, emiss ion
acce lerator and/or brake peda l; and,
contro l, airbags, and safety be lts .
- How fast the vehicle was trave ling.
These elect ronic contro l modu les record data
These da t a ca n he lp provide a better understand-
during norma l vehicle operation that may be
ing of the circumstances in which crashes and in-
needed by trained techn icians for diagnostic and
juries occur. NOTE: EDR data are reco rded by your
repa ir purposes . The recording capab ility of these
vehicle only if a non-triv ia l crash situation occurs ;
modules is lim ited to data (no sound is record -
no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
ed) . Only a sma ll amount of data is actua lly re-
driving conditions and no personal data (e.g.,
corded over a very lim ited period of time, or stor-
name, gender, age, and crash location) are re -
ed whe n a system fault is de t ected by a contro l
corded . However, other parties, such as law en-
module. Some of the data stored may relat e to
forcement, could combine the EDR data w ith the
vehicle speed, d irection, or braking, as well as re -
type of personally identify ing dat a routine ly ac-
straint system use and performance in the event
q uired dur ing a crash invest iga t ion.
of a crash . Stored data can also only be read and
To read data reco rded by an EDR, specia l equip- downloaded wit h specia l equipment that is di-
ment is req uired, a nd access to t he veh icle or the rectly connected to the vehicle.
EDR is needed. In add it io n t o the veh icle ma nu-
facture r, ot he r parties, such as law enfor cement, {!) Tips
that have the specia l equipment, can read the in- Your vehicle may be equipped w ith Aud i con-
formation if they have access to the vehicle or the nect. Your use of certain Aud i connect fea-
EDR. tures requires wire less serv ices that are pro-
Some state laws restrict t he retr ieval or down- vided by a third party wireless telecommuni-
loading of data stored by EDRs insta lled in a vehi - cations provider . For details regarding how in-
cle for the express purpose of retrieving data af - fo rmation ob t ained t hroug h Audi connec t is
ter an accident or crash event without the own - colle cted, processed, tra nsmitted, used, and
er's consent. s hare d, ple ase see yo ur con t ra ct with t he
wireless t ele commun ications provider and t he
Aud i will not access the EDR and/or similar data "About Audi connect" tab in your vehicle's
or give it to others - MMI: IMENU ! button > Audi connect > About
- unless the veh icle owner (or lessee if t he vehi- Audi connect.
cle has bee n leased) agrees; or
CD - upon the officia l request by the po lice; or
....
CD
N
,-... - upon the order of a court of law or a govern-
N
..... ment agency; or
0
0
C<'.
00

189
Inte l ligent Technology

Braking and pads with a few cautious app lications of the

bra ke c::>
& .
What affects braking efficiency?
Corrosion
New brake pads
There may be a tendency fo r dirt to build up on
During the firs t 25 0 miles (400 km), new bra ke
the bra ke pads and corrosion to form on the discs
pads do not possess their full braking effect , they
if the car is not dr iven regu la rly or only for short
have to be "broken in" first ¢ & .
trips wit h little use of the brakes .
Operating conditions and driving habits If the bra kes are not used frequent ly, or if cor ro-
The brakes on today 's automobiles a re sti ll sub- s io n has formed on the discs , it is advisable to
ject to wea r, depend ing la rgely on ope rating con- clean off the pads and discs by b raking firmly a
d itions and dr iving habits c::>.&,..On veh icles that few times from a moderately high speed c::>& .
are either dr iven most ly in stop-and -go city traf -
Faults in the brake system
fic or are driven hard, the brake pads should be
checked by your authorized Audi dea ler more of- If you s hou ld notice a sudden increase in brake
ten than spec ified in the Warranty & Mainte- pedal travel, then one of the two brake circu its
nance booklet. Failure to have your brake pads may have fai led ¢ _&.
inspected can result in reduced brake perform-
Low brake fluid level
ance .
Malfunctions can occur in the brake system if the
On steep slopes, you shou ld use the braking ef -
brake fluid level is too low . The brake fluid level
fect of the eng ine. This way, you prevent unnec-
is monitored electronically.
essary wear on t he brake system . If you must use
your brakes , do not hold the brakes down cont in- Brake booster
uously . Pump the brakes at interva ls. The brake booster increases the pressure that
Operating noise you generate with the brake pedal. It only oper-
ates wh ile the eng ine is running or w ith the igni-
Noises may occur when braking depend ing on the
tion switched on (hybr id d rive*) ¢ & .
speed, braking force and outs ide cond itions such
as temperature and humidity . Brake lining wear statu s

Effect of wat er and road salt Brake lining wear may be checked by visual in-
spection of the condition of the brake pads
In certain situations, for example after driving
through the openings in the wheel. If necessary,
through water, in heavy ra in, after overnight con -
the wheel may be removed for t his inspection
densat ion or after washing your car, the braking
¢ page 255, Replacing wheels .
effect can be reduced by moisture or ice on the
brake rotors and brake pads . The brakes must be
dried first with a few careful brake applications.
A WARNING
- New brake pads do n't have the best st op-
At higher speeds and with the windshie ld wipers ping power and m ust be "broken-in" du ring
turned on, the brake pads press aga inst the brake the initial 2 50 miles (400 km) . You can
rotors for a short amount of t ime. This occurs at compensate for this by pressing the brake
regular intervals w ithout the driver noticing and pedal more firmly . This a lso applies later
provides fo r bette r brake response time under when new pads are installed.
wet conditions. - You shou ld perform braking maneuvers for
The effectiveness of the brakes can be reduced the purpose of cleaning the brake system
when the vehicle is dr iven on a salt-covered road only if road condit ions permit. Other road
and the brakes a re not used . Likewise , you clean users must not be put at risk - you may
off acc umu lated salt coat ing from brake d iscs cause an accident!

190
 Intellig e nt Technology

- Before descending a steep grade , reduce Electromechanical power

speed and shift transm iss ion into a lower assist, Dynamic steering
gear or lower driving range. Do not ride the
brakes or hold the pedal down too long or The electromechanical power assist helps the
too often . This could cause the brakes to get driver when steering .
hot and d iminish brak ing efficiency . Power steer ing adap t s electronically based on
- Do not "r ide the brakes" by resting your foot the vehicle speed .
on the pedal when you do not intend to
bra ke. This may cause t he bra kes to over- Indicator light s and message s
heat , premat ure wea r and increased stop- • Steering defecti ve! Do not drive vehicle!
ping distance.
- Under certa in climat ic and operating condi- If t his indi cat or light t ur ns on and st ays on and
t his message appea rs, the powe r steering may
tions su ch as passing thro ugh wat er, dr iving
in heavy ra in or after washing t he vehicle, have failed.
the ef fectiveness of the brakes can be re- Stop t he vehi cle in a safe location as soon as pos-
duced. In winter, ice can acc umulate on the sible. Do not cont inue dr iving. See your au t hor -
brake pads, linings, discs and drums . Care- ized Audi dea ler or ot her qualif ied repa ir facility
fully apply brakes for a test. Brakes will dry for assistance .
and ice coatings will be cleaned off after a
few careful brake applications .
l;rijDynamic steering : System fault! You can
continue driving
- Driving for an extended period of time on
salt-covered roads without using your If the indicator light turns on and t he message
bra kes can also affect bra king efficiency . appea rs, the steer ing may be more diffic ult to
Clean off accumulated sa lt coating from move o r more sensitive than usua l. The steering
bra ke discs and pads with a few caref ul m ay also be at an a ngle when dr iving st raig ht.
bra ke appl ication s .
Drive slowly to your a uthorized Audi dea le r or
- If you damage the front spoiler, or if you in-
qualified wo rkshop to have t he malfunct io n cor-
sta ll a d ifferen t spoi le r, be sure the air flow
rec t ed .
to t he front bra kes is not obstru cte d . Ot he r-
wise t he brake system could over heat reduc- 'IijDynamic steering: Initializing
ing the eff ect iveness of the entire brake sys- Audi drive select* : if the indicato r light blinks and
tem. the driver message appears, the dynamic steer-
- Failure of one brake circuit will imp a ir the ing* is re init ia lized . After sta rting the engine , the
brak ing capability resulting in an increased steering wheel will move slig htly . Re-initializa -
stopping distance . Avoid driving the vehicle t io n m ight be necessary if the steer ing whee l was
and have it towed to the nearest a uthorized moved hard to t he left and right wh ile the veh icle
Audi dealer or qualif ied workshop. was not mov ing. The display turns off if the initi-
- Never let the vehicle roll to a stop with the aliza t ion was successful.
engine shut off .
- If the brake booster is not wor king, the (D Tips
brake pedal m ust be pressed considerably
- If the . or l~ijindicato r light only stays on
harder to make up for the lack of booster
for a shor t time, you m ay cont inue drivi ng.
assistance .
- The dynam ic stee ring* sta bility systems
r=;,page 186 are not ava ilable in the event of
CD a system mal func t ion .
....
CD
N
,-... - For add itiona l information on dynamic
N
..... steering* r=;,page 12 2 .
0
0
C<'.
00

191
Inte l ligent Technology

Driving with your - Although the all-wheel d rive is very effec -

quattro tive, always remember that braking capacity
is limited by tire tract ion. You shou ld there-
With all-wheel drive, all four wheels are driven. fore not drive at excessive speeds on icy or
General information slippery road s urfaces.
- On wet road surfaces, be careful not to dr ive
With all-whee l drive, power is distributed to all
too fast because the front wheels could be-
four wheels. This happens automatically d epend-
gin to slide on top of t he water (aquapla n-
ing on you r driving style and the road condit ions
ing). If th is should occur, you will have no
at the time. See also ¢ page 186 .
warn ing from a sudden increase in engine
A center differentia l distrib utes the driving power spee d as wit h a front-wheel d rive vehicle.
variably to the front and rear axle. It works to- Always d rive at speeds which are suited to
gether with selective wheel torque control, which the road conditions - risk of crash.
activates when driving t hrough curves
~ page 186 . Energy management
The all-wheel drive concept is designed for high
· Starting ability is optimized
engine power. Your vehicle is exceptionally pow-
erful and has excellent driving characterist ics Energy management controls the distribution of
both under normal dr iving condit ions and on electrical energy and thus optimizes the availa-
snow and ice. Always read and fo llow safety pre- bility of electrical energy for starting the engine .
cautions ~ /1..
If a vehicle with a conventiona l energy system is
Winter tires not dr iven for a long period of time, the batte ry is
discharged by idling current consumers (e.g. im-
When driving in the winter, your vehicle with all-
mobilizer) . In certain circumstances it can resu lt
wheel drive has an advantage, even with regular
in the re being insuffic ient energy ava ilable to
tires. In winter road conditions it may be adv isa-
start the eng ine.
ble t o mount winte r tires (or all-season tires) for
improve d driveab ility and bra king: these t ires Intelligent energy management in your vehicle
must be mounted on all four wheels. See a lso handles the d istribution of elec t rical energy .
¢ page 245, Winter tires. Start ing ability is markedly improved and the life
of the batte ry is ext ended.
Tire chains
Basically, energy management consists of bat-
Where tire chains are mandatory on certain
tery diagnosis, idling current management and
roads, this norma lly also applies to vehi cles with
dynamic energy management .
all-whee l d rive ~ page 245, Snow chains.
Battery diagnos is
Replacing wheels / tires
Battery d iagnosis continuously determines the
Vehicles with all-whee l dr ive must always have
state of the battery. Sensors determine battery
tires of the same s ize. Also avo id tires with d iffer-
voltage , battery current and battery tempera-
ent t read depths. For details see page
ture . This determines the current state of charge
~ page 237, New tires or wheels.
and the power of the battery .
.&, WARNING Idling current management
Always adjust your drivi ng to road and tr aff ic Idling cur rent management reduces energy con-
condi t ions . Do not let the extra safety afford- sumption while the vehicle is standing. With the ..,.
ed by all -wheel drive tempt you into ta king
extra risks .

192
 Intellig e nt Technology

ignition switched off, it controls the energy sup- convenience functions will be availab le aga in
ply to the various electrical components . Data when you switch on the ignition and sta rt the en-
from battery diagnosis is considered. gine.

Depending on the battery 's state of charge, ind i- With the engine turn ed off
vidual consumers are gradually turned off to pre -
If you listen t o t he rad io, for examp le, with the
vent excessive discharge of the battery and thus
engi ne turned off or use other MMI* functions,
maintain starting capability.
the battery is being discharged .
Dynamic energy management
If st arting capab ility is jeopardized due to energy
Wh ile the veh icle is being driven , dynamic energy consumption, a message appears in the rad io or
management dist ributes the energy ge nerated MMI* disp lay. The message indica t es that the
according to the needs of the individua l compo - system will be switched off automatically in a
nents . It regulates consumption, so that more moment . If you wish to continue using the func -
e lectrical energy is not being used than is being t ions, you have to start the engine.
generated and ensures an optimal state of
With the engine running
charge for the battery.
Although e lectr ical energy is generated when t he
vehicle is being driven, t he batte ry can become
- But even energy management cannot neg- discharged. This happens mostly when litt le en-
ate the limits of physics. Consider that the ergy is being generated and a great dea l con-
power and life of a battery are limited. sumed and the battery's state of charge is not
- If starting ability is threatened, the indica- optimal.
tor light (•] appears ¢ page 30 . To bring the energy balance back into equilibr i-
um, consumers whic h require especia lly large
What you should know amounts of energy are temporari ly cut back or
switched off. Heating systems in particular re-
The highest priority is given to maintaining start-
quire a great deal of energy. If you notice, for ex-
ing capability .
ample, that the heated seats* or the heated rear
The battery is severely taxed in short-distance window a re not heati ng, they have bee n tempo-
d riving, in city traffic and during the cold time of rarily cut bac k or switched off . These systems will
year. Abundant electrical energy is required, but be available again as soon as the ene rgy balance
only a little is generated . It is also crit ica l if the has been restored.
engine is not runn ing and electrical components You w ill also notice that engine idle speed has
are turned on . In this instance energy is being been increased s light ly. This is no rma l and not a
consumed but none is being generated . cause for concern. By increas ing engine idle
It is in precisely these situations that you will no- speed the additional energy required is genera t -
tice energy management actively regulat ing the ed and the battery is charged.
d istr ibution of energy .

Veh icle stands for an extended period

If you do not drive your vehicle over a period of
several days or weeks, electrical components are
gradually cut back or sw itched off. This reduces
CD
energy consumption and ma inta ins starting ca-
....
CD
N
pability over a longer pe riod . Some of the con-
,-...
N
..... ve nience funct ions may not operate, suc h as the
0
0 inte rior ligh t s or the powe r seat adjustment. The
C<'.
00

193
Dr iv ing and th e en v ironm e nt

Driving and the · New tires

environment If your veh icle is runni ng on new tires, drive very
Breaking in carefu l ly f or the fi rst 350 miles (500 kilometers)
after fi tti ng.
New engine

The engine needs to be run-in during the first _& WARNING -

1,000 miles (1,500 km). New tires tend to be slippe ry and must also
be "broken-in". Be sure to remember this dur-
For the first 600 miles (1,000 kilometer s): ing the first 350 m iles (500 kilometers) .
.,.Do not use full throttle . Brake gent ly. Avoid following closely behind
.,.Do not drive at engine speeds that are more other vehicles or ot her situations that might
than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM. require sudden, hard braking.

From 600 to 1,000 miles ( 1,000 to 1 ,500

kilometers ) : Catalytic converter
Applies to : vehicles with gaso line e ngi ne
.,.Speeds can gradually be increased to the maxi-
mum perm issible road or eng ine speed. It is very important that your emission control
system (catalytic converter) is functioning prop-
During and after break-in period erly to ensure that your vehicle is running in an
.,.Do not rev the engine up to high speeds when it environmen tally sound manner .
is cold. This applies whether the transmission is
.,.Always use lead-free gasoline¢ page 209,
in N (Neutral) or in gear .
Gasoline .
After the break- in period .,.Never run the t ank down all the way to emp ty.
.,.Never put too much mo t or oil in your engi ne
.,.Do not exceed maximum engine speed under
¢ page 221, Adding engine oil 9::r..
any circumstances.
.,.Never try to push- or tow-start your vehicle .
.,.Upshift into the next higher gear before reach-
ing t he red area at the end of the tachometer The catalyt ic converter is an efficie nt "clea n-up"
scale ¢page 8. device built into the exhaust syst em of the vehi-
cle. The catalytic converter burns many of the
During the first few hours of driving, the eng ine's
poll utants in the exhaust gas before they are re-
internal friction is higher than later whe n all the
leased into the atmosphere.
moving parts have been broken in. How well this
break- in process is done depends to a considera- The exclusive use of un leaded f uel is critically im-
ble exte nt on the way the vehicle is driven during portan t fo r the life of the cataly t ic converte r and
the firs t 1,000 miles (1,500 kilometers). proper functio ning of the engine .

{[) Note A WARNING

-
Extremely high eng ine speeds are aut omati- The temperat ure of the exhaust system is
cally reduced . However, t hese rpm lim its are high, both when driv ing and after stopp ing
progr ammed for an engine well run-in, not a the engine.
new engine. - Never touch the exhaust tail pipes once they
have become hot. This could result in burns.
@ For the sake of the environment - Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas
Do not dr ive with unnecessarily high engine where the hot exhaust system may come in
speeds - upshif ting early saves fuel, reduces contact with dry grass, brush, fuel spill or
noise and protec t s the enviro nm ent . other mate rial which can cause a fire.

194
 Driving and the envir o nment

- Do not apply additional undercoating or Diesel particulate filter

rustproofing on or near the exhaust mani- Appli es to : vehicles w ith diesel engine
fold, exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or
The diese l particu late filter filters near ly all of
heat shields. During dr iving, the substance
the soot particles out of the exhaust. The filter
used for undercoating could overheat and
cleans itself automatica lly under norma l driving
cause a fire.
condit ions. If the filter cannot clean itself (for ex-
amp le, because you are only driving short distan-
Q) Note
ces), the filter becomes clogged with soot and
- Be aware that just one tank filling with the m symbol for the d iesel part iculate filter il-
leaded fuel will already ser iously degrade luminates c:>page 31 .
t he pe rformance of the catalytic converter .
- Do not exceed the correct eng ine o il level _&.WARNING -
c:>
page 221 . - Do not park your veh icle over flammab le
- Do not drive until the fuel tank becomes mate rials s uch as grass or leaves because
complete ly empty. The engine could mis- the high temperature of the diesel particu-
fire. Unburned fuel could also get into the late filter cou ld start a fi re.
exhaust system and this cou ld cause the
- Do not app ly an underbody pro t ectant in t he
catalytic conve rte r to overheat. exhaust system area or a fire could sta rt .
- Do not tur n off the ignition whi le the vehicle
is mov ing.
- Do not continue to operate your vehicle un-
Avoid damaging the
der these cond it ions, as otherwise fuel can vehicle
reach the catalytic converte r. This cou ld re-
When you are driving on poor roads, or over
su lt in ove rheating of the converte r, req uir-
curbs, steep ramps, etc., make certain that low-
ing its replacement.
lying parts such as spo ilers and exhaust system
- To assu re efficient operation of the Emis-
parts do not bottom out and get damaged .
s ion Control System:
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and This is especially true for vehicles with low-s lung
in accordance with the service recommen- chassis (sports chass is)* and fully loaded
dations in your Warranty & Maintenance vehicles.
booklet.
- Lack of proper maintenance as well as im- Economical and environ-
proper use of the vehicle will impair the mentally-friendly driving
function of the em ission control system
and could lead to damage. General
Your personal style of driving will determine the
@) For the sake of the environment economy of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and
Even when the Emission Control System is op- noise levels .
erat ing properly, the exhaust gas can have a
Fuel economy, env ironmental impact, and wear
sulfur-like exhaust gas smell under some op-
on your engine, brakes and tires large ly depend
erat ing states. This depends on the su lfu r
conten t of the fuel being used. Using a differ- on three factors :
ent brand of fue l may he lp, or filling the tan k - your pe rsonal d riving style
with lead -free s uper grade gasoline. - operat ing cond itions
CD
....
CD
N
- technical limitat ions
,-...
....
N
0
If you ant icipate what you need to do next and
0
c:<: drive economically, you can easily cut your fuel
00

195
Dr iv ing and th e en v ironm e nt

consumption by 10-15 percent. This section will · Reducing unnecessary idling

give you some tips on how you can help the envi-
ronment and your pocketbook. Even when your car is just idling it burns up fuel .

"' Shut the engine off when you are not driving
(D Tips the vehicle.
The consumption estimates as published by "' Do not warm up the vehicle by letting the en-
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY gine run at idle.
(EPA)and Transport Canada may not corre-
spond to your actual consumption on the The idling phase is automatically reduced for
road, which will vary depend ing upon vehicle vehicles with the Start-Stop-System*. It is effi-
load and speed, road and weather conditions, cient to switch off the engine in vehicles without
trip length, etc . the Start-Stop-System* when stopped at railroad
cross ings and long red lights. Turning t he engine
off for ju st 30-40 seconds saves more fuel than is
Drive smoothly and keep a lookout ahead
bur ned by st arting the engine again .
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are acceler-
It takes a long time for the engine to warm up
ating .
fully when it is runn ing at idle. However, wea r
"'Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking. and noxious emissions are especially high when
the engine is warming up . So you should drive
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are acceler - away as soon as you sta rt the eng ine and avoid
ating . If you anticipate what is going to happen running at high rpms while the engine is st ill
next, you will need to brake less and, thus, accel- warming up.
erate less . Let the vehicle coast whenever possi-
ble - for example when you see that the next traf- Q) Note
fic light is red . Do not leave eng ine idling unattended after
starting. If warning lights shou ld come on to
Avoid full throttle indicate improper operation, they would go
Driving a t moderate speeds saves fuel and im- unheeded. Extended idling also prod uces
proves your mileage . heat, which could result in overheating or
other damage to the vehicle or other proper-
"'Try and keep well below your car's maximum ty.
speed .
· Regular maintenance
Accelerating gent ly reduces fuel consumption,
engine wear, and does not disturb the environ- A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot
ment. of fuel .
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and engine "' Have your vehicle serviced at regular interva ls.
noise increase disproportionately at high speeds .
If you drive at approximately three quarters of By having your vehicle regular ly serviced by an
top speed, fuel consumpt ion will be reduced by authorized Audi dea ler helps to ensure that it
one half. Never drive faster than the posted runs prope rly and economically . The condition of
speed limit and weather conditions permit. your vehicle not on ly affects its safety and ability
to hold its value, it also affects fuel consump-
t ion .
Check your oil each time you fill your tank.
The amou nt of oil used is related to engine load
and speed. ..,

196
 Driving and the envir o nment

It is normal for the oil consumption of a new en- The outside tempe rature is a lso crit ical in this re-
gine to reach its lowest value after a certain mile- gard . Your car consumes more fuel in the winter
age has been driven . than in the summer .

You must drive your vehicle abo ut 3,000 miles

(5,000 kilometers) before you can proper ly as -
sess oil cons umption.

This a lso applies to fuel consumption a nd engine

ou t put.

(y Note
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and
in accordan ce with the servi ce recommend a-
tions in your Warranty & Maintenance book -
let. Lack of proper maintenance as well as
improper use of the vehicle will impair the
funct ion of the emission control system and
could lead to damage.
- Do not alter or remove any component of
the Em ission Control System unless ap-
proved by the manufacturer.
- Do not a lter or remove any device, such as
heat shie lds, sw itches, ignition wires,
valves, which are designed to protect your
vehicle's Emission Control System and other
important vehicle components .

Fewer short trips

Fuel consumption will always be relatively high

on short trips .

.. Try to avoid driving short distances with a cold

engine.

The engine and catalyt ic converter have to reach

their optimal operating temperature to reduce
fuel consumption and noxious emissions effec-
t ively.

Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid-size car

only achieves a fuel economy of 6-8 miles per
ga llon (30-40 l/100 km). After about a half a
mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg (20 l/100
km). After about 2 .5 miles (4 km), the engine is
at its proper operating temperature and fuel
CD economy has reac hed a norma l level. So you can
....
CD
N see th at you sho uld avoid short t rips w henever
,-...
....
N possib le.
0
0
C<'.
00

197
Off r oad dri v ing

Offroad driving - Always adapt your speed and driving style to

road, offroad, traffic, and weather condi-
Driving under difficult tions. Drive especially slowly offroad when
conditions and off-road your view is restricted.
- Please be aware that in offroad mode, par-
General information
ticularly on a smooth and slippery road, the
The operation of the Electronic Stabilization Con- wheels may have an increased tendency to
trol (ESC)is expanded for operation away from spin and the vehicle may break away - dan-
paved roads. In situations where slip or a differ- ger of skidding!
ential locking function is required, the offroad - Stability is limited in the offroad mode.
mode can be activated <=> page 186. Your Audi al-
so has permanent all-wheel drive in addition . ® For the sake of the environment

However, your Audi is not a pure offroad vehicle. Avoid damage to the environment and re-
It was not built for driving under extreme condi- spect nature.
tions, e.g. for trips that are in the nature of an
expedition . (D Tips
Only drive where it is permitted and stay on
Drive only on roads and offroad sections which
marked roads and paths.
match the design of your vehicle and your abili-
ties as a driver. Never take risks!
Explanation of some technical terms
Before driving offroad
The following data refer to ideal conditions. De-
- Check the eng ine oil level, tire pressure, cool-
pending on vehicle load and ground conditions
ant level, and the fluid level in the windshield
and the environment, the numbers may vary. It is
washer reservoir.
the driver's responsibility to decide whether ave-
- Stow luggage items and other objects in the
hicle can overcome a specific situation <=>.&..
luggage compartment, and secure them
against sliding around. Gradient angle

After driving offroad The number of meters in alt itude gained over a
distance of 109.4 yards or 100 meters (grade)
- After trips offroad, remove any twigs and other
are given as a percentage or degrees . Informa-
foreign objects from the grill, the underbody
tion about the gradient the vehicle can climb un-
and the wheels. Pay specia l attention to foreign
der its own power (depends in part on the road
objects (stones) which have become lodged in surface and eng ine power). Maximum permitted
the tire tread.
grade: 31 °
- Clean the body and the vehicle underside, and
inspect the vehicle for possible damage. Ground clearance
- Clean dirty windows, headlamp lenses, rear The distance between the road surface and the
lights, and license plates. lowest point of the vehicle underbody. Ground
- Perform a brake check (particularly after travel- clearance 7.9 in (200 mm)
ling through water) .
.&, WARNING
A WARNING
Exceeding the stated maximum figures can
-

- Drive especially attentive ly and plan ahead result in severe injuries or vehicle damage.
in difficult road conditions and when off- - All the information was gathered on level,
road. Excessive speed or incorrect maneu- firm and non-slippery road surfaces, and un-
vers can cause inju ries and damage to the der dry weather conditions. ..,
vehicle.

198
 Offroad driving

- Ideal conditions do not prevail offroad . Nev- If the vehicle threatens to tip over when driving
er utilize the maximum readings to their across a slope, you must immediately steer
fullest, always leave a safety reserve. downhill in the direction of the slope.

Do not park your vehicle on steep slopes or

Driving tips grades.

On poor rood and offrood, there is always only To reduce the risk of tipping over, drive on slopes
one motto: Plan ahead and drive slowly! in the direction of the downward slope (fall line) -
not crosswise .
Please observe the following when driving away
from paved roads: &
~
WARNING
-
~ Drive only on roads and offroad sections wh ich After driving thro ugh water, mud, slush, etc.,
match the design of your vehicle and your abili - the brakes may be slow to take effect because
ties as a driver. Never take risks! of wet brake rotors and pads. Dry the brakes
~ Drive slowly and plan ahead! f irst by braking carefu lly to restore the full
~ Take into consideration the ground clearance braking effect.
of your vehicle.
~ Activate the off road mode q page 186 as need- (D Note
ed. - Vehicle components such as the engine,
~ Use the hill descent assist q page 188 when
transmission, suspension or electrical sys-
driv ing down steep sections on hill s. tem can be severely damaged by driving
Unpaved road s and offroad through water .
- Always switch off the Start-Stop-System*
Drive slow ly on unfamiliar roads and unknown
when driving through water Q page 90.
offroad sections, and look out for unexpected ob-
stacles (e.g. potholes, rocks, tree stumps, etc .). (D Tips
To prevent the vehicle from bottoming and avoid - Check the depth of the water before driving
damage to the underbody, you should drive through it.
stra ight across severe bumps in the ground with - Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or
only one side of the vehicle so that only two of switch the engine off when driving through
your wheels cross the bumps . water.
Drive briskly through sandy or marshy offroad - Keep in mind that oncoming vehicles may
sections and do not stop, if at all possible. create waves that raise the water level and
make it too deep for your vehicle to drive
Driving through water through safely.
Note the following to avoid vehicle damage when -Avoid dr iving through salt water because it
driving through water, for example on flooded can cause corros ion.
roads:

- The wate r must not be any hig her than the bot-
tom of the vehicle body.
- Do not drive faster than wa lking speed.

Driving on a slope

CD
If you ever find yourself not able to climb a slope,
....
CD
N
do not try to turn around, drive back down in re-
,-...
N
..... verse. Othe rwise, you run the risk of tipping over.
0
0
C<'.
00

199
T r ailer towing

Trailer towing The t rai ler hydraulic bra ke system must not be
directly connected to the vehicle's hydraulic
Driving with a trailer bra ke system ¢ &. .

General information Safety chains

Your Audi was designed primarily for passenger Always use safety chains be t ween you r vehi cle
transportation. and t he tra ile r.

If you plan to tow a trailer, please remember that Trailer lights

the additional load will affect durability, econo-
Traile r lights must meet all regula t ions . Be sure
my and performance.
to check w ith your author ized Audi dealer for cor-
Trailer towing not on ly places more stress on the rec t wir ing , swit ches, an d relays.
vehicle, it also ca lls for more concentration from
Mirrors
the dr iver.
If you are unable to see t he traffic behind you us-
For this reason, always follow the operating and
ing t he regular outs ide mirrors, then yo u must in-
driving instructions provided and use common
stall ext ended mirro rs . It is impo rt ant that you
sense.
always have clear vision to the rear.

Technical requirements .&_WARNING

Trailer hitch - If a tra ile r has e lectr ica l brake s please no t e
t hat these brakes ar e not act ivated by the
Use a weight-carrying hitch conforming to the
factory -fit t ed contro l unit - risk of accident!
gross tra iler weight. The hitch must be suitab le
- After removing the tra ile r hitch, do not
for your vehicle and tra iler and must be mounted
st ore it in your vehicle. In case of sud den
securely on the vehicle's chassis at a technically
braking, the hitch could fly forwar d and in-
sound locat ion . Use on ly a trailer hitch with a re-
jure you or your passenge rs.
movable ba ll mount . Always che ck w ith t he t rail-
- Never install a "we igh t d istribu t ing" or
er hitch man uf ac tur e r to make sur e t hat you are
"loa d eq ualizing" trailer hitch on your veh i-
using t he correct hit ch.
cle . The vehicle was not designed fo r these
Do not use a bumper hitch. kinds of trailer hitches. The hitch attach-
ment can fail, ca us ing the tra ile r to tear
The hitch must be installed in such a way that it
loose from the vehicle .
does not interfere with the impact -absorbing
- The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating for your
bumper system. No mod ificat ions should be
veh icle, found on the safety compliance la-
made to the vehicle exhaust and brake systems .
be l on the driver's s ide B-pillar, must never
From t ime to t ime, che ck t ha t a ll hit ch mo unti ng
be exceeded under any circ umstances . Ex-
bol t s rem ai n securely fa ste ned.
ceed ing the Gross Vehicle We ight Rat ing of
When you are not tow ing a tra iler, remove the your veh icle is likely t o damage yo ur vehicle,
tra ile r hitc h ba ll mount . This prevents the hit ch a nd such dam a ge will not be covered by
from caus ing damage s hou ld your veh icle be your Limit ed New Vehicle Warra nty . Exceed-
st ruck from be hind ¢ ,&.. ing the Gross Vehicle We ight Rating will al -
so change the pe rformance and han dli ng
Trailer brakes
characte ristics of your vehicle, which could
If you r trailer is equipped with a brak ing system, cause a crash result ing in se rious injury or
check to be su re that it conforms to all regula- death.
tions .

200
 Trailer towing

Operating instructions Engine cooling system

r-2
Towing a trailer makes the engine work harder. It
is important that the cooling system's perform-
6" ance is up to the additional load. Make sure that
~·~ the cooling system has enough fluid.
1/2"
Tire pressure

ill
1·1/2"
When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your
vehicle to the tire pressure listed under "Full
load" on the label ¢ page 240. Inflate trailer
tires to trailer and tire manufacturers' specifica-
Fig. 188 Permitted ba ll pos it ion of the trailer hitch
tions.
Trailer towing weights Lights
With a factory-installed or an aftermarket trailer The headlight settings should be checked with
hitch, the maximum permissible trailer weight is the trailer attached before driving off. Check to
4,400 lbs (2,000 kg) . The maximum permissible make sure both vehicle and trailer lights are
unbraked trailer weight is 1,650 lbs (750 kg). working properly.
These specifications apply when driving on roads
having an incline of less than 12%. Safety chains
Be sure trailer safety chains are properly connect-
Permissible tongue load
ed from the trailer to the hitch on the vehicle .
For best vehicle handling under these changed Leave enough slack in the chains to permit turn-
conditions, adjust the trailer load so that the ing corners. When you install safety chains, make
tongue load is at the maximum allowable or sure they will not drag on the road when you are
slightly lower . You can get an approximation of driving.
the tongue load with a bathroom scale or you can
measure the load at a trucking company or The chains should cross under the trailer tongue
weighing station. to prevent it from dropping in case of separation
from the hitch.
With a factory-installed or an aftermarket trailer
hitch, the maximum permissible load on the ball
· Driving instructions
hitch may not exceed 440 lbs (200 kg) . It is rec-
ommended to use the maximum permissible Driving with a trailer always requires extra care
load. and consideration.

Trailer load distribution Weight distribution

Be sure the load in the trailer is held securely in Towing a loaded trailer with an empty car results
place to prevent it from shifting forward, back- in a highly unstable distribution of weight. If this
ward or sideways. cannot be avoided, drive at very low speeds only
to avoid the risk of losing steering control.
Never allow a passenger to ride in a trailer ¢ .&.
in Driving instructions on page 202. A "balanced " rig is easier to operate and control.
This means that the tow vehicle should be loaded
Ball mount
to the extent possible and permissible, while
The trailer hitch may only be used with suitable keeping the trailer as light as possible under the
CD ball mount and ball ¢ fig. 188 . Installation of circumstances. Whenever possible, transfer
....
CD
N
,-... the hitch ball must be carried out in accordance some cargo to the luggage compartment of the
N
..... with the manufacturer's instructions . tow vehicle while observing tongue load require-
0
0
C<'. ments and vehicle loading considerations. .,.
00

201
T r ailer towing

Sp ee d Before you actually tow your trailer, practice

The higher the speed, the more difficult it be- turning, stopping and backing up in an area away
comes for the driver to contro l the rig. Do not from traffic . Keep pract icing unt il you have be-
drive at the maximum permissible speed. Reduce come comp lete ly familiar with the way your vehi-
your speed even more if load, weather or wind cle-tra iler combination behaves and responds.
conditions are unfavorable - particularly when Backing up is difficult and requires practice .
going downhill. Backing up with a trailer generally req uires steer -
Reduce vehicle speed immediatel y if the trai ler ing action opposite to that when backing up your
shows the slightest sign of swaying. Do not try vehicle without a trailer.
to stop the sw aying by accele rating. Maintain a greater distance between your vehicle
Observe speed limits . In some areas, speeds for and the one in front of you. You will need more
vehicles towing trailers are lower than for reg ular room to stop. To compensate for the trailer, you
vehicles. will need a larger than normal turning radius.

Always apply brakes early . When driving down- When passing, remember that you cannot accel-
hill, shift into a lower gear to use the engine erate as fast as you normally wou ld because of
braking effect to slow the vehicle. Use of the the added load. Make sure you have enough room
brakes alone can cause them to overheat and fail. to pass. After passing, allow plenty of room for
your trailer before changing lanes again.
Coolant temperature
Avoid jerky starts, sharp turns or rapid lane
The coolant temperatu re gauge ¢ page 8 must changes.
be observed carefully. If t he needle moves close
to the upper end of the scale, reduce speed im- (D Tips
mediately and/or turn off the air conditioner . - Do not tow a trailer during the break-in peri-
If t he coolant t emperature warn ing light in the od of your vehicle.
instr ument cluster st arts flashing . , pull off - If you tow a trai ler, your Audi may requi re
the road, stop and let the engine idle for about more frequent maintenance due to the ex-
two minutes to prevent heat build-up . tra load ¢ page 2 76.

A WARNING '
Parking on a slope
Anyone not properly restrained in a moving
Do not park on a slope with a trailer. If it cannot
vehicle is at a much greater risk in an acci-
be avoided, do so only after doing the following:
dent . Never let anyone ride in your car who is
not properly wearing the restraints provided When parking:
by Audi.
.,.Apply t he foot bra ke .
.,.Have someone place chocks under bot h t he ve-
Trailer towing hicle and the trailer wheels .
information .,.With chocks in place, slowly release the brakes
until the wheel chocks absorb the load.
Important to know .,.Turn the wheels towards the curb .
Your vehicle hand les different ly when tow ing a .,.Apply the parking brake .
tra iler because of the additional weight and dif- .,.Move the selector lever to P.
ferent weight distr ibut ion . Safety, performance When restarting after parking :
and economy will great ly depend on how careful-
ly you load your trailer and operate your rig. .,.Apply the foot brake .
.,.Start the eng ine .
.,.Move the se lector lever t o D/S.

202
 Tra iler towing

~ Release the parking brake and slow ly pull out

and away from the whee l chocks.
~ Stop and have someone retrieve t he whee l
chocks .

(D Tips
If you move the selector lever of the a utomat-
ic transm ission to P before applying the park-
ing brake and before block ing the wheels, you
may have to use more force later to move the
lever out of the P position .

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

203
Care and cleaning

Care and cleaning seals on the side windows, doors, lids or the sun-
roof* or at tires, rubber hoses, insulating materi-
General information al, sensors* or camera lenses* . Keep a distance of
at least 16 inches (40 cm).
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehi-
cle's value. It can also be a requirement when Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure
submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage washer.
and paint defects on the body.
Never use cone nozzles or high pressure nozzles.
The necessary care products can be obtained
The water temperature must not be above 140 °F
from an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
(60 °() .
Audi Service Facility. Read and follow the instruc-
tions for use on the packaging. Automatic car washes

A WARNING
Spray off the vehicle before washing.

- Using cleaning and care products incorrectly Make sure that the windows and roof* are closed
and the windshield wipers are off . Follow instruc-
can be dangerous to your health .
tions from the car wash operator, especially if
- Always store cleaning and care products out
there are accessories attached to your vehicle.
of reach of children to reduce the risk of poi-
soning . If possible, use car washes that do not have
brushes.
@ For the sake of the environment
Washing by hand
- Preferably purchase environmentally-friend-
ly cleaning products. Clean the vehicle starting from the top and work -
ing down using a soft sponge or cleaning brush.
- Do not disposeof leftover cleaning and care
products with household trash. Use solvent-free cleaning products.

Washing vehicles with matte finish paint by

Car washes hand

The longer that deposits such as insects, bird To avoid damaging the paint when washing, first
droppings, tree sap or road salt remain on the ve- remove dust and large particles from your vehi-
hicle, the more the surface can be damaged. High cle. Insects, grease spots and fingerprints are
temperatures such as those caused by sunlight best removed with a special cleaner for matte
increase the damaging effect . finish paint .

Before washing, rinse off heavy deposits with Apply the product using a microfiber cloth. To
plenty of water. avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use too
much pressure.
Stubborn deposits such as bird droppings or tree
sap are best removed with plenty of water and a Rinse the veh icle thoroughly with water. Then
microfiber cloth. clean using a neutral shampoo and a soft micro-
fiber cloth .
Also, wash the underside of your vehicle once
road salt stops being used for the season. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly again and let it air
dry. Remove any water residue using a chamois .
Pressure washers
When washing your veh icle w ith a pressure wash-
A WARNING
-
er, always follow the operating instructions pro- - Only wash the vehicle when the ignition is
vided with the pressure washer. This is especially off and follow the instructions from the car
important in regard to the pressure and spraying
distance. Do not aim the spray directly at the

204
 Ca r e and c leaning

wash operator to reduce the risk of acci- height and width of the inside of the car
dents. was h.
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself - To red uce the risk of pa int damage, do not
from sharp metal components when wash- was h the vehicle in d irect sun light .
ing the underbody or the inside of the wheel - To red uce t he risk of da mage t o t he surface,
housings . do not use insect removing sponges, kitche n
- After washing the vehicle, the brak ing effect sponges or similar items .
may be delayed due to mo isture on the - Mat t e finish painted veh icle components:
brake rotors or ice in the w inter . This in- - To reduce the risk of damage to the sur-
creases the risk of an acc ident. The brakes face, do not use polishing agents or hard
must be d ried first with a few careful brake wax .
applications. - Never use protective wax. It can destroy
the matte finish effect .
(D Note - Do not place any stickers or magnetic
- If you wash t he vehicle in an automatic car signs on vehicle parts painted with matte
wash, you m ust fold the exte rior m irrors in finish paint . The paint cou ld be damaged
to reduce the risk of damage. Power fo ld ing when t he stickers or magne t s are re-
exter ior mir rors* must only be folded in and moved .
out using t he power folding fu nction .
- To reduce the risk of damage to t he rims
@ For the sake of the environment
a nd ti res, compare the width between the Only wash t he vehicle in facilities s pecially de-
whee ls on your vehi cle w it h the dist ance be- s igned for that pu rpose . This will reduce t he
tween t he gu ide rai ls in the car wash. risk of dirty wate r contaminated with oil from
- To reduce t he risk of damage, compare the ente ring the sewe r sys t em.
height and width of your vehicle wit h the

Cleaning and care information

When clea ning and caring for individua l vehicle t hat are not listed, cons ult an autho rized Audi
components, refer t o t he following tables. The de aler or au t hori zed Audi Se rvice Facility. Also
information contained there is simply recom - follow t he information fo und in ~ .&.-
mendations. For quest ions or for components

Exterior cleaning
Component Situation Solut ion
Windshield wiper Deposits ~ page 55, Cleaning windshield wiper blades
blades
Headlights / Deposi t s Soft spo nge with a mild soap so lution 3 >
Tail lights
Sensors/ Deposits Sensors: soft cloth wit h solvent-free cleaning solut ion
camera lenses Camera le nses: soft cloth w ith a lcohol -free cleaning sol u-
tion
Snow/ice Hand br ush/solvent-free de-icing spray
Wheels Road salt Wate r
CD
....
CD
N
Brake dust Acid-free special cleaning so lution
,-...
N
..... Exhaust tail pipes Road salt Wate r, clean ing so lution su itab le for stainless stee l, if nee-
0
0
C<'. essary
00

205
Care and cleaning

Component Situation Solut ion

Deco rative parts/ Deposits Mild soap so lution a>, a cleaning solution suitable for stain-
less steel, if necessary
t rim
Paint Paint damage Refer to the paint number on the vehicle data label, repair
with touch up pa int ¢ page 272
Spilled fuel Rinse with water immediately
Surface rust Rust remover, then protect with hard wax; for questions,
consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv-
ice Facility.
Corros ion Have it removed by an authorized Aud i dea le r or author-
ized Audi Service Fac ility.
Water no longer Protect with hard wax (at least twice per year)
beads on the surface
of clean paint
No shine even though Treat with suitable polish; then apply paint protectant if
paint has been pro- the polish that was used does not contain any protectant
tected/pa int looks
poor
Deposits such as in- Dampen w ith water immediately and remove with a micro -
sects, bird droppings, fiber cloth
tree sap and road salt
Grease-based con- Remove immediately with a mild soap solution a) and a
tam inants such as soft cloth
cosmetics or sunb lock
Carbon pa rts Deposits clean the same way as painted parts ¢ page 204, Car
washes
•> Mild soap sol ution: maxim um two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quar t (l liter) of water

Interior cle aning

Component Situation Solut ion
Window s Deposits Glass cleane r, then wipe dry
Decorative parts/ Deposits Mild soap so lutional

trim
Plastic parts Deposits Damp cloth
Heavier deposits Mild soap solution a>, detergent -free plastic cleaning solu-
tion, if necessary
Displays Deposits Soft cloth with LCDcleaner
Co ntrols Deposits Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a m ild soap solutiona>
Safe ty belt s Deposits Mild soap so lution a>, allow to dry before letting them re-
tract ...

206
 Ca r e and c leaning

Component Situation Solution

Textil es Deposits adhering to Vacuum cleaner
artificial leat her, the surface
Alcantara Water-based deposits Absorbent cloth and mild soap solutiona>
such as coffee, tea,
b lood, etc.
Oil-based deposits Apply a m ild soap solution a), blot away the dissolved o il or
such as oil, make-up, dye, treat afterward with water, if necessary
etc.
Special deposits such Special stain remover, blot with absorbent material, treat
as ink, nail polish, la- afterward with mild soap solution, if necessary a)
tex paint, shoe pol-
ish, etc.
Natural leath er Fresh stains Cotton cloth with a mi ld soap so lution a>
Water-based deposits Fresh sta ins: absorbent cloth
such as coffee, tea, Dried sta ins : stain remover suitable fo r leather
b lood , etc.
Oil-based deposits Fresh sta ins: absorbent cloth and stain remover suitable
such as oil, make-up, for leather
etc. Dried sta ins : grease dissolv ing spray
Special deposits such Spot remove r suitab le for leather
as ink, nai l polish, la-
tex paint, shoe po l-
ish, etc.
Care Regularly apply cond it ion ing cream that protects from
light and penet rates into the material. Use specia lly-col-
ored conditioning cream, if necessary .
Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as plast ic parts
a) Mild soap solution: maximu m two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quart (1 liter) of water

.8, WARNING -
- Never use a ny pa int polish or other abra-
sive materials .
The windshield may not be trea t ed with wa- - Damage to the protect ive layer on the
ter-repelling windshield coating agents. Un- rims such as sto ne ch ips or scratches must
favorable cond itions such as wetness, dark- be repaired immediately .
ness, or low sun can result in increased glare .
- Sensors/ camera le nses
Wiper blade chatter is also possible.
- Never use warm or hot water to remove
snow or ice from the camera lens . This
@ Note
could cause the lens to crack .
- Headlight s/ tail lights - Never use ab rasive cleaning materials or
- Never clean headlights or tail lights with a a lcohol to clean the camera lens . This
dry cloth or sponge. could cause scratches and cracks .
- Do not use any cleaning product that con- - Door window s
CD
....
CD tains alcohol, because they could cause - Remove snow and ice on windows and ex-
N
,-... cracks to form. terior mirrors with a plast ic scraper . To
....
N
0 - Wheels
0
c:<:
00

207
Care and cleaning

avoid scratches, move the scraper on ly in - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
one direction and not back and forth. sponges, etc . when cleaning .
- Never remove snow or ice from door win- - Do not t urn on the seat heating* to dry the
dows and mirrors using warm or hot water seat.
because this could cause cracks to form . - Objects with sharp edges, such as zippe rs
- To avoid damage to the rear window de - or rivets on clothing or belts, can cause
fogger, do not apply any stickers on the damage to the surface .
heating wires on the inside of the window . - Open hook and loop fasteners, fo r exam-
- Decorative parts / trim ple on clothing, can damage seat covers.
- Never use chrome care or cleaning prod- Make sure hook and loop fastene rs are
ucts. closed.
- Paint - Natural leather
- To red uce the risk of scratches, the vehicle - Never treat leather with solvents, floor
must be free of dirt and dust before pol- polish, shoe polish, spot remover or sim i-
ishing or waxing . lar products .
- To prevent pa int damage, do not polish or - Objects with sharp edges, such as zippers
wax the veh icle in direct sunlight. or rivets on clothing or belts, can cause
- To red uce the risk of pa int damage, do not damage to the surface.
polish away rust spots. - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen immedi- sponges, etc. when cleaning.
ately - these could damage the paint. - Do not turn on the seat heating * to dry the
- Dis plays seat.
- To avoid scratches, do not use dry cleaning - To he lp prevent the leather from fad ing,
methods on displays. do not leave the vehicle in direct sunlight
- Controls for long periods of time . If leav ing the ve-
hicle parked fo r long pe riods of time, you
- Make sure that no fluids enter the con-
should cove r the leathe r to pro t ect it from
trols, because this could cause damage.
d irec t sunlight.
- Safety belts
- Do not remove the safety belts to clean {D Tips
them.
- Insects are easier to remove from paint that
- Never clean safety belts or t heir compo-
has been freshly waxed.
nents chemically or with cor rosive fl uids
- Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from
or so lvents and neve r al low sha rp objects
forming.
t o come into con t act with the safe ty belts.
This could cause damage to the belt web -
bing . Placing your vehicle out
- If there is damage to the webbing, the of service
connections, the retractors or the buckles,
If you would like to take your vehi cle out of serv-
have them replaced by an author ized Audi
ice for a longer period of time, contact an author-
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili-
- Textiles / artificial leather/ Alcantara
ty. They will adv ise you of important measures,
- Never treat artificia l leather/ Alcantara
such as corrosion protect ion, serv ice and storage
with leather care products, so lvents, floor
procedures . Also follow the information about
polish, shoe polish, spot remove or similar
the battery ~ page 225 .
prod uct s.
- Have a specialist remove st ubborn stains
to prevent damage.

208
 Fuel and Re fueling

Fuel and Refueling - Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI

Explanation of the abb reviations:
Fuel
AKI= Anti Knock I ndex = (R+M)/2 = (RON+MON)/
Gasoline
2
Applies to: vehicles with gasoline engine
RON= Research Octane Number
Using the right fuel helps keep the environment
clean and prevents engine damage . MON= Moto r Oct ane Number .

Fuel recomm endati on (D Note

The fuel recommended for your vehicle is unlead- - Do not use any fue l wit h octane ratings low-
ed premium grade gasoline. Audi recommends er than 87 AKIor 91 RONot herwise expen-
using TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline with a mini- sive engine damage will occur .
mum octane rat ing of 91 AKI(95 RON). For more - Do not use leaded gasoli ne. The use of lead-
information on TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline, ed gasoline will severe ly damage your vehi-
please go to the official website cle's catalyt ic converter and its ability to
(www.toptiergas .com) . cont rol exhaust emissions .
The recommended gasoline octane rating for
your engine can also be found on a label located Blended gasoline
on the inside of the fuel filler flap . This rating Applies to: vehicles with gasoline engine
may be spec ified as AKI or RON.
Use of gasoline containing alcohol or MTBE
Your veh icle may also be operated using unlead- (methyl tertiary butyl ether )
ed regular gasoline with a minimum octane rat - You may use unleaded gasoline blended with al-
ing of 87 AKl/9 1 RON. However, using 87 AKl/91 cohol or MTBE (commonly referred to as oxygen-
RONoctane fuel will slightly reduce engine per- ates) if the blended mixture meets t he follow ing
formance. criteria:
Use unleaded gasoline only. Unleaded gasoline Blend of gasoline methanol (wood alcohol or
is available throughout t he USA,Canada, and in methyl alcohol)
most European count ries . We recommend that
you do not ta ke your vehicle t o areas or countries - Anti-knock index must be 87 AKIor higher.
where unleaded gasol ine may not be availab le. - Blend must contain no more than 3% metha-
nol.
For more information on refueling your vehicle, - Blend must contain more than 2% co-solvents.
see ~ page 211 .
Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or
Octane rating ethyl alcohol)
Octane rating indicates a gasoline's ability to re- - Anti-knock index must be 87 AKIor higher .
sist engine damaging "knock" caused by prema- - Blend must not conta in more than 15% etha-
ture ignit ion and detonation . Therefore , buying nol.
the correct grade of gasoline is very important to
- Vehicles with flex ible fue l* engine: blend must
help prevent poss ible engine damage and a loss
not contain more tha n 85% ethanol.
of eng ine performance.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
Gasoline most commonly used in the United
States and Canada has the following octane rat- - Anti-knock index mus t be 87 AKI or higher.
CD
ings that can usually be found on the filler pump: - Blend must contain not more than 15% MTBE.
....
CD
N
,-...
Seasonally adjusted gasoline .,,.
..... - Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
N
0
0
C<'.
00

209
Fu e l and R e fu e li n g

Many gasoline grades are blended to perform es - Your fuel consumpt ion will increase when using
pecia lly we ll for winter or summer driving . Dur- bio-ethano l fue ls due to the lower amount of en-
ing seasonal change-over, we suggest that you ergy contained per un it volu me in ethanol.
fill up at busy gas stations where the seasonal
Warming up th e fle xible fuel engine in low
adjustment is more likely to be made in time.
temperatures
@) Note Due to the chemical composition of bio-ethanol ,
- Fuels containing a high percentage of etha- a certain amount of fuel ends up in the eng ine o il
nol such as ESO and E85 may only be used in when driving short distances in very low temper-
vehicles with flexible fuel* engines. Using atures. This fuel evaporates again when the en-
high ethanol fuel in vehicles not equipped gine is warmed up .
with flexible fuel* engines can cause severe II Please warm up engine .
engine damage.
If the drive r message appears in the instr ument
- Methanol fuels which do not meet these re-
cluster disp lay, drive with a warm engine to re-
quirements may cause corros io n and dam-
duce the oil leve l.
age to plast ic and rubber components in the
fuel system.
- Do not use fuels that fail to meet the spec i-
(D Note

fied criter ia in this chapter. - Never fill with methano l or with a higher
percentage of bio-et hanol than 85% (E85).
- If you a re unable to determine whether or
A highe r percentage of bio-ethanol in the
not a particular fuel blend meets the spec i-
fuel can cause damage to the engine or to
ficat ions, ask your service station or its fuel
the fuel system.
supplier.
- Do not use fuel for wh ich the contents can- - If you use on ly E85, it is recommended to
fill the fue l tank comp lete ly with unleaded
not be identified.
premium grade gasoline every 5,000 mi les.
- Fuel system damage and performance prob-
- If you experience starting, rough id le or hes -
lems result ing from the use of fue ls diffe r-
itat ion driveab ility prob lems, f ill the fuel
ent from those specified are not t he respon-
sibility of Audi and are not covered under tank comp lete ly with unleaded prem ium
the New Vehicle or the Emission Control grade gaso line and drive it no rma lly until
System Warranties . the gaso line is used. See your author ized
Audi dealer if the prob lem pers ists.
- If you experience a loss of fue l economy o r
driveability and performance prob lems due - Inform your author ized Audi dealer that you
to the use of one of these fuel blends, we are operat ing or have operated the vehicle
recommend that you switch to unblended with E85.
fuel. - Read and follow the informat ion and tips
about gasoline~ page 209 .

Ethanol fuel (Bio-ethanol)

Applies to: vehicles with flex ible fuel engine
(D Tips
It may take longer to start the engine when
You con recognize vehicles with a flexible fuel the outs ide temperature is ve ry cold . If possi-
engine by looking at the label on the inside of ble, use winterized fue l if tempe ratu res are
the fuel filler flop. below free zing .
Vehicles with flexible fuel engines may be oper-
ated w ith bio-ethanol fuels such as E85 (85%
ethanol and 15% gasoline) or with un leaded gas-
oline (91 AKI/ROZ 95). The veh icle may also be
operated with a mixture of these fuels .

210
 Fuel and Refueling

Gasoline additives ULSD No. 2 can become thicker in very cold tem-
App lies to: vehicles with gasoline engine peratures, and this can impair the engine 's start-
ing and running. Depending on the season, gas
A major concern among many auto manufactur-
stations provide ULSD No. 2 that flows better in
ers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type
cold temperatures so tha t you can continue oper-
of gasoline you use.
ating your vehicle as usual.
Although gasoline grades differ from one manu-
facturer to another, they have certain things in CDNote
common. All gasoline grades contain substances - Your vehicle's diesel engine was designed
that can cause deposits to collect on vital engine soley for use with ULSD No. 2. Therefore,
parts, such as fuel injectors and intake valves . Al- never use gasoline, heating oil, other fuels
though most gasolin e brands include additives to or flow improvers . These contain substances
keep engine and fuel systems clean, they are not that will severely damage the fuel system
equally effe ctive. and the engine. Such damage will not be
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gas- covered by your New Vehicle Limited War-
oline. For more information on TOP TIER Deter- ranty.
gent Gasoline , please go to the official website - If you put any amount of incorrect fuel in
(www.toptiergas.com). the fuel tank, do not start the engine under
any circumstances. Immediately contact the
After an extended period of using inadequate nearest authorized Audi dealer or author-
fuels, built-up carbon depos its can rob your en- ized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
gine of peak performance. These fuels contain substances that can se-
verely damage the fuel system and the en-
CDNote gine if the engine is started .
- Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel
quality is not covered by the Audi New Vehi- Refueling
cle Limited Warranty .
- Do not add aftermarket fuel additive prod- Fuel filler neck
ucts to your fuel tank.
The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear
side panel behind the fuel filler flap.
Diesel fuel
Applies to: vehicles with diesel eng ine If the power locking system should fail, you can
still open the flap manually - for detailed instruc-
Always use ULSD (Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel) No. 2. tions see ¢ page 213.
The ULSD No . 2 meets the ASTM 0975.
You can find the fuel tank capacity of your vehicle
Diesel fuel with concentrations of biodiesel high- in ¢ page 273.
er than S % such as 811,820 or 8100 are strictly
prohibited. The label on the inside of the fuel filler flap tells
you the correct fuel for your vehicle. For more in-
Service station fuel pumps are labeled with the format ion about fuel specificat ions, see
correct fuel information for easy recognition by ¢ page 209.
the user. If the diesel fuel pump is not labeled
ask the station operator what fuel is being dis- Your vehicle fuel tank has an on-board refuelling
pensed before filling up your vehicle . vapor recovery system. This feature helps to pre-
vent fuel vapors from escaping from the tank and
ULSD No. 2 may not be available outside the USA polluting the environment while you refuel your
CD
....
CD
N
and Canada. Be sure to check before traveling to vehicle. In order to fill the tank properly while
,-... other countries.
....
N protecting the environment, please follow this
0
0 refueling procedure carefully.
C<'.
00

211
Fu e l a nd Ref u e li ng

Taking th e fue l cap off

_& WARNING
.. Press the left side of the fuel filler flap to open
Under normal operating conditions, never car -
it ¢ fig. 189 -ar row-.
ry additiona l fuel containers in you r car. Gas
.. Unscrew fuel cap counter-clockwise and hang it
canisters and other containers used to trans-
on the fuel filler flap¢ fig. 190 .
port fuel can be dangerous . Such containers,
.. Check the label on the inside of the fuel filler
full or empty , may leak and could cause a fire
flap to determine if the vehicle must be fueled
in a collision. If you must transport fuel to
w ith gasoline or diesel fuel.
use for your lawn mower, snow blower, etc.,
be very careful and a lways observe local and Refuell ing procedur e
state laws regarding the use, t ransportation
.. Insert the fuel nozz le from the gasoline pump
and sto rage of such fue l conta iners. Make cer-
into the fuel filler neck as far as it will go.
tain the container meets industry standards
.. Select a medium refuelling rate so that the
(ANSI/ASTM F852 - 86) .
nozzle switches off automatically when the
tank is full.
(D Note
Never drive you r vehicle unt il the fuel tank is Putting th e fu el cap back on
comp letely empty. The irregular supply of .. After filling your tank, twist the fuel cap clock-
fue l can cause m isfiring. Gasoline cou ld enter wise as far as it will go.
the exhaust system and damage the catalytic .. Close the fuel filler flap.
converter.
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the fuel
Refuelling tank always close fuel cap properly and com-
plete ly. An improperly closed fuel filler cap may
also cause the MIL lamp¢ page 23 to come on
(only vehicles with gasoline engine).

_& WARNING -
Improper refueling or handling of fuel can
cause fire, explos ion and severe burns.
- Fuel is highly flammable and can cause se-
vere burns and other injuries.
- Failure to shut the engine off while refuel-
Fig. 189 Right rear veh icle side: Opening the fuel filler flap ing and/or to insert the pump nozzle fully
into the fue l filler neck could cause fuel to
spray out of fi ller neck or to overflow. Fue l
spray and ove rflowing f uel can cause a fire .
- Never use a ce llular telephone while refuel-
ing. The electromagnetic radiation can
cause sparks t hat can ignite fuel vapors and
cause a fire.
- Never get back into your vehicle whi le refu-
eling. If in exceptional circumstances you
Fig. 190 Fuel filler flap wit h attac hed fuel cap must get back in your vehicle wh ile refuel-
ing, make certain that you close the door
When activating the central locking, the fuel fill- and touch metal to discharge static electric-
er flap is automatically un locked o r locked. Re- ity before touching t he f iller nozzle again. .,_
fuel the vehicle with the ignition turned off.

212
 Fuel an d Refueling

Static electricity can cause sparks that can because fuel may spi ll out. In addition, the
ignite fuel vapors released during refueling. expansion space in the fuel tank will be filled -
- Never smoke or have an open flame any- causing the fue l to overflow when it becomes
where in or near your vehicle when refueling warm and pollute the environment.
or filling a portable fuel container.
- For your safety, we strongly recommend
@ Tips
that you do not travel with a portable fuel - Running your engine while refuelling may
container in your vehicle. The container, full cause vapors to escape or even cause fuel to
or empty may leak and could cause a fire, spill out of the tank. This would then shut
especially in a crash. off the fuel nozzle before the tank is full.
- If, under exceptional circumstances, you - Do not refuel your vehicle with the ignition
must transport a portable fuel container, turned on. The fuel gauge may otherwise
please observe the follow ing : not indicate the correct fuel level after refu-
- Never fill a portable fuel container while it elling .
is anywhere in or on the vehicle (for exam- - Diesel vehicles* are equipped with a diesel
ple, in the luggage compartment, or on m isfueling protector . It allows the vehicle
the trunk) . Static electricity can build up to be fueled only with a diesel fuel pump
while filling and can ignite fuel vapors nozzle. A worn or damaged nozzle or a noz-
causing a fire . zle that is too small may not be able to open
- Always place a portable fuel container on the diesel misfueling protector. If this is the
the ground before filling. case, try turning the nozzle before inserting
- Always keep the filler nozzle completely it in the fuel filler neck, use a different fuel
ins ide the portable container before and pump or see your authorized Audi dealer or
during filling. authorized repair facility for assistance.
- If filling a portable container made of - The fuel filler flap of your vehicle is not
metal, the filler nozzle must always be in locked when you lock the vehicle from the
contact with the container . This will help inside.
prevent static electric ity from discharg ing
and cause a fire . Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand
- Never spill fuel inside the vehicle or lug-
You can open the fuel filler flap by hand if the
gage compartment . Fuel vapors are highly
power locking system should fail.
flammab le.
-Always observe local and state/provincial
laws regarding the use, storage and trans-
portation of fuel containers.
- Make certa in the fuel conta iner meets in-
dustry standards (ANSI/ ASTMF852 - 86) .

(D Note
If any fuel has spilled onto the car, it should
be removed immediately to prevent damage
to the paint . Fig. 191 Luggage compa rtmen t : Em erge ncy opening of
fue t fitter flap

@ For the sake of the environment

The emergency opening mechanism is located
a,
a, As soon as the correctly operated nozzle
..... behind the right side trim panel in the luggage
N
,-... sw itches off automatically for the first time,
N compartment.
.....
0
0
the tank is full. Do not try to add more fuel
0: .. Open the right side trim panel.
co

213
Fuel and Refueling

"' Loosen the strap from its bracket and pull on it This message appears when there is only enough
¢ fig. 191 . Now you can open the fuel filler flap AdBlue left to drive the distance indicated in the
as usual. instrument cluster. Fill the AdBlue.
AdBlue /9 Refill Ad Blue! No restart in x mi
Selective catalytic (x km)! See owner's manual
reduction (AdBlue/DEF)
This message appears when there is only enough
General information AdBlue left to drive the distance indicated in the
Applies to: veh icles with selective catalyt ic reduction inst rument cluster. Fill the AdBlue. Otherw ise
the engine will not start again if you stop it once
In vehicles with selective catalytic reduction, a
the distance indicated has been driven.
urea solution (AdBlue/DEF) is injected into the
exhaust system before a nitrogen oxide catalytic Refill Ad Blue! No restart! See own-
converter to reduce nitrogen emissions. The urea er's manual
solution is known as AdBlue or DEF(Diesel Ex- This message appears when the AdBlue tank is
haust Fluid). AdBlue is used in the following. empty . Fill the AdBlue. Otherwise you will not be
The AdBlue is carried in a separate tank in the ve- able to start the engine again once you stop it.
hicle. The AdBlue usage accounts for approxi- The AdBlue must be refilled when the amount in
mately 0 .5% to 2.5% of the diesel fuel that is the tank has reached the minimum level
used. ¢ page 215, Filling AdBlue .

When a message about refilling the AdBlue ap-

Incorrect filling/system malfunction
pears in the instrument cluster display, you must
refill the AdBlue yourself or have it refilled by an A message appears if the AdBlue tank was filled
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service with a fluid other than AdBlue and the system
Facility ¢ page 215. has detected that the tank was filled incorrectly,
or if there is a system malfunction .
(D} Tips AdBlue -I' AdBlue: Fault! No restart in x mi
- The display indicates the distance remaining (x km)! See owner's manual
that can be driven¢ page 214. If the AdBl-
This message appears when it is on ly possible to
ue tank is completely empty, the engine will
drive the distance indicated in the instrument
not start again after the ignition is switched
cluster. Drive to the nearest authorized Audi
off.
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility to have
- AdBlue is required by law to operate this ve-
the malfunct ion corrected. Otherw ise the eng ine
hicle.
will not start again if you stop it once the dis-
tance indicated has been driven.
Messages in the instrument cluster display
Applies to: vehicles with selective catalytic reduction AdBlue: System fault No restart!
See owner's manual
The display indicates if the Ad Blue level is low or
if there is a system malfunction. This message appears if the system has detected
that the tank was filled incorrectly or that there
AdBlue level low is a malfunction . Drive immediately to the near-
You will be informed if the AdBlue in the tank est authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
drops below a certain level. Service Facility to have the ma lfunction correct-
ed . Otherwise you will not be able to star t the en-
Ad Blue /9 Refill AdBlue. See owner's manual
gine again once you stop it.

214
 F ue l an d Re fu e lin g

Filling AdBlue the engine . See an authorized Audi dea ler or

Applies to: vehicles with selective catalytic reduc tion authorized Audi Service Facility for assis-
tance.
- Ad Blue attacks surfaces such as painted ve-
hicle components, p lastic and carpet. Re-
move the fluid as quickly as possible with a
damp cloth and plenty of cold water . If the
Ad Blue has already crystallized, use warm
water and a sponge. Ad Blue residue that is
not removed will crystallize and can damage
the affected surface.
- Do not store refill bottles or canisters per-
Fig. 192 Right rear side of the vehicle : remov ing the AdBl-
manently in the vehicle . If the container
ue cap
leaks, the escaping AdBlue could damage
The Ad Blue tank opening is located nea r the die- the vehicle interior.
sel tank open ing. Add at least 1 gallon (3.8 lit- - Do not al low Ad Blue to come into contact
e rs) of Ad Blue. This is the minimum amount re- with clothing. If there is contact with the
quired to ensure the system detects the refilling fluid, flush immediately with plenty of wa-
and to start the engine. You can fill a maximum ter.
of 6 gallons (23 liters) .

Requirement: the request to add AdBlue must

© Tips
Follow t he AdBlue manufacturer's instruc-
appear in the instrument cluster display.
tions for use and storage.
• Switch the ign ition off.
• Open the tank fi ller door ¢ page 212. Refilling AdBlue with a bottle
• Turn the cap on the filler neck counter-clock- Applies to: vehicles wit h selective catalytic reduction
wise using the whee l wrench from the vehicle
tool kit to remove it ¢ fig . 192. • Remove the cap from the refill bott le ¢ A in
• Fill the Ad Blue using a bottle¢ page 215 or a Filling AdBlue on page 215, c>(D in Filling
canister c>page 216. AdBlue on page 215 .
• Position the bottle on the filler tube and turn
A WARNING
the bottle clockwise until it stops turning.
• Press lightly against the bottom of the bottle
Ad Blue can irritate the skin, eyes and resp ira-
to empty it . Cont inue pressing the bottom of
tory system. If there is contact with the fluid,
the bottle until it is empty or until fluid stops
flush immediately with plen ty of wate r. Con-
flow ing into the tank.
sult a physician if necessary.
• Remove the bott le and seal the f ille r neck
¢ page 216, Completing AdBlue refill .
CDNote
- Only use Ad Blue that conforms to the CDNote
standard ISO 22241-1. Do not mix any addi-
Only use refill bottles tha t are approved for
tives w ith the Ad Blue and do not d ilute it
your vehicle. Using other systems can cause
with water.
AdBlue to leak.
- Do not add AdBlue to the diesel tank or add

a,
diesel fuel to the Ad Blue tank. Do not start (0 Tips
a, the engine under any circumstances if t he
..... - You can obtain refill bot tles from an author-
N
r-- wrong fuel is filled in the tank. There is a
N
..... ized Aud i dea le r or authorized Audi Serv ice
0
risk of damaging the fuel tank system and
0
0:
Facility.
co

215
Fuel and Refueling

- A permitted refill bott le contains approxi- · Completing AdBlue refill

mately 0 .5 gallons (1.9 liters) of Ad Blue. Applies t o: vehicles with selective cata lytic reduct ion

Closing the filler neck

Refilling Ad Blue with a canister
Applies to: vehicles with select ive catalyt ic reduction ...Turn the cap on the filler neck to the right w ith
the wheel w rench until the cap clicks int o place .
N
~ This tightens the cap to the specification ~ A
® 0
:::,
a:,
m
in Filling AdBlue on page 215, c>(D in Filling
AdBlue on page 215 .
...Then press on the left side of the tank door un-
til it latches.

After filling

+® The vehicle must be driven so that the system

recognizes that the AdBlue was refilled. This can
Fig. 193 Canister with attac hab le hose take several minutes .

..,Remove the cover from the refill canister~ A ..,If there was no AdBlue left in the tank and a
in Filling AdBlue on page 215, c>(D in Filling range of O mi (0 km ) was shown in the display,
AdBlue on page 215 . sw itch the ignition on for about 30 seconds be-
...Secure the end of the hose (D on the opening in fore starting the engine .
the canister @ by turning the hose to the right.
...Remove the cap @ from the other end of the (D Tips
hose @ . AdBlue can freeze at very low temperatures.
"' Position the end of the hose@ on the f ill er If this happens, the system will not detect
neck in the vehicle and turn the hose to the that the AdBlue was refilled and it will contin-
right to tighten it. ue to inform you of the low AdBlue level. The
..,Lift the canister up and then tip it. Continue message turns off as soon as the tank thaws
holding the can ister in a tipped position unti l it out again.
is empty or until no mo re fluid flows into the
tank .
...Remove the canister and close the filler tube
c>page 216 , Completing AdBlue refill .

(D Note
Only use refill canisters that are approved for
your vehicle. Using other systems can cause
Ad Blue to leak.

@ Tips
- An authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi repair facility can tell you which refill
can isters are approved for your vehicle.
- A permitted refill canister contains approxi-
mately 1.3 gallons (5 liters) of AdBlue.

216
 Checking and Filling

Checking and Filling - To reduce the risk of being burned, never

open the hood if you see or hear steam or
Hood coo lant escaping from the engine compart-
Releasing the engine hood ment. Wa it until no steam or coolant can be
seen or hea rd before carefully ope ning t he
The engine hood is released from inside the vehi- hood.
cle.

Closing the engine hood

"' Pull the hood down until the press ure from the
st ruts is red uced.
"' Let the hood drop down and latch in place. Do
not try to push it shut ; it may fail to engage
¢ &,, .

-A WARNING
A hood that is not completely latched could
-
Fig. 19 4 Driver's s ide footwell: engine hood re lease lever
f ly up and block your view while dr iving.
"' Wit h the driver's door open, pu ll t he leve r un- - When you close the engine hood, check it to
der t he instrument panel in the direction of the make sure the safety catch has prope rly en-
arrow ¢ fig.194 . gaged . The hood should be flush with the
sur rounding vehicle body parts .
The hood pops up s light ly unde r spri ng pressure.
- If you notice while driving that the hood is
not secured prope rly, stop at once and close
Opening the engine hood it .

Working in the engine compartment

Be especially careful whenever you work in the

engine compartment.

Whenever you must perfo rm any work in the

engine compartment , for example checking and
fill ing diffe rent fluids, the re is a risk of injury,
burns and accident s. To prevent personal injury
Fig. 19 5 Release lever under the eng ine hood always observe the following WARNINGS . The
engine compartment of any vehicle is a hazard-
Before opening the engine hood, make sure tha t ous area ~ .&,.
the windshield wipe rs are fla t against the w ind-
shie ld. Otherwise, they could da mage t he paint A WARNING
-
on the hood . To he lp avoid injury, befo re you check any-
"' Pull up on the release under the hood t h ing under t he hood:
~fig . 195. This releases the cat ch. - Turn off the engine.
"' Open t he hood all the way ¢ &,, . - Remove the ignit io n key.
a,
- Apply the parking brake.
~ ,&. WARNING - Move selector lever of automatic t ransm is-
r--
sion to P (Park).
~ Hot engine coo lant can burn you.
0
0
0:
co

217
Checking and Filling

- Always let the engine cool down. Hot com- - Always use extreme caution to prevent
ponents will burn skin on contact . clothing, jewelry, or long hair from get-
- To reduce the risk of being burned, never ting caught in the radiator fan, V-belts or
open the hood if you see or hear steam or other moving parts, or from contacting
coolant escaping from the engine compart- hot parts . Tie back hair before starting,
ment. Wait until no steam or coolant can be and do not wear clothing that will hang or
seen or heard before carefully opening the droop into the engine.
hood. - Minimize exposure to emission and chemi-
- Keep children away from the engine com- cal hazards ~ & .
partment.
- Never spill fluids on hot engine compo- &, WARNING
nents . They can cause a fire. California Proposition 65 Warning:
- Never touch the radiator fan. The auxiliary - Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
electric fan is temperature controlled and and certain vehicle components contain or
can switch on suddenly. emit chemicals known to the State of Cali-
- Never open the coolant reservoir cap when fornia to cause cancer and birth defects and
the engine is still warm. The coolant system reproductive harm. In addition, certain flu-
is pressurized and hot coolant could spray ids contained in vehicles and certain prod-
out . ucts of component wear contain or em it
- Protect your face, hands and arm from chemicals known to the State of California
steam or hot engine coolant by placing a to cause cancer and birth defects or other
thick rag over the cap when you open the reproductive harm .
coolant reservoir. - Battery posts, terminals and related acces-
- Do not remove the engine cover under any sories contain lead and lead compounds,
circumstances . This increases the risk of chemicals known to the State of California
burns. to cause cancer and reproductive harms .
- If work on the fuel system or the electrical Wash hands after handling.
system is necessary:
- Always disconnect the battery. ('.!) Note
- Never smoke or work near heaters or open When adding fluids, always make sure that
flames. Fluids in the engine compartment they are poured into the proper container or
could start a fire. filler opening, otherwise serious damage to
- Keep an approved fire extinguisher imme- vehicle systems will occur.
diately available.
- To avoid electrical shock and personal injury @ For the sake of the environment
while the engine is running or being started, To detect leaks in time, inspect the vehicle
never touch: floor pan from underneath regularly . If you
- Ignition cables see spots from oil or other vehicle fluids, have
- Other components of the high voltage your vehicle inspected by an authorized Audi
electronic ignition system . dealer.
- If you must perform a check or repair with
the engine running:
- First, fully apply the parking brake, move
selector lever of automatic transmission
to P (Park).

218
 Checking and Filling

Engine compartment
Engine compartment
These are the most important items that you can check.

Fig. 196 Typical layout fo r containers and engine oil fille r cap

(D Jump start po int(+) under a cover 227,267 Engine oil

@ Brake f luid reservoir (CO)) . . . . . . . 224
Engine oil specifications
@ Engine oil filler cap(~) ....... 221
@ Coolant expansion tan k (- L) ..... 223 The engine oil used must conform to exact speci-
® Jump start point( -) with hex head fications.
screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 267
The serv ice interval display in the instrument
@ Windshield/headlight washer con - cluster of yo ur vehicle will inform you when it is
tainer (W) ................... 229 time for an oil change . We recommend that you
The position of the engine oil filling hole have your oil changed by an authorized Audi Serv-
c:>fig. 196 (item @ ) can differ depending on the ice Advisor.
engine design . If you have to top off the oil between oil changes,
use the Audi oil quality standard specified in the
A WARNING tab~ . ~
Before you check anything in the engine com-
partment, always read and heed a ll WARN-
a,
a, INGS c:>&. in Working in the engine compart-
.....
N
r-- ment on page 217.
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

219
Ch e ck ing and Filling

Audi oil quality standard or Audi Customer Relations at

1 (800) 822-2834 or visit our web site at
Gasolin e VW 502 00 or
www.aud iusa.com or www .audicanada .ca.
engine vw 50400
Diesel vw 50 7 00
engine Engine oil consumption

Audi recomm ends The engine in your vehicle depends on an ade-

~ castroL
//gJB,'flt@t Frti:rr.:;-...1"JDl'1Al. quate amount of oil to lubricate and cool all of
Audi recommend s Longlif e high performance its moving parts.
engine oil from Audi Genuine Parts In order to provide effective lub rication and cool-
Using the proper engine oil is important for the ing of internal engine components, all internal
functionality and service life of the engine. Your combust ion engines consume a certa in amount
engine was factory-filled with a high-quality oil of oil. Oil consumption var ies from engine to en-
which can usually be used throughout the entire gine and may change significantly over the life of
year. the engine . Typically, engines w ith a specified
break-in period (see c::;,page194) consume more
{tD Note oil dur ing the break-in per iod than they consume
Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does not after oil consumption has stabi liz ed.
cover damage or malfunctions due to failure Under normal cond itions, the rate of oil con-
to follow recommended maintenance and use sumption depends on t he quality and viscosity of
requirements as set forth in the Audi Owner's the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minute) at
Manual and Warranty & Maintenance booklet. wh ich the engine is operated, the ambient t em-
- Use only a high quality eng ine oil that ex- perature and road condit ions. Furthe r facto rs are
pressly complies wit h the Audi oil quality t he amount of oil dilution from water condensa-
standard specified for your vehicle's engine. tion or fue l residue and the oxidation level of the
Using any other oil can cause serious engine oi l. As any engine is subject to wear as mileage
damage. builds up, the oil consumption may increase over
- Do not mix any lub ricants or other additives time unt il replacement of worn components may
into t he engine oil. Doing so can cause en- become necessary.
gine damage.
With all these variab les coming into play, no
standard rate of oil consumption can be estab-
@ Tips
lished or specified . There is no alternative to reg-
If you need to add oil and there is none availa- ular and frequent checking of the oi l level, see
ble tha t meets the Audi oil quality standard Note .
your engine requi res, you may add a tota l of
no more than 0 .5 quart/li t er of a high-quality If the yellow engine oil level warning symbo l in
"synthetic"oil that meets the fo llowing speci- the instrument cluster Illlights up, you should
fications. check the oil level as soon as possible
- Vehicles with gasoline eng ine: ACEAA3 or page 221 . Top off the oil at your earliest con-
<=:>
API SM with a viscosity grade of SAE OW-30, venience c::;,
page 221 .
SAE 5W-30 or SAE 5W-40.
- Vehicles w it h diesel engine: ACEAC3 or
&. WARNING
API CFwith a viscosity grade of SAE OW-30 Before you check anything in the engine com-
or SAE 5W-30. part ment, always read and heed all WARN-
- For more information about engine oil that I NGS <=:>
.&. in Wor king in the engine compart-
has been approved for your vehicle, please ment on page 217. ..,
contact either your authorized Audi dealer

220
 Checking and Filling

(D Note {!) Tips

Driving with an insufficient oil leve l is likely to The oil leve l indicator in t he radio o r MMI*
cause severe damage to the engine . Disp lay is only an info rmation disp lay. If the
oi l level is too low, a minimum o il wa rning ap-
@ Tips pears in the instrument cluster. Add oil
- The oil pressure warning display. is not ¢ page 221. If the hood has been o pened ,
an indicator of the oil level. Do not rely on t he cur rent oi l level is show n in t he inst ru-
it. Instead , check the oil level in your en- ment clust er t he next ti me t he igni t ion is
gine at regular intervals, preferably each swi tch ed o n.
time you refuel, and always before going
on a long trip. Adding engine oil ~
- If yo u have the impression your engine con -
sumes excessive amounts of oil, we recom -
men d that you cons ult an autho rized Audi
dealer t o have the ca use of your conce rn
properly diagnosed. Keep in mind t hat the
a ccu rat e measurement of oil consump tion
requi res gre at care and m ay ta ke so me
time. An a uthorized Audi de al er has instr uc-
tions about how to measure oil consump-
tion acc urately.
Fig. 197 Engine com pa rt m ent: cove r on th e eng ine oil fill-
er neck
Checking the engine oil level
Befo re yo u check any t hing in the engine compa rt -
Read oil level
ment, always read and heed all WARNINGS
"' Park yo ur vehicle so that it is hor izonta lly level. ¢ A in Working in the engine compartment on
"' Shu t the engine off when it is at operat ing tem- page 217.
perature.
"' Switch on ly the ignition back on . "' Shu t the eng ine off .
"' Wai t approx. two mi nutes . "' Unscrew the cap 9=;1: to the engine oil f illing
hole ¢ fig.197, ¢ page 219, fig.196 .
"' Se lect: ICARI funct ion button > Oil leve l. Or
"' Carefully top off with 0.5 quarts (0. 5 liters) of
"' Se lect: ICARI funct ion butto n > Car system s*
the appropriate oil¢ page 219.
contro l bu t ton > Servicing & checks > Oil level.
"' Check the oi l level again after two minutes
"' Read the o il level in t he rad io or MMI* Disp lay.
~ page 221, Checking the engine oil level .
Add engine oil if the ba r of the oil level indica -
tor is near "Min" ¢ page 221 . "' Top off th e oil, if nec essary.
"' Screw the cap ba ck on t he filling hole.
The o il level needs to be checked at reg ular int er-
va ls. The bes t times to do this are w henever you _&.WARNING -
refuel and pr io r to long trips .
- Whi le t oppin g off , t he o il mus t no t come in
De pending on t he way t he ve hicle is dr iven a nd con t act w ith ho t e ngine parts - f ire hazard !
the operat ing cond itions, oil cons umption can be - Th e oi l filler cap m us t be pr oper ly sec ure d
up t o a 1/2 q uart per 600 m iles (O.S lit er per t o preve nt oil from being spraye d on t he ho t
1,000 km) . Cons umption may be hig he r within e ngine an d exha ust system whe n the engi ne
CD
....
CD the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km). is run ning - fi re hazard ! Ill>-
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

221
Ch e ck ing and Filling

- If your skin has come in contact with the en- Because of the problem of prope r disposa l, along
gine oil, you must subsequently cleanse it with the specia l tools and necessary expertise re-
thoroughly . quired, we strongly recommend that you have
your oil changed by an authori zed Audi dealer or
@ Note a qual ified service station.
- Check the oil level using the radio or the If you choose to change your oil yourself , please
MMI*. If the message Please reduce oil lev- note the following important information:
el appears, contact your authorized Audi
dealer or other qualified workshop to have A WARNING
-
excess oil extracted if necessary. To reduce the risk of persona l injury if you
- Audi does not recommend the use of oil must change the eng ine oil in your vehicle
addit ives. They may damage the engine yourself:
and adversely affect your New Vehicle - Wea r eye protect ion.
Warranty . - To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine
oil, let the engine cool down to the touch.
@ For the sake of the environment - When removing the oil drain plug with your
- Under no circumstances can the oil come in fingers, stay as far away as possible. Always
contact with the sewage network or the soil. keep your forearm parallel to the ground to
- Observe and follow legal regulations when help prevent hot oil from running down your
dispos ing of empty oil conta iners. arm .
- Drain the oil into a container designed for
Changing the engine oil this purpose, one large enough to hold at
least the t ota l amount of oil in your engine.
We recommend tha t have your oil changed by an
- Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out of
authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service sta-
the reach of children.
tion .
- Continuous contact with used eng ine oil is
Before you check anyth ing in the eng ine compart- harmf ul to your skin. Always protect your
ment, always read and heed all WARNINGS ¢ .& skin by washing oil off thoroughly with soap
in Working in the engine compartment on and water .
page 217 .
@ Note
The engine oil must be changed accord ing to the
intervals specified in your Warranty & Mainte- Never mix oil additives with your engine oil.
nance booklet. This is very important because the These additives can damage your engine and
lubricat ing propert ies of oil diminish gradually adverse ly affect your Audi Limited New Vehi-
during normal vehicle use . cle Warranty .

Under some circumstances the eng ine oil should @ For the sake of the environment
be changed more frequently . Change oil more of- - Before chang ing your oil, first make sure
ten if you drive mostly short distances, operate you know where you can properly dispose of
the vehicle in dusty areas or under predominant ly the used oil.
stop-and-go traffic condit ions, or have your vehi-
- Always dispose of used engine oil properly.
cle where temperat ures remain below freezing
Do not dump it on garden soil, wooded
for extended periods.
areas, into open streams or down sewage
Detergent addit ives in the oil will make fresh oil drains.
look da rk afte r t he eng ine has been running for a - Recycle used engine oil by tak ing it t o a used
short t ime. This is norma l and is not a reason t o eng ine oil collect ion fac ility in your area, or
change the oil more oft en than recommended. contact a service st ation.

222
 Checking and Filling

Cooling system gine. If this happens, only use water and re -

store the correct mixture ratio with the
Coolant specified coolant add it ive as soon as possi-
ble.
The engine cooling system is filled with a mixture
- Only refill with new coolant .
of pur ified water and coolant additive at the fac-
tory. This coo lan t must not be not changed. - Radiator sealant must not be mixed with
the coolant.
The coolant level is monitored through the . in-
dicator light ¢ page 26. However , we do recom-
Adding coolant
mend occasionally check ing the coo la nt level
manually. --
N
N

If you must add coolant, use a m ixture of water

""
CD
co
and coolant addit ive. Mixing the coolant additive
with distilled water is recommended.

Coolant additive
The coolant additive is made of anti-freez ing and
corros ion protection agents. Only use the follow-
ing coolant addit ives . These additives may be
mixed with each other. Fig. 198 Engine compartment: coo lant expansio n ta nk
cover
Coolant additive Specification
Checking the engine coolant level
G13 TL 774 J
G12++ TL 774 G .,. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
.,. Switch the ignit ion off.
The amount of coo lant add itive that needs to be .,. Read the coolant level on the coolant expansion
mixed with water depends on the climate where tank ¢ page 219, fig. 196. The coolant level
the vehicle will be operated. If the coolant addi- must be between the MIN and MAXmark ings
tive percentage is too low, the coolant can freeze when the engine in cold . When the engine is
and damage the engine. warm it can be slightly above the MAXmarking.

Coolant Freeze protec- Adding coolant

additive tion
Requirement: there must be a residual amount of
Warm min. 40% m in. -13 °F coolant in the expansion tank ¢ (D.
regions max. 45% (-25 °C)
.,. Let the engine cool down.
Cold min. 50% max . -40 °F
.,. Place a cloth over the coolant expansion tank
regions max. 55% (-40 °C)
cap and unscrew the cap counterclockw ise
¢ _&.
(D Note
.,. Add coo lant mixed in the correct rat io
- Before the start of winter, have your author- ¢ page 223 up to the MAXmarking .
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service .,. Make sure that the fluid leve l remains stable.
Facility check if the coolant additive in your Add more coolant if necessary .
vehicle matches the percentage appropriate .,. Close the cap securely.
for the climate . This is especially important
when driving in colder climates . Coolant loss usually indicates there is a lea k. Im-
CD
....
CD - If the appropriate coolant additive is not mediately dr ive your vehicle to an authorized
N
,-... available in an emergency, do not add any Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility
N
..... and have the cooling system inspected. If the
0
0
other additive . You could damage the en-
C<'.
00

223
Che ck ing and Filling

cooling system is not leakin g, a loss can come ¢ .&. in Working in the engine compartment on
from t he coolant boiling through overheat ing page 217.
an d be ing pushed out of the coo ling system .
.,.Read the bra ke fluid level from the brake f luid

A WARNING
-
reservoir ¢ fig. 199 , ~ page 219, fig. 196. The
brake fluid leve l must be between t he "MIN"
- The cooling system is under pressure. Do and "MAX" markings.
not ope n t he coolant expansion tank ca p
when the eng ine is hot. This increases the The brake flu id reservoir is located at the rear
risk of bu rns . partition of the engine compartment on the left
- The coolant add itive and the coolant can be side ¢ page 219 .
dangerous to your health. For this reason, The fluid level may drop slightly afte r some t ime
keep the coolant in the o rigina l container due to t he automatic adjustme nt of the brake
and away from children. There is a risk of pads. This is not ca use for a larm.
po isoning .
- When working in the eng ine compartmen t , If the brake fluid level falls considerably below
remembe r that t he rad iator fan ca n sw itch the "MIN" mark, the bra ke warn ing/ indica t or
on even if the ign ition is swit ched off, which ligh t (U.S. models: 11111
. Ca nadian models: .
increases the risk of inju ry. will come on ¢ page 15 and ¢ page 25. Do not
continue to ope rate the veh icle. The comp lete
(D Note brake system shou ld be thoroughly checked by an
a uthor ized Audi dealer or qualified workshop and
Do not add coolant if the expansion tank is
the cause corrected. If the brake fluid level is too
empty. Air could enter the cooling system and
low, the brake warn ing/ indicator light w ill illumi-
damage t he engine. If this is the case , do not
nate. Contact a n author ized Audi dealer immedi-
cont inue d riving. See an authorized Audi deal-
ately .
er or author ized Audi Se rvice Facility for assis-
tance .
Changing brake fluid
Brake fluid Have the brake fluid changed by an experienced
technician .
Checking brake fluid level
Brake flu id absorbs moisture from the air. If the
The brake fluid level can be checked with a quick
water content in the brake fluid is too high, cor-
glance.
rosion in the brake system may result after ape -
riod of time . The boiling po int of the brake fluid
-
N
N
N
will a lso decrease considerably and decrease
""'
IX)
bra king pe rformance.

Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed every

two years . Always use new brake f lu id which con-
fo rms to Federa l Moto r Vehicle St andard "FMVSS
116 DOT 4 ".

The brake fluid reservoir can be diff icult to reach,

therefore, we recommend that you have the
Fig. 19 9 Engine compartme nt : cover on th e brake fl uid
reservoi r brake fluid changed by your author ized Audi
dealer . Your dealer has t he correct tools, the
Before you check anyth ing in the eng ine compart- right brake fluid a nd t he know -how t o do t his for
ment, always read and heed all WARNINGS you . ..,.

224
 Ch e c k ing an d Filling

& WARNING
Hybrid dr ive*: you can find important informat ion
about the high voltage battery under
- Brake fluid is poisonous. It must be stored ¢ page 100 .
only in the closed original container out of
the reach of children! Disconnecting the battery te rminals
- Brake failure can resu lt from old or inappro- Some vehi cle functions (power window regula -
priate brake fluid. Observe these precau- tors, for examp le) are lost if t he batte ry te rm i-
t ions: nals a re disconnected . These functions have to be
- Use only brake flu id that meets SAE speci- re learned after the battery terminals a re con-
fication J 1703 and confo rms to Fede ral nected again. To prevent this, the battery should
Motor Vehicle Standard 116. Always check only be disconnected from the vehicle electrical
with your author ized Audi dealer t o make system when absolutely necessary for repa irs.
sure you are using t he correct brake fluid.
The correct type of brake fluid is a lso indi- Vehicles not driven for long periods
cated on the brake flu id reservoir. If you do not drive your vehicle over a period of
- The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use of severa l days or weeks, electrical compone nts are
the brakes can cause a vapor lock if the gradually cut back or switched off. This reduces
brake fl uid is left in the system too long. energy consumpt ion and maintains starting ca-
This can serious ly affect the efficiency of pability over a longer per iod ¢ page 192.
the brakes as well as your safety. This
Take into consideratio n that when you unlock
could result in an acc ident.
your vehicle, some convenience functions, suc h
as the inter ior lights or the power seat adjust-
ment, may not be ava ilab le. The conve nience
Brake fluid will damage the pa int of yo ur vehi- funct ions will be available again when you turn
cle. on the ignition and sta rt the eng ine.

@) For the sake of the environment Winter operation

Because of the prob lem of proper disposal of During the winter months, battery capacity tends
brake flu id as we ll as the special tools re- to decrease as temperatures drop. This is be-
qui red and the necessary expertise, we rec- cause more power is also consumed while start-
ommend that you have the brake fluid ing, and the headlights, rear w indow defogger,
changed by your author ized Audi dealer. etc., are used more ofte n.

Avoid unnecessary power consumption, pa rtic u-

Battery larly in city traff ic or when traveling only short
distances . Let your author ized Audi dealer check
General information
the capacity of the veh icle batte ry before winter
Under normal operating conditions, the battery sets in ¢ page 22 7. A we ll charged batte ry will
in your Audi does not need any maintenance. not only preve nt st art ing prob lems when t he
With high outside temperatures or long da ily wea t he r is cold, but will also last longer.
drives we recommend that you have the electro-
lyte level checked by an authorized Audi dea ler or Working on the battery
qua lified workshop. The e lectrolyte level should
a lso be checked each t ime the batte ry is charged Be especially careful when working on or near
¢ page 22 7.
the battery.
CD
.... Have the battery checked when you take your ve-
CD The battery is loca t ed in t he luggage compart-
N
,-... hicle in for serv ice. You a re well advised to re- ment unde r the floo r. Befo re you check any t hing .,..
N
.....
0
0
place a batte ry that is o lde r than 5 years .
C<'.
00

225
Ch e ck ing and Filling

in the luggage compartment, read and heed all - If you should ingest any batte ry acid, seek
W ARNING S ~ A. medical attention immediate ly.
Hybr id d rive*: you can find important information - Do not expose the battery to an open flame,
about the high volt age bat t ery unde r electric sparks or an open light.
c;>poge 100. - Do not smoke.
- Do not interchange t he positive and nega -
Always heed the safet y warning s, when working tive cables .
on the vehicle battery or the vehicle electrical - When working on t he battery, be sure not to
system t o prevent injury . short -circuit the termina ls with tools or ot h-
er metal objects. This would cause the bat-
The following WARNINGSare very important
when working on the battery: tery to heat up very quickly, which could
lead to damage or exp losion and personal
Alway s heed the following WARNING SYM- injury .
BOLS and saf ety precautions when working on - When a battery is charged, it produces hy-
the battery. drogen gas which is explosive and could
Alway s wear eye protection . cause persona l injury.
® - Always keep the battery well out of the
Batter y acid conta ins sulfu ric acid. Al- reach of children.
A. w ays wear glo ves and eye protection . - Before wo rk is done on the electrical sys-
tem, disconnect the negative ground cable.
No
@ - sparks - Before performing any work on the e lectri-
- flame s cal system, sw itch off the engine and ign i-
- smoking. tion as well as any electrical equ ipment. The

When a battery is charged, it produces

negative cable on the battery must be dis-
~ hydrogen gas whi ch is explosive and
connected . If you a re just going to replace a
light bulb, then it is enough to switch off
could cause personal injury.
the lights.
Alwa ys keep the batter y we ll out of reach
® of child ren .
- Before d isconnecting the battery, switch off
the anti-theft alarm system ! Otherwise you

A WARNING
-
will set off the alarm.
When disconnecting the battery, first dis-
Whenever work ing on the battery or on the connect the negative cable and then the
elect rical system, there is the risk of inju ry, positive cable.
accident and even fire. Read and heed the fol- - Before reconnect ing the battery, make sure
lowing WARNINGS: all electr ical cons umers a re switched off.
- Always we ar eye pro tection. Do not let bat- Reconnect the positive cable firs t and then
tery acid or any lead particles get on your the negative cable . Never interchange the
skin or clothing. Shield your eyes . Explosive cables - this could start a fire !
gases can cause blindness or other injury . - Never cha rge a fro zen or a t hawe d-ou t bat-
- Battery acid con t ains su lfu ric acid . Sulfur ic tery . It could explode! If a ba tte ry has fro-
acid can cause blindness and severe burns. ze n, then it must be replaced. A discharged
- Always wear gloves and eye protection. Do battery can freeze over at 32°F (0°() .
not tilt the battery because acid could leak - Make sure the vent hose is always attached
out of the ventilat ion open ings. to the opening on the side of the battery .
- If you get battery ac id in your eyes or on - Never use bat t eries which a re damaged.
your skin, immediately rinse with cold wa- There is the danger of an exp losion! Always
ter for several minutes and get medical at- replace a damaged battery .
tention .

226
 Checking and Filling

.. Remove the cover @ by pressing on the arrow

,&_ WARNING
<=>
fig . 200.
Ca lifornia Proposition 65 Warn ing : .. Open the cover @ on the pos itive terminal.
- Battery posts, t ermi na ls and re lated acces- .. Connect the charger connecto rs according to
sories contain lead and lead compounds, the instructions to the jump start bolts . (Bolts
chemicals known to the State of California under the cover = "positive" , Bolts with hex
to cause cancer and reproductive problems. head = "negative ").
Wash hands after handling. .,.Only now plug the mains lead for the cha rging
equ ipme nt int o the wa ll ou t let and t urn it on
(D Note <=>
& .
- Do not d isconnect the vehicle bat t ery when .. Make sure the charging rate is not over
t he ignit ion is switched on or when the en - 30 amps/14.8 Volt.
gine is runni ng, otherwise, you will damage .. When the battery is fully charged: Turn the
electron ic components in the e lectr ica l sys- charging equ ipment off and remove the ma ins
tem. lead from the wall out let .
- If your vehicle is going to stan d for a long .,. Now remove the clamps for the charg ing equip-
period of time without be ing driven, protect ment .
the battery from "freez ing", otherwise it .,.Close the cover @ on t he pos it ive termina l and
will be damaged a nd will then have to be re- re- insta ll the cover (D.
placed . .,.Close the hood c>page 217.

A d ischarged battery can freeze at temperat ures

Battery charging of on ly 32 °F (0 °C). Allow a frozen batte ry to
St arting the engine requires a well charged bat- t haw comple t ely before attempting t o charge it
tery . c>.&,. However, we recommend not using a
t hawe d batt ery ag ain be ca use t he bat tery casing
can be cracked due to ice formation and ca n leak
batte ry acid.

Battery charging (Maximum charging rate of

30 amps/14.8 Volt)
When charging at low voltages (e.g . with a trick-
le charger), t he battery cables do not have to be
disconnected first. The battery caps should not
be opened when cha rging a battery.
Fig. 200 Engine co mpartme nt: Connectors for charger and
It is no t necessary to remove the bat t ery from
jum pe r cables
the luggage compartment .
Always read and heed all WARNINGSbelow Fast charging the battery (charging rate
c>& and <=>& in Working on the battery on above 14 .8 Volts)
page 226 .
For technical rea sons do not use a batte ry charg-
.. Hybrid dr ive*: read the important information er that uses voltage greater than 14.8 Volts to
co ncerning a dead high voltage battery under charge your veh icle's battery .
<=>
page 107 .

a,
a,
.....
.. Turn off the ignition and all e lectr ica l consum-
ers. -A WARNING
Charg ing a battery can be dangerous.
N .. Make sure t he a rea is well vent ilated when you
".....
('I
charge the bat tery.
0
0
0:
.. Open the engine hood c>page 217 .
co

227
Checking and Filling

- Always follow the operating instructions are listed on the battery housing. Your author-
provided by the battery charger manufactur- ized dealer must cod e the battery in the energy
er when charging your battery. management system to enable you to use the en-
- Never charge a frozen battery . It may ex- ergy management functions correctly after re-
plode because of gas trapped in the ice. Al- placing the battery.
low a frozen battery to thaw out first. If it is not possible to use a battery of this type,
- Do not reuse batteries which were frozen . the new battery must have the same capacity,
The battery housing may have cracked and voltage (12 volts), amperage, construction and
weakened when the battery froze . plug sealing.
- Charge the battery in a well ventilated area.
When installing the battery, make sure the igni-
Keep away from open flame or electrical
tion and all electrical consumers are turned off.
spark . Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas generat -
ed by the battery is explosive .
([) Note
- To reduce the danger of explosion, never
connect or disconnect charger cables while - Make sure the ventilation hose on the side
the charger is operating . of the battery is connected, otherwise
- Fast charging a battery is dangerous and fumes or battery acid can leak out.
should only be attempted by a competent - Vehicles with the Start-Stop-System* are
technician with the proper equipment . equipped with a special cycle-proof AGM
- Battery acid that may spill during charging battery. Installing a different type of bat-
should be washed off with a solution of tery can cause problems in the vehicle elec-
warm water and baking soda to neutralize trical system. When replacing the vehicle
the acid. battery, always install one with the same
specifications as the original battery.
(D Note
@ For the sake of the environment
Never use a fast charger as a booster to start
Because of the problem of proper disposal of
the engine. This will seriously damage sensi-
a battery, we recommend your authorized
tive electronic components, such as control
Audi dealer change the battery for you. Bat-
units , relays , radio, etc., as well as the battery
teries contain sulfuric acid and lead and must
charger.
always be disposed of properly in compliance
with all environmental regulations. Disposing
Battery replacement of vehicle batteries improperly is very danger-
The new battery must have the same specifica- ous to the environment.
tions and dimensions as the original equipment
battery.

Intelligent energy management in your vehicle is

responsible for distributing the electrical energy
throughout your vehicle ~ page 192. The intelli-
gent energy management system will keep the
engine battery charged better then vehicles with-
out this system. To mak e sure the additional
electrical energy is available once again after you
have changed the battery, we recommend that
you install batteries of the same type and manu-
facture only (the same as those installed at the
time your vehicle was delivered) . Specifications

228
 Checking and Filling

Windshield/headlight
washer container

-
M
N
N
~
a,
a,

Fig. 201 Engine com partment: cover on t he windshie ld

an d hea dl ight * was her fluid reservo ir

The washer fluid container is marked with the

symbol Q on its cap ¢ fig. 201, ¢ page 219,
fig. 196.
• Before you check anything in the engine com-
partment , always read and heed all WARN-
INGS ~ &, in Working in the engine compart-
ment on page 217.
• Lift the filler cap tongue to add washer fluid.
You can fill the container to the top.
• Press the cap back onto the filler neck after fill-
ing the container.

You can find the reservoir capacity in the table in

¢ page 273.
Clean water should be used when filling up . If
possible, use soft water to prevent scaling on the
washer jets . Always add a glass cleaner solution
(with frost protection in the winter).

(D Note
Do not mix engine coolant antifreeze or any
other additives to fill up the w indshield wash-
er reservoir.

a,
a,
....
N
r--
....
N
0
0
0:
co

229
Wheels

Wheels and braking ability. If summer

Whee l s a nd Ti r es tires are used in very cold
temperatures, cracks can form
General information
on the tread bars, resulting in
.,.Check your tires regularly for permanent tire damage that
damage (punctures, cuts, cracks can cause loud driving noise
and bulges). Remove foreign ob - and unbalanced tires.
jects from the tire tread. -Burnished, polished or
.,.If driving over curbs or similar chromed rims must not be
obstacles, drive slowly and ap- used in winter driving condi-
proach the curb at an angle. tions. The surface of the rims
.,.Have faulty tires or rims re- does not have sufficient corro-
placed immediately. sion protection for this and
.,.Protect your tires from oil, could be permanently dam-
grease and fuel. aged by road salt or similar
.,.Mark tires before removing substances.
them so that the same running
direction can be maintained if Tire designations
they are reinstalled .
.,.Lay tires flat when storing and
store them in a cool, dry location
with as little exposure to light as
possible.

(D Not e

-Please note that summer and

winter tires are designed for
the conditions that are typical
in those seasons . Audi recom-
mends using winter tires dur-
ing the winter months . Low
temperatures significantly de-
crease the elasticity of summ- Fig. 202 Tire designat ions on the side-
wall II>
er tires, which affects traction

230
 Wheels

(D Tires for passenger vehicles Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed

(if applicable) ing
R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
P indicat es a tir e for a passenger s up t o 110 mph (180 km/h)
vehi cle. T indi cates a t ire desig- T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

nated for tempor ary use. u up to 124 mph (200 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
@ Nominal width V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) al

Nominal width of the tire be- z above 149 mph (240 km/h)al
w up to 168 mph (270 km/h) al
tween the sidew alls in millime- y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)al
ters. In general: the larger the
a) For tir es above 149 mph (24 0 km/h),
number, the wider the tire. t ir e man ufact ure rs sometimes use t he
code " ZR".
@ Aspect ratio
Height / width ratio expressed as a (j) US DOT number (TIN) and
manufacture date
percentage.
The manufac t ure date is listed on
@ Tire construction
the tire sidewall (it may only ap-
R indicates a radial tire. pear on the inner side of the tire):
® Rim diameter DOT ... 2216 ...
Size of the rim diameter in inches. means, for example , that the tire
@ Load index and speed rating was produced in the 22nd week of
the year 2016.
The load ind ex indi cates the tire' s
lo ad-ca rry ing capacity. @ Audi Original Tires
The speed rating indicates the Audi Original Tires with the desig-
maximum permitted speed ¢ .& in nation "AO" or " RO" have been
Winter tires on p age 245 . specificall y matched to your Audi.
Wh en used correctl y, th ese tires
" EXTRA LOAD", "xl" or "RF" indi-
meet th e highest st andard s f or
cate s that the t ire is reinfor ced or
safety and handling. An author-
is an Extra Load tire.
ized Audi dealer or authori zed
Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed
CD
ing
Audi Service Facility will be able
....
CD
N
,-...
N
p up t o 93 mph (150 km/h) to pro vide you with more infor-
.....
0
0
C<'.
Q up to 99 mph (160 km/ h) mation.
00

231
Wh e el s

® Mud and snow capability @ Maximum permitted

"M/5" or "M+S" indicates the tire
inflation pressure
is sui t able for driving on mud and This number indicates the maxi-
snow. & indicates a winter tire. mum pressure to which a tire can
be inflated under normal operat -
@ Composition of the tire cord
ing condit ions.
and materials
The number of plies indicates the Glossary of tire and loading
number of rubberized fabric lay- terminology
ers in the t ire. In general: the
Accessory we ight
more layers, the more weight a
tire can carry . Tire manufacturers means the combined weight (in
must also specify the materials excess of those standard items
used in the tire. These include which may be replaced) of auto-
steel, nylon, po lyester and other matic transmission, power steer-
materials. ing, power brakes, power win-
dows, power seats, radio, and
@ Maximum permitted load heater, to the extent that these
This number indicates the maxi- items are available as factory-in-
mum load in kilograms and stalled equipment (whether in-
pounds that the tire can carry . stalled or not) .
@ Uniform tire quality grade Aspect rat io
standards for treadwear,
means the ratio of the height to
traction and temperature
the width of the tire in percent .
resistance
Numbers of 55 or lower indicate a
Treadwear, traction and tempera-
low sidewall for improved steer-
ture ranges ¢ page 247.
ing response and better overall
@ Running direction handling on dry pavement.
The arrows indicate the running Bead
direction of unidirectional t ires .
means the part of the tire that is
You must always follow the speci-
made of steel wires, wrapped or
fied running direction
reinforced by ply cords and that is
¢page 259.
shaped to fit the rim . ...

232
 Wheels

Bead separation Gross Axle Weight Rating

("GAWR")
means a breakdown of the bond
between components in the bead. means the load-carrying capacity
of a single axle system, measured
Cord
at the tire -ground interfaces.
means the strands forming the
plies in the tire . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
("GVWR ")
Cold tire inflation pressure means the maximum total loaded
means the ti re pressure recom- weight of the vehicle.
mended by the vehicle manufac-
Groove
turer for a tire of a designated
size that has not been driven for means the space between two ad-
more than a couple of miles (kilo- jacent tread ribs .
meters) at low speeds in the Load rating (code)
three hour period before the tire
means the maxim um load that a
pressure is measured or adjusted .
tire is rated to carry for a given in-
Curb weight flat ion pressure . You may not find
means the weight of a motor ve- this informat ion on all tires be-
hicle with standard equipment in- cause it is not required by law.
cluding the maximum capac ity of Maximum load rating
fuel, oil, and coolant, air condi-
means the load rating for a tire at
tioning and add itional weight of
the maximum permissible infla-
optional equipment.
tion pressure for that tire .
Extra load tire
Maximum loaded vehicle
means a tire designed to operate weight
at higher loads and at higher in- means the sum of:
flation pressures than the corre-
(a) Curb weight
sponding standard tire. Extra load
tires may be identified as "XL", (b) Accessory weight
g; "xl", "EXTRALOAD", or "RF" on (c) Vehicle capacity we ight , and
-
~ the sidewal l. (d) Production options we ight
-
0
0
0:
a:,

233
Wh e el s

Maximum (permissible) Production options we ight

inflation pressure means the combined weight of
means the max imum cold infla- those installed regular product ion
tion pressure to which a t ire may options weighing over 5 lbs . (2 .3
be inflated . Also called "maxi - kg) in excess of those standard
mum inflation pressure." items which they replace, not pre-
Normal occupant weight viously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight , including
means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms)
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
times the number of occupants
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
seated in the vehicle up to the to-
special trim.
tal seating capacity of your vehi-
cle . Radial ply ti re

Occupant distribution means a pneumatic tire in which

the ply cords that extend to the
means distribution of occupants
beads are la id at substantially 90
in a vehicle.
degrees to the centerline of the
Outer diameter tread.
means the overall diamete r of an Recommended inflation
inflated new tire. pressure
Overall width see ¢ page 233 , Cold tire infla-
means the linear distance be- tion pressure.
tween the exteriors of the side - Reinforced tire
walls of an inflated tire , including
means a tire designed to operate
elevations due to labeling, deco-
at higher loads and at higher in-
rations, or protective bands or
flation pressures than the corre-
ribs .
sponding standard tire . Rein -
Ply forced tires may be identified as
means a layer of rubber-coated "XL", "xl", "EXTRALOAD", or "RF"
para llel cords. on the sidewall. ...

234
 Wheels

Rim maximum permissible road

means a metal support for a tire speeds ¢ A in Winter tires on
or a tire and tube assembly upon page 245.
which the tire beads are seated. Tire pressure mon itoring
Rim diamet er system*

means nominal diameter of the means a system that detects

bead seat. If you change your when one or more of a vehicle's
wheel size, you will have to pur- tires are underinflated and illumi-
chase new tires to match the new nates a low tire pressure warning
rim diameter. telltale.

Rim size designation Tread

means rim diameter and width. means that portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road .
Rim width
Tread separation
means nominal distance between
rim flanges. means pulling away of the tread
from the tire carcass.
Sidewall
Treadwear indicators (TWI )
means that portion of a tire be-
tween the tread and bead. means the projections within the
principal grooves designed to give
Speed rating (l etter code) a visual indication of the degrees
means the speed at wh ich a tire is of wear of the tread. See
designed to be driven for extend- ¢ page 239, Treadwear indicator

ed periods of time . The ratings for more information on measur-

range from 93 mph (150 km/h) ing tire wear .
to 186 mph (298 km/h) ¢ table
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
on page 231. You may not find
this information on all tires be- is a tire information system devel-
cause it is not required by law. oped by the United States Nation-
a l Highway Traffic Safety Admin-
The speed rating letter code,
-
a,
a,
istration (NHTSA) that is designed
N

-
r--
N

0
0
0:
where applicable, is molded on
the tire sidewall and indicates the
to help buyers make relative ..
a:,

235
Wheels

comparisons among tires . The by the t ire manufacturer . This in-

UTQG is not a safety rating and formation is used to contact con-
not a guarantee that a tire will sumers if a tire defect requ ires a
last for a prescribed number of recall.
miles (kilometers) or perform in a
Vehicle capacity weight
certain way. It simply gives tire
buyers additional information to means the rated cargo and lug-
combine with other considera - gage load plus 150 lbs. (68 kilo-
tions, such as price, brand loyalty grams) times the vehicle's desig-
and dealer recommendations. Un- nat ed seating capacity .
der UTQG, tires are graded by t he Vehicle maximum load on the
tire manufacturers in three areas: tire
treadwear, traction, and tempera - means that load on an individual
ture resistance. The UTQG infor- tire that is determined by distrib -
mation on the t ires, molded into uting to each axle its sha re of the
the sidewalls . maximum loaded vehic le we ight
U.S. DOTTire Identification and dividing by two.
Number (TIN) Vehicle normal load on the tire
This is the tire's "serial number". means that load on an individual
It begins with the letters "DOT" tire that is determined by d istrib-
and indicates that the tire meets ut ing to each axle its share of the
all federal standards. The next curb weight, accessory weight,
two numbers or letters indicate and normal occupan t weight (dis-
the plant where it was manufac- tr ibuted in accordance with ¢ ta-
tured, and the last four numbers ble on page 242) and d ividing by
represent the week and year of two.
manufacture. For example,
Occupant loading and distri-
DOT ... 2216 ... bution for vehicle normal load
means that the tire was produced for various designated seating
in the 22nd wee k of 2016. The capacities
other numbers are marketing co- Refer to the tire inflation pres -
des that may or may not be used sure label¢ page 24 0, fig. 205 .,.

23 6
 Wheels

for the number of seating posi- differently even if they are the
tions. Refer to the table ¢ table same size ¢ .&,. .
on page 242 for the number of .,.If you would like to equip your
people that correspond to the ve- vehicle with a tire/rim combina-
hicle normal load. tion that is different from what
was installed at the factory, con-
New tires or wheels sult with an authorized Audi
Audi recommends having all work dealer or authorized Audi Service
on tires or wheels performed by Facility before making a pur-
an author ized Audi dealer or au- chase¢ .&,. .
thorized Audi Service Facility. The spare tire* is different from
These facilities have the proper the regular tires installed on the
knowledge and are equipped with vehicle - for example, if winter
the required tools and replace- tires or wide tires are installed -
ment parts. so only use the spare tire* tempo-
.,.New tires do not yet have the rarily in case of emergency and
optimum gripping properties. drive carefully while it is in use . It
Drive carefully and at moderate should be replaced with a regular
speeds for the first 350 miles tire as soon as possible.
(500 km) with new tires. On all wheel drive vehicles, all
.,.Usetires of the same construc- four wheels must be equipped
tion, size (rolling circumference) with tires that are the same brand
and as close to the same tread and have the same construction
pattern as possible on all four and tread pattern so that the
wheels. drive system is not damaged by
.,.Donot replace tires individually . different tire speeds. For this rea-
At least replace both tires on th e son, in case of emergency, only
same axle at the same time. use a spare tire* that is the same
.,.Audirecommends that you use circumference as the regular
Audi Original Tires. If you would tires. .,.
like to use different tires, please
-
a,
a,
N
note that the tires may perform
-
r--
N

0
0
0:
a:,

237
Wheels

&,. WARNING -
not permitted can lead to ve-
-Only use tire/rim combina- hicle damage or accidents.
tions and suitable wheel bolts -If you install wheel covers on
that have been approved by the vehicle, make sure they al-
Audi. Otherwise, damage to low enough air circulation to
the vehicle and an accident cool the brake system. If they
could result. do not, this could increase the
-For technical reasons, it is not risk of an accident.
possible to use tires from oth-
er vehicles - in some cases, Tire wear/damage
you cannot even use tires from
the same vehicle model.
-Make sure that the tires you
select have enough clearance
to the vehicle. Replacement
tires should not be chosen
simply based on the nominal
Fig. 203 Tire profile: treadwear indica-
size, because tires with a dif- tor
ferent construction can differ
greatly even if they are the Tire wear
same size. If there is not Check the tires regularly for wear.
enough clearance, the tires or -Inflation pressure that is too low
the vehicle can be damaged or high can increase tire wear
and this can reduce driving considerably.
safety and increase the risk of
-Dr iving quickly through curves,
an accident.
rapid acceleration and heavy
-Only use tires that are more braking increase tire wear.
than six years old when abso-
-Have an authorized Audi dealer
lutely necessary and drive
or authorized Audi Service Facili-
carefully when doing so.
ty chec k the wheel alignment if
-Do not use run-flat tires on
there is unusual wear.
your vehicle. Using them when
-Have the wheels rebalanced if an
imbalance is causing noticeable i.

238
 Wheels

vibration in the steering wheel. For unidirectional tires, make

If you do not, the tires and other sure the tires are installed accord-
vehicle components could wear ing to the running direction indi -
more quickly. cated on the tire sidewall
9page 259.
Treadwear indicator
Original equipment tires contain Hidden damage
treadwear indicators in the tread Damage to tires and rims can of-
pattern, which are bars that are ten occur in locations that are
1/16 inch (1 .6 mm) high and are hidden. Unusua l vibrations in the
spaced evenly around the tire per- vehicle or pulling to one side may
pendicular to the running di rec- indicate that there is tire damage.
tion 9 fig. 203. The letters "TWI" Reduce your speed immediately .
or triangles on the tire sidewall Check the tires for damage. If no
indicate the location of the tread- damage is visible from the out-
wear indicators. side, drive slowly and carefully to
the nearest authorized Audi deal-
The tires have reached the mini-
mum tread depth l ) when they er or authorized Audi Service Fa-
have worn down to the treadwear cility to have the vehicle inspect -
indicators. Replace the tires with ed.
new ones 9 .1:,.. A WARNING

Tire rotation Tread that has worn too low or

different tread depths on the
Rotating the tires regularly is rec-
tires can reduce driving safety.
ommended to ensure the tires
This can especially have a nega-
wear evenly. To rotate the tires,
tive effect on handling, on the
install the tires from the rear axle
risk aquaplaning when driving
on the front axle and vice versa.
This will allow the tires to have
through water, when driving ...
approximately the same length of
service life.

-
a,
a,
N

-
r-..
N
l) Obey any applicable regulations in your
0
0
0:
a:,
country.

239
Wheels

through curves and when brak- loaded, you must increase the tire
ing, which increases the risk of pressure to the maximum speci-
an accident. fied pressure ¢ .&,.
Checking/correcting tire
Tire pressure pressure
.,.Checkthe tire pressure at least
once per month and also check it
before every long drive .
.,.Alwayscheck the tire pressure
when the tires are cold. Do not
reduce the pressure if it increas-
Fig. 204 Driver's side B-pillar: tire pr es- es when the tires are warm.
sure label ...check the labe l¢ fig. 205 for
the correct tire pressure based
on vehicle load .
.,.Correct the tire pressure if nec-
essary .
,_,
AVANTKPA.
-
- PSI
.::.. - KPA. -

j PSI
...vehicles with Tire Pressure Mon-
l~"'
==-
== ===
-=KPA.
=·=PSI
== ~~~ itoring System*: store the modi-
fied tire pressure in the Infotain-
Fig. 205 Tire pressure label
ment system ¢ page 249 .
The correct tire pressure for tires ...Check the pressure in the spare
mounted in the factory and for tire*. Always maintain the maxi-
the collapsible spare tire* is indi- mum temperature that is speci -
cated on a label. The label is lo- fied for the tire.
cated on the 8-pillar ¢ fig. 204,
¢ fig. 205.
A
~
WARNING

Always adapt the t ire pressure

When the vehicle is partially load- to your driving style and vehicle
ed (up to 3 people), use the tire load.
pressure specified for normal -Overloading can lead to loss of
loads ¢ table on page 242. If vehicle control and increase
driving the vehicle when fully the risk of an accident. Read

240
 Wheels

and follow the important safe - braking behavior, which in-

page 242,
ty precautions in c:::> creases the risk of an accident.
Tires and vehicle load limits .
-The tire must flex more if the
Replace lost valve caps to re-
tire pressure is too low or if
duce the risk of damage to the
the vehicle speed or load are
tire valves.
too high . This heats the tire up
too much. This increases the
risk of an accident because it Tire pressure that is too low in-
can cause the tire to burst and creases fuel consumption.
result in loss of vehicle con-
trol.
Audi recommends using the
- Incorrect tire pressure in-
tire pressure specified for a
creases tire wear and has a
normal load c:::>table on
negative effect on driving and
page 242 or for a full load
when the vehicle is partially
loaded .

Tire pressure table

Please note that the information Make sure that the tire designa-
contained in the following table tion on your tire matches the des-
was correct at the time of print- ignation on the tire pressure label
ing, and the information is sub- and the tire pressure table .
ject to change . If there are differ- The following table lists recom -
ences between this information mended tire pressures in cold
and the tire pressures specified tires according to the load and
on the label on the driver's side B- the size of the tires installed .
pillar, always follow the specifica-
tion on the B-pillar label
page 240, fig. 204.
c:::>

-
a,
a,
N

-
r--
N

0
0
0:
a:,

24 1
Wheels

Model/ Tire designation Tire pressure

Engine Normal load Maximum load
(up to 3 people)a)
front rear front rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
235/60 Rl8 103H
Q5: 29 200 29 200 32 220 32 220
All Season
2.0L
235/55 Rl9 101H
4 cylinders 30 210 30 210 33 230 33 230
All Season
and
235/55 Rl9 101 W
Q5: 29 200 29 200 33 230 33 230
High Performance
3.0L
6 cylinders 255/45 R20 101W 29 200 29 200 33 230 33 230
High Performance
255/45R20101W
SQ5: 39 270 39 270 41 280 41 280
High Performance
3.0L
255/40 R21102Y
6 cylinders 41 280 36 250 41 280 42 290
High Performance

a) 2 peop le in the front, 1 perso n in the rear

A WARNING and sudden deflation that can

Please note the important safe- cause the vehicle to crash.
ty precautions regarding tire Your safety and that of your pas-
pressure ¢ page 240 and load sengers also depends on making
limits ¢ page 242. sure that load limits are not ex-
ceeded. Vehicle load includes ev-
Tires and vehicle load limits erybody and everything in and on
There are limits to the amount of the vehicle. These load limits are
load or weight that any vehicle technically referred to as the vehi-
and any tire can carry . A vehicle cle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
that is overloaded will not handle ing ("GVWR").
well and is more difficult to stop. The "GVWR"includes the weight
Overloading can not only lead to of the basic vehicle, all factory in-
loss of vehicle control, but can al- stalled accessories , a full tank of
so damage important parts of the fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids
vehicle and can lead to sudden plus maximum load. The maxi-
tire failure, including a blowout mum load includes the number of 11-

242
 Wheels

passengers that the vehicle is in- driver's side B-pillar q page 240,
tended to carry ("seating capaci- fig. 204.
ty") with an assumed weight of
&,_WARNING
150 lbs . (68 kg) for each passen-
Overloading a vehicle can cause
ger at a designated seating posi-
loss of vehicle control, a crash
tion and the total weight of any
or other accident, serious per-
luggage in the vehicle. If you tow
sonal injury , and even death.
a trailer, the weight of the trailer
-Carrying more weight than
hitch and the tongue weight of
your vehicle was designed to
the loaded trailer must be includ-
carry will prevent the vehicle
ed as part of the vehicle load.
from handling properly and
The Gross Axle Weight Rating increase the risk of the loss of
("GAWR") is the maximum load vehicle control.
that can be applied at each of the -The brakes on a vehicle that
vehicle's two axles . has been overloaded may not
The fact that there is an upper be able to stop the vehicle
limit to your vehicle's Gross Vehi- within a safe distance.
cle Weight Rating means that the -Tires on a vehicle that has
total weight of whatever is being been overloaded can fail sud-
carried in the vehicle (includ ing denly, including a blowout and
the weight of a trailer hitch and sudden deflation, causing loss
the tongue weight of the loaded of control and a crash.
trailer) is limited. The more pas- -Always make sure that the to-
sengers in the vehicle or passen- tal load being transported -
gers who are heavier than the including the weight of a trail-
standard weights assumed mean er hitch and the tongue
that less weight can be carried as weight of a loaded trailer -
luggage. does not make the vehicle
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating heavier than the vehicle's
and the Gross Axle Weight Rating Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.

-
a,
a, are listed on the safety compli-
N

-
r--
N ance sticker label located on the
0
0
0:
a:,

243
Wheels

Determining correct load be five 150 lbs. passengers in

limit your vehicle, the amount of
Use the example below to calcu- available cargo and luggage
late the total weight of the pas- load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 X 150) = 650
sengers and luggage or other
lbs.)
things that you plan to transport
so that you can make sure that 5. Determine the combined
your vehicle will not be overload- weight of luggage and cargo
ed . being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely ex-
Steps for Determining Correct ceed the available cargo and
Load Limit
luggage load capacity calculat -
1. Locate the statement "THE ed in Step 4 .
COMBINEDWEIGHTOF OCCU- 6. If your vehicle will be towing a
PANTSANDCARGOSHOULD trailer, load from your trailer
NEVEREXCEEDXXXKGOR XXX will be transferred to your ve-
LBS"onyour vehicle's placard hicle. Consult this manual to
(tire inflation pressure label) determine how this reduces
page 240, fig. 204.
c:::> the available cargo and lug-
2. Determine the combined gage load capacity of your vehi-
weight of the driver and pas- cle.
sengers that will be riding in ~check the tire sidewall
your vehicle. (¢ page 230, fig. 202) to deter-
3 . Subtra ct the combined weight mine the designated load rating
of the driver and passengers for a specific tire.
from "XXX" kilograms or "XXX"
pounds shown on the sticker · Wheel bolts and rims

page 240 , fig. 204 .

c:::> Wheel bolts

4. The resulting figure equals the Wheel bolts mus t be clean and loose n/tighten
eas ily.
available amount of cargo and
Rims
luggage load capacity. For ex-
Rims with a bo lted rim ring* or with bo lted wheel
ample, if the "XXX"amount covers" cons ist of mult iple pieces . These compo-
equals 1400 lbs. and there will nents were bolted togethe r us ing s pecial bolts ..,.

244
 Wh e el s

and a special procedure. You must not repair or the risk of an accident because it can cause
disassemble th em ¢ .&.. the t ire to burst.
- Always adapt your driving to the road and
A WARNING traffic cond itions . Drive carefully and reduce
Wheel bolts that are tightened or repaired in- your speed on icy or slippery roads . Even
correctly can become loose and result in loss winter t ires can lose tract ion on black ice.
of vehicle control, which increases the risk of
an accident. For the correct tightening specifi - @ For the sake of the environment
cation, see ¢ page 2 56, After changing a
Reinstall summer tires at the appropr iate
wheel . time, because they prov ide better handling
- Always keep the wheel bolts and the when roads are free of snow and ice. Summer
threads in the wheel hub clean and free of tires cause less road noise, tire wear and fue l
grease. consumpt ion.
- Only use wheel bolts that fit the rim .
- Always have damaged rims repaired by an (D Tips
authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi
You can also use all season tires instead of
Service Facility . Never repair or disassemble
winter tires. Please note that in some coun-
rims yourself, because this increases t he risk
tries where winter tires are required, on ly
of an accident.
winter tires w ith the & symbo l may be per-
mitted .
Winter tires

W inte r ti res significantly improve the vehicle's Snow chains

handling when driving in win t er condit ions. Be- Sno w chains improve traction in the snow.
cause of the ir constr uction (width, compound,
tread pattern), summer tires provide less trac- "' Only install snow chains on the rear wheels.
tion on ice and snow . "' Check and correct the seating of the snow
chains if necessary after drivi ng a few feet. Fol -
"'U se w inter t ires on all fo ur wheels . low the instructions from the manufacturer .
.. Only use winter t ires that are approve d for your
"' Note the maximum permitted speed wh en dr iv-
vehicl e. ing wit h snow chains. Do not exceed 30 mph
"' Please note that the maximum permitted (SO km/h) .
speed may be lower with winter tires ¢ .&_. An
authorized Aud i dealer or aut hori zed Aud i Serv- Snow chains not only improve the driving in w in-
ice Facility can inform you about the maximum te r road condit ions, but also the broking.
permitted speed fo r your tires .
Use of snow chains is only permitted w ith certa in
"' Check the tire pressure after installing wheels
rim/tire comb inat ions due t o technical reasons.
¢ page 240.
Check with an author ized Audi dealer or author-
The effectiveness of winter t ires is reduced great- ized Audi Service Facility to see if you may use
ly when the tread is worn down to a depth of snow chains.
0 .157 inch (4 mm). The character ist ics of winter Use fine-mesh snow chains. They must not add
tires also decrease great ly as the t ire ages, re- more t han 0 .53 inch (13 .5 mm) in heig ht, incl ud-
gardless of t he remain ing tread. ing the chain lock.

WARNING You must remove the chains when driving on

CD
....
CD roads t hat are free of snow . When roads are free
N
- Never drive faster than the maxim um per-
,-... of snow, snow chains can impa ir handli ng and .,.
N
..... mitted speed for your t ires. This could cause
0
0
C<'.
the tires to heat up too much. This increases
00

245
Wh e els

damage the ti res, and the chains w ill quickly be ridges on the road, particularly if the tire is un -
destroyed . derinflated.

A WARNING
In orde r to mi nimize t he occur rence of imp act
dam ag e to the tires of your vehicle, we recom-
Using incorrect snow chains or insta lling snow mend that you observe the following preca u-
chains incorrectly can result in loss of vehicle tions:
control, which increases the risk of an acc i-
dent . - Always mai nt ain reco m mende d infla ti on pres-
sures. Check your t ire pressure eve ry 2,0 00
(D Note m iles (3,00 0 km) and add air if necessary .
- Drive car efully on ro ad s w ith potholes, deep
Snow chains can damage the rims/wheel cov-
gu llies o r ridges . The impact from dr iving
ers * if the chains come into d irect contact
through or over such obstacles can damage
w ith them. Remove the wheel covers* first .
your tires. Impact with a curb may a lso ca use
Use coated snow chains.
damage to your t ires.
- After any impact, immediate ly inspect you r
(D Tips
tires or have them inspected by the nearest au-
When using snow cha ins, it may be useful to thorized Audi dealer. Replace a damaged tire as
sw itch the off road mode on ¢ page 187. soon as possible.
- Inspect your tires every 2,000 m iles (3,000 km)
Low aspect ratio tires for damage and wear . Damage is not always
easy to see . Damage can lead to loss of a ir and
Your Aud i is factory -equipped with low aspect ra-
unde rinflation, w hich could event ua lly cause
tio tires. These t ires have been tho roughly tested
tire fa ilure . If you believe that a tire may have
a nd been se lected specifically fo r your model fo r
be e n damaged, replace the t ire as soon as pos-
thei r supe rb per forman ce, road feel and handling
sible .
un d er a variety of d riving conditions . Ask your au-
- These tires may wear mo re quickly than ot hers .
thor ized Audi dealer for mo re details .
- Please also remember that, while these tires
The low aspect ratio of these t ires is indicated by delive r responsive hand ling, they may ride less
a nume ral of 55 or less in t he tire's size desig na- comfortab ly and make mo re noise than ot her
tion . The numera l rep resents the rat io of t he choi ces.
tire's sidewall he ight in relat ion t o its tread width
expressed in pe rcentage. Conventional tires have Reduced performance in winter/cold season
conditions
a height/w idt h rat io of 60 or more .
All t ires are des igned for certain purposes. The
The performance of low-aspect- ratio tires is par-
low aspect ratio, ultra high performance t ires
ticularly sensitive to improper inflation pres-
o rigin ally ins t alle d on your veh icle are inten d ed
sure. It is therefore important that low aspect
for m aximum dry and wet road per forma nce and
ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure
handling . They a re not suitable for cold, snowy or
and that the inflation pressure is regularly
icy weather conditions . If you drive under those
checked and maintained . Tire pressures should
circumstances, you should equip your vehicle
be checked at least once a month and always
with all-season or winter tires, which offer better
before a long trip ¢ page 240 .
tract ion under t hose conditions. We suggest you
What you can do to avoid tire and rim use the recommended s now or all-season tires
damage spec ified for your vehicle, or the ir equiva lent .
Low aspect rat io tires can be damaged more easi- Refer to ¢ page 245 for more detailed informa-
ly by impact with potholes, curbs, gullies or tion regard ing winter tires.

246
 Wh e el s

Uniform t ire quality grading The grade C cor responds to a level of perform -
ance which all passenger car tires must meet un-
- Tread wear der the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standa rd
- Tractio n AA A B C No. 109 . Grades Band A represent higher levels
- Temperature ABC of pe rformance on the laboratory test wheel than
Qua lity grades ca n be found where ap plicable on the minimum req uired by law .
the tire side wall between tread shoulder and
maximum sect ion w idth c:>page 230, fig. 202. ,-
A WARNING
The tract io n grade assigned to this ti re is
For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Tem-
based on str aight-a head braking traction
perature A.
t est s, and does no t include acceler ation, co r-
All passenge r ca r tires m ust conform to Federal neri ng, hydr opla ning or pe ak t ract ion charac-
Safety Requirements in add ition to these grades . terist ics.

Tread wear
A
,.,___ WARNING -

The tread wear grade is a comparat ive rating The tempera tu re grade for t his tire is estab-
based on the wear rate of the t ire when tested lished for a tire that is properly inflated and
under cont rolled conditions o n a specified gov - not overloaded . Excessive speed, underinfla -
e rnment test course. tion, or excessive loading, either separate ly or
For example, a t ire graded 150 would wear one in comb inat ion, can cause heat bu ildup and
and one ha lf (1 1/2) t imes as well on the gove rn- possib le tire fai lure.
men t course as a tire g raded 100.

The relative performance of t ires depends upo n

A
- WARNING

the actual conditions of their use, howeve r, and Temperature g rades apply to tires that are
may depart significant ly from the norm due to properly inflated a nd not over o r under inflat-
va riat ions in d riving ha bits, serv ice practices and ed.
d ifferences in road cha racteristics and climate .
Tire pressure monitoring
Traction
system
The traction g rades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the t ire's ill General notes
ab ility to stop on wet pavement as meas ur ed un - App li es to : vehicles wi th tire pressure mo nito rin g syste m

de r contro lled condi t ions on specified gove rn- Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
ment tes t sur faces of asphalt and conc ret e. A tire should be checked monthly whe n cold and inflat -
mar ked C may have poor traction performance ed to the inflat ion pressure recommended by the
c:>&.. vehicle manufacturer on the veh icle placard or
Temperature t ire infla t ion pressure la be l. (If your ve hicle has
t ires of a different size than t he size ind icated on
The temperature grades are A (t he highest), B, the vehi cle placar d or tire inflat ion press ure la -
a nd C, represent ing the t ire's resis tan ce to t he bel, you sho uld dete rmine the proper tire infla-
generation of heat and its ability to d iss ipate t ion pr ess ure for those tires) .
heat when tested unde r contro lled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test whee l. As an ad d ed saf et y feat ur e, yo ur vehicle has been
equipped with a tire press ure mon itor ing system
CD Sus ta ined hig h temper ature can cause t he mate - (TPMS) t hat illuminates a low tire pressure tell-
....
CD
N
rial of t he ti re to degenerate and red uce t ire life, ta le wh en one or mo re of your tires is signif icant -
,-...
N
..... and excessive temperatu re can lea d to sud d en ly under-inf lated. According ly, when the low t ire
0
0 tire fai lur e c:>&.. pressure telltale illum inates, you shou ld stop and .,.
C<'.
00

247
Wheels

check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate · If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- indicator appears
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to over- Applies to: vehicles with Tire Pressure Monito ring System
heat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too low
and may affect the vehicle's handling and stop - or if there is a system malfunction.
ping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for

proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's re-
sponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
even if under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres-
sure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS

malfunction indicator to indicate when the sys-
tem is not operating properly. The TPMS mal- Fig. 206 Instrument cluster: indicator ligh t with message
function indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a Using the ABS sensors, the tire pressure monitor-
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- ing system compares the tire tread circumfer-
mately one minute and then remain continuously ence and vibration characteristics of the individu -
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon al tires . If the pressure changes in one or more
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal- tires , this is indicated in the instrument cluster
function exists . display with an indicator light IE
and a message
c>fig. 206. If only one tire is affected, the loca-
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
tion of that tire will be indicated.
the system may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended . TPMS malfunctions The tire pressures must be stored in the Infotain-
may occur for a variety of reasons, including the ment system again each time the pressures
installation of replacement or alternate tires or change (switching between partial and full load
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS pressure) or after changing or replacing a tire on
from functioning properly . Always check the your vehicle c>page 249. The tire pressure moni-
TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or toring system only monitors the tire pressure you
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure have stored. Refer to the tire pressure label for
that the replacement or alternate tires and the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function c> page 240, fig. 205.
properly.
Tire tread circumference and vibration character-
istics can change and cause a tire pressure warn-
ing if:

- the tire pressure in one or more tires is too low.

- the tire has structural damage.
- the tire was replaced or the tire pressure was
changed and it was not stored c>page 249 .
- the collapsible spare* tire is installed.

Indicator lights
IE Loss of pressure in at least one tire c>& .
Check the tires and replace or repair if necessary . .,.

248
 Wh e el s

Check/correct the pressures of all four tires and Storing tire pressures
store the pressure again in the Infotainment sys- Appli es to : vehicles w ith Tir e Pressure Monito rin g System
tem ¢ page 249.
If the tire pressure changes or a tire is replaced,
ffim (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Tire it must be confirmed in the Infotainment sys-
pressure: System malfunction !. If ffim appears tem .
after switching the ignition on or whi le driving
and the [I] indicator light in the instrument clus- .,..Make sure before storing t hat the t ire pressures
ter blinks for approximate ly one minute and then of all four tires meet the specified values and
stays on, there is system malfunction. Try to are adapted to the load ¢ page 240 .
store the correct tire pressures¢ page 249 . If .,..Switch the ignit ion on.
the ind icator light does turn off or turns on again .,..Select: t he ICAR ! fun ct ion key> Tire pressure
after a short period of time, dr ive to an author- monitoring > Yes, store now. Or
.,..Select: the ICAR Ifunct ion but t on > Car Sys-
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facil i-
ty immediately to have the malfunc t ion correct - tem s* control button > Service & checks > Tire
ed. pressure monitoring > Store tire pressure >
Yes, store now.
&
,___ WARNING - @ Tips
- If the tire pressure indicator appea rs in the
display, reduce your speed immed iate ly and Do not store the tire pressures if snow chains
avoid any hard steer ing or braking maneu- are installed.
vers. Stop as soon as possib le and check the
t ires and their pressure.
- The driver is responsib le for maintaining the
correct tire pressure. You must check the
t ire pressure regu larly.
- Under certa in conditions (such as a sporty
driv ing style, winter cond itions or unpaved
roads), the tire pressure monitoring system
indicator may be delayed.

{D)Tips
- The t ire pressure monitoring system can al-
so stop work ing when there is an ESCmal-
funct ion.
- Using snow chains may result in a system
malfunction.
- The t ire pressure monitoring system in your
Audi was calibrated with "Audi Original
Tires" ¢ page 23 7. We recommend that you
use these t ires.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
....
N
0
0
C<'.
00

249
Em e rg e n cy assis t a n ce

Emergency assistance - Using a bumper jack to raise the vehicle will

damage the bumper system. The jack may
Vehicle jack, vehicle tool slip, causing injury.
kit and collapsible spare - Never support your vehicle on cinder blocks,
tire bricks or other objects. These may not be
able to support the load and could cause in-
Onboard tool kit and vehicle jack jury when they fail.
The vehicle tools and vehicle jock* ore stored in - Never start or run the engine while the vehi-
the luggage comportment under the floor cover. cle is supported by the jack* .
- If you must work under the vehicle, always
use safety stands specifically designed for
this purpose.
- Never use the hexagonal socket in the han-
dle of the screwdr iver to loosen or tighten
the wheel bolts .
- Always make sure the inflatab le spare tire*
and even a flat tire are secured in place and
not loose, otherwise they could fly forward,
causing personal inj ury to passengers in the
Fig. 207 Luggage compartment: on board too l kit and vehi- vehicle in an accident or sudden maneuver.
cle jack

The vehicle jack* is stored under the onboard tool

@ Tips
kit ¢ fig. 207. The vehicle jack in your vehicle is mainte-
nance-free.
Hybrid drive*: the storage location of the on-
board tool kit varies r:!) page 107.
Folding chocks
The onboard tool kit includes:
The folding chocks ore port of the on board tool
- Hook for removing wheel covers* kit .
- Plastic hook to remove wheel bolt covers*
- Alignment pin for changing wheels
- Wheel bolt wrench
- Folding chocks
- Screwdriver with reversible blade
- Socket (removable Torx socket)*
- 10 x 13 open ended wrench (for disconnecting
the battery cables)
- Towing eye
-- -
A WARNING Fig. 208 Open ing folding chocks

Improper use of the vehicle jack* can cause To use the chocks, you fi rst have to raise the sup-
serious personal injuries. port plate ¢ fig. 208 (D and then insert the lock-
- Never use the jack* supplied with your Audi ing plate with the two "tabs" into the elongated
on another vehicle, particularly on a heavier holes in the base plate @ c>&.. .,,_
one. The jack* is only suitable for use on the
vehicle it came w ith.

250
 Em er gen cy a ss istanc e

_& WARNING Inflatable spare tire

Applies to: vehicles with inflatable spare tire
- The chock cannot fulfil its function and may
lose its stability if the "tabs" on the support The inflatable spare tire expands to its full diam-
plate a re not inserted correctly into the eter when it is inflated .
elongated holes in the base plate. If th is
happens, the vehicle may sta rt to move
wh ile a wheel is being changed.
- Never use the fold ing chocks if they are
damaged or if they have not been assem-
bled co rrectly.

Removing bass box

Applies to : vehicles with bass box

Before the inflatable spare tire* can be token Fig. 210 Inflatable spare tire wit h comp ressor

out, the bass box must be removed.

Removing inflatabl e spare tire
" Lift up t he cargo floo r us ing the handle.
" Remove the dirt tr ay.
" Turn the large sc rew ¢ fig . 210 counter -clock-
wise .
" Remove the bass box as required ¢ page 251.
" Take out the inflatab le spare tire.
" Always store the vehicle too l kit, the jack* and
the replaced tire in the luggage compartment
¢ page 136.
Fig. 20 9 Spare wheel well: Bass box
Stowing the inflatable spare tire
Removing bass box .. Release the air by unscrewing the valve stem.
" Lift up the cargo floor using the hand le . " Screw the valve stem back in afterwards.
" Squeeze the locking tabs ¢ fig. 209 © of the " Wa it a few hours before plac ing the wheel in
connector. the spare wheel well ¢ ,& .
" Disconnect the connector @ and place the lead " Insta ll the bass box as requ ired ¢ page 251 .
to one s ide. " Secure the whee l with t he large screw.
"T urn the large screw counter -clockwise . " Place t he d irt tray back in.
" Carefully remove t he bass box . " Fold t he ca rgo floor back down .

Install ing bass box After using th e inflatable spare wheel

" Carefully place the bass box in the whee l. The The inflatable spare tire can be re-used as long as
inscription "FRONT"on the bass box must face it is not damaged and is not worn down to the
forward. tread wea r indicators ¢ .&,.
" Reconnect the connector that was removed.
When you let the a ir out of the inf latab le spare
" Secu re the bass box with the large screw .
t ire, it does not assume its folded shape again for
" Fold the cargo floo r bac k down.
severa l hours . Unt il then, it cannot be placed
a,
a, back in t he spare wheel well and stowed securely. IJI>
.....
N

".....
('I

0
0
0:
co

251
Em e rg e n cy assis t a n ce

- Norma l summer or winte r tires must not be

_& WARNING installed on the inflatable tire rim .
- Never use the spare tire if it is damaged or if
it is worn down to the tread wear indicators .
Inflating inflatable spare tire
- If the inflatable spare tire is more than 6
Applies to: vehicles with inflatab le spa re ti re
years old, use it only in an emergency and
with extreme caut ion and careful driving.
- The inflatable spare tire is intended only for
temporary and short-term use . It should be
replaced as soon as poss ible with the nor-
mal wheel and tire.
- The tire pressure value for the inflatable
spare tire is located on the driver's s ide B-
pillar ~ page 240, fig. 205.
- Maximum permissible speed is SO mph
(80 km/h). Fig . 211 Luggage compart ment left side : comp ressor

- Avoid full-throttle accelerat ion, heavy brak-

ing, and fast cornering. .,.Remove the left tr im pane l in the luggage com-
- When the air is let out of the inflatable partment.
spare wheel, it does not ass ume its folded .. Open the Velcro strap and remove the compres-
shape for several hours . Until then, it can- sor ~ fig. 211.
not be placed back in the spare wheel well .. Unscrew the valve stem from the spare tire.
and stowed sec urely. .,.Screw the tire filler hose from the compressor
firmly onto the valve of the spare t ire.
- Never dr ive with more than one inflatable
.,.Insert the plug from the comp ressor into a
spare tire.
socket of the veh icle ~ page 74 .
- For technical reasons, the use of tire chains
.,.Switch the comp ressor on.
on the inflatab le spare tire is not perm itted.
.,. Let the compressor run unt il t he value spec ified
If it is necessa ry to drive with tire chains,
on the tire pressure label is reached
the inflatable spare wheel must be mounted
~ page 240, fig. 205. Switch the compressor
on the front axle in the event of a flat in a
off after running for 12 minutes at the most -
rear tire. The newly availab le front wheel
danger of overheating!
must then be installed in place of the rear
wheel with the flat tire. Installing the tire
chain before mounting the wheel and tire is A WARNING
-

recommended . The compressor and the tire filler hose can

- Loose items in the passenger compartment become extremely hot whi le they are running
can cause ser ious personal injury during - danger of burns!
hard braking or in an accident . Never store
the inflatable spare t ire or jac k* and tools in (D Note
the passenger compartment. Switch the compressor off after running for
12 minutes at the most - danger of overheat-
0 Note ing! Allow the compressor to cool down for a
- The inflatable spare tire has been developed few minutes before you use it aga in.
spec ifically for this vehicle model. It must
not be exchanged or used for other vehicle
models. Similarly, inflatable tires from oth-
er vehicle models mus t not be used.

252
 Em er gen cy a ss istanc e

Tire mobility kit - Avoid hard acce leration, braking sharply,

and fast cornering .
General information and safety precautions
- The vehicle may become more difficult to
Appl ies to: vehicles with tire repair kit
control.
The tire repair is only meant for temporary use. - Tires sealed with the tire repair kit are only
meant to be used t emporarily. Damaged
-
N
r--
0 tires must be replaced.
ci:
co
ID - The tire repa ir kit may NOT be used
- If the t ire has cuts or punctures that are
larger than 0.16 in (4 mm) .
- If the rim is damaged.
- If you drove with very low tire pressure or
without air in the tire.
- Obta in qualified help if it is not possible to
Fig. 212 Tire damage, for w hich the ti re repair kit is not
perform the repair with the tire sealant.
sui table - The tire sealant must not come in contact
with skin, eyes, or clothes.
Your veh icle is equipped with a tire repair kit (Tire - If tire sealant gets in your eyes or on your
Mobility System) . skin, thoroughly rinse the affected area im-
In the event of a flat tire, the tire repair kit is mediately with clean water .
found in the luggage compartment behind the - Change your clothes immediately if they get
right side trim panel, and is made up of tire seal- tire sealant on them.
ant and a compressor¢ page 107 , fig. 121 . - Do not inha le the fumes .
- If the tire sea la nt is swallowed, thoro ughly
Only tire damage caused by foreign objects up to rinse out your mouth and drink lots of wa-
approx imately 0.16 in (4 mm) in diameter can be
ter .
safely sealed with the tire repair kit.
- Do not induce vomiting . Seek medical atten -
The foreign object can stay in the tire . tion immediately.
- If an a llergic reaction occurs, seek immedi-
The tire sealant may not be used:
ate med ica l attent ion .
- If t he t ire has cuts or punctures that are larger - Keep the t ire sealant away from child ren.
than 0.16 in (4 mm) ,=;,fig.212 @ .
- If the rim is damaged @ . @ For the sake of the environment
- If you drove with very low t ire pressure or with- Used sealant bottles may be returned to yo ur
out air in the tire @ . authorized Audi dea le r fo r disposal.
Tire repair kit usage is described in Performing
t he repair c;, page 254 and in the instructions @ Tips
with the sealant bottle . - If sealant has spilled out, let it dry and then
you ca n remove it by pee ling it away like a
The tire repair kit is able to be used at tempera-
foil.
tures as low as - 4 °F (- 20 °().
- Note the expiration date on the sealant bot-
A WARNING tle. Replace the ti re sealant at an a utho r-
ized Audi dea le rship.
Pay attent ion to the following after repairing
a, - Radio reception may be impaired when the
a,
..... the tire:
N
compressor is in use .
r-- - Do not drive faster than SO mph (80 km/h).
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

253
Emergency assistance

Performing the repair Inflating a tire

Applies to: vehicles with tire repair kit .,.Screw the filling hose for the comp ressor onto
the ti re valve and insert the connector into the
cigarette lighter.
.. Inflate the tire to between 29 PSI (200 kPA)
and 36 PSI (250 kPA) and read the pressure on
the gauge .
.,.If this tire pressure is not reached, drive your
veh icle approximately 33 ft (10 meters) for -
ward or backward so that the sealant can be re-
distr ibuted ins ide the tire. If at this time the re-
qui red air press ure st ill cannot be reached, the
Fig. 213 Performing the repair
tire is too badly damaged and cannot be re-
Preparations pa ired with the tire sealant .

.,.Park the vehicle as far as possible from moving Final inspection

traffic in the event of a flat tire.
.,.Stop the vehicle after dr iving for about 10 mi-
.,. Set the parking brake to prevent the vehicle
nutes and check the tire pressure.
from rolling un intent ionally.
.,.If the t ire pressure is lower than 19 PSI
.,. Shift the selector lever into the P pos ition .
(130 kPA), then the t ire is too severely dam-
.,. Determ ine whether a repair with the tire repair
aged . Do not continue driving . Please seek pro-
kit is possible or not¢ page 253.
fessional ass istance .
.,. Let all of the passengers exit the vehicle and
move a safe distance away ¢ _&..
.,.Take the sealant bottle and the compressor
&_ WARNING
out of the luggage compartment ¢ page 107, - Turn on the emergency flashers if you have a
fig. 121. flat tire while in moving traffic. This is for
.,.Affix the label "max. 50 mph (80 km/h)", found your protection and the for the safety of
on the sealant bottle, to the instrument cluster other drivers.
where it can be seen by the driver. - Take care to move all of the passengers to a
safe place (behind a guard rail for example) .
Filling a tire - Read and follow the manufacturer's safety
.,.Shake the bottle thoroughly before filling. precaut ions on the compressor and in the
.,.Screw the accompanying filling hose complete- instructions on the bottle of sealant!
ly onto the bottle. This breaks through the foil - If a tire pressure of 29 PSI (200 kPA) cannot
seal automatically at the connection . reached after inflating for 12 minutes, then
.,. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve and the t ire is too severely damaged. Do not
unscrew the valve insert using the accompany- continue driv ing.
ing valve insert tool ~fig. 213 . - Obta in qualified help if it is not possible to
.,. Lay the valve insert on a clean su rface . pe rform the repair with the tire sealant .
.,.Remove the sealing plug from the filling hose - If the tire pressure is less than 19 PSI
and connect the hose to the tire valve . (130 kPA) after 10 m inutes of driving, then
.,.Hold the bottle with the bottom facing upward the tire is too severely damaged . Do not
and empty the entire contents into the tire . cont inue driv ing. Seek profess ional assis-
.,.Then pull out the hose and screw the valve in- ta nce.
sert tightly back into the tire valve.

254
 Em er g e nc y a ss is tanc e

(D Note emergency flashers on and use other wa rn-

ing dev ices to alert other motorists.
Special care is required if you are repairing
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
the t ire on a steep incline.
place away from the vehicle and well away
from the road and traff ic.
@ Tips
- To help prevent the veh icle from moving
- Do not operate the compressor for more suddenly and possib ly slipping off the j ack*,
than 12 minutes continuously, otherwise it always fully set the parking brake and block
can overheat. Once the compressor has the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel be-
cooled, you can continue to use it. ing changed with the fold ing chocks or oth-
- If sealant has spi lled out, let it dry and then er objects . When one front whee l is lifted
you can remove it by peeling it away like a off the ground, placing the Automatic
foil. Transmission in P (Park) w ill not prevent the
- Remember to obtain a new bott le of sealant veh icle from moving.
from your authorized Audi dealer after re- - Before you change a wheel, be sure the
pair ing a tire. After this, the functionality of gro und is leve l and firm. If necessary, use a
the tire repair set is restored . sturdy board under t he jack*.
- Obey all laws. - Always st ore the vehicle too l kit, the jack*
and the replaced tire in the lugg age com-
Replacing wheels partment ¢ page 136 .

Before changing a wheel

Changing a wheel
Observe the following precautions for your own
and your passenger's safety when changing a When you change a wheel, follow the sequence
wheel. described below step-by -step and in exactly that
order.
""After you experience a tire failure, pull the car
well away from moving traff ic and try to reach 1. Remove the de corative wheel cover*. For
level ground before you stop ¢ _& . more detai ls see also ¢page 256, Decaro-
.. All passengers sho uld leave the car and move tive wheel covers o r r::!>
poge 256, Wheels
to a safe location (fo r instance, behind the with wheel bolt cops .
guardrai l) ¢ .&_. 2 . Loosen the wheel bolt s ¢ page 256 .
.. Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehi - 3 . Locate the proper mounting point for the
cle from roll ing unintentionally ¢ &_ . jack* and align the jack* below that point
.. Move selecto r lever to positio n P ¢ &_ . ¢ page 257.
""If you are towing a trailer: unh itch the trailer 4 . Lift the car with the jack* ¢ page 257.
from your veh icle. s. Remove the whee l with th e flat tire and then
""Block the diagonally opposite wheel with the insta ll the inflatable spare t ire*
folding chocks or other objects . ¢ page 258.
""Take the jack* and t he inflatable s pare tire* 6. Tighte n all whee l bolts lightly.
o ut of the luggage compar t ment¢ page 250 . 7 . Lower the vehicle wit h the jack *.
8 . Use the whee l bolt wrench and firmly tighten
A WARNING all wheel bo lts r::!>
poge 256 .
9. Replace the decorat ive wheel cover*. ...
You or your passengers cou ld be injured while
changing a wheel if you do not follow these
CD
....
CD
N
safety precautions:
,-...
N - If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance
.....
0
0 off the road. Turn off the engine, turn the
C<'.
00

255
Emergency assistance

_& WARNING Wheels with wheel bolt caps

Applies to: vehicles with wheel bolts with caps
Always read and follow all WARNINGS and in-
formation c:>& in Raising the vehicle on The cops must be removed first from the wheel
page 257 and c:>poge259 . bolts before the bolts con be unscrewed .

After changing a wheel

A wheel change is not complete without the do-
ing the following .

.. Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack* and

the replaced tire in the luggage compartment
c:>
page 136 .
.. As soon as possible, have the tightening tor-
ques on all wheel bolts checked with a torque Fig. 215 Changing a whee l: removing the wheel bo lt ca ps
wrench. The correct t ightening torque is
105 ft lb (140 Nm) . Removing
.. Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possible. .. Push the plastic clip prov ided with the vehicle
tool kit over the wheel bolt cap until it engages .
(j) Tips .. Pull on the plastic clip to remove the cap
- If you notice that the whee l bolts are cor- c:!>fig. 215.
roded and difficu lt to turn while changing a
Refitting
tire, they should be replaced before you
check the tightening torque. .. Place the caps over the whee l bolts and push
- Drive at reduced speed until you have the them back on.
tightening torques checked.
The caps are to protect and keep the wheel bo lts
clean.
Decorative wheel covers
Applies to : vehicles with decorative wheel covers
Loosening and tightening the wheel bolts
The decorative wheel covers must be removed
The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising
first to access the wheel bolts.
the vehicle.

Fig. 214 Chang ing a wheel : Removing the wheel cover

Fig. 216 Changing a whee l: loosening the wheel bolts

Removing
Loosening
.. Insert the hook provided with the vehicle too l
.. Insta ll the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel
kit in the hole in the hub.
bolt and push it down as far as it will go .
.. Pull off the decorative wheel cover c:>fig. 214.

256
 Em er gen cy a ss istanc e

.. Take t ight hold of the end of the wrench handle

and turn the wheel bolts count er-clockwise
about one single t urn in the d irection of arrow
fig . 216.
r=>

Tight ening

.. Install the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel

bolt and push it down as far as it will go .
.. Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle
and turn each wheel bolt clockwise until it is Fig. 218 Sill: pos ition ing the jack
seated.
.. Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehi-
_& WARNING cle from rolling unintentionally
.. Move the selector lever to positio n P.
- Do not use force or hurry when changing a
.. Find the mark ing (imprint) on the sill that is
wheel - you can cause the vehicle to slip off
nearest the wheel that will be changed
the jack* and cause ser ious personal inju-
r=>fig . 217 . Behind the marking, there is a lift-
ries.
ing point on t he sill fo r the jack* .
- Do not loosen the wheel bolts more than
""Turn the j ack* located under the lifting point
one turn before you raise the vehicle with
on the sill to raise the jack until its arm @
the jac k*. - You risk an injury.
r=>fig. 218 is located under the designated plas -
@ Tips
tic mo unt r=> A r=>(j) .
.. Align the jack* so that its arm @ r=> fig. 218 en -
If a wheel bolt is very tight, you may find it gages in the designated lifting point in the door
easier to loosen by carefu lly pushing down on sill and the movable base @ lies flat on the
the end of the wheel bo lt wrench with one ground. The base @ must be vertical under the
foot only. As you do so, hold on to the car to lifting point @ .
keep your balance and take care not to slip. ""Wind the jack* up furthe r unt il the flat tire
comes off the g round r=> _&..
Raising the vehicle
Pos ition the jack* only under the designated lift-
The vehicle must be li~ed with the jack* first be- fig . 217 . There is exactly
ing points on the s ill r=>
fore the wheel can be removed . one location for each wheel. The jack* must not
be pos itioned at any othe r loca t ion r=>& r=>@.
An unstable surface under the jack* can cause
the vehicle to slip off the jack* . Always prov ide a
firm base for the jack* on the ground . If necessa-
ry place a st urdy board or similar support unde r
t he jack*. On hard, slippery surfaces (such as
t iles) use a rubber mat or sim ilar t o prevent the
jac k* from slipp ing r=>.&..

_& WARNING
Fig. 21 7 Sill pane ls: ma rkings
- You or your passengers could be injured
-
while changing a wheel if you do not follow
a,
a, these safety precautions :
.....
N
r--
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

257
Emergency assistance

- Position the jack* only at the designated Taking the wheel off/installing the
lifting points and align the jack *. Other- inflatable spare tire
wise, the jack* could slip and cause an in- Follow these instructions step-by-step for chang-
jury if it does not have sufficient hold on ing the wheel
the vehicle .
- A soft or unstable surface under the jack*
may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack* .
Always provide a firm base for the jack* on
the ground. If necessary, use a sturdy
board un der the jack*.
- On hard, s lippery surface (such as tiles)
use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the
jack* from slipping.
- To help prevent injury to you rself and you r
passengers: Fig. 219 Changing a whee l: us ing the screwdriver handle
(with the blade removed) to turn the bolts
- Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure
the jack* is securely engaged.
- Passengers must not remain in the vehicle
when it is jacked up.
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
place away from the vehicle and well away
from the road and traffic.
- Make sure jack position is correct, adjust
as necessary and then continue to raise
the jack *.
Fig. 220 Changing a wheel: alignment pin inside the top
(D Note ho le

Do not lift the vehicle by the sill. Position the After you have loosened all wheel bolts and
jack * only at the designated lifting points on raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and re-
the sill. Otherwise, your vehicle will be dam- place the wheel as follows:
aged.
Removing the wheel
.,.Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver
handle to completely remove the topmost
wheel bolt and set it aside on a clean surface
qfig. 219 .
.. Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin
from the tool kit hand-tight into the empty bolt
hole q fig. 220 .
.,.Then remove the other wheel bolts as described
above .
.,.Take off the whee l leaving the alignment pin in
the bolt hole q (D.

Putting on the inflatable spare tire*

.,.Inflate the inflatable spare tire* q page 252
and push the whee l over the alignmen t p in.

258
 Emergency assistance

~ Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver - If the spare tire has to be installed in the incor-
handle to screw in and tighten all whee l bolts rect direction, use the spare tire on ly tempora-
slightly . rily since the tire will not be able to ac hieve its
~ Remove the alignment pin and insert and tight- optimum performance characterist ics with re-
en the remaining wheel bolt slightly like the gard to aquap lan ing, no ise and wear.
rest . - We recommend that you pay part icular atten-
~ Turn the jack handle* counter-clockwise to low- tion to th is fact during wet weather and that
er the vehicle until the jack* is fully released . you adjust your speed to match road cond i-
~ Use the wheel bolt wrench to tighten all wheel tions.
bolts firmly Q page 256. Tighten them cross- - Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it
wise, from one bolt to the (approximately) op- installed on your veh icle as soon as possible to
posite one, to keep the wheel centered . restore the handling advantages of a un id irec-
tional tire .
Q) Note
When removing or installing t he whee l, the Notes on wheel changing
rim could hit the brake rotor and damage the
Please read the information Qpage 237, New
rotor. Work carefu lly and have a second per-
tires or wheels if you ar e going to use a spare tire
son help you .
which is different from the t ires on your veh icle .
(D Tips After you change a tire:
Never use the hexagonal socket in the handle - Check the tire pressure on the spare immedi-
of the screwdriver to loosen or tighten the ately after installation.
wheel bolts. - Have the wheel bolt tightening torque
- Pull the reversible blade from the screwdriv - checked with a torque wrench as soon as pos-
er before you use the hexagonal socket in sible by your authorized Audi dealer or a
the handle to turn the wheel bolts. qualified workshop.
- When mounting tires with unidirectional - With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel
tread design make sure the tread pattern is bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of
pointed the right way Q page 259. 105 ft lb (140 Nm).
- The wheel bolts should be clean and easy to - If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded
turn. Check for d irt and corrosion on the and difficult to turn while changing a tire,
mating surfaces of both the wheel and the they should be replaced before you check the
hub. Remove all dirt from these surfaces be- tightening torque.
fore remount ing the wheel. - Replace the flat tire with a new one and have
it installed on your vehicle as soon as possi-
Tires with unidirectional tread design ble. Remount the wheel cover.
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be Until then, drive with extra care and at reduced
mounted with their tread pattern pointed in the speeds.
right direction.

Using a spare tire with a tread pattern

.&_WARNING -
intended for use in a specific direction - If you are going to equip yo ur vehicle with
tires or rims which differ from those which
When using a spare t ire with a tread pattern in-
were fac tory ins talled, then be sure to read
tended for use in a specific direction, please note
CD the information Q page 237, New tires or
....
CD
N
the following:
wheels .
,-...
.... - The direct ion of rotat ion is marked by an arrow
N
0
0
C<'. on the side of the tire.
00

259
Emergency assistance

- Always make sure the damaged wheel or

even a flat tire and the jack* and tool kit are
properly secured in the luggage compart-
ment and are not loose in the passenger
compartment.
- In an accident or sudden maneuver they
could fly forward, injuring anyone in the ve-
hicle.
- Always store damaged wheel, jack* and
tools securely in the luggage compartment .
Otherwise, in an accident or sudden maneu-
ver they could fly forward, causing injury to
passengers in the vehicle.

260
 Fu ses a nd b u lb s

Fuses and bulbs Color Current rat ing

in amps
Fuses White or transparent 25
Replacing fuses Green 30
A fuse that has blown will have metal strips that Orange 40
have burned through .
A WARNING
Do not repair fuses and never replace a blown
fuse with one that has a higher amp rat ing.
This can cause damage to the e lectr ica l sys-
tem and a fire.

0 Note
If a new fuse burns out again shortly after you
have instal led it, have the electrical system
checked as soon as possible by an authorized
Fig. 221 Left side of the cockpit: cover
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili-
The fuses are located at the front left and right ty.
of the cockpit and behind the trim on the right
side of the luggage compartment. (0 Tips
- The following table does not list fuse loca-
.,.Switch the ign ition and all e lectr ica l equipment
tions that are not used.
off.
- Some of the equipment listed in the fo llow-
.,.Check the following table to see which fuse be-
ing tables applies on ly to certa in model ver-
longs to the equipment .
sions or certa in optional equipment .
.,.Remove the appropriate cover .
.,.Remove the colored plastic clip from the fuse
panel, if necessary c>page 262, fig. 222. You
can dispose of the plastic clip .
.,.Remove the clamp from the rear s ide of the
cover c>fig. 221 .
.,.Remove the fuse using the clamp .
.,.Replace the blown fuse only with an identical
new one .
.,.Install the cover.

Fuse color identification

Color Current rating

in amps
Black 1
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7.5
a,
a,
..... Red 10
N
r--
N Blue 15
.....
0
0
0:
Yellow 20
co

26 1
Fuses and bulbs

Left cockpit fuse assignment Fuse panel ® (brown)

No. Equipment
1 Electric exhaust door
Brake light sensor or brake pedal move-
2
ment sensor (hybrid drive)
3 Fuel pump
AdBlue pumps or brake booster power
4
supply (hybrid drive)
Left seat heating with/without seat venti-
s lation
6 ESC
7 Horn
Left front doo r (window regulator, central
8
locking, mirror, switch, lighting)
9 Wiper motor
10 ESC
Left rear doo r (window regulator, switch,
11
light ing)
Fig. 222 Left side of the cockpit: fuse panel with plastic 12 Rain and light sensor
clip
Fuse panel © (red)
Fuse panel @ (black)
No. Equipment
No. Equipment
3 Lumbar support
1 Dynamic steering
4 Dynamic steering
2 ESCcontrol module
5 Climatized cup holder
A/C system pressure sensor, electrome-
Windshie ld washer system, headlamp
chanical parking brake, Homelink, auto- 6
3 washer system
matic dimming interior rearview mirror,
air quality/outside air sensor, ESCbutton 7 Vehicle electrical system control module 1

s Sound actuator/exhaust sound tuning 8 Vehicle electrical system control module 1

6 Headlight range control/corner ing light 9 Panorama roof

7 Headlight (cornering light) 10 Vehicle electrical system control module 1

Control modules (electromechanical park- 11 Sun shade (panorama sunroof)
8 ing brake, shock absorber, quattro Sport, 12 Anti-theft alarm system
trailer hitch), DCDCconverter
Adaptive cruise control or high voltage
9
battery (hybrid dr ive)
11 Side assist
12 Headlight range control, parking system
13 Airbag
14 Rear wiper
15 Auxiliary fuse (instrument panel)
16 Auxiliary fuse te rm inal 15 (engine area)

262
 Fuses and bulbs

Right cockpit fuse assignment No. Equipment

Diagnostic data link connector, terminal
11
30
12 Steering column switch module

Right luggage compartment fuse

assignment

Fig. 223 Right side of the cockpit: fuse pane l wit h plastic
clip

Fuse panel @ (black)

No. Equipment
5 Steering column switch module
7 Term inal 15 diagnostic connector Fig. 224 Right luggage compartment: fuse panel with
plast ic dip
8 Gateway (Databus diagnostic interface)
9 Auxiliary heater Fuse panel @ (black)

Fuse panel @ (brown) No. Equipment

No. Equipment 1 Luggage compartment lid control mod ule

1 CD /DVD player 2 Tra iler control module

2 Wi-Fi 3 Traile r control modu le

3 MMI/Radio 4 Tra iler control module
4 Instrument cluster 5 Electromechanical parking brake
Gateway (instrument cluster control mod- 6 Electronic damping control
5
ule) 7 Electromechanical parking brake
6 Ignition lock 8 Tail lights
7 Light dial 9 quattro Sport
8 Climate control system blower 10 Tail lights
a,
a, 9 Steering column lock 11 Central locking system
.....
N
r-- 10 Climate control system 12 Termina l 30
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

263
Fu ses a nd bul bs

Fuse panel © (brow n) Sheet meta l and bulb holders can have sharp
edges that can cause serious cuts, and parts
No. Equipment
must be correct ly taken apart and then properly
1 Luggage compartment lid control module put back together to help prevent breakage of
2 12 V socket, cigarette lighter parts and long term damage from water that can
DCDCconverter path 1 or high voltage bat- enter housings that have not been properly re-
3
tery blower (hybrid drive) sealed.
DCDCconverter path 2, DSP amp lifier, ra- For your safety, we recommend that you have
4
dio your authorized Audi dealer replace any bulbs for
7 Electromechanical parking brake you, since your dealer has the proper tools, the
Right front door (window regu lator, cen- correct bulbs and the expertise.
9
tral locking, mirror, switch, lighting) Gas discharge lam ps (Xenon light s)*:
Rear right door (window regulator, switch,
11 Due to the high electrica l voltage, have the bulbs
lighting)
rep laced by a qualified technician. Headlights
12 Cell phone preparation with Xenon light can be identified by the high
voltage sticker.
Fuse panel © (black)

No. Equipment
-
A WARNING
1 Right front seat heating/venti lation Contact with high-voltage components of the
2 Automatic dimming rearview mirror electr ical system and improper replacement
of gas discharge (Xenon) headlight bulbs can
3 Instrument panel terminal 30
cause ser ious persona l injury and death .
4 MMI
- Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can ex-
5 Radio plode when being changed .
6 Rearview camera - Changing Xenon lamps requires the special
7 Rear window defogger tra ining, instruct ions and equ ipment .
8 Rear Seat Entertainment - Only an authorized Audi dealer or other
qualified workshop should change the bulbs
11 AdBlue heating
in gas discharge lamps .
AdBlue supply or high voltage battery (hy-
12
brid drive) A WARNING
There are parts with sharp edges on the open-
Bulbs ings and on the bulb holders that can cause
Replacing light bulbs serious cuts.
- If you are uncertain about what to do, have
Foryour safety, we recommend that you have the wor k performed by an authorized Audi
your authorized Audi dealer replace burned out dea ler or other qual ified workshop. Serious
bulbs for you. personal injury may resu lt from improperly
It is becoming increasingly more and more diffi- performed work.
cult to replace vehicle light bulbs since in many
cases, other parts of the car must first be re- (D Tips
moved before you are able to get to the bulb. - If you must replace the light bulbs you rself,
This applies espec ially to the light bulbs in the always remember that the eng ine compart-
front of your car which you can only reach ment of any vehicle is a hazardous area to
through the eng ine compartment. work in. Always read and heed all WARN-
INGS ¢page 217 ¢ & .

264
 Fuses and bulbs

- I t is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer

whenever you need to change a bulb.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

265
Emergency situations

Emergency situations creases the risk of an explosion and chemi-

cal burns. After jump starting the vehicle,
General drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to
This chapter is intended for trained emergency
have the vehicle battery checked.
crews and working personnel who have the nec-
essary tools and equipment to perform these - Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or
operations. skin . Flush any contacted area with water
immediately.
- Improper use of a booster battery to start a
Starting by pushing or
vehicle may cause an explosion .
towing - Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases.
Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes
(D Note away from batteries.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission - Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a
cannot be started by pushing or towing. low acid level in the battery.
- The voltage of the booster battery must also
Starting with jumper have a 12-Volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of
the booster battery should not be lower
cables
than that of the discharged battery. Use of
If necessary, the engine con be started by con- batteries of different voltage or substantial-
necting it to the battery of another vehicle. ly different "Ah" rating may cause an explo-
sion and personal injury.
If the engine should fail to start because of a dis-
- Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped
charged or weak battery, the battery can be con-
in the ice may cause an explosion.
nected to the battery of another vehicle, using a
pair of jumper cables to start the engine. - Never charge or use a battery that has been
frozen. The battery case may have be weak-
Jumper cables ened.
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large cross - Use of batteries of different voltage or sub-
section to carry the starter current safely. Refer stantially different capacity (Ah) rating may
to the manufacturer's specifications. cause an explosion and injury. The capacity
(Ah) of the booster battery should not be
Use only jumper cables with insulated terminal lower than that of the discharged battery.
clamps which are distinctly marked : - Before you check anything in the engine
plus(+) cable in most cases colored red compartment, always read and heed all
WARNINGS r=:> poge 217.
minus(-) cable in most cases colored black .

A WARNING
([) Note
- Applying a higher voltage booster battery
Batteries contain electricity, acid, and gas.
will cause expensive damage to sensitive
Any of these can cause very serious or fatal in-
electronic components, such as control
jury. Follow the instructions below for safe
units, relays, radio, etc.
handling of your vehicle's battery.
- There must be no electrical contact between
-Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning
the vehicles as otherwise current could al-
over the battery whenever possible.
ready start to flow as soon as the positive
-A dead battery can freeze at temperatures
(+) terminals are connected.
around 32 °F (0 °C). If the vehicle battery is
frozen, you must thaw it before connecting
the jump start cables. If you do not, this in-

266
 Emergency situations

Vehicle with discharged battery:

@ Tips
.,.Turn off lights and accessories, move lever of
The discharged battery must be properly con-
automatic transmission to N (Neutral) or P
nected to the vehicle's electrical system .
(Park) and set parking b rake.
When jump starting or charg ing the battery,
never connect the negative ground cable to Connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE(+) (red)
the battery negative post because the battery
"' Remove the cover CDby pressing on the arrow
manager system must be able to detect the
¢fig. 225 .
battery's state of charge. Always connect the
.,.Open the cover @ on the pos itive terminal.
negative ground cable to the negative g round
1. Connect one end of the red positive cab le on
post of the battery manager control unit.
the jump start bolt ¢ fig. 226 CD(Bolts un -
der cover = "positive") of the vehicle to be
Use of jumper cables started @ .
Make sure to connect the jumper cable clamps in 2. Connect the other end to the positive termi-
exactly the order described below! nal @ of the booster battery @ .

Connect NEGATIVE(-) to NEGATIVE(-)

(black)
3. Connect one end of the black negative cable
to the negative term inal @ of the booster
battery @ .
4. Connect the other end of the black negative
cable to the jump start bolt @ (Bolts with
hex head= "negative") of the vehicle to be
started @ .
Fig. 225 Engine compartment: Connectors fo r jumper ca-
bles and charger Starting the engine
.,.Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster
battery @ . Run the engine at a moderate
speed .
.,.Start engine with discharged vehicle battery @
in the usual manner .
.,.If the engine fails to start: do not keep the
starter cranking for longer than 10 seconds.
Wait for about 30 seconds and then try again .
.,.With engine running, remove jumper cables
Fig. 226 Jump starting with the bat tery of another vehicle:
from both vehicles in t he exact reverse order.
@ booster battery, @ discharged vehicle battery "' Close the cover @ on the positive terminal and
re- install the cover CD<=> fig. 225.
The procedure described below for connecting
jumper cables is intended to prov ide a jump start The battery is vented to the outside to prevent
for your vehicle. gases from entering the vehicle interior. Make
sure that the jumper clamps are well connected
Hybrid drive*: read the impo rtant information with their metal parts in full contact with the
concerning a dead high voltage battery under batte ry term inals. .,.
a, ¢page 107.
a,
.....
N
r--
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

267
Em e rg e nc y s it uati o n s

& WARNING Towing with a tow truck

To avoid serious personal injury and damage '
General hints
to the vehicle, heed all warn ings and instruc-
Your Audi requires special handling for towing .
tions of the jumper cable manufacturer . If in
doubt, call for road service. The following information is to be used by com-
- Jumper cables must be long enough so that merc ial tow truck operators who know how to op-
the vehicles do not touch. erate their equipment safely.
- When connecting jumper cables, make sure
- Never tow your Audi, tow ing will cause dam-
that they cannot get caught in any moving
age to t he engine and t ransmission.
parts in the engine compartment .
- Never wrap the safety chains or winch cable s
- Do not bend over the batteries - danger of
around the brake lines .
chemical burns!
- To prevent un necess ary damage , your Audi
- The battery cell locking screws must be
must be t ransported with a flat bed truck.
t ightened securely .
- To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use the
- Before you check anything in the engine
towing loop found in the vehicle tools and at-
compartment, always read and heed all
t ach to the front or rear ancho rage
WARNINGS¢ page 217.
¢ page 269 and ¢ page 269.
(D Note
& WARNING
Improper hook-up of jumper cables can ruin
A vehicle being towed is not safe for passen-
the generator.
gers . Never allow anyone to ride in a vehicle
- Always connect POSITIVE(+)to POSITIVE
being towed, for any reason .
(+), and NEGATIVE( -) to NEGATIVE( -)
ground post of the battery manager control
unit.
- Check that all screw plugs on the battery
cells are screwed in firmly. If not, t ighten
plugs prior to connect ing clamp on negat ive
battery terminal.
- Please note that the procedure for connect-
ing a jumper cable as desc ribed above ap-
plies specifically to the case of your vehicle
being jump st arted. When you are giving a
j ump sta rt to another vehicle, do not con-
nect the negative( -) cable to t he negative
(-) terminal on the discharged battery @
¢ fig. 226 . Instead, securely connect the

negative (-) cable to either a solid metal

component that is firmly bolted to the en-
gine block or to the engine block itself . If
the battery that is being charged does not
vent to the outside, escap ing battery gas
could ignite and explode!

268
 Emergency situations

Front towing loop A

- WARNING
Do not install the front towing loop until it is If the towing loop is not screwed in as far as it
needed . will go, the thread can pull out when the vehi-
cle is towed - potential risk of an accident.

(D Note
\ \ The cover is attached to the bumper with sev-
eral hooks. Do not use excessive force when
removing the cover to avoid damaging it.

Rear towing loop

On vehicles wit hout a factory-installed trailer
Fig. 227 Front bumper: re m oving t he cover cap
hitch*, the threaded hole for the towing loop is
on the right side of the rear bumper .

\ \
:'CT-
-·
..,,

Fig. 228 Front bumper : screwing in the towing loop

The towing loop fits into the threaded hole locat- Fig. 229 Rear bumper: Cover

ed on the right side of the front bumper and cov-

ered by a cover when not in use .
.,. Remove the towing loop from the veh icle tool-
kit ¢ page 250 .
.,.Carefully remove the cover ¢ fig. 227 .
.,.Screw the towing loop tightly into the threaded
hole as far as it will go ¢ fig. 228.

When it is no longer needed, unscrew the towing

loop and put it back into the vehicle toolkit . Be Fig. 230 Rear bumpe r : Screwing in towing loop
sure to have the towing loop stored in the vehicle
at all times. Vehicles with a towing loop
When re-installing the cover be sure to first in- .,. Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool-
sert the tabs on the cover into the retainers near kit ¢ page 250.
the radiator grille . Then install the other side of .,. Press the cover in by applying short strong
the cover and push it into the reta iners pressure to release it from the bumper
¢ fig. 227 . ¢ fig. 229 .
.,.Screw the towing loop tightly into the threaded
a, The appearance of the cover varies from the illus-
a,
..... hole as far as it will go¢ fig . 230 . ..,_
N tration for some model versions.
r--
N
.....
0
0
0:
co

269
Emergency situations

Vehicles with a trailer hitch*

@ Tips
.. Install the trai ler hitch.
Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is
.. Attach the tow ing bar or the towing cable to
secure before moving the car up the flatbed
the tra iler hitch.
truck ramp .
Unscrew the towing loop again after use and in-
stall the cover in the bumper. Return the towing Raising the vehicle
loop to the vehicle toolk it. Be sure to have the
Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor
towing loop stored in the vehicle at all times.
jack

A WARNING The vehicle may only be Lifted at the lifting

- If the towing loop is not screwed in as far as points illustrated.
it will go, the thread can pull out when the
vehicle is towed - potential risk of an acci-
dent.
- If your veh icle has a trailer hitch* only use a
special towing bar to prevent damaging the
ball hitch . These towing bars have been spe-
cially designed for t railer towing h itches.
- If your veh icle has a trailer hitch* use only
special tow ing cab les.
Fig. 232 Front lift ing point
Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck

Fig. 233 Rear lifting point

Fig. 231 Vehicle on flat bed tr uck

.,. Read and heed WARNING c>,& .
Front hook up .. Locate lifting points c>fig . 232 and c>fig . 233 .
.,.Adjust lift ing arms of workshop hoist or floor
.. Align the vehicle with the centerline of t he car
jack to match vehicle lifting points .
carr ier ramp .
.. Insert a rubber pad between the floo r jack/
.. Attach t he winch hook to the front towline eye
wo rkshop hoist and the lifting points .
previously installed.
If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to
Rear hook up
work underneath, be sure the vehicle is safely
.. Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car supported on stands intended for this purpose.
carrier ramp.
.. Attach the winch hook to the rear tow line eye Front lifting point
previously installed. The lifting point is located on the floor pan rein-
forcement about at the same level as the jack ..,.

270
 Emergency situations

mo unt ing point q fig . 23 2 . Do not lift the vehi- - Before driving over a workshop hoist, en-
cle at the vertical sill reinforcement. sure that the re is sufficient clearance be-
tween the hoist and low parts of the ve-
Rear lifting point hicle.
The lift ing po int is located on the vert ica l re in-
for ceme nt of the lower si ll for the on boar d ja ck*
q fig . 233 .

Lifting with vehicle jack*

Refer to q page 257 .

A WARNING
- To reduce t he risk of serio us inju ry and vehi -
cle da mage.
- Always lift t he vehicle only at the special
wo rksho p ho ist and floo r j ack lift po ints il-
lustrated q fig. 232 and ¢ fig. 233.
- Failur e to lift the vehicle at these points
could cause the vehicle to ti lt or fall from
a lift if there is a change in vehicle weight
d istr ibut ion a nd balance . This might hap-
pen, for exam ple, when heavy compo-
ne nts su ch as t he engi ne block or t rans-
m iss io n ar e rem oved .
- When removing heavy components like
th ese, a nchor vehicle to hoist or add corre-
s po nding weigh ts to ma inta in t he cente r of
gravity. Otherwise, th e vehicle might t ilt or
slip off the hoi st , causing ser ious persona l
injury .

(D Note
- Be aware of th e fol lowing points bef ore lift-
ing th e vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or
jacked up from underneath the engine oil
pan, the transmission housing, the front
or rear axle or the body side members .
This could lead to serious damage .
- To avoid damage to the underbody or
chassis frame, a rubber pad must be in-
serted between the floor jack and the lift
points.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist,
~ check that the vehicle weight does not
....
~ exceed the permissible lifting capacity of
~ the hoist .
0
0
C<'.
00

271
Technical data

Technical data Vehicle identification label

The vehicle identification label is located in the

Vehicle identification luggage compartment above the compartment
for the vehicle tools.

The label ¢ fig . 235 shows the follow ing vehicle

data:

(D Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

@ Vehicle type, engine output, transmission
® Engine and transmission code
@ Paint number and interior
® Optional equipment numbers
Fig. 234 Vehicle Ident if ication Numbe r (VlN) plate : loca·
tion on driver's side dash panel The information of the vehicle identification label
can also be found in your Warranty & Mainte·
nance booklet.
XXXXX
XX- X- XXXX XXX XX
Safety compliance sticker
@-+~J:~t::1
::: xxxxxxxx
xxx xxxx
xxxx
IYPlf'VPE XXXXXX The safety compliance sticker is yo ur ass ur ance
that your new vehicle complies with all applicable
xx xxxxxxx
xx xx xx Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which
®i
©-+
MOIOlll<B
EM:
IAC
./CUR.
. COil
KB.
/ fAANS
KIIR
, COOE
. / tN
XXX KW

NENAIJSSt
XXX
xxxx XXXXXX were in effect at the time the vehicle was manu-
factured. You can find this sticker on the door
PAINTNO./WT£Jldl XXXX
II.- AUSST . / OPTIO
NS
I XXXXXXXI XX jamb on the driver's side. It shows the month and
year of production and the vehicle identification
E0A 7D5 4UB 6XM SSG SRW
2EH JOZ lLB lAS lB A number of your vehicle (perforation) as well as
3FC SMU 7X1
F0A 9G3 0G7 0YH 0JF the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing (GVWR) and the
TL 6 3 KA 8EH Ul A X9B QZ7 Gross Axle We ight Rating (GAWR).
1XW 803 908 824 020
7T6 CV7 7K0 4X3 2K2
3L4 4KC 3Y0 413 502 High voltage warning label
lS A 7GB 01 A 4G0
The high voltage warning label is located in the
XX X XX X XX X xxxx engine compartment next to the engine hood re·
lease. The spark ignition system complies w ith
the Canadian standard ICES-002 .
Fig. 235 Vehicle identificat ion labe l: inside the luggage
compart ment
Weights
Vehicle Identification Number (VlN)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
The Vehicle Id entification Number is located in
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and
different places :
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for front
- under the windshield on the driver's side and rear are listed on a sticker on the door jamb
¢ fig . 234. on the dr iver's side .
- in the radio or in the MMI*: Select: !CAR i func·
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the
tion button > Vehicle ID number (VIN) or se·
weight of the basic vehicle plus full fuel tank, oil
Leet ICAR ! function button > Car systems* con·
and coolant, plus maximum load, which includes
trol button > Servicing & checks> VIN num-
passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated
ber.
seat ing position) and luggage weight ¢ ,&..
- on the vehicle identification label.

272
 Techn ical data

Gross Axle Weight Rating - Exceeding permissible weight ratings can

The Gross Axle We ight Rating is the maximum result in vehicle damage, accidents and per-
load that can be applied at each axle of the vehi- sonal injury.
cle ~ .& .
(D Note
Vehicle capacity weight
- The vehicle capacity weig ht figures apply
The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is listed when the load is distributed evenly in the
on the drive r's side 8-p ill ar. vehicle (passengers and luggage) . When
transport ing a heavy load in the luggage
_& WARNING compartment, carry the load as near to the
- The actu al Gross Axle Weight Rat ing at the rear axle as possib le so that the veh icle's
front and rear axles should not exceed the hand li ng is not impaired .
permissible weights, and their combination - Do not exceed the maximum perm issible
must not exceed the Gross Vehicle We ight axle loads or the maximum gross vehicle
Rating. we ight. Always remember that the vehicle's
handli ng will be affe cted by the extra load.
Therefore, adjust your speed accordingly.
- Always observe local regulations.

Dimensions
QS/ QS hybrid SQS
Lengt h in (mm) 182.6 (4639) 183 .0 (464 7)
Width in (mm) 74.7 (1898) 75.2 (1911)
Width (across mirro rs) in (mm) 82.2 (20 89) 82 .2 (2089)
Height (un loaded)al in (mm) 65.2 (1655) 65 .3 (1658)
a) The height of t he vehicle depends on th e tir es and the suspen sion.

When driving up steep ramps, on rough roads, haust system components, may be close to the
over curbs, etc . it is important to remember that ground. Be carefu l not to damage them.
some part s of your vehicle, such as spo ilers or ex-

Capacities
QS/ SQS QS hybrid
Fuel ta nk: tota l capacity gal (liters) approx. 19.8 (75) approx . 19 .0 (72)
Windsh ield and headlight* quarts (lite rs) approx . 4 .9 (4 .6) approx . 4 .9 (4 .6)
washer fluid container

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

273
Te c h nical data

Gasoline engines
QS 2.0, 4 cylinder

Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpm 220 @ 4450 - 6000

Maximum torq ue SAE net lb -ft@ rpm 258@ 1500 - 4300
Displacement CID (cm 3) 121.1 (1984)
Engine oil with filter change 1>
Fuel Premium unl eaded (9 1 AKI) c::> page 209, Fuel
page 210, Ethanol fuel (Bio-etha-
or Bio-ethanol ( E85 ) c::>
no[) .

QS 2.0 hybrid, 4 cylinder

Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpm 211 @4300 - 6000

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 258 @ 1500 - 4200
Displacement CI D (cm 3) 121.1 (1984)
Engine oil with fi lter change 1)
Fuel page 209, Fuel
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , c::>
Electr ic output (short-term) hp 54
Electr ic t orque (short-te rm) lb-ft 1 55
Total output (short-term) hp 245
Tot al torq ue (short-term) lb-ft 354
Battery type Lithium-ion
Battery energy cont ent kWh 1.3

QS 3.0, 6 cylinder

Maximum out put SAE net hp@ rpm 2 7 2@ 4780 - 6500

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 295 @2150 - 4780
Displacement CI D (cm 3) 182 .8 (2995)
Engine oil with f ilter change 1l
Fuel page 209, Fuel
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , c::>

SQS 3.0, 6 cylinder

Maximum out put SAE net hp@ rpm 354@ 6000 - 6500
Maximum torq ue SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 347 @4000 - 4500
Displacement CI D (cm 3) 182.8 (2995)
Engine oil with f ilter change 1l
Fuel page 209, Fuel
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , c::>

274
 Techn ical dat a

Diesel engine
QS 3.0 TOI, 6 cylinder

Maximum output SAE net hp@rpnn 240@ 3750 - 4000

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 428@ 1750 - 2250
Displacement CID (cm 3 ) 181.1 (2967)
Engine oil with filter change 1>
Fuel page 211, Diesel fuel
ULSD No . 2, c::>

ll For specific engine oil capacities, please see

the most current information for the USA at
http:/ /www.audiusa.com/help/maintenance or
for Canada at http:/ /www.audi.ca/ca/brand/ en/
your _aud i/ aud i_services_and/Care_and_Ma i nte-
na nce/ schedu le.html or call 800-822-2834.

CD
....
CD
N
,-...
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

275
Consumer information

Consumer information (D Note

Warranty coverages Audi cannot be responsib le for mechanical

damage that could result from inadequate
Your Audi is covered by the following warran- fuel, service or parts ava ilability.
ties:

- New Vehicle Limited Warranty Audi Service Repair

- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfora- Manuals and Literature
tion
- Emissions Control System Warranty Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Litera -
- Emissions Performance Warranty ture are published as soon as poss ible after mod-
- California Emissions Control Warranty (USA el introduction . Service Manuals and literature
vehicles only) are available to order from the Audi Technical Lit -
erature Ordering Center at :
- California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only) www.audi .techliterature .com

Detailed information regarding your warranties

can be found in your Warranty & Maintenance Maintenance
booklet .
General
'

Operating your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to help keep
maintenance requirements to a minimum. How-
outside the U.S.A. or
ever, a certain amount of regular maintenance is
Canada still necessary to assure your vehicle's safety,
Government reg ulati ons in the United States and economy and reliability . For detailed vehicle
Canada require that automobi les meet specific maintenance consult your Warranty & Mainte-
emission regulations and safety standards. nance booklet .
Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Cana - Under difficult operating conditions, for exam -
da differ from vehicles sold in other countries. ple at extremely low outside temperatures, in
If you plan to take your vehicle outside the conti- very dusty regions, when towing a trailer very fre-
nenta l limits of the United States or Canada, quently, etc., some service work should be per-
there is the poss ibility that: formed between the intervals specified. This ap-
plies particularly to :
- un leaded fue ls for vehicles with catalytic con-
verter may not be available; - oil changes, and
- fuel may have a considerably lower octane rat- - cleaning or replac ing the a ir filter .
ing . Improper fuel may cause eng ine damage;
- service may be inadequate due to lack of proper
@) For the sake of the environment
service facilities, tools or testing equ ipment; By regularly maintain ing your vehicle, you
- rep lacement parts may not be readily available. help make sure that em iss ion standards are
- Navigation systems for veh icles built for the maintained, thus min imizing adverse effects
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessarily work in on the environment .
Europe, and may not wo rk in other countries
'
outside of North Amer ica. Important considerations for you and your
vehicle

The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated

fuel injection and emission control systems, and
the generally increas ing technica l complexity of ..,_

276
 Consumer information

today's automobiles, have steadily reduced the

scope of maintenance and repairs which can be
A WARNING
carried out by vehicle owners. Also, safety and - Serious personal injury may occur as a result
environmental concerns place very strict limits of improperly performed maintenance, ad -
on the nature of repairs and adjustments to en- justments or repairs .
gine and transmission parts which an owner can - Always be extremely careful when working
perform . on the vehicle. Always follow commonly ac-
cepted safety practices and general com-
Maintenance, adjustments and repairs usually re- mon sense. Never risk personal injury.
quire special tools, testing devices and other
- Do not attempt any of the maintenance,
equipment available to specially trained work -
checks or repairs described on the following
shop personnel in order to assure proper per-
pages if you are not fully familiar with these
formance, reliability and safety of the vehicle and
or other procedures with respect to the ve-
its many systems. hicle, or are uncertain how to proceed.
Improper maintenance, adjustments and repairs - Do not do any work without the proper tools
can impair the operation and reliability of your and equipment. Have the necessary work
vehicle and even void your vehicle warranty . done by your authorized Audi dealer or an-
Therefore, proof of servicing in accordance with other properly equipped and qualified work-
the maintenance schedule may be a condition for shop.
upholding a possible warranty claim made within - The engine compartment of any motor vehi-
the warranty period. cle is a potentially hazardous area. Never
reach into the area around or touch the radi-
Above all , operational safety can be adversely af-
ator fan. It is temperature controlled and
fected, creating unnecessary risks for you and
can switch on suddenly - even when the en-
your passengers.
gine is off and the ignition key has been re-
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by moved . The radiator fan switches on auto-
your authorized Audi dealer or any other properly matically when the coolant reaches a certain
equipped and qualified workshop. We strongly temperature and will continue to run until
urge you to give your authorized Audi dealer the the coolant temperature drops.
opportunity to perform all scheduled mainte- - Always remove the ignition key before any-
nance and necessary repairs. Your dealer has the one gets under the vehicle.
facilities, original parts and trained specialists to - Always support your vehicle with safety
keep your vehicle running properly . stands if it is necessary to work underneath
the vehicle . The jack* supplied with the vehi-
Performing limited maintenance yourself
cle is not adequate for this purpose and
The following pages describe a limited number of could collapse causing serious personal in-
procedures which can be performed on your vehi- jury.
cle with ordinary tools, should the need arise and - If you must work underneath the vehicle
trained personnel be unavailable. Before per- with the wheels on the ground, always make
forming any of these procedures, always thor- sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the
oughly read all of the applicable text and careful- wheels are always securely blocked and that
ly follow the instructions given . Always rigorously the engine cannot be started.
observe the WARNINGS provided . - Always make sure the transmission selector
Before you check anything in the engine com- lever (automatic transmission) is in P (Park
partment, always read and heed all WARNINGS position) and the park brake is applied.
CD
....
CD .&.and c::>.&.in Working in the engine compart-
c::>
N
,-... ment on page 217 .
N
.....
0
0
C<'.
00

277
Con s umer inf o rm a tion

@ For the sake of the env ironment

-
A WARNING
- Changing the engine settings will adversely Using the wrong spare parts or using non-ap-
affect emission levels. This is detrimental to proved accessories can cause damage to the
the environment and increases fuel con- vehicle and serious personal injury.
sumption. - Use only accessories expressly approved by
- Always observe environmental regu lations Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
when disposing of old engine oil, used brake - These parts and accessor ies have been spe-
fluid, dirty engine coolant, spent batteries cially designed to be used on your vehicle.
or worn out tires. - Never install accessor ies such as telephone
- Undeployed airbag modules and pretension- cradles or beverage holders on airbag covers
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Mate- or with in the airbag deployment zones. Do-
rial -special handl ing may apply, see ing so will increase the risk of injury if air-
www.dtsc .ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo- bags are triggered in an accident!
rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re- - Before you check anything in the eng ine
straint system including airbag modu les compartment, always read and heed all
safety be lts wit h pretensioners are scrap- WARNINGSQpage 217.
ped, all applicab le laws and regulations
must be observed. Your authorized Audi (D Note
dealer is familiar with these requirements
- If items other than genu ine Audi spare
and we recommend that you have your deal-
parts, add-on equipment and accessory
er perform this service for you.
items are used or if repair work is not per-
formed according to specified methods, this
Accessories and can result in severe damage to your vehi-
technical changes cle's eng ine and body (such as corrosion)
and adversely affect your vehicle's warranty.
Additional accessories and parts
- If emergency repai rs must be performed
replacement
elsewhere, have the vehicle exam ined by an
Always consult an authorized Audi dealer before authorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le.
purchasing accessories. - The manuf acture r cannot be held liable for
damage which occurs due to failure to com-
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety design
ply with these stipulations.
features ensuring a high standard of active and
passive safety.
Technical Modifications
This safety could be comp romised by non-ap- '

proved changes to the vehicle. For this reason, if Our guidelines must be complied with when tech -
parts have to be replaced, please observe the fol- nical modifications are made .
lowing points when insta lling addit ional accesso- Always consu lt an authorized Audi dealer before
ries: sta rt ing work on any modificat ions.
Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi This will help ensure that vehicle function, per-
parts are available from author ized Audi dealers. formance and safety are not impaired Q ,& .
These dealers also have the necessary facilities, Attempting to work on electronic components
too ls and trained specialists to install the parts and the software used with them can cause mal-
and accessories properly. funct ions. Because of the way elect ronic compo-
nent s are interconnected with each othe r, such
malfunc t ions can also have an adverse affect on
othe r systems t hat are not directly involved. This ..,.

278
 Con s umer inf o rmation

means that you risk both a substant ial reduction (1) This device may not cause harmf ul inter f er-
in the operationa l safety of your vehicle and an ence, and
increased wear of vehicle parts ¢ A .
(2) th is device must accept any inte rference re-
Author ized Audi dealers will perf orm this wor k in ceived, including int erference t hat may cause un-
a professional and competent manner or, in spe- desired ope rat ion.
cial cases, refer you to a professional company
FCC Part 15.21
that specializes in such modifications.
CAUTI ON:
A WARNING
Changes or mod ificat ions not expressly approved
Improper repairs and mod ificat ions can by the party responsible for compliance could
change the way veh icle systems work and void the user's aut hori ty to operate t he equ ip-
cause damage to the veh icle and serious per- me nt .
sonal injury.
RSS-Gen Issue 1
Operat ion is subject to the following two condi-
If emergency repairs must be performed else- t ions:
where, have the vehicle examined by an au-
(1) this device may not cause inte rfe rence, and
thorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le.
(2) t his device must accept any inte rference, in-
Declaration of cludi ng interference tha t may cause undes ired
operation of the device.
Compliance, Telecom-
munications and
Electronic Systems
Radio Frequency Devices and Radiocommunica-
tion Equipment User Manual Notice.

The manufacturer is not respons ible for any radio

or TV interference caused by unauthor ized modi -
fications to this equ ipment .

Devices
The fo ll ow ing devices each comp ly w ith FCCPart
15.19, FCCPart 15.21 and RSS-GenIssue 1:

- Adaptive cruise control*

- Convenience key*
- Audi side assist*
- Cell phone package*
- Electron ic immobilizer
- Homelink universal remote contro l"
- Remote contro l key

FCC Part 15.19

CD This device comp lies with part 15 of the FCC

....
CD
N
Rules. Operat ion is subject to the following t wo
,-...
N
..... conditions :
0
0
C<'.
00

279
Index

Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

A Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
A/C (climate control) ................... 78
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light . . . . . . . . . 159
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Active lan e assist Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Cleaning the camera area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Adaptive cruise control. . . . . . . . .. ..
... .. 109 Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Cleaning the sensor . . . . . . . . . .. ..
... .. 205 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
... .. 111 Warning/Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
... .. 116 Weight-sensing mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Request for driver intervention .. ..
... .. 114 When must the system be inspected? . . . 158
Setting the distance............... . .. 113 Air transport ......................... 108
Setting the driving program . . ......... 114 All-wheel drive ....................... 192
Adaptive dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Selective wheel torque control . . . . . . . . . 186
Adaptive light . . . . . ............ . ... . . . . 51 All season tires 245
Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Alternator
AdBlue .... . . . . . ... . .......... . ...... 214 Malfunction ......................... 25
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Anti-lock brake system
Opening the tank door ...... ... ... . . . . 215 Warning/indicator light s . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14
Refilling . . . . . . ... . .......... . ... . .. 215
Anti-Lock Braking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Adding
Anti-slip regulation
Engine oil .......................... 221
Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Windshield washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Anti-Slip Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Additional accessories 278
Anti-theft alarm warning system . . . . . . . . . 35
Additives Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Approach/departure angle....... .. . . . .. 198
Adjusting
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Air distribution (climate control) .. .. .. .. 78
Audi braking guard
Instrument illumination . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 53
refer to Braking guard 115
Steering column manually . . . . . .. .. .. .. 81
Audi drive select
Temperature (climate control) . . .. .. .. .. 78
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
also refer to Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Audi parking system plus with rearview cam-
Advanced Airbag-System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
era . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Advanced Airbag System components . . . 154
Adjusting the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Adjusting the warning tones . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Rearview camera - parking mode 1 . . . . . . 128
Child rest raints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Rearview camera - parking mode 2 . . . . . . 129
Components (front airbags) . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature 276
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 153
How do the front airbags work? . . . . . . . . 156 Auto-Check Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
How many airbags does my vehicle have? 154 Auto locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
How the Advanced Airbag System compo- Automatic belt retractor ............... 143
nents work together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Automatic driving light control . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

280
 Index

Automatic transmission . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 94 Brake light defective . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 29

Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . .. .. .. .. .. .. 95 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 190
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 96 Electromechanical parking brake . .. .. .. . 86
Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 98 Fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 224
Emergency release . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 99 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 25
Hill descent control . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 97 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 15
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 98 Worn brake pads symbol . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 29
Manual shift program . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 98 Braking
Removal lock (ignit ion key) . .. .. .. .. .. .. 81 Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 94 Braking guard . . . . . . . . ............ 109, 115
Shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 98 Messages . . . . . . . . . ............. .... 116
Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Settings . . . . . . . . . . ............. .... 116
Auto Safety Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Switching on and off ............. .... 116
AUTO (climate control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Break-in per iod
Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Breaking in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
New tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
B Breakover ang le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Bass box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Battery location inside the luggage compart-
ment . . . . . . . . . ..... .... . . ... . . . . . . . 225 C
Charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Californ ia Proposition 65 Warning 218
Charging . . . . . . .............. . . . 107,227 Battery specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Impor tant warnings when working on the AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Engine oil .... . . . . . ................. 219
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Cargo area
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 refer to Loading th e luggage compart-
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 ment...... . . . . . . . . ................ 136
Working on the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Cargo floor ........................... 68
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Center armrest
Bio-ethanol (Fuel)....... .. . . . ... . . . . . . 210 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Blended gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Blower (climate control) ................ 78 Centra l locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Brake fluid Changing
Changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Checking the brake f luid level . . . . . . . . . . 224 Child restraints
Brake system Danger of using child restra ints in the front
Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 seat...... . ... . . . . . .............. . . 149
~ Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 System anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
....
~ Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Where can I get additional information
8 Brake f luid specifications for refill and re- about child restraints and their use? . . . . 185
~ placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
00

281
Index

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Clock 10

Important safety instructions for using child Closing
safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Panoramic sliding sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Installing a child restraint using the LATCH Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Compass mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Mounting and releasing the anchorage Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
hook . ... . . . . . . . . . ... ... .... . . . . . . . 182
Consumer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Tether anchors . . ................ . . . . 183
Consumer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tether straps . . . . ... . ........ . ... . . . 183
Contacting NHTSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Child safety locks
Rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Convenience
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Child safety seats
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Danger of using child restraints in the front Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
seat .. . . . . . . . . . .......... . ..... . . . . 149 Locking and unlocking vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 37
How do I properly install a child safety seat Starting engine (STARTENGINESTOP but-
. myve h'1cle ?.. . . ................
in . . . . 171 ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4 Stopping the engine (STARTENGINESTOP
LATCHsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Lower anchorages ............ . ... . . . 182 Switching on ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Safety instructions .................. . 171 Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Unused safety belts on the rear seat . . . . 173 Convertible locking retractor
Child seats 174 Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Using to secure a child safety seat . . . . . . 180
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Cooled cupholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cleaning/removing ice from windows . . . . . 206 Cooling box in glove compartment . . . . . . . . 75
Cleaning Alcantara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Cooling mode (climate control) . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cleaning artificial leather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Cooling system
Adding coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cleaning carbon parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 , 207
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cleaning controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Coolant level checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cleaning decorative parts/trim . . . . . . . . . . 206
Cornering light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Cleaning displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Cruise control
Cleaning exhaust tail pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Changing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Cleaning plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Preselect speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Cleaning rims 205 Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Cleaning textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Climate control Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Cruising range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Automatic recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 (upholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 73
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Heated and cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Supplementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Synchronizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 D
Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Data recorder 188
Climatized cupholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Date display 10

282
 Index

Daytime runn ing lights ................. 50 Driving off road

Declarat ion of complia nce Driving through water . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 199
Adapt ive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 2 79 Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 198
Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 279 Rules of behavior . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 198
Cell phone package . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 279 Sand and mud . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 199
Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 279 Snow-covered ground . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 199
Electronic immob ili zer. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 279 Unpaved roads . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 199
Homelink universal remote control .. .. . 279 Driving safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 279 Driving thro ugh wat er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
DEF Drivi ng time .......................... 19
refer to Ad Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 14 Duplicate key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Defective light bulb warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Dust filter
Defrost ing (windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 refer to Poll utant fi lter (climate cont rol) . . 77
Deter m ining cor rect load l imit . . . . . . . . . . 244 Dynam ic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 186
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
refer to AdBlue . . ...... .. . . . ... . . . . . . 214
Diesel fue l ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 2 11
E
Diesel part iculat e filte r ......... . . . . 31, 195
E85 (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Digita l clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Eff iciency prog ram . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. . 22
Digita l compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Fuel economy messages . . . . .... .. .. .. . 22
Digita l speedomete r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Memory levels . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. . 20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Other equ ipment . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. . 22
Dimm ing the rearview mir ror . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Elect rical accessories
Doors refer to Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Child safety locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Electr ical seat adj ustment
Emergency loc king . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 refer to Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Driver information system . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . 17 Electromechanical parking brake
Defective light bulb warning . . .. .. .. .. . . 29 Emergency braking . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 88
Digita l speedometer . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . 18 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 88
Driver info rmation messages . .. .. .. .. . . 24 Operat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 86
I ndicator ligh t s . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 102 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 87
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 10 2 Releasing and closing . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 86
Open doo r or rear lid warning . .. .. .. .. . . 18 Start ing assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 87
Outside t emperature display. . .. .. .. .. . . 18 Sta rt ing from rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 87
Sound system display . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . 17 Start ing off wi t h a t railer. . . .... . .. .. .. . 87
Driver seat War ning/indicato r lights . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 15
refer to Seati ng position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 2 Electrome chanical power assist...... .... 19 1
Driver 's seat memory I ndi cator lig ht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Activating remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Electron ic Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 122 Electronic differentia l lock (EDL)
Adapt ive dampe rs . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 122 War ning/ indicato r li ghts . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14
Dynamic stee ring . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 122 Electron ic immobili zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sett ing the driving mode . .... .. .. .. .. . 123
Electron ic power control
CD Driving economically .................. 195 (EPC)warn ing/ indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CD
;:::
,-... Driving lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Electronic Stabi lization Contro l . . . . . . . . . . 186
~ Driving messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
0
0
C<'.
00

283
Index

Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) Engine speed limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Hill descent assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Environment
Offroad mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Catalyt ic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Emergency braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Disposing of your veh icle battery . . . . . . . 228
Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1 Driving at high speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Fuel......... . . . . . . . ............... 212
Emergency key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Leaks under your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Starting engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Letting the vehicle stand and warm up. . . 196
Emergency locking of the doors. . . . . . . . . . . 39 Proper disposal of drained brake fluid 224
Emergency operation Proper disposal of drained engine oil 221,222
Luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Recycling used engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Emergency release
Unleaded fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
What shou ld I do with an old battery? 228
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
EPC
Emergency unlocking
refer to Electronic power control . . . . . . . . 12
Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ESC
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
refer to Electronic Stabilization
Engine Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Compartment . . . ................ . . . . 219
Ethyl alcohol (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Hood .... . . . . . .................. . .. 217
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Explanation of some technical terms . . . . . 198
Starting ... . . . ............... 81, 84 , 101 Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Exterior mirrors
Stopping . . . . . . . . . . .... ... ... . 83, 85, 101 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
D'rmmrng
. ... . . . . . ... . ... . . . .... . . . . .. 57
Engine compartment ........... . ... . . . 219
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Working the engine compartment ...... 217 Eyeglasses compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Engine coolant system
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 F
Engine coolant temperature Fall line 198
Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Fastening
Engine hood Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . 175
How to release the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Engine oil . . . . . . .................. . .. 219 Flexible fue l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Additives. . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ... . . . . . . . 221
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Folding chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Check oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Folding the rear seat forward . . . . . . . . . 66, 67
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 For the sake of the environment
Pressure malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Environmentally -friendly driving . . . . . . . 195
Sensor defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Gasoline fumes and the environment . . .. 212
Specification and viscosity......... . . . . 219 Letting the engine warm up . . . . . . . . . 81 , 84

284
 Index

Reducing engine noise by early upshifting . . 9 Glossary of tire and loading terminology . . 232
Refueling . . . . ............... . . . ... . 212 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Saving fuel by early upshift ing . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Cool ing box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Freeze protection Glow plug system
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Front airbags GPScontrolled clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Gradient ang le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Howtheywork . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . 156 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . . . 272
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics . . 141 Ground clearance 198
Front ashtray ......................... 73
Front seats
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
H
Child restraints in the front seat . . . . . . . . 149 Headlights
Fuel Adaptive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . S1
Additives. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 209 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 205
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . SO
Blended gasoline . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 209
Headlight range control def ective .. .. .. . 31
Consumption . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 19
Left hand drive, right hand drive.... .. .. . 51
Filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 211
Rear fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . SO
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 51
Gasoline additives . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 211
Washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 229
Octane rating . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 209
Recommendation . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 209 Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 54
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 212 Head restraints .. .. .. . .. ...... .. .. .. . . 134
Reserve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Adjusting . . . .. .. .. . .. ...... .. .. .. . . 134
Saving fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Front seats . . .. .. .. . .. ...... .. .. .. . . . 64
Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Rear seats . . . .. .. .. . .. ...... .. .. .. . . . 64
Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand . . . . 213 Heated
Fuel economy messages (efficiency prog ram) .22 (upholder . . . . . . . . . . .......... .... .. . 72
Exterior mirrors . . . . . .......... .... .. . 56
Fuel filler flap
Rear window. . . . . . . . ............ .. .. . 79
Unlockingthefuelfillerflapbyhand . . . . 213
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... .... .. . 79
Fuel supply too low .................... 30
Washer fluid nozzles . .......... .... .. . 54
Fuses
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Heavy cloth ing and safety belts . . . . . . . . . . 142
High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
G High voltage warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Garage door opener (Home link) . . . . . . . . . . 45 Hill descent assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Gas discharge lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Gauges Homelink (garage door opener) . . . . . . . . . . 45
Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hood
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . 217
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
General illus t ration
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
~ Instruments and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
.... How are chi ld restraint system anchors relat-
~ General rules and driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . 198
N
ed to child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8 Befor e driving offroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . 154
~ Driving off road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
00

285
Index

How safety belt pretensioners work ... . . .

Hybrid drive . . . . . . ................ ....
146
100
J
Jump-starting 266
12 volt batteries .. . .......... . ... . . . 107
Jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Consumption display . . . . . . . . ......... 107
Efficient drive mode . . . . . . . . . ......... 104 Jump starting 107
Energy flow display . . . . . . . . . ......... 106
EV mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 103 K
High voltage battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 107
Key........... . . . . . . . ................ 33
High voltage system . . . . . . . . ......... 100
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 34
Operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 103
Check light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 34
Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 101
Emergency key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 83
Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . ......... 101
lg n ition/ engine on/ off . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 81
Transport 108
Key replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 33
Master key with remote control . . .. .... . 33
I Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 34
Ignition Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 83
Switching on/off ..................... 81 Kick-down
Ignition key tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Emergency unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
I gnition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 L
Malfunction . . . . ................ . . 27, 31 Lane Change Assistant
Imbalance (wheels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 refer to Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Important things to do before driving .... 131 LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
I mproperly worn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 182
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 102 Installing a child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . .. 182
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 181
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Mounting and releasing the anchorage
Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4 hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 182
I nflatable spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Lateral angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
I nflating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Inflation pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Lefthand drive . . . . . . . . . ............ . .. 51
Installing the upper tether strap on the an- Lifting jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
chorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Light
I nstrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 50
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Daytim e runn ing lights . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 50
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Driving light control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 49
I nstrument illum inat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 51
Instruments ........................... 8 Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 50
I nstruments and controls High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 52
General illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 High beam warning/indicator light. . .... . 14
Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 50
I nterior lights
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . .. . .... . 49
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sensor defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 29
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 49
Interval wiping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 51
Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 52

286
 Index

Lighting
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
N
Inter ior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Natural leather care/cleaning 207
NHTSA
Lights
Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Interior/reading lights ................ 52
Nitrogen oxide (NOx) catalytic converter
Loading the luggage compartment ....... 136
refer to Ad Blue. . .................. . . 214
Locking
Power locking switch . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 39
Number of seats . . . . . ............... . . 140
Rear lid/trunk lid . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 40
Remote control key . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 37 0
Using the mechan ical key .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 38 Occupant seating positions 132
Low beams . . . . ................ . . ... . . 49 Octane rating . . . . . . . ...... ... .... . . . . 209
Defective 29 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Luggage compartment
187
Offroad mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
OFF (climate control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cover. . . . . . . . ................ . . ... . . 68
Oil
Expanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 67
refer to Engine oil . . ............. 219, 221
Storage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Storing cargo correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Oil consumpt ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Tie-down rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)
also refer to Loading the luggage compart - Data Link Connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ment . . . . . . . . . ....... .. . . . ... . . . . . . 136 Electronic speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Luggage compartment lid Malfunction Ind icator Lamp (MIL) . . . . . . . 23
Emergencyun lock'ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Onboard tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Lumbar support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Open door or rear lid warn ing . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Opening.... . ... . . . ................ . . . 33
Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
M Other equipment (efficiency program) . . . . . 22
. t enance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Main
Outside mirrors
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) . . . . . 14, 23 refer to Exterior mirrors ............... 56
Master key Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Check light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
p
Mechanical key . . .............. . . . ..... 34
Memory for driver's seat ........ . . . .... . 62 Paint damage 206
Recalling settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Paint No. 272
Storing settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Panoramic sliding sunroof
Memory function 62 Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Mileage Emergency closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Instantaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Mirrors Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Activating the digital compass . . . . . . . . . . 58 Parking aid
Adjusting the exte rior mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . 56 Cleaning sensors/camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
CD d'1mm '1ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
....
CD
also refer to Electromechanical
N
,-... Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . . 158
N
..... parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
0
0
C<'.
00

287
Index

Parking system
refer to Audi parking system plus with rear-
Q
view camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 quattro
refer to All-wheel drive 192
Particle filter
Question
refer to Diesel particulate filter ......... 31
What happens to unbelted occupants? 141
Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light . . . . . . . . . . 159
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 R
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . 141 Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Defect ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Pollen filter Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
refer to Pollutant filter (climate control) . . 77 Reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Pollutant filter (climate control) . . . . . . . . . . 77 Rear fog lights ........................ SO
Power Rear lid
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Automatic operation . . . ............ . .. 41
Power locking system Opening and closing 40
Emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Rear light
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from in- Defective ........................... 29
side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Rear seats
Rear lid/trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Adjusting seat ....................... 63
Selective unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Rearview camera
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Parking mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Parking mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Unlocking and locking vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Power locks Rear w indow heating ................... 79
Windows open and closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Recirculation mode (climate control) ...... 78
Power meter (hybrid drive) ............. 101 Red symbols .......................... 25
Power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Refill engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Power steering Refilling AdBlue
refer to Electromechanical power assist .. 191 With bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Power window regulators With canister . . . . . . . . . ....... .. . . . .. 216
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Malfunct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Gasoline inhibitor flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Pregnant women Release lever for hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Special considerations when wearing a safe-
Remote control key
ty belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Remote control operation
Proper safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Garage door opener (Homelink) . . . . . . . . . 45
Proper seating position Remote rear lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Repair manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Repairs
Rear passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Airbag system 161
Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Replacing
Protective tray ........................ 68
Light bu lbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Replacing wiper blades ................. 55
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 139

288
 Index

Reset button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Safety instructions

Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Right hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 for side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 244 for using child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
for using safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 69
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 160
Attachment points . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 69
Installing the attachments . .. .. .. .. .. .. 70 Safety systems
Installing the roof rack . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 71 Seat
Rule of behavior offroad . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 198 Heating. . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . 79
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
s Seat adjustment . ..... ...... .... .. .. .. . 61
Safe driving habits 131 Driver's seat . . . ..... ...... .... .. .. .. . 60
Safety Front passenger's seat. ..... .... .. .. .. . 61
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 148 Head restraints ..... ...... .... .. .. .. 134
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 140 Safety guidelines .... ...... .... .. .. .. . 60
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 136 Seat belts
Correct seating position . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 132 refer to Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 135 Seating capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Seating position
Safety belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . 145 Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Safety belts worn by pregnant women . . . 145 Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Safety belt pretensioner Howto adjust the front seats . . . . . . . . . . 133
Service and disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Incorrect seat position ..... .... .. .. .. 13S
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 , 143 Occupants . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... .. .. .. 132
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Rear passengers . . . . . ...... .... .. .. .. 134
Danger to passengers who do not wear a Sea transport . . . . . . . . ...... .... .. .. .. 108
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Seats
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Correct seating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Improperly worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Selective catalytic reduction
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
refer to AdBlue. . . . . . .............. . . 214
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Selective unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Selective wheel torque control (all-wheel
Securing ch ild safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Special considerations for pregnant wom-
Selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Unfasten ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Warning/indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . 14 , 140 Service and disposal
Wo rn properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Safety belt pretens ioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Safety compliance sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Service interva l display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Service pos ition
refer to Replacing wiper blades . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety features for occupant restraint and
CD protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 SET button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
CD
;::: Safety guidelines Shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
,-...
~ Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Ship transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
0
0
C<'.
00

289
Index

Side airbags Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 8S

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Stopping (engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Side assist (upholder door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Activating and deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Adjusting the brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Sun shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Cleaning the sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Supplementary (climate control) 80
Sensor range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Switches
Side curtain airbags ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 165
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Description . . . . . . ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 165
Symbols
How they work . . . ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 166
Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Safety instructions ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 167
Yellow.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... ... 28
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 T
Sound system display Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driver information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Tail lights
Sources of information about child restraints Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
and their use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 TOI clean diesel
Speedometer ......................... 10 refer to Ad Blue . . . . . . . ............... 214
Speed warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Start-Stop-System Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Engine does not switched off . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Engine starts automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Tether strap ......................... 183
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Tie-down rings . . . . . . . . ............ 67, 137
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 tiptronic
Starting/stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Automat ic Shift Lock (ASL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Switching off/on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Start/Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Emergency mode . . . .. ....... .. .. .. .. . 98
STARTENGINE STOPbutton (Convenience Hill descent control . .. ....... .. .. .. .. . 97
key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 85 Kick-down . . . . . . . . . .. ....... .. .. .. .. . 98
Starting from rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Manual shift program . ....... .. .. .. .. . 98
Starting off with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Selector lever . . . . . . .. ....... .. .. .. .. . 94
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 84 tiptronic (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . 94
Starting (engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Tire Mobility System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Steering Tire Mobility System (tire repair set) . . . . . . 253
Electromechanical power assist ..... . 191, 0 Tire pressure mon itoring system
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Loss of air pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Locking the steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 Tires . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. . . . .. 230
Malfunction . . . . ................ . . 27, 3 1 Low aspect ratio tires . . . . . . . . .... .... 246
Manually adjusting the steering wheel . . . . 81 Repair set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 107, 253
also refer to Electromechanical power as- Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 255
sist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 238
Steering wheel column Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 240
Adjusting manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Tire pressure monitoring system ... 247, 248
Steps for determining correct load limit . . . 244 Tire pressure table . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 241

290
 Index

Treadwear ind icato rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Unidirectional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Using the mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Uniform tire quality grad ing . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Use of jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Tires and wheels
Glossary of tire and load ing terminology . 232
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . 13
V
Tires and vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle
Tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Torn or frayed safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Towing
Vehicle control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Front eyelet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Vehicle identification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Rear eyelet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . 272
Tow trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Towing a trailer Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 257
Parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
TPM5 (tire pressure monitoring system) . . . 248 Ventilation ........................... 77
Trailer tow ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
I nformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
w
Warning/indicator lights
Technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 201 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tongue load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trailer turn signal assembly Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transmission Electromechanical parking brake . . . . . . . . 15
Malfunction (indicator light) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Electronic power control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Transport Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Electron ic Stabilization Contro l (ESC) . . . . . 13
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Glow pl ug system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trip computer High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fuel consumption . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 19 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) . . . . . . . 14
Mileage . . . . . . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 19 Safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Single -tr ip memory ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 20 Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . 13
Total-trip memory . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 20 Trailer turn signal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trunk Warning/Ind icator lights
refer to Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Washing matte finish paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

u Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
What happens if you wear your safety belt too
ULSD No. 2 (Diesel fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Unfastening safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
What happens to unbelted occupants? . . . . 141
Uniform tire quality grading 247
CD What impairs driving safety? . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
....
CD
N
Unlocking
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
,-... Power locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
N
.....
0
0 Rear lid/trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
C<'.
00

291
Index

Wheels 230
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Glossary of tire and load ing termino logy . 232
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Tires and vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . 242
When must a saf ety belt be replaced? . . . . 14 2
When must the airbag system be inspected? 1.58
Where are lower anchorages located? . . . . 182
W indow reg ulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
Malfunct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Power locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
W indows
Cleaning/ remov ing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Defrost ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
W indshield
Defrost ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Windshield washe r fluid
Low level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
W indshield wipe rs . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 54
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 55
Faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 31
Folding up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. 55
Replacing the rear w iper blade .... .. .. .. 56
Replacing windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . 55
Washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Winter driving
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
W inte r operation
Bat tery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 225
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 223
Defrosting windows . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . . 79
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . . 79
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 192
W inte r ti res . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 5
W inter use
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Removing ice from w indows 206
W iper blades
refer to Windsh ield wipers .. . .. . . . . . . . . 56

X
Xenon-Lights . . . . .............. . ... 51, 264

y
Yellow symbo ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

292
It has always been Audi's policy to cont inuous ly These instructions may not be reproduced or
improve its products. AUDI AG reserves the right translated in whole or in part without written
to make changes in design and specifications , consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI
and to make additions or improvements in its AG.
products without incurring any ob ligat ion to in-
stall them on products previously manufactured . @) For the sake of the environment
This Owner's Manual is based on the current data Printed on eco-friendly paper (bleached with-
available when it was printed. Text, ill ust rations out chlorine, recyclable) .
and specif ications in this owner's manua l are
based on the most up-to-date information availa-
ble at the time of printing, and shall not const i-
tute a basis for liability claims.
Owner's Manual
Englisch Nordamerika 05.2016
8R0012721BB

8R0012721BB www.audi.com